Installation Instructions
*************************
-Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2011 Free Software Foundation,
+Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2013 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
Basic Installation
==================
- Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
-configure, build, and install this package. The following
+ Briefly, the shell command `./configure && make && make install'
+should configure, build, and install this package. The following
more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this
`INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
overridden in the site shell script).
Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
-an Autoconf bug. Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
+an Autoconf limitation. Until the limitation is lifted, you can use
+this workaround:
- CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
+ CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
`configure' Invocation
======================
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
`configure --help' for more details.
-
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
@HAVE_PYTHON_TRUE@ gtkdoc-depscan
subdir = .
-DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
- $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/gtk-doc.cat.in \
- $(srcdir)/gtk-doc.dsl.in $(srcdir)/gtk-doc.pc.in \
- $(srcdir)/gtk-doc.spec.in $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-check.in \
- $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-common.pl.in $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-depscan.in \
- $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-fixxref.in $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-mkdb.in \
- $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-mkhtml.in $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-mkman.in \
- $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-mkpdf.in $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-mktmpl.in \
- $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-rebase.in $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-scan.in \
- $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-scangobj.in $(srcdir)/gtkdocize.in \
- $(top_srcdir)/configure AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS \
- TODO build-aux/config.guess build-aux/config.sub \
- build-aux/depcomp build-aux/install-sh build-aux/ltmain.sh \
- build-aux/missing
+DIST_COMMON = INSTALL NEWS README AUTHORS ChangeLog \
+ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+ $(top_srcdir)/configure $(am__configure_deps) \
+ $(srcdir)/gtk-doc.pc.in $(srcdir)/gtk-doc.dsl.in \
+ $(srcdir)/gtk-doc.spec.in $(srcdir)/gtk-doc.cat.in \
+ $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-common.pl.in $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-check.in \
+ $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-depscan.in $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-fixxref.in \
+ $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-mkdb.in $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-mkhtml.in \
+ $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-mkman.in $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-mkpdf.in \
+ $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-mktmpl.in $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-rebase.in \
+ $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-scan.in $(srcdir)/gtkdoc-scangobj.in \
+ $(srcdir)/gtkdocize.in COPYING TODO build-aux/compile \
+ build-aux/config.guess build-aux/config.sub build-aux/depcomp \
+ build-aux/install-sh build-aux/missing build-aux/ltmain.sh \
+ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/compile \
+ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/config.guess \
+ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/config.sub \
+ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/install-sh \
+ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/ltmain.sh \
+ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/missing
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
"$(DESTDIR)$(gtkdocdatadir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" \
"$(DESTDIR)$(sgmldir)"
SCRIPTS = $(bin_SCRIPTS)
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
-RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
- html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
- install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
- install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
- install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
- installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
- ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \
+ ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \
+ install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \
+ install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \
+ install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \
+ install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \
+ installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \
+ tags-recursive uninstall-recursive
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
DATA = $(aclocal_DATA) $(gtkdocdata_DATA) $(pkgconfig_DATA) \
$(sgml_DATA)
RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \
distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
-AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
- $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \
- distdir dist dist-all distcheck
+am__recursive_targets = \
+ $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \
+ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \
+ $(am__extra_recursive_targets)
+AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \
+ cscope distdir dist dist-all distcheck
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
+# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
+# *not* preserved.
+am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
+ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
+ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
+'
+# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
+# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
+# for different programs/libraries.
+am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
+CSCOPE = cscope
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
&& rm -rf "$(distdir)" \
|| { sleep 5 && rm -rf "$(distdir)"; }; \
else :; fi
+am__post_remove_distdir = $(am__remove_distdir)
am__relativize = \
dir0=`pwd`; \
sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \
reldir="$$dir2"
GZIP_ENV = --best
DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.xz
+DIST_TARGETS = dist-xz
distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
am__distuninstallcheck_listfiles = $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) \
| sed 's|^\./|$(prefix)/|' | grep -v '$(infodir)/dir$$'
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
install-binSCRIPTS: $(bin_SCRIPTS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
- test -z "$(bindir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)"
@list='$(bin_SCRIPTS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \
+ if test -n "$$list"; then \
+ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)'"; \
+ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
if test -f "$$d$$p"; then echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \
-rm -f libtool config.lt
install-aclocalDATA: $(aclocal_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
- test -z "$(aclocaldir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(aclocaldir)"
@list='$(aclocal_DATA)'; test -n "$(aclocaldir)" || list=; \
+ if test -n "$$list"; then \
+ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(aclocaldir)'"; \
+ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(aclocaldir)" || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(aclocaldir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
install-gtkdocdataDATA: $(gtkdocdata_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
- test -z "$(gtkdocdatadir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(gtkdocdatadir)"
@list='$(gtkdocdata_DATA)'; test -n "$(gtkdocdatadir)" || list=; \
+ if test -n "$$list"; then \
+ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(gtkdocdatadir)'"; \
+ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(gtkdocdatadir)" || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(gtkdocdatadir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
install-pkgconfigDATA: $(pkgconfig_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
- test -z "$(pkgconfigdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)"
@list='$(pkgconfig_DATA)'; test -n "$(pkgconfigdir)" || list=; \
+ if test -n "$$list"; then \
+ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)'"; \
+ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
install-sgmlDATA: $(sgml_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
- test -z "$(sgmldir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(sgmldir)"
@list='$(sgml_DATA)'; test -n "$(sgmldir)" || list=; \
+ if test -n "$$list"; then \
+ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(sgmldir)'"; \
+ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(sgmldir)" || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(sgmldir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
-# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
-# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
-# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
-# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
-# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
-$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
+# into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status'
+# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line.
+$(am__recursive_targets):
+ @fail=; \
+ if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \
+ failcom='fail=yes'; \
+ else \
+ failcom='exit 1'; \
+ fi; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ case "$@" in \
+ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
-$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
- dot_seen=no; \
- case "$@" in \
- distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- esac; \
- rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
- rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
- fi; \
- done; \
- rev="$$rev ."; \
- target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- for subdir in $$rev; do \
- echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
- local_target="$$target-am"; \
- else \
- local_target="$$target"; \
- fi; \
- ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
- || eval $$failcom; \
- done && test -z "$$fail"
-tags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
- done
-ctags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
- done
+ID: $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: tags-recursive
+TAGS: tags
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
- mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ctags: ctags-recursive
+
+CTAGS: ctags
+ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+cscope: cscope.files
+ test ! -s cscope.files \
+ || $(CSCOPE) -b -q $(AM_CSCOPEFLAGS) $(CSCOPEFLAGS) -i cscope.files $(CSCOPE_ARGS)
+clean-cscope:
+ -rm -f cscope.files
+cscope.files: clean-cscope cscopelist
+cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive
+
+cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ case "$(srcdir)" in \
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
+ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then \
+ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
+ else \
+ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+ -rm -f cscope.out cscope.in.out cscope.po.out cscope.files
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@case `sed 15q $(srcdir)/NEWS` in \
done
@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
- test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || exit 1; \
- fi; \
- done
- @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ $(am__make_dryrun) \
+ || test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || exit 1; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_distdir=$$reldir; \
|| chmod -R a+r "$(distdir)"
dist-gzip: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
- $(am__remove_distdir)
+ $(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-bzip2: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | BZIP2=$${BZIP2--9} bzip2 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
- $(am__remove_distdir)
+ $(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-lzip: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzip -c $${LZIP_OPT--9} >$(distdir).tar.lz
- $(am__remove_distdir)
-
-dist-lzma: distdir
- tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | lzma -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.lzma
- $(am__remove_distdir)
+ $(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-xz: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | XZ_OPT=$${XZ_OPT--e} xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz
- $(am__remove_distdir)
+ $(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-tarZ: distdir
+ @echo WARNING: "Support for shar distribution archives is" \
+ "deprecated." >&2
+ @echo WARNING: "It will be removed altogether in Automake 2.0" >&2
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z
- $(am__remove_distdir)
+ $(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-shar: distdir
+ @echo WARNING: "Support for distribution archives compressed with" \
+ "legacy program 'compress' is deprecated." >&2
+ @echo WARNING: "It will be removed altogether in Automake 2.0" >&2
shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
- $(am__remove_distdir)
+ $(am__post_remove_distdir)
dist-zip: distdir
-rm -f $(distdir).zip
zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir)
- $(am__remove_distdir)
+ $(am__post_remove_distdir)
-dist dist-all: distdir
- tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | XZ_OPT=$${XZ_OPT--e} xz -c >$(distdir).tar.xz
- $(am__remove_distdir)
+dist dist-all:
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(DIST_TARGETS) am__post_remove_distdir='@:'
+ $(am__post_remove_distdir)
# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then
# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -dc $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.tar.bz2*) \
bzip2 -dc $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\
- *.tar.lzma*) \
- lzma -dc $(distdir).tar.lzma | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.tar.lz*) \
lzip -dc $(distdir).tar.lz | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.tar.xz*) \
*.zip*) \
unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\
esac
- chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
- mkdir $(distdir)/_build
- mkdir $(distdir)/_inst
+ chmod -R a-w $(distdir)
+ chmod u+w $(distdir)
+ mkdir $(distdir)/_build $(distdir)/_inst
chmod a-w $(distdir)
test -d $(distdir)/_build || exit 0; \
dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \
&& dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \
&& am__cwd=`pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(distdir)/_build \
- && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \
+ && ../configure \
$(AM_DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
$(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
+ --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck \
&& cd "$$am__cwd" \
|| exit 1
- $(am__remove_distdir)
+ $(am__post_remove_distdir)
@(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \
list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \
sed -e 1h -e 1s/./=/g -e 1p -e 1x -e '$$p' -e '$$x'
uninstall-gtkdocdataDATA uninstall-pkgconfigDATA \
uninstall-sgmlDATA
-.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) ctags-recursive \
- install-am install-strip tags-recursive
-
-.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
- all all-am am--refresh check check-am clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool ctags ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 \
- dist-gzip dist-hook dist-lzip dist-lzma dist-shar dist-tarZ \
- dist-xz dist-zip distcheck distclean distclean-generic \
- distclean-libtool distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir \
- distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
- install install-aclocalDATA install-am install-binSCRIPTS \
- install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
- install-exec install-exec-am install-gtkdocdataDATA \
- install-html install-html-am install-info install-info-am \
- install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am install-pkgconfigDATA \
- install-ps install-ps-am install-sgmlDATA install-strip \
- installcheck installcheck-am installcheck-binSCRIPTS \
- installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \
- maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
- mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive \
- uninstall uninstall-aclocalDATA uninstall-am \
+.MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am \
+ am--refresh check check-am clean clean-cscope clean-generic \
+ clean-libtool cscope cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am dist \
+ dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip dist-hook dist-lzip dist-shar \
+ dist-tarZ dist-xz dist-zip distcheck distclean \
+ distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-tags \
+ distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html \
+ html-am info info-am install install-aclocalDATA install-am \
+ install-binSCRIPTS install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
+ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am \
+ install-gtkdocdataDATA install-html install-html-am \
+ install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
+ install-pdf-am install-pkgconfigDATA install-ps install-ps-am \
+ install-sgmlDATA install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+ installcheck-binSCRIPTS installdirs installdirs-am \
+ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
+ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
+ tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-aclocalDATA uninstall-am \
uninstall-binSCRIPTS uninstall-gtkdocdataDATA \
uninstall-pkgconfigDATA uninstall-sgmlDATA
+GTK-Doc 1.22 (May 07 2014)
+============
+
+ Important notice - starting with the next release these long deprecated
+ features will be removed - you'll now see a warning if you actually use these
+ features. Please write to gtk-doc-list@gnome.org and tell us your concerns:
+ o gtkdoc-mktmpl - please move all the comments into the sources.
+ o generating html via sgml tools (jade/openjade), using xsltproc and
+ docbook-xslt is pretty common and preferred since version 1.6
+
+ Changes
+
+ o 727778 : – gtk-doc doesn't understand annotations for GList-contained types
+ o 729911 : Using #TypeName inshort_description makes " - " in HTML index disappear
+ o 732689 : strange result on a generated html page
+ o 734689 : " Specific - > General " document title format
+ o 736073 : Regression: problems with enum constants
+ o 736725 : Documentation consists mostly of empty space
+ o 741305 : Scanner issue with enum containing value ='{'
+ o 741763 : Example Makefile.am improvements
+ o 741941 : Last function argument missing in docs (possibly due to macro in code)
+ o 743879 : special case G_DECLARE_*_TYPE
+ o 743967 : Make build results reproducible
+ o 744075 : Missing struct members if forward declared in another header
+ o 744368 : gtkdoc-depscan doesn't handle unicode in .devhelp2 files correctly
+ o 746118 : gtkdoc-scan: fix regex for get_type() functions
+ o 746120 : Expand annotation recognition on symbol lines
+ o 746121 : gtkdoc-mkdb: don't warn on 'deprecated entities'
+ o 747207 : Typos in documentation
+ o 747298 : Test still tries to check gtkdoc-scanobj
+ o 748456 : xsl: Enable ToC generation on empty < toc/ > elements
+
+ Contributors
+
+ Anders Jonsson
+ Andre Klapper
+ Daniel Mustieles
+ David King
+ Dominique Leuenberger
+ Efstathios Iosifidis
+ Emanuele Aina
+ Fran Diéguez
+ Maria Mavridou
+ Marvin Schmidt
+ Olav Vitters
+ Philip Withnall
+ Rafael Ferreira
+ Ryan Lortie
+ Stefan Sauer
+ Tom Tryfonidis
+ Xavier Claessens
+
GTK-Doc 1.21 (Jul 17 2014)
============
-# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.3 -*- Autoconf -*-
+# generated automatically by aclocal 1.14.1 -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
-# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc.
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+m4_ifndef([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [m4_defun([_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [])m4_defun([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS($@)])])
m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
[m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
-m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.68],,
-[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.68.
+m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.69],,
+[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.69.
You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to.
If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely.
-To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])])
+To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically 'autoreconf'.])])
# pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config. -*- Autoconf -*-
# serial 1 (pkg-config-0.24)
m4_pattern_allow([AM_V_at])
m4_pattern_allow([AM_V_GEN])
m4_pattern_allow([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY])
+
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS=true
+YELP_LC_DIST=true
+
+for yelpopt in [$1]; do
+ case $yelpopt in
+ lc-media-links) YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS=true ;;
+ no-lc-media-links) YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS= ;;
+ lc-dist) YELP_LC_DIST=true ;;
+ no-lc-dist) YELP_LC_DIST= ;;
+ *) AC_MSG_ERROR([Unrecognized [YELP_HELP_INIT] option $yelpopt"]) ;;
+ esac
+done;
+AC_SUBST([YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS])
+AC_SUBST([YELP_LC_DIST])
+
AC_ARG_WITH([help-dir],
- AC_HELP_STRING([--with-help-dir=DIR],
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--with-help-dir=DIR],
[path where help files are installed]),,
[with_help_dir='${datadir}/help'])
HELP_DIR="$with_help_dir"
.PHONY: pot
pot: $(_HELP_POTFILE)
$(_HELP_POTFILE): $(_HELP_C_FILES) $(_HELP_C_EXTRA) $(_HELP_C_MEDIA)
- $(AM_V_GEN)$(ITSTOOL) -o "[$]@" $(_HELP_C_FILES)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)if test -d "C"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+ $(ITSTOOL) -o "[$]@" $(foreach f,$(_HELP_C_FILES),"$${d}$(f)")
.PHONY: repo
repo: $(_HELP_POTFILE)
EXTRA_DIST ?=
EXTRA_DIST += $(_HELP_C_EXTRA) $(_HELP_C_MEDIA)
-EXTRA_DIST += $(foreach lc,$(HELP_LINGUAS),$(lc)/$(lc).stamp)
+EXTRA_DIST += $(if $(YELP_LC_DIST),$(foreach lc,$(HELP_LINGUAS),$(lc)/$(lc).stamp))
EXTRA_DIST += $(foreach lc,$(HELP_LINGUAS),$(lc)/$(lc).po)
EXTRA_DIST += $(foreach f,$(HELP_MEDIA),$(foreach lc,$(HELP_LINGUAS),$(wildcard $(lc)/$(f))))
distdir: distdir-help-files
distdir-help-files:
- @for lc in C $(HELP_LINGUAS); do \
+ @for lc in C $(if $(YELP_LC_DIST),$(HELP_LINGUAS)) ; do \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$lc"; \
for file in $(HELP_FILES); do \
if test -f "$$lc/$$file"; then d=./; else d=$(srcdir)/; fi; \
echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$$lc/$$f $$helpdir$$f"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$$lc/$$f" "$$helpdir$$f" || exit 1; \
elif test "x$$lc" != "xC"; then \
- echo "$(LN_S) -f $(HELP_DIR)/C/$(HELP_ID)/$$f $$helpdir$$f"; \
- $(LN_S) -f "$(HELP_DIR)/C/$(HELP_ID)/$$f" "$$helpdir$$f" || exit 1; \
+ if test "x$(YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS)" != "x"; then \
+ echo "$(LN_S) -f $(HELP_DIR)/C/$(HELP_ID)/$$f $$helpdir$$f"; \
+ $(LN_S) -f "$(HELP_DIR)/C/$(HELP_ID)/$$f" "$$helpdir$$f" || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
fi; \
done; \
done
m4_ifdef([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([YELP_HELP_RULES])])
])
-# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2002-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 1
-
# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION)
# ----------------------------
# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been
# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y.
# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.)
AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
-[am__api_version='1.11'
+[am__api_version='1.14'
dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to
dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro.
-m4_if([$1], [1.11.3], [],
+m4_if([$1], [1.14.1], [],
[AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl
])
# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced.
# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
-[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.3])dnl
+[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.14.1])dnl
m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
[m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))])
# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2001-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 1
-
# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets
-# $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to
-# `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'.
+# $ac_aux_dir to '$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to
+# '$srcdir', '$srcdir/..', or '$srcdir/../..'.
#
# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a
# tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and
#
# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir
# are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually
-# harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you
+# harmless because $srcdir is '.', but things will broke when you
# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir.
#
# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing,
# AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*-
-# Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 9
-
# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION)
# -------------------------------------
# Define a conditional.
AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL],
-[AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl
- ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])],
- [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl
+[AC_PREREQ([2.52])dnl
+ m4_if([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])],
+ [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl
AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl
AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl
_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl
Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]])
fi])])
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009,
-# 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 12
-# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be
+# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting 'AC_PROG_CC' be
# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4,
# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's
# C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing
# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME)
# ----------------------
# See how the compiler implements dependency checking.
-# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC".
+# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "OBJC", "OBJCXX", "UPC", or "GJC".
# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable.
#
# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was
AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl
-ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=],
- [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=],
- [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
- [$1], UPC, [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=],
- [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
- [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=])
+m4_if([$1], [CC], [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=],
+ [$1], [CXX], [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=],
+ [$1], [OBJC], [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+ [$1], [OBJCXX], [depcc="$OBJCXX" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+ [$1], [UPC], [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=],
+ [$1], [GCJ], [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+ [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc],
[am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type],
# We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up
# making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For
# instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
- # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
- # in D'.
+ # making a dummy file named 'D' -- because '-MD' means "put the output
+ # in D".
rm -rf conftest.dir
mkdir conftest.dir
# Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
: > sub/conftest.c
for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
- # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with
- # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh.
- touch sub/conftst$i.h
+ # Using ": > sub/conftst$i.h" creates only sub/conftst1.h with
+ # Solaris 10 /bin/sh.
+ echo '/* dummy */' > sub/conftst$i.h
done
echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
- # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+ # We check with '-c' and '-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
# mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
- # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel
- # versions had trouble with output in subdirs
+ # handle '-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel
+ # versions had trouble with output in subdirs.
am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
case $depmode in
test "$am__universal" = false || continue
;;
nosideeffect)
- # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
- # only be used when explicitly requested
+ # After this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+ # only be used when explicitly requested.
if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
continue
else
fi
;;
msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
- # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
+ # This compiler won't grok '-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
# not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
# so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
# AM_SET_DEPDIR
# -------------
# Choose a directory name for dependency files.
-# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES
+# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES.
AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl
# AM_DEP_TRACK
# ------------
AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK],
-[AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking,
-[ --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build
- --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors])
+[AC_ARG_ENABLE([dependency-tracking], [dnl
+AS_HELP_STRING(
+ [--enable-dependency-tracking],
+ [do not reject slow dependency extractors])
+AS_HELP_STRING(
+ [--disable-dependency-tracking],
+ [speeds up one-time build])])
if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
# Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-#serial 5
# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
# ------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
[{
- # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
+ # Older Autoconf quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
# are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval
# if we detect the quoting.
case $CONFIG_FILES in
# Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
# Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
- # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but
+ # We used to match only the files named 'Makefile.in', but
# some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
# Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
# each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
continue
fi
# Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
- # from the Makefile without running `make'.
+ # from the Makefile without running 'make'.
DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
- test -z "am__include" && continue
+ test -z "$am__include" && continue
am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
- # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it
- U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"`
# Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
# $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the
# simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
# expansion.
for file in `sed -n "
s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
- sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do
+ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g'`; do
# Make sure the directory exists.
test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`
# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE.
#
# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking
-# is enabled. FIXME. This creates each `.P' file that we will
+# is enabled. FIXME. This creates each '.P' file that we will
# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code.
AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles],
# Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
-# 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 16
-
# This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if
# your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal.
+dnl Redefine AC_PROG_CC to automatically invoke _AM_PROG_CC_C_O.
+m4_define([AC_PROG_CC],
+m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC])
+[_AM_PROG_CC_C_O
+])
+
# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE])
# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS])
# -----------------------------------------------
# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf
# release and drop the old call support.
AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE],
-[AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl
+[AC_PREREQ([2.65])dnl
dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow
dnl the ones we care about.
m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl
# Define the identity of the package.
dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls.
m4_ifval([$2],
-[m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl
+[AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
+ [$0: two- and three-arguments forms are deprecated.])
+m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl
AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl
AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])],
[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl
dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT.
-m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,,
+m4_if(
+ m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [ok]):m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ok]),
+ [ok:ok],,
[m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl
AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl
AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl
_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],,
-[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package])
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl
+[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE], ["$PACKAGE"], [Name of package])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([VERSION], ["$VERSION"], [Version number of package])])dnl
# Some tools Automake needs.
AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl
-AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version})
-AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf)
-AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version})
-AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader)
-AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo)
+AM_MISSING_PROG([ACLOCAL], [aclocal-${am__api_version}])
+AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOCONF], [autoconf])
+AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOMAKE], [automake-${am__api_version}])
+AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOHEADER], [autoheader])
+AM_MISSING_PROG([MAKEINFO], [makeinfo])
AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
+# For better backward compatibility. To be removed once Automake 1.9.x
+# dies out for good. For more background, see:
+# <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/automake/2012-07/msg00001.html>
+# <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/automake/2012-07/msg00014.html>
+AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ['$(MKDIR_P)'])
# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on
# some platforms.
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl
[_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])])
_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],,
[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC],
- [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)],
- [define([AC_PROG_CC],
- defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl
+ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])],
+ [m4_define([AC_PROG_CC],
+ m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])])])dnl
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
- [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)],
- [define([AC_PROG_CXX],
- defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl
+ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])],
+ [m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX],
+ m4_defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])])])dnl
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC],
- [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)],
- [define([AC_PROG_OBJC],
- defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl
+ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])],
+ [m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJC],
+ m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])])])dnl
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJCXX],
+ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])],
+ [m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJCXX],
+ m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJCXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])])])dnl
])
-_AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl
-dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the
-dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This macro
-dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below.
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])dnl
+dnl The testsuite driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the
+dnl 'am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This
+dnl macro is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below.
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl
[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
[AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl
-])
-dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not
+# POSIX will say in a future version that running "rm -f" with no argument
+# is OK; and we want to be able to make that assumption in our Makefile
+# recipes. So use an aggressive probe to check that the usage we want is
+# actually supported "in the wild" to an acceptable degree.
+# See automake bug#10828.
+# To make any issue more visible, cause the running configure to be aborted
+# by default if the 'rm' program in use doesn't match our expectations; the
+# user can still override this though.
+if rm -f && rm -fr && rm -rf; then : OK; else
+ cat >&2 <<'END'
+Oops!
+
+Your 'rm' program seems unable to run without file operands specified
+on the command line, even when the '-f' option is present. This is contrary
+to the behaviour of most rm programs out there, and not conforming with
+the upcoming POSIX standard: <http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=542>
+
+Please tell bug-automake@gnu.org about your system, including the value
+of your $PATH and any error possibly output before this message. This
+can help us improve future automake versions.
+
+END
+ if test x"$ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM" = x"yes"; then
+ echo 'Configuration will proceed anyway, since you have set the' >&2
+ echo 'ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM variable to "yes"' >&2
+ echo >&2
+ else
+ cat >&2 <<'END'
+Aborting the configuration process, to ensure you take notice of the issue.
+
+You can download and install GNU coreutils to get an 'rm' implementation
+that behaves properly: <http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/>.
+
+If you want to complete the configuration process using your problematic
+'rm' anyway, export the environment variable ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM
+to "yes", and re-run configure.
+
+END
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Your 'rm' program is bad, sorry.])
+ fi
+fi])
+
+dnl Hook into '_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not
dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further
dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement.
m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])])
-
# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
# This file resides in the same directory as the config header
# that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names.
done
echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count])
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2001-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 1
-
# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH
# ------------------
# Define $install_sh.
install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
esac
fi
-AC_SUBST(install_sh)])
+AC_SUBST([install_sh])])
-# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 2
-
# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames
# with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't.
AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT],
# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure. -*- Autoconf -*-
# From Jim Meyering
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008,
-# 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 5
-
# AM_MAINTAINER_MODE([DEFAULT-MODE])
# ----------------------------------
# Control maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles.
-# Default is to disable them, unless `enable' is passed literally.
-# For symmetry, `disable' may be passed as well. Anyway, the user
+# Default is to disable them, unless 'enable' is passed literally.
+# For symmetry, 'disable' may be passed as well. Anyway, the user
# can override the default with the --enable/--disable switch.
AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE],
[m4_case(m4_default([$1], [disable]),
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles])
dnl maintainer-mode's default is 'disable' unless 'enable' is passed
AC_ARG_ENABLE([maintainer-mode],
-[ --][am_maintainer_other][-maintainer-mode am_maintainer_other make rules and dependencies not useful
- (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer],
- [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval],
- [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=]m4_if(am_maintainer_other, [enable], [no], [yes]))
+ [AS_HELP_STRING([--]am_maintainer_other[-maintainer-mode],
+ am_maintainer_other[ make rules and dependencies not useful
+ (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer])],
+ [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval],
+ [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=]m4_if(am_maintainer_other, [enable], [no], [yes]))
AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE])
AM_CONDITIONAL([MAINTAINER_MODE], [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes])
MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
]
)
-AU_DEFUN([jm_MAINTAINER_MODE], [AM_MAINTAINER_MODE])
-
# Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2001-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 4
-
# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE()
# -----------------
# Check to see how make treats includes.
_am_result=none
# First try GNU make style include.
echo "include confinc" > confmf
-# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'.
+# Ignore all kinds of additional output from 'make'.
case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
*the\ am__doit\ target*)
am__include=include
# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*-
-# Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 6
-
# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM)
# ------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG],
$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"}
AC_SUBST($1)])
-
# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN
# ------------------
-# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run.
-# If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing.
+# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it is modern enough.
+# If it is, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing.
AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl
esac
fi
# Use eval to expand $SHELL
-if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
- am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
+if eval "$MISSING --is-lightweight"; then
+ am_missing_run="$MISSING "
else
am_missing_run=
- AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing])
+ AC_MSG_WARN(['missing' script is too old or missing])
fi
])
-# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 1
-
-# AM_PROG_MKDIR_P
-# ---------------
-# Check for `mkdir -p'.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P],
-[AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
-dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p. We now use MKDIR_P,
-dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility.
-dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile.
-dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of
-dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own
-dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than
-dnl MKDIR_P).
-AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl
-case $mkdir_p in
- [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;;
- */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;;
-esac
-])
-
# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2010 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2001-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 5
-
# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME)
# -----------------------
AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION],
# --------------------
# Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option.
AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION],
-[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)])
+[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [1])])
# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS)
# ------------------------
AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION],
[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])])
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008, 2009,
-# 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# _AM_PROG_CC_C_O
+# ---------------
+# Like AC_PROG_CC_C_O, but changed for automake. We rewrite AC_PROG_CC
+# to automatically call this.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_CC_C_O],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([compile])dnl
+AC_LANG_PUSH([C])dnl
+AC_CACHE_CHECK(
+ [whether $CC understands -c and -o together],
+ [am_cv_prog_cc_c_o],
+ [AC_LANG_CONFTEST([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([])])
+ # Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc.
+ # Following AC_PROG_CC_C_O, we do the test twice because some
+ # compilers refuse to overwrite an existing .o file with -o,
+ # though they will create one.
+ am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=yes
+ for am_i in 1 2; do
+ if AM_RUN_LOG([$CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext]) \
+ && test -f conftest2.$ac_objext; then
+ : OK
+ else
+ am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=no
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ rm -f core conftest*
+ unset am_i])
+if test "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" != yes; then
+ # Losing compiler, so override with the script.
+ # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC.
+ # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another.
+ # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case,
+ # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)"
+ CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC"
+fi
+AC_LANG_POP([C])])
+
+# For backward compatibility.
+AC_DEFUN_ONCE([AM_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 2
# AM_PATH_PYTHON([MINIMUM-VERSION], [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
dnl Find a Python interpreter. Python versions prior to 2.0 are not
dnl supported. (2.0 was released on October 16, 2000).
m4_define_default([_AM_PYTHON_INTERPRETER_LIST],
-[python python2 python3 python3.2 python3.1 python3.0 python2.7 dnl
+[python python2 python3 python3.3 python3.2 python3.1 python3.0 python2.7 dnl
python2.6 python2.5 python2.4 python2.3 python2.2 python2.1 python2.0])
AC_ARG_VAR([PYTHON], [the Python interpreter])
dnl A version check is needed.
if test -n "$PYTHON"; then
# If the user set $PYTHON, use it and don't search something else.
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether $PYTHON version >= $1])
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether $PYTHON version is >= $1])
AM_PYTHON_CHECK_VERSION([$PYTHON], [$1],
- [AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)],
- [AC_MSG_ERROR(too old)])
+ [AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])],
+ [AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Python interpreter is too old])])
am_display_PYTHON=$PYTHON
else
# Otherwise, try each interpreter until we find one that satisfies
[am_cv_python_platform=`$PYTHON -c "import sys; sys.stdout.write(sys.platform)"`])
AC_SUBST([PYTHON_PLATFORM], [$am_cv_python_platform])
+ # Just factor out some code duplication.
+ am_python_setup_sysconfig="\
+import sys
+# Prefer sysconfig over distutils.sysconfig, for better compatibility
+# with python 3.x. See automake bug#10227.
+try:
+ import sysconfig
+except ImportError:
+ can_use_sysconfig = 0
+else:
+ can_use_sysconfig = 1
+# Can't use sysconfig in CPython 2.7, since it's broken in virtualenvs:
+# <https://github.com/pypa/virtualenv/issues/118>
+try:
+ from platform import python_implementation
+ if python_implementation() == 'CPython' and sys.version[[:3]] == '2.7':
+ can_use_sysconfig = 0
+except ImportError:
+ pass"
dnl Set up 4 directories:
else
am_py_prefix=$prefix
fi
- am_cv_python_pythondir=`$PYTHON -c "import sys; from distutils import sysconfig; sys.stdout.write(sysconfig.get_python_lib(0,0,prefix='$am_py_prefix'))" 2>/dev/null`
+ am_cv_python_pythondir=`$PYTHON -c "
+$am_python_setup_sysconfig
+if can_use_sysconfig:
+ sitedir = sysconfig.get_path('purelib', vars={'base':'$am_py_prefix'})
+else:
+ from distutils import sysconfig
+ sitedir = sysconfig.get_python_lib(0, 0, prefix='$am_py_prefix')
+sys.stdout.write(sitedir)"`
case $am_cv_python_pythondir in
$am_py_prefix*)
am__strip_prefix=`echo "$am_py_prefix" | sed 's|.|.|g'`
else
am_py_exec_prefix=$exec_prefix
fi
- am_cv_python_pyexecdir=`$PYTHON -c "import sys; from distutils import sysconfig; sys.stdout.write(sysconfig.get_python_lib(1,0,prefix='$am_py_exec_prefix'))" 2>/dev/null`
+ am_cv_python_pyexecdir=`$PYTHON -c "
+$am_python_setup_sysconfig
+if can_use_sysconfig:
+ sitedir = sysconfig.get_path('platlib', vars={'platbase':'$am_py_prefix'})
+else:
+ from distutils import sysconfig
+ sitedir = sysconfig.get_python_lib(1, 0, prefix='$am_py_prefix')
+sys.stdout.write(sitedir)"`
case $am_cv_python_pyexecdir in
$am_py_exec_prefix*)
am__strip_prefix=`echo "$am_py_exec_prefix" | sed 's|.|.|g'`
sys.exit(sys.hexversion < minverhex)"
AS_IF([AM_RUN_LOG([$1 -c "$prog"])], [$3], [$4])])
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2001-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 1
-
# AM_RUN_LOG(COMMAND)
# -------------------
# Run COMMAND, save the exit status in ac_status, and log it.
# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 5
-
# AM_SANITY_CHECK
# ---------------
AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK],
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
-# Just in case
-sleep 1
-echo timestamp > conftest.file
# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter.
am_lf='
esac
case $srcdir in
*[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*)
- AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);;
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: '$srcdir']);;
esac
-# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# Do 'set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
# directory).
if (
- set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
- if test "$[*]" = "X"; then
- # -L didn't work.
- set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
- fi
- rm -f conftest.file
- if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
- && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
-
- # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
- # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
- # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
- # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
- AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
-alias in your environment])
- fi
-
+ am_has_slept=no
+ for am_try in 1 2; do
+ echo "timestamp, slept: $am_has_slept" > conftest.file
+ set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
+ if test "$[*]" = "X"; then
+ # -L didn't work.
+ set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
+ fi
+ if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
+ && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+ # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
+ # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+ # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
+ # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
+ alias in your environment])
+ fi
+ if test "$[2]" = conftest.file || test $am_try -eq 2; then
+ break
+ fi
+ # Just in case.
+ sleep 1
+ am_has_slept=yes
+ done
test "$[2]" = conftest.file
)
then
AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
Check your system clock])
fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+# If we didn't sleep, we still need to ensure time stamps of config.status and
+# generated files are strictly newer.
+am_sleep_pid=
+if grep 'slept: no' conftest.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ( sleep 1 ) &
+ am_sleep_pid=$!
+fi
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
+ [AC_MSG_CHECKING([that generated files are newer than configure])
+ if test -n "$am_sleep_pid"; then
+ # Hide warnings about reused PIDs.
+ wait $am_sleep_pid 2>/dev/null
+ fi
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([done])])
+rm -f conftest.file
+])
-# Copyright (C) 2009, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 2
-
# AM_SILENT_RULES([DEFAULT])
# --------------------------
# Enable less verbose build rules; with the default set to DEFAULT
-# (`yes' being less verbose, `no' or empty being verbose).
+# ("yes" being less verbose, "no" or empty being verbose).
AC_DEFUN([AM_SILENT_RULES],
-[AC_ARG_ENABLE([silent-rules],
-[ --enable-silent-rules less verbose build output (undo: `make V=1')
- --disable-silent-rules verbose build output (undo: `make V=0')])
-case $enable_silent_rules in
-yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
-no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
-*) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=m4_if([$1], [yes], [0], [1]);;
+[AC_ARG_ENABLE([silent-rules], [dnl
+AS_HELP_STRING(
+ [--enable-silent-rules],
+ [less verbose build output (undo: "make V=1")])
+AS_HELP_STRING(
+ [--disable-silent-rules],
+ [verbose build output (undo: "make V=0")])dnl
+])
+case $enable_silent_rules in @%:@ (((
+ yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
+ no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
+ *) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=m4_if([$1], [yes], [0], [1]);;
esac
dnl
-dnl A few `make' implementations (e.g., NonStop OS and NextStep)
+dnl A few 'make' implementations (e.g., NonStop OS and NextStep)
dnl do not support nested variable expansions.
dnl See automake bug#9928 and bug#10237.
am_make=${MAKE-make}
am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=no
fi])
if test $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables = yes; then
- dnl Using `$V' instead of `$(V)' breaks IRIX make.
+ dnl Using '$V' instead of '$(V)' breaks IRIX make.
AM_V='$(V)'
AM_DEFAULT_V='$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)'
else
_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl
])
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2001-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 1
-
# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP
# ---------------------
-# One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't
+# One issue with vendor 'install' (even GNU) is that you can't
# specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially
# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip
# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries.
# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we
-# always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize
+# always use install-sh in "make install-strip", and initialize
# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user).
AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP],
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
-# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
-# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right
+# Installed binaries are usually stripped using 'strip' when the user
+# run "make install-strip". However 'strip' might not be the right
# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
-# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
-dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'.
+# will honor the 'STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
+dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be 'maybe'.
if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :)
fi
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s"
AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])])
-# Copyright (C) 2006, 2008, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 3
-
# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
# ---------------------------
# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in.
# Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*-
-# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-# serial 2
-
# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT)
# --------------------
# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT.
-# FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'.
+# FORMAT should be one of 'v7', 'ustar', or 'pax'.
#
# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command
# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory
# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such
# a tarball read from stdin.
# $(am__untar) < result.tar
+#
AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR],
[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used
# in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ...
AC_SUBST([AMTAR], ['$${TAR-tar}'])
-m4_if([$1], [v7],
- [am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -'],
- [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],,
- [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive])
-# Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
+
+# We'll loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none'
-_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools}
-# Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and
-# Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'.
-for _am_tool in $_am_tools
-do
- case $_am_tool in
- gnutar)
- for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar;
- do
- AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break
- done
- am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"'
- am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"'
- am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -"
- ;;
- plaintar)
- # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create
- # ustar tarball either.
- (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue
- am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"'
- am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"'
- am__untar='tar xf -'
- ;;
- pax)
- am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"'
- am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"'
- am__untar='pax -r'
- ;;
- cpio)
- am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
- am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
- am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d'
- ;;
- none)
- am__tar=false
- am__tar_=false
- am__untar=false
- ;;
- esac
- # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar
- # and am__untar set.
- test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break
+m4_if([$1], [v7],
+ [am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -'],
+
+ [m4_case([$1],
+ [ustar],
+ [# The POSIX 1988 'ustar' format is defined with fixed-size fields.
+ # There is notably a 21 bits limit for the UID and the GID. In fact,
+ # the 'pax' utility can hang on bigger UID/GID (see automake bug#8343
+ # and bug#13588).
+ am_max_uid=2097151 # 2^21 - 1
+ am_max_gid=$am_max_uid
+ # The $UID and $GID variables are not portable, so we need to resort
+ # to the POSIX-mandated id(1) utility. Errors in the 'id' calls
+ # below are definitely unexpected, so allow the users to see them
+ # (that is, avoid stderr redirection).
+ am_uid=`id -u || echo unknown`
+ am_gid=`id -g || echo unknown`
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether UID '$am_uid' is supported by ustar format])
+ if test $am_uid -le $am_max_uid; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+ _am_tools=none
+ fi
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether GID '$am_gid' is supported by ustar format])
+ if test $am_gid -le $am_max_gid; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+ _am_tools=none
+ fi],
+
+ [pax],
+ [],
+
+ [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])])
+
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive])
+
+ # Go ahead even if we have the value already cached. We do so because we
+ # need to set the values for the 'am__tar' and 'am__untar' variables.
+ _am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools}
+
+ for _am_tool in $_am_tools; do
+ case $_am_tool in
+ gnutar)
+ for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; do
+ AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break
+ done
+ am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"'
+ am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"'
+ am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -"
+ ;;
+ plaintar)
+ # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create
+ # ustar tarball either.
+ (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue
+ am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"'
+ am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"'
+ am__untar='tar xf -'
+ ;;
+ pax)
+ am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"'
+ am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"'
+ am__untar='pax -r'
+ ;;
+ cpio)
+ am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
+ am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
+ am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d'
+ ;;
+ none)
+ am__tar=false
+ am__tar_=false
+ am__untar=false
+ ;;
+ esac
- # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works
- rm -rf conftest.dir
- mkdir conftest.dir
- echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file
- AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar])
+ # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar
+ # and am__untar set.
+ test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break
+
+ # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works.
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
+ mkdir conftest.dir
+ echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file
+ AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar])
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
+ if test -s conftest.tar; then
+ AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar <conftest.tar])
+ AM_RUN_LOG([cat conftest.dir/file])
+ grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break
+ fi
+ done
rm -rf conftest.dir
- if test -s conftest.tar; then
- AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar <conftest.tar])
- grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break
- fi
-done
-rm -rf conftest.dir
-AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])])
+ AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool])
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])])
+
AC_SUBST([am__tar])
AC_SUBST([am__untar])
]) # _AM_PROG_TAR
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
+
+scriptversion=2012-10-14.11; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+nl='
+'
+
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is
+# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage.
+IFS=" "" $nl"
+
+file_conv=
+
+# func_file_conv build_file lazy
+# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
+# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion
+# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will
+# take place.
+func_file_conv ()
+{
+ file=$1
+ case $file in
+ / | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
+ if test -z "$file_conv"; then
+ # lazily determine how to convert abs files
+ case `uname -s` in
+ MINGW*)
+ file_conv=mingw
+ ;;
+ CYGWIN*)
+ file_conv=cygwin
+ ;;
+ *)
+ file_conv=wine
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ case $file_conv/,$2, in
+ *,$file_conv,*)
+ ;;
+ mingw/*)
+ file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'`
+ ;;
+ cygwin/*)
+ file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
+ ;;
+ wine/*)
+ file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+# func_cl_dashL linkdir
+# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR
+func_cl_dashL ()
+{
+ func_file_conv "$1"
+ if test -z "$lib_path"; then
+ lib_path=$file
+ else
+ lib_path="$lib_path;$file"
+ fi
+ linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file"
+}
+
+# func_cl_dashl library
+# Do a library search-path lookup for cl
+func_cl_dashl ()
+{
+ lib=$1
+ found=no
+ save_IFS=$IFS
+ IFS=';'
+ for dir in $lib_path $LIB
+ do
+ IFS=$save_IFS
+ if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then
+ found=yes
+ lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib
+ break
+ fi
+ if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then
+ found=yes
+ lib=$dir/$lib.lib
+ break
+ fi
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then
+ found=yes
+ lib=$dir/lib$lib.a
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS=$save_IFS
+
+ if test "$found" != yes; then
+ lib=$lib.lib
+ fi
+}
+
+# func_cl_wrapper cl arg...
+# Adjust compile command to suit cl
+func_cl_wrapper ()
+{
+ # Assume a capable shell
+ lib_path=
+ shared=:
+ linker_opts=
+ for arg
+ do
+ if test -n "$eat"; then
+ eat=
+ else
+ case $1 in
+ -o)
+ # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
+ eat=1
+ case $2 in
+ *.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ])
+ func_file_conv "$2"
+ set x "$@" -Fo"$file"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_file_conv "$2"
+ set x "$@" -Fe"$file"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ -I)
+ eat=1
+ func_file_conv "$2" mingw
+ set x "$@" -I"$file"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ -I*)
+ func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw
+ set x "$@" -I"$file"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ -l)
+ eat=1
+ func_cl_dashl "$2"
+ set x "$@" "$lib"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ -l*)
+ func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}"
+ set x "$@" "$lib"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ -L)
+ eat=1
+ func_cl_dashL "$2"
+ ;;
+ -L*)
+ func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}"
+ ;;
+ -static)
+ shared=false
+ ;;
+ -Wl,*)
+ arg=${1#-Wl,}
+ save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
+ for flag in $arg; do
+ IFS="$save_ifs"
+ linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag"
+ done
+ IFS="$save_ifs"
+ ;;
+ -Xlinker)
+ eat=1
+ linker_opts="$linker_opts $2"
+ ;;
+ -*)
+ set x "$@" "$1"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++)
+ func_file_conv "$1"
+ set x "$@" -Tp"$file"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO])
+ func_file_conv "$1" mingw
+ set x "$@" "$file"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set x "$@" "$1"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ shift
+ done
+ if test -n "$linker_opts"; then
+ linker_opts="-link$linker_opts"
+ fi
+ exec "$@" $linker_opts
+ exit 1
+}
+
+eat=
+
+case $1 in
+ '')
+ echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+ exit 1;
+ ;;
+ -h | --h*)
+ cat <<\EOF
+Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
+Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
+arguments, and rename the output as expected.
+
+If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
+right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'.
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+ -v | --v*)
+ echo "compile $scriptversion"
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+ cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe )
+ func_cl_wrapper "$@" # Doesn't return...
+ ;;
+esac
+
+ofile=
+cfile=
+
+for arg
+do
+ if test -n "$eat"; then
+ eat=
+ else
+ case $1 in
+ -o)
+ # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
+ # So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object.
+ eat=1
+ case $2 in
+ *.o | *.obj)
+ ofile=$2
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set x "$@" -o "$2"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ *.c)
+ cfile=$1
+ set x "$@" "$1"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set x "$@" "$1"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ shift
+done
+
+if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
+ # If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
+ # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a
+ # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no
+ # '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also
+ # ok.
+ exec "$@"
+fi
+
+# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
+cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
+
+# Create the lock directory.
+# Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
+# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected
+# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
+lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
+while true; do
+ if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ break
+ fi
+ sleep 1
+done
+# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
+trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
+
+# Run the compile.
+"$@"
+ret=$?
+
+if test -f "$cofile"; then
+ test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
+elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
+ test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
+fi
+
+rmdir "$lockdir"
+exit $ret
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
#! /bin/sh
# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
-# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010,
-# 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1992-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-timestamp='2012-02-10'
+timestamp='2013-06-10'
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Originally written by Per Bothner. Please send patches (context
-# diff format) to <config-patches@gnu.org> and include a ChangeLog
-# entry.
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
+# program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
#
-# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
-# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
-# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
+# Originally written by Per Bothner.
#
# You can get the latest version of this script from:
# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
+#
+# Please send patches with a ChangeLog entry to config-patches@gnu.org.
+
me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
Originally written by Per Bothner.
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 1992-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
+case "${UNAME_SYSTEM}" in
+Linux|GNU|GNU/*)
+ # If the system lacks a compiler, then just pick glibc.
+ # We could probably try harder.
+ LIBC=gnu
+
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ cat <<-EOF > $dummy.c
+ #include <features.h>
+ #if defined(__UCLIBC__)
+ LIBC=uclibc
+ #elif defined(__dietlibc__)
+ LIBC=dietlibc
+ #else
+ LIBC=gnu
+ #endif
+ EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC'`
+ ;;
+esac
+
# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
exit ;;
+ *:Bitrig:*:*)
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-bitrig${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
*:OpenBSD:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
- arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*)
+ arm*:riscos:*:*|arm*:RISCOS:*:*)
echo arm-unknown-riscos
exit ;;
SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
i*:CYGWIN*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
exit ;;
+ *:MINGW64*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw64
+ exit ;;
*:MINGW*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
exit ;;
exit ;;
*:GNU:*:*)
# the GNU system
- echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
+ echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-${LIBC}`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
exit ;;
*:GNU/*:*:*)
# other systems with GNU libc and userland
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-${LIBC}
exit ;;
i*86:Minix:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
exit ;;
aarch64:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
aarch64_be:Linux:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
alpha:Linux:*:*)
case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
esac
objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
- if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
+ if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="gnulibc1" ; fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+ exit ;;
+ arc:Linux:*:* | arceb:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
arm*:Linux:*:*)
eval $set_cc_for_build
if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep -q __ARM_EABI__
then
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
else
if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
| grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
then
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabi
else
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabihf
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabihf
fi
fi
exit ;;
avr32*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
cris:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
crisv32:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
frv:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
hexagon:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
i*86:Linux:*:*)
- LIBC=gnu
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
- #ifdef __dietlibc__
- LIBC=dietlibc
- #endif
-EOF
- eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC'`
- echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
ia64:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
m32r*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
m68*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*)
eval $set_cc_for_build
#endif
EOF
eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'`
- test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
+ test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}"; exit; }
;;
+ or1k:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+ exit ;;
or32:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
padre:Linux:*:*)
- echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo sparc-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
- echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo hppa64-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
# Look for CPU level
case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
- PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
- PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
- *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
+ PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
+ *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
esac
exit ;;
ppc64:Linux:*:*)
- echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
ppc:Linux:*:*)
- echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo powerpc-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+ exit ;;
+ ppc64le:Linux:*:*)
+ echo powerpc64le-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+ exit ;;
+ ppcle:Linux:*:*)
+ echo powerpcle-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
sh64*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
sh*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
tile*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
vax:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
x86_64:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
echo i586-pc-haiku
exit ;;
+ x86_64:Haiku:*:*)
+ echo x86_64-unknown-haiku
+ exit ;;
SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
exit ;;
*:Darwin:*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
- case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
- i386)
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
- if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
- (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
- grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
- then
- UNAME_PROCESSOR="x86_64"
- fi
- fi ;;
- unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
- esac
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = unknown ; then
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc
+ fi
+ if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
+ if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
+ (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+ grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
+ then
+ case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
+ i386) UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;;
+ powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc64 ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
*:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
NEO-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
echo neo-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
- NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
exit ;;
esac
-#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
-#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
-
eval $set_cc_for_build
cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
#ifdef _SEQUENT_
#! /bin/sh
# Configuration validation subroutine script.
-# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010,
-# 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1992-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-timestamp='2012-02-10'
+timestamp='2013-08-10'
-# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
-# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
-# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
-#
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
+# program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
-# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
-# diff and a properly formatted GNU ChangeLog entry.
+# Please send patches with a ChangeLog entry to config-patches@gnu.org.
#
# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
version="\
GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 1992-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
case $maybe_os in
nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \
- linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \
+ linux-musl* | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \
knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
- -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze)
+ -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze*)
os=
basic_machine=$1
;;
-isc*)
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
;;
+ -lynx*178)
+ os=-lynxos178
+ ;;
+ -lynx*5)
+ os=-lynxos5
+ ;;
-lynx*)
os=-lynxos
;;
| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
| am33_2.0 \
- | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \
- | be32 | be64 \
+ | arc | arceb \
+ | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2-8] | armv[3-8][lb] | armv7[arm] \
+ | avr | avr32 \
+ | be32 | be64 \
| bfin \
- | c4x | clipper \
+ | c4x | c8051 | clipper \
| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
| epiphany \
| fido | fr30 | frv \
| le32 | le64 \
| lm32 \
| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
- | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \
+ | maxq | mb | microblaze | microblazeel | mcore | mep | metag \
| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
| mips16 \
| mips64 | mips64el \
| mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
| mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
+ | mipsr5900 | mipsr5900el \
| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
| mn10200 | mn10300 \
| moxie \
| mt \
| msp430 \
| nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \
- | nios | nios2 \
+ | nios | nios2 | nios2eb | nios2el \
| ns16k | ns32k \
| open8 \
- | or32 \
+ | or1k | or32 \
| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle \
| pyramid \
| aarch64-* | aarch64_be-* \
| alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
- | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
+ | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* | arceb-* \
| arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
| avr-* | avr32-* \
| be32-* | be64-* \
| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \
- | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
+ | c8051-* | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
| elxsi-* \
| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
| lm32-* \
| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
- | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* | microblaze-* \
+ | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* \
+ | microblaze-* | microblazeel-* \
| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
| mips16-* \
| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
| mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
+ | mipsr5900-* | mipsr5900el-* \
| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
| mmix-* \
| mt-* \
| msp430-* \
| nds32-* | nds32le-* | nds32be-* \
- | nios-* | nios2-* \
+ | nios-* | nios2-* | nios2eb-* | nios2el-* \
| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
| open8-* \
| orion-* \
basic_machine=ns32k-utek
os=-sysv
;;
- microblaze)
+ microblaze*)
basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx
;;
+ mingw64)
+ basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+ os=-mingw64
+ ;;
mingw32)
- basic_machine=i386-pc
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
os=-mingw32
;;
mingw32ce)
basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
;;
msys)
- basic_machine=i386-pc
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
os=-msys
;;
mvs)
basic_machine=i586-unknown
os=-pw32
;;
- rdos)
+ rdos | rdos64)
+ basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+ os=-rdos
+ ;;
+ rdos32)
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=-rdos
;;
-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
| -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
| -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \
- | -sym* | -kopensolaris* \
+ | -sym* | -kopensolaris* | -plan9* \
| -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
| -aos* | -aros* \
| -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
| -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
| -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
- | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
+ | -bitrig* | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
| -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
| -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
| -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
| -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
| -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
| -cygwin* | -msys* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
- | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \
- | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
+ | -mingw32* | -mingw64* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \
+ | -linux-newlib* | -linux-musl* | -linux-uclibc* \
| -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
| -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
| -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
-aros*)
os=-aros
;;
- -kaos*)
- os=-kaos
- ;;
-zvmoe)
os=-zvmoe
;;
c4x-* | tic4x-*)
os=-coff
;;
+ c8051-*)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
+ hexagon-*)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
tic54x-*)
os=-coff
;;
mips*-*)
os=-elf
;;
+ or1k-*)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
or32-*)
os=-coff
;;
#! /bin/sh
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
-scriptversion=2011-12-04.11; # UTC
+scriptversion=2013-05-30.07; # UTC
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010,
-# 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
case $1 in
'')
- echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
- exit 1;
- ;;
+ echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+ exit 1;
+ ;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Environment variables:
depmode Dependency tracking mode.
- source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
- object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+ source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+ object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
depfile Dependency file to output.
tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
;;
esac
+# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
+# global variables '$dir'. Note that this directory component will
+# be either empty or ending with a '/' character. This is deliberate.
+set_dir_from ()
+{
+ case $1 in
+ */*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;;
+ *) dir=;;
+ esac
+}
+
+# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
+# global variable '$base'.
+set_base_from ()
+{
+ base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`
+}
+
+# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
+# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
+# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+make_dummy_depfile ()
+{
+ echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+}
+
+# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
+# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
+aix_post_process_depfile ()
+{
+ # If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
+ # post-process it.
+ if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+ # Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
+ # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+ # $object: dependency.h
+ # and one to simply output
+ # dependency.h:
+ # which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
+ { sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
+ sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
+ } > "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ else
+ make_dummy_depfile
+ fi
+}
+
+# A tabulation character.
+tab=' '
+# A newline character.
+nl='
+'
+# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
+# These definitions help.
+upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
+lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+digits=0123456789
+alpha=${upper}${lower}
+
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
exit 1
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+# Avoid interferences from the environment.
+gccflag= dashmflag=
+
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
fi
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
- # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
- dashmflag=-xM
- depmode=dashmstdout
+ # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
+ dashmflag=-xM
+ depmode=dashmstdout
fi
cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
- # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
- # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
- # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
- cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
- depmode=msvisualcpp
+ # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
+ # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
+ # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
+ cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
+ depmode=msvisualcpp
fi
if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
- # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
- # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
- # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
- cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
- depmode=msvc7
+ # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
+ # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
+ # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
+ cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
+ depmode=msvc7
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
+ # IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
+ gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
+ depmode=gcc
fi
case "$depmode" in
done
"$@"
stat=$?
- if test $stat -eq 0; then :
- else
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
;;
gcc)
+## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers.
+## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler.
+## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above).
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
-## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
+## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). Also, it might not be
+## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode.
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
## than renaming).
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
fi
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
- if test $stat -eq 0; then :
- else
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
- alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
-## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
+ # The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive
+ # letters.
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
+## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem.
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
## this for us directly.
- tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory
+## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output.
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
- sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
- | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
+ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
fi
stat=$?
- if test $stat -eq 0; then :
- else
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
- # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
+ # the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the
# dependency line.
- tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
- | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
- tr '
-' ' ' >> "$depfile"
+ tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \
+ | tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile"
-
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
- tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
- | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
- >> "$depfile"
+ tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
+ >> "$depfile"
else
- # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
- # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
- # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
- echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+ make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
+xlc)
+ # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
+ # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
+ # since it is checked for above.
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
aix)
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
# in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
- # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
+ # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
- dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
- test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
- base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
+ set_dir_from "$object"
+ set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$base.u
"$@" -M
fi
stat=$?
-
- if test $stat -eq 0; then :
- else
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
- if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
- # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
- # Do two passes, one to just change these to
- # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
- sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
- # That's a tab and a space in the [].
- sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
- else
- # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
- # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
- # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
- echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+ aix_post_process_depfile
+ ;;
+
+tcc)
+ # tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26
+ # FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing.
+ # Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released
+ # versions.
+ # It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a
+ # trailing '\', as in:
+ #
+ # foo.o : \
+ # foo.c \
+ # foo.h \
+ #
+ # It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading
+ # spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7
+ # "Emit spaces for -MD").
+ "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
fi
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ # Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'.
+ # We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'.
+ sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ # And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:'
+ # dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem.
+ sed -n -e 's|^ *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
-icc)
- # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on
- # icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
- # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
- # foo.o: sub/foo.c
- # foo.o: sub/foo.h
- # which is wrong. We want:
- # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
- # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
- # sub/foo.c:
- # sub/foo.h:
- # ICC 7.1 will output
+## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the
+## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order
+## listed in this file. A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many
+## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options.
+pgcc)
+ # Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'.
+ # Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the
+ # source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory.
+ # The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file.
+ # pgcc 10.2 will output
# foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
- # and will wrap long lines using \ :
+ # and will wrap long lines using '\' :
# foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
# sub/foo.h ... \
# ...
+ set_dir_from "$object"
+ # Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since
+ # that's sadly what pgcc will do too.
+ set_base_from "$source"
+ tmpdepfile=$base.d
+
+ # For projects that build the same source file twice into different object
+ # files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause
+ # problems in parallel builds. Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on
+ # the same $tmpdepfile.
+ lockdir=$base.d-lock
+ trap "
+ echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2
+ rmdir '$lockdir'
+ exit 1
+ " 1 2 13 15
+ numtries=100
+ i=$numtries
+ while test $i -gt 0; do
+ # mkdir is a portable test-and-set.
+ if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then
+ # This process acquired the lock.
+ "$@" -MD
+ stat=$?
+ # Release the lock.
+ rmdir "$lockdir"
+ break
+ else
+ # If the lock is being held by a different process, wait
+ # until the winning process is done or we timeout.
+ while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
+ sleep 1
+ i=`expr $i - 1`
+ done
+ fi
+ i=`expr $i - 1`
+ done
+ trap - 1 2 13 15
+ if test $i -le 0; then
+ echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
+ echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
- "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
- stat=$?
- if test $stat -eq 0; then :
- else
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
- sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
- sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
# 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
# happens to be.
# Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
- dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
- test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
- base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
+ set_dir_from "$object"
+ set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
"$@" +Maked
fi
stat=$?
- if test $stat -eq 0; then :
- else
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
exit $stat
fi
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
- sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
- # Add `dependent.h:' lines.
+ sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ # Add 'dependent.h:' lines.
sed -ne '2,${
- s/^ *//
- s/ \\*$//
- s/$/:/
- p
- }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+ s/^ *//
+ s/ \\*$//
+ s/$/:/
+ p
+ }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
- echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+ make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
;;
tru64)
- # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
- # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
- # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
- # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
- # Subdirectories are respected.
- dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
- test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
- base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-
- if test "$libtool" = yes; then
- # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
- # static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
- # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
- # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
- #
- # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
- # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two
- # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
- # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
- # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
- # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
- # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
- # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
- tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4
- tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
- tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
- tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
- "$@" -Wc,-MD
- else
- tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
- tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
- tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
- tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
- "$@" -MD
- fi
-
- stat=$?
- if test $stat -eq 0; then :
- else
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
- exit $stat
- fi
-
- for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
- do
- test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
- done
- if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
- sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
- # That's a tab and a space in the [].
- sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
- else
- echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
- fi
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
- ;;
+ # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+ # effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'.
+ # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
+ # dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
+ # Subdirectories are respected.
+ set_dir_from "$object"
+ set_base_from "$object"
+
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ # Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These
+ # two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
+ # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
+ # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
+ # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
+ # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
+ # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # Likewise.
+ tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
+ "$@" -Wc,-MD
+ else
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+ tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
+ "$@" -MD
+ fi
+
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+
+ for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+ do
+ test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+ done
+ # Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode.
+ aix_post_process_depfile
+ ;;
msvc7)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
- if test "$stat" = 0; then :
- else
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
p
}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
s/ /\\ /g
-s/\(.*\)/ \1 \\/p
+s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p
s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
H
$ {
- s/.*/ /
+ s/.*/'"$tab"'/
G
p
}' >> "$depfile"
+ echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
shift
fi
- # Remove `-o $object'.
+ # Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
done
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
- # Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
+ # Require at least two characters before searching for ':'
# in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
- # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
+ # a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise.
"$@" $dashmflag |
- sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
+ sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
- tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
- sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation
+ # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+ tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
+ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
# makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
# No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
- sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
-' | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
- sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation
+ # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+ sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | tr ' ' "$nl" \
+ | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
+ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
;;
shift
fi
- # Remove `-o $object'.
+ # Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
esac
done
- "$@" -E |
- sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
- -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
- sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
+ "$@" -E \
+ | sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
+ -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
+ | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
shift
;;
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
- set fnord "$@"
- shift
- shift
- ;;
+ set fnord "$@"
+ shift
+ shift
+ ;;
*)
- set fnord "$@" "$arg"
- shift
- shift
- ;;
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+ shift
+ shift
+ ;;
esac
done
"$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
- sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
- echo " " >> "$depfile"
+ sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
+ echo "$tab" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
#!/bin/sh
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-scriptversion=2011-01-19.21; # UTC
+scriptversion=2011-11-20.07; # UTC
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-t) dst_arg=$2
- # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
+ # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
fi
shift # arg
dst_arg=$arg
- # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
+ # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
- # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
+ # It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument.
# This can happen when creating conditional directories.
exit 0
fi
for src
do
- # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
+ # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $src in
-* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
esac
if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
# Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
# HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
- # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+ # other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
# FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
# compiler: $LTCC
# compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS
# linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld)
-# $progname: (GNU libtool) 2.4.2 Debian-2.4.2-1ubuntu1
+# $progname: (GNU libtool) 2.4.2 Debian-2.4.2-1.7ubuntu1
# automake: $automake_version
# autoconf: $autoconf_version
#
PROGRAM=libtool
PACKAGE=libtool
-VERSION="2.4.2 Debian-2.4.2-1ubuntu1"
+VERSION="2.4.2 Debian-2.4.2-1.7ubuntu1"
TIMESTAMP=""
package_revision=1.3337
#! /bin/sh
-# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
+# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs.
-scriptversion=2012-01-06.13; # UTC
+scriptversion=2013-10-28.13; # UTC
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
-# 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
if test $# -eq 0; then
- echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
fi
-run=:
-sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
-sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
-
-# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
-# srcdir already.
-if test -f configure.ac; then
- configure_ac=configure.ac
-else
- configure_ac=configure.in
-fi
+case $1 in
-msg="missing on your system"
+ --is-lightweight)
+ # Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing
+ # script is modern enough.
+ exit 0
+ ;;
-case $1 in
---run)
- # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
- run=
- shift
- "$@" && exit 0
- # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens
- # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on
- # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we
- # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or
- # if --run hadn't been passed.
- if test $? = 63; then
- run=:
- msg="probably too old"
- fi
- ;;
+ --run)
+ # Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake.
+ shift
+ ;;
-h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
echo "\
$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
-Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
-error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
+Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due
+to PROGRAM being missing or too old.
Options:
-h, --help display this help and exit
-v, --version output version information and exit
- --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
Supported PROGRAM values:
- aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4'
- autoconf touch file \`configure'
- autoheader touch file \`config.h.in'
- autom4te touch the output file, or create a stub one
- automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files
- bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
- flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
- help2man touch the output file
- lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
- makeinfo touch the output file
- yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+ aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo
+ bison yacc flex lex help2man
-Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes \`gnu-', \`gnu', and
-\`g' are ignored when checking the name.
+Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and
+'g' are ignored when checking the name.
Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
exit $?
;;
-*)
- echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
- echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option"
+ echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
;;
esac
-# normalize program name to check for.
-program=`echo "$1" | sed '
- s/^gnu-//; t
- s/^gnu//; t
- s/^g//; t'`
-
-# Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we
-# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect
-# the program). This is about non-GNU programs, so use $1 not
-# $program.
-case $1 in
- lex*|yacc*)
- # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version.
- ;;
-
- *)
- if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
- # We have it, but it failed.
- exit 1
- elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
- # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone
- # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether
- # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing.
- exit 1
- fi
- ;;
-esac
-
-# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
-# try to emulate it.
-case $program in
- aclocal*)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
- to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from
- any GNU archive site."
- touch aclocal.m4
- ;;
-
- autoconf*)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the
- \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU
- archive site."
- touch configure
- ;;
-
- autoheader*)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
- to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them
- from any GNU archive site."
- files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
- test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
- touch_files=
- for f in $files; do
- case $f in
- *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
- sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
- *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
- esac
- done
- touch $touch_files
- ;;
-
- automake*)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
- You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
- Grab them from any GNU archive site."
- find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
- sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
- while read f; do touch "$f"; done
- ;;
-
- autom4te*)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg.
- You might have modified some files without having the
- proper tools for further handling them.
- You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
- archive site."
-
- file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
- test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
- if test -f "$file"; then
- touch $file
- else
- test -z "$file" || exec >$file
- echo "#! /bin/sh"
- echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
- echo "# $ $@"
- echo "exit 0"
- chmod +x $file
- exit 1
- fi
- ;;
-
- bison*|yacc*)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package
- in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
- \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
- rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
- if test $# -ne 1; then
- eval LASTARG=\${$#}
- case $LASTARG in
- *.y)
- SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
- if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
- cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
- fi
- SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
- if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
- cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- if test ! -f y.tab.h; then
- echo >y.tab.h
- fi
- if test ! -f y.tab.c; then
- echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
- fi
- ;;
-
- lex*|flex*)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package
- in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
- \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
- rm -f lex.yy.c
- if test $# -ne 1; then
- eval LASTARG=\${$#}
- case $LASTARG in
- *.l)
- SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
- if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
- cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then
- echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
- fi
- ;;
-
- help2man*)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the
- \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
- effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
-
- file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
- test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
- if test -f "$file"; then
- touch $file
- else
- test -z "$file" || exec >$file
- echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
- exit $?
- fi
- ;;
-
- makeinfo*)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
- indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious
- call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
- DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
- the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site."
- # The file to touch is that specified with -o ...
- file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
- test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
- if test -z "$file"; then
- # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ...
- infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
- file=`sed -n '
- /^@setfilename/{
- s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
- p
- q
- }' $infile`
- # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info)
- test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info
- fi
- # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo;
- # let's fail without touching anything.
- test -f $file || exit 1
- touch $file
- ;;
+# Run the given program, remember its exit status.
+"$@"; st=$?
+
+# If it succeeded, we are done.
+test $st -eq 0 && exit 0
+
+# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was
+# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the
+# program is present and works.
+case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac
+
+# Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user
+# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a
+# minimum version.
+if test $st -eq 63; then
+ msg="probably too old"
+elif test $st -eq 127; then
+ # Program was missing.
+ msg="missing on your system"
+else
+ # Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up.
+ exit $st
+fi
- *)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg.
- You might have modified some files without having the
- proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
- it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
- this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
- some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
- exit 1
+perl_URL=http://www.perl.org/
+flex_URL=http://flex.sourceforge.net/
+gnu_software_URL=http://www.gnu.org/software
+
+program_details ()
+{
+ case $1 in
+ aclocal|automake)
+ echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>"
+ echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
+ echo "<$perl_URL>"
+ ;;
+ autoconf|autom4te|autoheader)
+ echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>"
+ echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
+ echo "<$perl_URL>"
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+give_advice ()
+{
+ # Normalize program name to check for.
+ normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed '
+ s/^gnu-//; t
+ s/^gnu//; t
+ s/^g//; t'`
+
+ printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg."
+
+ configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'"
+ case $normalized_program in
+ autoconf*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac',"
+ echo "or m4 files included by it."
+ program_details 'autoconf'
+ ;;
+ autoheader*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or"
+ echo "$configure_deps."
+ program_details 'autoheader'
+ ;;
+ automake*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or"
+ echo "$configure_deps."
+ program_details 'automake'
+ ;;
+ aclocal*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or"
+ echo "$configure_deps."
+ program_details 'aclocal'
+ ;;
+ autom4te*)
+ echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require"
+ echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt."
+ program_details 'autom4te'
+ ;;
+ bison*|yacc*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file."
+ echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>"
+ ;;
+ lex*|flex*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file."
+ echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:"
+ echo "<$flex_URL>"
+ ;;
+ help2man*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \
+ "of a man page."
+ echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>"
;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
+ makeinfo*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or"
+ echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual."
+ echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>"
+ echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of"
+ echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might"
+ echo "want to install GNU make:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper"
+ echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it"
+ echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing"
+ echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in"
+ echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program."
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \
+ -e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2
+
+# Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program
+# not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch).
+exit $st
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# test-driver - basic testsuite driver script.
+
+scriptversion=2013-07-13.22; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+# Make unconditional expansion of undefined variables an error. This
+# helps a lot in preventing typo-related bugs.
+set -u
+
+usage_error ()
+{
+ echo "$0: $*" >&2
+ print_usage >&2
+ exit 2
+}
+
+print_usage ()
+{
+ cat <<END
+Usage:
+ test-driver --test-name=NAME --log-file=PATH --trs-file=PATH
+ [--expect-failure={yes|no}] [--color-tests={yes|no}]
+ [--enable-hard-errors={yes|no}] [--]
+ TEST-SCRIPT [TEST-SCRIPT-ARGUMENTS]
+The '--test-name', '--log-file' and '--trs-file' options are mandatory.
+END
+}
+
+test_name= # Used for reporting.
+log_file= # Where to save the output of the test script.
+trs_file= # Where to save the metadata of the test run.
+expect_failure=no
+color_tests=no
+enable_hard_errors=yes
+while test $# -gt 0; do
+ case $1 in
+ --help) print_usage; exit $?;;
+ --version) echo "test-driver $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+ --test-name) test_name=$2; shift;;
+ --log-file) log_file=$2; shift;;
+ --trs-file) trs_file=$2; shift;;
+ --color-tests) color_tests=$2; shift;;
+ --expect-failure) expect_failure=$2; shift;;
+ --enable-hard-errors) enable_hard_errors=$2; shift;;
+ --) shift; break;;
+ -*) usage_error "invalid option: '$1'";;
+ *) break;;
+ esac
+ shift
+done
+
+missing_opts=
+test x"$test_name" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --test-name"
+test x"$log_file" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --log-file"
+test x"$trs_file" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --trs-file"
+if test x"$missing_opts" != x; then
+ usage_error "the following mandatory options are missing:$missing_opts"
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+ usage_error "missing argument"
+fi
+
+if test $color_tests = yes; then
+ # Keep this in sync with 'lib/am/check.am:$(am__tty_colors)'.
+ red='\e[0;31m' # Red.
+ grn='\e[0;32m' # Green.
+ lgn='\e[1;32m' # Light green.
+ blu='\e[1;34m' # Blue.
+ mgn='\e[0;35m' # Magenta.
+ std='\e[m' # No color.
+else
+ red= grn= lgn= blu= mgn= std=
+fi
+
+do_exit='rm -f $log_file $trs_file; (exit $st); exit $st'
+trap "st=129; $do_exit" 1
+trap "st=130; $do_exit" 2
+trap "st=141; $do_exit" 13
+trap "st=143; $do_exit" 15
+
+# Test script is run here.
+"$@" >$log_file 2>&1
+estatus=$?
+if test $enable_hard_errors = no && test $estatus -eq 99; then
+ estatus=1
+fi
+
+case $estatus:$expect_failure in
+ 0:yes) col=$red res=XPASS recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
+ 0:*) col=$grn res=PASS recheck=no gcopy=no;;
+ 77:*) col=$blu res=SKIP recheck=no gcopy=yes;;
+ 99:*) col=$mgn res=ERROR recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
+ *:yes) col=$lgn res=XFAIL recheck=no gcopy=yes;;
+ *:*) col=$red res=FAIL recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
+esac
+
+# Report outcome to console.
+echo "${col}${res}${std}: $test_name"
+
+# Register the test result, and other relevant metadata.
+echo ":test-result: $res" > $trs_file
+echo ":global-test-result: $res" >> $trs_file
+echo ":recheck: $recheck" >> $trs_file
+echo ":copy-in-global-log: $gcopy" >> $trs_file
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
-# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68 for gtk-doc 1.21.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for gtk-doc 1.22.
#
# Report bugs to <http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk-doc>.
#
#
-# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
#
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# CDPATH.
(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+# Use a proper internal environment variable to ensure we don't fall
+ # into an infinite loop, continuously re-executing ourselves.
+ if test x"${_as_can_reexec}" != xno && test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then
+ _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec;
+ # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
+# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
+# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
+# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
+BASH_ENV=/dev/null
+ENV=/dev/null
+(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
+case $- in # ((((
+ *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
+ *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
+ *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
+ * ) as_opts= ;;
+esac
+exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
+# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
+# out after a failed `exec'.
+$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
+as_fn_exit 255
+ fi
+ # We don't want this to propagate to other subprocesses.
+ { _as_can_reexec=; unset _as_can_reexec;}
if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
emulate sh
else
exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved.
fi
-test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1"
+test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1
+test -x / || exit 1"
as_suggested=" as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO
as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO
eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" &&
if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then :
- # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
- # neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
- # works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
- # Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
- BASH_ENV=/dev/null
- ENV=/dev/null
- (unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
- export CONFIG_SHELL
- case $- in # ((((
- *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
- *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
- *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
- * ) as_opts= ;;
- esac
- exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
+ export CONFIG_SHELL
+ # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
+# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
+# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
+# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
+BASH_ENV=/dev/null
+ENV=/dev/null
+(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
+case $- in # ((((
+ *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
+ *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
+ *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
+ * ) as_opts= ;;
+esac
+exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
+# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
+# out after a failed `exec'.
+$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
+exit 255
fi
if test x$as_have_required = xno; then :
} # as_fn_mkdir_p
+
+# as_fn_executable_p FILE
+# -----------------------
+# Test if FILE is an executable regular file.
+as_fn_executable_p ()
+{
+ test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
+} # as_fn_executable_p
# as_fn_append VAR VALUE
# ----------------------
# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take
chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" ||
{ $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; }
+ # If we had to re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL, we're ensured to have
+ # already done that, so ensure we don't try to do so again and fall
+ # in an infinite loop. This has already happened in practice.
+ _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec
# Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
# (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
# original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this).
# ... but there are two gotchas:
# 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
# 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
- # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
+ # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'.
ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
- as_ln_s='cp -p'
+ as_ln_s='cp -pR'
elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
as_ln_s=ln
else
- as_ln_s='cp -p'
+ as_ln_s='cp -pR'
fi
else
- as_ln_s='cp -p'
+ as_ln_s='cp -pR'
fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
as_mkdir_p=false
fi
-if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- as_test_x='test -x'
-else
- if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- as_ls_L_option=L
- else
- as_ls_L_option=
- fi
- as_test_x='
- eval sh -c '\''
- if test -d "$1"; then
- test -d "$1/.";
- else
- case $1 in #(
- -*)set "./$1";;
- esac;
- case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #((
- ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
- '\'' sh
- '
-fi
-as_executable_p=$as_test_x
+as_test_x='test -x'
+as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p
# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='gtk-doc'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='gtk-doc'
-PACKAGE_VERSION='1.21'
-PACKAGE_STRING='gtk-doc 1.21'
+PACKAGE_VERSION='1.22'
+PACKAGE_STRING='gtk-doc 1.22'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk-doc'
PACKAGE_URL=''
XMLLINT
ITSTOOL
HELP_DIR
+YELP_LC_DIST
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS
DATE_FMT_CMD
ELAPSED_FMT
TS_FMT
LDFLAGS
CFLAGS
CC
+MAINT
+MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE
+MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
AM_BACKSLASH
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
AM_DEFAULT_V
AM_V
-MAINT
-MAINTAINER_MODE_FALSE
-MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
am__untar
am__tar
AMTAR
ac_subst_files=''
ac_user_opts='
enable_option_checking
-enable_maintainer_mode
enable_silent_rules
+enable_maintainer_mode
enable_dependency_tracking
enable_shared
enable_static
if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
cross_compiling=maybe
- $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: if you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
- If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used" >&2
elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
cross_compiling=yes
fi
# Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
# This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
cat <<_ACEOF
-\`configure' configures gtk-doc 1.21 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
+\`configure' configures gtk-doc 1.22 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
case $ac_init_help in
- short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of gtk-doc 1.21:";;
+ short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of gtk-doc 1.22:";;
esac
cat <<\_ACEOF
--disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
--disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
--enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
- --disable-maintainer-mode disable make rules and dependencies not useful
- (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer
- --enable-silent-rules less verbose build output (undo: `make V=1')
- --disable-silent-rules verbose build output (undo: `make V=0')
- --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build
- --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors
+ --enable-silent-rules less verbose build output (undo: "make V=1")
+ --disable-silent-rules verbose build output (undo: "make V=0")
+ --disable-maintainer-mode
+ disable make rules and dependencies not useful (and
+ sometimes confusing) to the casual installer
+ --enable-dependency-tracking
+ do not reject slow dependency extractors
+ --disable-dependency-tracking
+ speeds up one-time build
--enable-shared[=PKGS] build shared libraries [default=yes]
--enable-static[=PKGS] build static libraries [default=yes]
--enable-fast-install[=PKGS]
test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
cat <<\_ACEOF
-gtk-doc configure 1.21
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68
+gtk-doc configure 1.22
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69
-Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
test ! -s conftest.err
} && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && {
test "$cross_compiling" = yes ||
- $as_test_x conftest$ac_exeext
+ test -x conftest$ac_exeext
}; then :
ac_retval=0
else
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
-It was created by gtk-doc $as_me 1.21, which was
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68. Invocation command line was
+It was created by gtk-doc $as_me 1.22, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was
$ $0 $@
-am__api_version='1.11'
+am__api_version='1.14'
# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster),
# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or
# by default.
for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; then
if test $ac_prog = install &&
grep dspmsg "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
# AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention.
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether build environment is sane... " >&6; }
-# Just in case
-sleep 1
-echo timestamp > conftest.file
# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter.
am_lf='
esac
case $srcdir in
*[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]*)
- as_fn_error $? "unsafe srcdir value: \`$srcdir'" "$LINENO" 5;;
+ as_fn_error $? "unsafe srcdir value: '$srcdir'" "$LINENO" 5;;
esac
-# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# Do 'set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
# directory).
if (
- set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
- if test "$*" = "X"; then
- # -L didn't work.
- set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
- fi
- rm -f conftest.file
- if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
- && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
-
- # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
- # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
- # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
- # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
- as_fn_error $? "ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
-alias in your environment" "$LINENO" 5
- fi
-
+ am_has_slept=no
+ for am_try in 1 2; do
+ echo "timestamp, slept: $am_has_slept" > conftest.file
+ set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
+ if test "$*" = "X"; then
+ # -L didn't work.
+ set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
+ fi
+ if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
+ && test "$*" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+ # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
+ # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+ # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
+ # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+ as_fn_error $? "ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
+ alias in your environment" "$LINENO" 5
+ fi
+ if test "$2" = conftest.file || test $am_try -eq 2; then
+ break
+ fi
+ # Just in case.
+ sleep 1
+ am_has_slept=yes
+ done
test "$2" = conftest.file
)
then
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+# If we didn't sleep, we still need to ensure time stamps of config.status and
+# generated files are strictly newer.
+am_sleep_pid=
+if grep 'slept: no' conftest.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ( sleep 1 ) &
+ am_sleep_pid=$!
+fi
+
+rm -f conftest.file
+
test "$program_prefix" != NONE &&
program_transform_name="s&^&$program_prefix&;$program_transform_name"
# Use a double $ so make ignores it.
esac
fi
# Use eval to expand $SHELL
-if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
- am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
+if eval "$MISSING --is-lightweight"; then
+ am_missing_run="$MISSING "
else
am_missing_run=
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: \`missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;}
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 'missing' script is too old or missing" >&5
+$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 'missing' script is too old or missing" >&2;}
fi
if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then
esac
fi
-# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
-# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right
+# Installed binaries are usually stripped using 'strip' when the user
+# run "make install-strip". However 'strip' might not be the right
# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
-# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
+# will honor the 'STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}strip", so it can be a program name with args.
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_prog in mkdir gmkdir; do
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"; } || continue
+ as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" || continue
case `"$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" --version 2>&1` in #(
'mkdir (GNU coreutils) '* | \
'mkdir (coreutils) '* | \
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $MKDIR_P" >&5
$as_echo "$MKDIR_P" >&6; }
-mkdir_p="$MKDIR_P"
-case $mkdir_p in
- [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;;
- */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;;
-esac
-
for ac_prog in gawk mawk nawk awk
do
# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_AWK="$ac_prog"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+# Check whether --enable-silent-rules was given.
+if test "${enable_silent_rules+set}" = set; then :
+ enableval=$enable_silent_rules;
+fi
+
+case $enable_silent_rules in # (((
+ yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
+ no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
+ *) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
+esac
+am_make=${MAKE-make}
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $am_make supports nested variables" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $am_make supports nested variables... " >&6; }
+if ${am_cv_make_support_nested_variables+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ if $as_echo 'TRUE=$(BAR$(V))
+BAR0=false
+BAR1=true
+V=1
+am__doit:
+ @$(TRUE)
+.PHONY: am__doit' | $am_make -f - >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=yes
+else
+ am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=no
+fi
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables" >&5
+$as_echo "$am_cv_make_support_nested_variables" >&6; }
+if test $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables = yes; then
+ AM_V='$(V)'
+ AM_DEFAULT_V='$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)'
+else
+ AM_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
+ AM_DEFAULT_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
+fi
+AM_BACKSLASH='\'
+
if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
# Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
# is not polluted with repeated "-I."
# Define the identity of the package.
PACKAGE='gtk-doc'
- VERSION='1.21'
+ VERSION='1.22'
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
MAKEINFO=${MAKEINFO-"${am_missing_run}makeinfo"}
+# For better backward compatibility. To be removed once Automake 1.9.x
+# dies out for good. For more background, see:
+# <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/automake/2012-07/msg00001.html>
+# <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/automake/2012-07/msg00014.html>
+mkdir_p='$(MKDIR_P)'
+
# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on
# some platforms.
# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used
AMTAR='$${TAR-tar}'
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to create a ustar tar archive" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking how to create a ustar tar archive... " >&6; }
-# Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
+# We'll loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
_am_tools='gnutar plaintar pax cpio none'
-_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_ustar-$_am_tools}
-# Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and
-# Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'.
-for _am_tool in $_am_tools
-do
- case $_am_tool in
- gnutar)
- for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar;
- do
- { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $_am_tar --version" >&5
+
+# The POSIX 1988 'ustar' format is defined with fixed-size fields.
+ # There is notably a 21 bits limit for the UID and the GID. In fact,
+ # the 'pax' utility can hang on bigger UID/GID (see automake bug#8343
+ # and bug#13588).
+ am_max_uid=2097151 # 2^21 - 1
+ am_max_gid=$am_max_uid
+ # The $UID and $GID variables are not portable, so we need to resort
+ # to the POSIX-mandated id(1) utility. Errors in the 'id' calls
+ # below are definitely unexpected, so allow the users to see them
+ # (that is, avoid stderr redirection).
+ am_uid=`id -u || echo unknown`
+ am_gid=`id -g || echo unknown`
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether UID '$am_uid' is supported by ustar format" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether UID '$am_uid' is supported by ustar format... " >&6; }
+ if test $am_uid -le $am_max_uid; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+ else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+ _am_tools=none
+ fi
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether GID '$am_gid' is supported by ustar format" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether GID '$am_gid' is supported by ustar format... " >&6; }
+ if test $am_gid -le $am_max_gid; then
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
+$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
+ else
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+ _am_tools=none
+ fi
+
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to create a ustar tar archive" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking how to create a ustar tar archive... " >&6; }
+
+ # Go ahead even if we have the value already cached. We do so because we
+ # need to set the values for the 'am__tar' and 'am__untar' variables.
+ _am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_ustar-$_am_tools}
+
+ for _am_tool in $_am_tools; do
+ case $_am_tool in
+ gnutar)
+ for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; do
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $_am_tar --version" >&5
($_am_tar --version) >&5 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } && break
- done
- am__tar="$_am_tar --format=ustar -chf - "'"$$tardir"'
- am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=ustar -chf - "'"$tardir"'
- am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -"
- ;;
- plaintar)
- # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create
- # ustar tarball either.
- (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue
- am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"'
- am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"'
- am__untar='tar xf -'
- ;;
- pax)
- am__tar='pax -L -x ustar -w "$$tardir"'
- am__tar_='pax -L -x ustar -w "$tardir"'
- am__untar='pax -r'
- ;;
- cpio)
- am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H ustar -L'
- am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H ustar -L'
- am__untar='cpio -i -H ustar -d'
- ;;
- none)
- am__tar=false
- am__tar_=false
- am__untar=false
- ;;
- esac
+ done
+ am__tar="$_am_tar --format=ustar -chf - "'"$$tardir"'
+ am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=ustar -chf - "'"$tardir"'
+ am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -"
+ ;;
+ plaintar)
+ # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create
+ # ustar tarball either.
+ (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue
+ am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"'
+ am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"'
+ am__untar='tar xf -'
+ ;;
+ pax)
+ am__tar='pax -L -x ustar -w "$$tardir"'
+ am__tar_='pax -L -x ustar -w "$tardir"'
+ am__untar='pax -r'
+ ;;
+ cpio)
+ am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H ustar -L'
+ am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H ustar -L'
+ am__untar='cpio -i -H ustar -d'
+ ;;
+ none)
+ am__tar=false
+ am__tar_=false
+ am__untar=false
+ ;;
+ esac
- # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar
- # and am__untar set.
- test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_ustar}" && break
+ # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar
+ # and am__untar set.
+ test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_ustar}" && break
- # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works
- rm -rf conftest.dir
- mkdir conftest.dir
- echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file
- { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar" >&5
+ # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works.
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
+ mkdir conftest.dir
+ echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar" >&5
(tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar) >&5 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }
- rm -rf conftest.dir
- if test -s conftest.tar; then
- { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $am__untar <conftest.tar" >&5
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
+ if test -s conftest.tar; then
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $am__untar <conftest.tar" >&5
($am__untar <conftest.tar) >&5 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }
- grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break
- fi
-done
-rm -rf conftest.dir
+ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: cat conftest.dir/file" >&5
+ (cat conftest.dir/file) >&5 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); }
+ grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break
+ fi
+ done
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
-if ${am_cv_prog_tar_ustar+:} false; then :
+ if ${am_cv_prog_tar_ustar+:} false; then :
$as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
am_cv_prog_tar_ustar=$_am_tool
fi
-{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_prog_tar_ustar" >&5
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_prog_tar_ustar" >&5
$as_echo "$am_cv_prog_tar_ustar" >&6; }
+# POSIX will say in a future version that running "rm -f" with no argument
+# is OK; and we want to be able to make that assumption in our Makefile
+# recipes. So use an aggressive probe to check that the usage we want is
+# actually supported "in the wild" to an acceptable degree.
+# See automake bug#10828.
+# To make any issue more visible, cause the running configure to be aborted
+# by default if the 'rm' program in use doesn't match our expectations; the
+# user can still override this though.
+if rm -f && rm -fr && rm -rf; then : OK; else
+ cat >&2 <<'END'
+Oops!
+
+Your 'rm' program seems unable to run without file operands specified
+on the command line, even when the '-f' option is present. This is contrary
+to the behaviour of most rm programs out there, and not conforming with
+the upcoming POSIX standard: <http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=542>
+
+Please tell bug-automake@gnu.org about your system, including the value
+of your $PATH and any error possibly output before this message. This
+can help us improve future automake versions.
+
+END
+ if test x"$ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM" = x"yes"; then
+ echo 'Configuration will proceed anyway, since you have set the' >&2
+ echo 'ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM variable to "yes"' >&2
+ echo >&2
+ else
+ cat >&2 <<'END'
+Aborting the configuration process, to ensure you take notice of the issue.
+
+You can download and install GNU coreutils to get an 'rm' implementation
+that behaves properly: <http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/>.
+
+If you want to complete the configuration process using your problematic
+'rm' anyway, export the environment variable ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM
+to "yes", and re-run configure.
+
+END
+ as_fn_error $? "Your 'rm' program is bad, sorry." "$LINENO" 5
+ fi
+fi
+
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles... " >&6; }
# Check whether --enable-maintainer-mode was given.
enableval=$enable_silent_rules;
fi
-case $enable_silent_rules in
-yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
-no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
-*) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
+case $enable_silent_rules in # (((
+ yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
+ no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
+ *) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
esac
am_make=${MAKE-make}
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $am_make supports nested variables" >&5
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
ac_prog_rejected=yes
continue
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
+struct stat;
/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */
struct buf { int x; };
FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC understands -c and -o together" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC understands -c and -o together... " >&6; }
+if ${am_cv_prog_cc_c_o+:} false; then :
+ $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
+else
+ cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
+/* end confdefs.h. */
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+
+ ;
+ return 0;
+}
+_ACEOF
+ # Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc.
+ # Following AC_PROG_CC_C_O, we do the test twice because some
+ # compilers refuse to overwrite an existing .o file with -o,
+ # though they will create one.
+ am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=yes
+ for am_i in 1 2; do
+ if { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext" >&5
+ ($CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext) >&5 2>&5
+ ac_status=$?
+ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
+ (exit $ac_status); } \
+ && test -f conftest2.$ac_objext; then
+ : OK
+ else
+ am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=no
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ rm -f core conftest*
+ unset am_i
+fi
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" >&5
+$as_echo "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" >&6; }
+if test "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" != yes; then
+ # Losing compiler, so override with the script.
+ # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC.
+ # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another.
+ # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case,
+ # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)"
+ CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC"
+fi
+ac_ext=c
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
+ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
+ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
+
DEPDIR="${am__leading_dot}deps"
ac_config_commands="$ac_config_commands depfiles"
_am_result=none
# First try GNU make style include.
echo "include confinc" > confmf
-# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'.
+# Ignore all kinds of additional output from 'make'.
case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
*the\ am__doit\ target*)
am__include=include
# We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up
# making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For
# instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
- # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
- # in D'.
+ # making a dummy file named 'D' -- because '-MD' means "put the output
+ # in D".
rm -rf conftest.dir
mkdir conftest.dir
# Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
: > sub/conftest.c
for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
- # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with
- # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh.
- touch sub/conftst$i.h
+ # Using ": > sub/conftst$i.h" creates only sub/conftst1.h with
+ # Solaris 10 /bin/sh.
+ echo '/* dummy */' > sub/conftst$i.h
done
echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
- # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+ # We check with '-c' and '-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
# mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
- # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel
- # versions had trouble with output in subdirs
+ # handle '-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel
+ # versions had trouble with output in subdirs.
am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
case $depmode in
test "$am__universal" = false || continue
;;
nosideeffect)
- # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
- # only be used when explicitly requested
+ # After this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+ # only be used when explicitly requested.
if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
continue
else
fi
;;
msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
- # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
+ # This compiler won't grok '-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
# not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
# so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
for ac_prog in sed gsed; do
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
ac_path_SED="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
- { test -f "$ac_path_SED" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_SED"; } || continue
+ as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_SED" || continue
# Check for GNU ac_path_SED and select it if it is found.
# Check for GNU $ac_path_SED
case `"$ac_path_SED" --version 2>&1` in
for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
- { test -f "$ac_path_GREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_GREP"; } || continue
+ as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_GREP" || continue
# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found.
# Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP
case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in
for ac_prog in egrep; do
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
- { test -f "$ac_path_EGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_EGREP"; } || continue
+ as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_EGREP" || continue
# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found.
# Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP
case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in
for ac_prog in fgrep; do
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
ac_path_FGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext"
- { test -f "$ac_path_FGREP" && $as_test_x "$ac_path_FGREP"; } || continue
+ as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_FGREP" || continue
# Check for GNU ac_path_FGREP and select it if it is found.
# Check for GNU $ac_path_FGREP
case `"$ac_path_FGREP" --version 2>&1` in
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_DUMPBIN="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DUMPBIN="$ac_prog"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
;;
*)
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null`
- if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then
+ if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" && \
+ test undefined != "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
else
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_OBJDUMP="${ac_tool_prefix}objdump"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OBJDUMP="objdump"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
;;
-gnu*)
- lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
- ;;
-
haiku*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
;;
# This must be glibc/ELF.
-linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
+linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_DLLTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}dlltool"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DLLTOOL="dlltool"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_AR="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_prog"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_STRIP="${ac_tool_prefix}strip"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_STRIP="strip"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
rm -rf conftest*
;;
-x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \
+x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \
s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*)
# Find out which ABI we are using.
echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd"
;;
x86_64-*linux*)
- LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386"
+ case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
+ *x86-64*)
+ LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_x86_64"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ powerpc64le-*)
+ LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32lppclinux"
;;
- ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*)
+ powerpc64-*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux"
;;
s390x-*linux*)
x86_64-*linux*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
;;
- ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*)
+ powerpcle-*)
+ LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64lppc"
+ ;;
+ powerpc-*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc"
;;
s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*)
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_MANIFEST_TOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}mt"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_MANIFEST_TOOL="mt"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_DSYMUTIL="${ac_tool_prefix}dsymutil"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_DSYMUTIL="dsymutil"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_NMEDIT="${ac_tool_prefix}nmedit"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_NMEDIT="nmedit"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_LIPO="${ac_tool_prefix}lipo"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_LIPO="lipo"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_OTOOL="${ac_tool_prefix}otool"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL="otool"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_OTOOL64="${ac_tool_prefix}otool64"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_OTOOL64="otool64"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
lt_prog_compiler_static='-non_shared'
;;
- linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
+ linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
case $cc_basename in
# old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC.
ecc*)
esac
;;
-gnu*)
- version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
- need_lib_prefix=no
- need_version=no
- library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}'
- soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
- shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
- shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
- hardcode_into_libs=yes
- ;;
-
haiku*)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
need_lib_prefix=no
;;
# This must be glibc/ELF.
-linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
+linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_path_PERL="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
if test -n "$PYTHON"; then
# If the user set $PYTHON, use it and don't search something else.
- { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $PYTHON version >= 2.3" >&5
-$as_echo_n "checking whether $PYTHON version >= 2.3... " >&6; }
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $PYTHON version is >= 2.3" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking whether $PYTHON version is >= 2.3... " >&6; }
prog="import sys
# split strings by '.' and convert to numeric. Append some zeros
# because we need at least 4 digits for the hex conversion.
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
else
- as_fn_error $? "too old" "$LINENO" 5
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
+$as_echo "no" >&6; }
+ as_fn_error $? "Python interpreter is too old" "$LINENO" 5
fi
am_display_PYTHON=$PYTHON
else
$as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
- for am_cv_pathless_PYTHON in python python2 python3 python3.2 python3.1 python3.0 python2.7 python2.6 python2.5 python2.4 python2.3 python2.2 python2.1 python2.0 none; do
+ for am_cv_pathless_PYTHON in python python2 python3 python3.3 python3.2 python3.1 python3.0 python2.7 python2.6 python2.5 python2.4 python2.3 python2.2 python2.1 python2.0 none; do
test "$am_cv_pathless_PYTHON" = none && break
prog="import sys
# split strings by '.' and convert to numeric. Append some zeros
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_path_PYTHON="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
PYTHON_PLATFORM=$am_cv_python_platform
+ # Just factor out some code duplication.
+ am_python_setup_sysconfig="\
+import sys
+# Prefer sysconfig over distutils.sysconfig, for better compatibility
+# with python 3.x. See automake bug#10227.
+try:
+ import sysconfig
+except ImportError:
+ can_use_sysconfig = 0
+else:
+ can_use_sysconfig = 1
+# Can't use sysconfig in CPython 2.7, since it's broken in virtualenvs:
+# <https://github.com/pypa/virtualenv/issues/118>
+try:
+ from platform import python_implementation
+ if python_implementation() == 'CPython' and sys.version[:3] == '2.7':
+ can_use_sysconfig = 0
+except ImportError:
+ pass"
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $am_display_PYTHON script directory" >&5
else
am_py_prefix=$prefix
fi
- am_cv_python_pythondir=`$PYTHON -c "import sys; from distutils import sysconfig; sys.stdout.write(sysconfig.get_python_lib(0,0,prefix='$am_py_prefix'))" 2>/dev/null`
+ am_cv_python_pythondir=`$PYTHON -c "
+$am_python_setup_sysconfig
+if can_use_sysconfig:
+ sitedir = sysconfig.get_path('purelib', vars={'base':'$am_py_prefix'})
+else:
+ from distutils import sysconfig
+ sitedir = sysconfig.get_python_lib(0, 0, prefix='$am_py_prefix')
+sys.stdout.write(sitedir)"`
case $am_cv_python_pythondir in
$am_py_prefix*)
am__strip_prefix=`echo "$am_py_prefix" | sed 's|.|.|g'`
else
am_py_exec_prefix=$exec_prefix
fi
- am_cv_python_pyexecdir=`$PYTHON -c "import sys; from distutils import sysconfig; sys.stdout.write(sysconfig.get_python_lib(1,0,prefix='$am_py_exec_prefix'))" 2>/dev/null`
+ am_cv_python_pyexecdir=`$PYTHON -c "
+$am_python_setup_sysconfig
+if can_use_sysconfig:
+ sitedir = sysconfig.get_path('platlib', vars={'platbase':'$am_py_prefix'})
+else:
+ from distutils import sysconfig
+ sitedir = sysconfig.get_python_lib(1, 0, prefix='$am_py_prefix')
+sys.stdout.write(sitedir)"`
case $am_cv_python_pyexecdir in
$am_py_exec_prefix*)
am__strip_prefix=`echo "$am_py_exec_prefix" | sed 's|.|.|g'`
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_path_JADE="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_path_JADE="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_path_XSLTPROC="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_path_DBLATEX="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_path_FOP="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_path_XMLCATALOG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_path_HIGHLIGHT="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_path_HIGHLIGHT="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_path_HIGHLIGHT="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_path_HIGHLIGHT="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS=true
+YELP_LC_DIST=true
+
+for yelpopt in ; do
+ case $yelpopt in
+ lc-media-links) YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS=true ;;
+ no-lc-media-links) YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS= ;;
+ lc-dist) YELP_LC_DIST=true ;;
+ no-lc-dist) YELP_LC_DIST= ;;
+ *) as_fn_error $? "Unrecognized YELP_HELP_INIT option $yelpopt\"" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
+ esac
+done;
+
+
+
+
# Check whether --with-help-dir was given.
if test "${with_help_dir+set}" = set; then :
withval=$with_help_dir;
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ITSTOOL="itstool"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
- if { test -f "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" && $as_test_x "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; }; then
+ if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_XMLLINT="xmllint"
$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
.PHONY: pot
pot: $(_HELP_POTFILE)
$(_HELP_POTFILE): $(_HELP_C_FILES) $(_HELP_C_EXTRA) $(_HELP_C_MEDIA)
- $(AM_V_GEN)$(ITSTOOL) -o "$@" $(_HELP_C_FILES)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)if test -d "C"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+ $(ITSTOOL) -o "$@" $(foreach f,$(_HELP_C_FILES),"$${d}$(f)")
.PHONY: repo
repo: $(_HELP_POTFILE)
EXTRA_DIST ?=
EXTRA_DIST += $(_HELP_C_EXTRA) $(_HELP_C_MEDIA)
-EXTRA_DIST += $(foreach lc,$(HELP_LINGUAS),$(lc)/$(lc).stamp)
+EXTRA_DIST += $(if $(YELP_LC_DIST),$(foreach lc,$(HELP_LINGUAS),$(lc)/$(lc).stamp))
EXTRA_DIST += $(foreach lc,$(HELP_LINGUAS),$(lc)/$(lc).po)
EXTRA_DIST += $(foreach f,$(HELP_MEDIA),$(foreach lc,$(HELP_LINGUAS),$(wildcard $(lc)/$(f))))
distdir: distdir-help-files
distdir-help-files:
- @for lc in C $(HELP_LINGUAS); do \
+ @for lc in C $(if $(YELP_LC_DIST),$(HELP_LINGUAS)) ; do \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$lc"; \
for file in $(HELP_FILES); do \
if test -f "$$lc/$$file"; then d=./; else d=$(srcdir)/; fi; \
echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$$lc/$$f $$helpdir$$f"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$$lc/$$f" "$$helpdir$$f" || exit 1; \
elif test "x$$lc" != "xC"; then \
- echo "$(LN_S) -f $(HELP_DIR)/C/$(HELP_ID)/$$f $$helpdir$$f"; \
- $(LN_S) -f "$(HELP_DIR)/C/$(HELP_ID)/$$f" "$$helpdir$$f" || exit 1; \
+ if test "x$(YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS)" != "x"; then \
+ echo "$(LN_S) -f $(HELP_DIR)/C/$(HELP_ID)/$$f $$helpdir$$f"; \
+ $(LN_S) -f "$(HELP_DIR)/C/$(HELP_ID)/$$f" "$$helpdir$$f" || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
fi; \
done; \
done
fi
-ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile gtk-doc.pc gtk-doc.dsl gtk-doc.spec gtk-doc.cat gtkdoc-common.pl help/Makefile help/manual/Makefile tests/Makefile tests/gobject/Makefile tests/gobject/src/Makefile tests/gobject/docs/Makefile tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile tests/bugs/Makefile tests/bugs/src/Makefile tests/bugs/docs/Makefile tests/annotations/Makefile tests/annotations/src/Makefile tests/annotations/docs/Makefile tests/fail/Makefile tests/fail/src/Makefile tests/fail/docs/Makefile tests/empty/Makefile tests/empty/src/Makefile tests/empty/docs/Makefile"
+ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile gtk-doc.pc gtk-doc.dsl gtk-doc.spec gtk-doc.cat gtkdoc-common.pl help/Makefile help/manual/Makefile tests/Makefile tests/gobject/Makefile tests/gobject/src/Makefile tests/gobject/docs/Makefile tests/bugs/Makefile tests/bugs/src/Makefile tests/bugs/docs/Makefile tests/annotations/Makefile tests/annotations/src/Makefile tests/annotations/docs/Makefile tests/fail/Makefile tests/fail/src/Makefile tests/fail/docs/Makefile tests/empty/Makefile tests/empty/src/Makefile tests/empty/docs/Makefile"
ac_config_files="$ac_config_files gtkdoc-check"
LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking that generated files are newer than configure" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking that generated files are newer than configure... " >&6; }
+ if test -n "$am_sleep_pid"; then
+ # Hide warnings about reused PIDs.
+ wait $am_sleep_pid 2>/dev/null
+ fi
+ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: done" >&5
+$as_echo "done" >&6; }
if test -n "$EXEEXT"; then
am__EXEEXT_TRUE=
am__EXEEXT_FALSE='#'
# ... but there are two gotchas:
# 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail.
# 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable.
- # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -p'.
+ # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'.
ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe ||
- as_ln_s='cp -p'
+ as_ln_s='cp -pR'
elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
as_ln_s=ln
else
- as_ln_s='cp -p'
+ as_ln_s='cp -pR'
fi
else
- as_ln_s='cp -p'
+ as_ln_s='cp -pR'
fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file
rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null
as_mkdir_p=false
fi
-if test -x / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- as_test_x='test -x'
-else
- if ls -dL / >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- as_ls_L_option=L
- else
- as_ls_L_option=
- fi
- as_test_x='
- eval sh -c '\''
- if test -d "$1"; then
- test -d "$1/.";
- else
- case $1 in #(
- -*)set "./$1";;
- esac;
- case `ls -ld'$as_ls_L_option' "$1" 2>/dev/null` in #((
- ???[sx]*):;;*)false;;esac;fi
- '\'' sh
- '
-fi
-as_executable_p=$as_test_x
+
+# as_fn_executable_p FILE
+# -----------------------
+# Test if FILE is an executable regular file.
+as_fn_executable_p ()
+{
+ test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
+} # as_fn_executable_p
+as_test_x='test -x'
+as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p
# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
-This file was extended by gtk-doc $as_me 1.21, which was
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68. Invocation command line was
+This file was extended by gtk-doc $as_me 1.22, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was
CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES
CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
ac_cs_version="\\
-gtk-doc config.status 1.21
-configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.68,
+gtk-doc config.status 1.22
+configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69,
with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"
-Copyright (C) 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
- set X '$SHELL' '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
+ set X $SHELL '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
shift
\$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6
CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL'
"tests/gobject/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tests/gobject/Makefile" ;;
"tests/gobject/src/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tests/gobject/src/Makefile" ;;
"tests/gobject/docs/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tests/gobject/docs/Makefile" ;;
- "tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile" ;;
"tests/bugs/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tests/bugs/Makefile" ;;
"tests/bugs/src/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tests/bugs/src/Makefile" ;;
"tests/bugs/docs/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tests/bugs/docs/Makefile" ;;
case $ac_file$ac_mode in
"depfiles":C) test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || {
- # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
+ # Older Autoconf quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
# are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval
# if we detect the quoting.
case $CONFIG_FILES in
# Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
# Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
- # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but
+ # We used to match only the files named 'Makefile.in', but
# some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
# Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
# each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
continue
fi
# Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
- # from the Makefile without running `make'.
+ # from the Makefile without running 'make'.
DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
- test -z "am__include" && continue
+ test -z "$am__include" && continue
am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
- # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it
- U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"`
# Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
# $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the
# simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
# expansion.
for file in `sed -n "
s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
- sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do
+ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g'`; do
# Make sure the directory exists.
test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
fdir=`$as_dirname -- "$file" ||
$as_echo "$as_me: ** Debug tracing enabled" >&6;} \
|| { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: Debug tracing disabled" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: Debug tracing disabled" >&6;}
-test "x$enable_debug" != "xno" \
- && { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: ** Debug tracing enabled" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: ** Debug tracing enabled" >&6;} \
- || { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: Debug tracing disabled" >&5
-$as_echo "$as_me: Debug tracing disabled" >&6;}
test "x$have_yelp_tools" != "xno" \
&& { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: ** Documentation enabled" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: ** Documentation enabled" >&6;} \
dnl Makefile can only cope with that, i.e. use 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 ... 9.9.
dnl FIXME: I can't see anything failing (1.14.1), lets try to use a three digit
dnl number for the development version
-m4_define(gtk_doc_version, 1.21)
+m4_define(gtk_doc_version, 1.22)
AC_INIT([gtk-doc],[gtk_doc_version],[http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk-doc],[gtk-doc])
tests/gobject/Makefile
tests/gobject/src/Makefile
tests/gobject/docs/Makefile
-tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile
tests/bugs/Makefile
tests/bugs/src/Makefile
tests/bugs/docs/Makefile
test "x$enable_debug" != "xno" \
&& AC_MSG_NOTICE([** Debug tracing enabled]) \
|| AC_MSG_NOTICE([ Debug tracing disabled])
-test "x$enable_debug" != "xno" \
- && AC_MSG_NOTICE([** Debug tracing enabled]) \
- || AC_MSG_NOTICE([ Debug tracing disabled])
test "x$have_yelp_tools" != "xno" \
&& AC_MSG_NOTICE([** Documentation enabled]) \
|| AC_MSG_NOTICE([ Documentation disabled])
<functions>
<xsl:apply-templates select="$gtkdoc.refsect2"
mode="generate.devhelp2.index.mode"/>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="$gtkdoc.refsect2/variablelist[@role='enum']/varlistentry"
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="$gtkdoc.refsect2/refsect3[@role='enum_members']/informaltable/tgroup/tbody/row[@role='constant']"
mode="generate.devhelp2.index.mode"/>
</functions>
</book>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="*" mode="generate.devhelp2.index.mode">
- <xsl:variable name="title" select="title|term/literal"/>
- <xsl:variable name="anchor" select="title/anchor"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="title" select="title|term/literal|entry[@role='enum_member_name']/para"/>
+ <xsl:variable name="anchor" select="title/anchor|entry[@role='enum_member_name']/para"/>
<xsl:variable name="type" select="@role"/>
<xsl:variable name="condition" select="@condition"/>
<xsl:variable name="target">
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
-
-# We require automake 1.6 at least.
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.6
-
# This is a blank Makefile.am for using gtk-doc.
# Copy this to your project's API docs directory and modify the variables to
# suit your project. See the GTK+ Makefiles in gtk+/docs/reference for examples
# Uncomment for versioned docs and specify the version of the module, e.g. '2'.
#DOC_MODULE_VERSION=2
-
-# The top-level XML file (SGML in the past). You can change this if you want to.
+# The top-level XML file.
DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MODULE)-docs.xml
# Directories containing the source code.
# e.g. DOC_SOURCE_DIR=$(top_srcdir)/gtk $(top_srcdir)/gdk
DOC_SOURCE_DIR=
-# Extra options to pass to gtkdoc-scangobj. Not normally needed.
+# Extra options to pass to gtkdoc-scangobj. Normally not needed.
SCANGOBJ_OPTIONS=
# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scan.
# e.g. SCAN_OPTIONS=--deprecated-guards="GTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED"
SCAN_OPTIONS=
-# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb.
+# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb
# e.g. MKDB_OPTIONS=--xml-mode --output-format=xml
MKDB_OPTIONS=--xml-mode --output-format=xml
-# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mktmpl
-# e.g. MKTMPL_OPTIONS=--only-section-tmpl
-MKTMPL_OPTIONS=
-
# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkhtml
MKHTML_OPTIONS=
-# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-fixref. Not normally needed.
+# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-fixref. Normally not needed.
# e.g. FIXXREF_OPTIONS=--extra-dir=../gdk-pixbuf/html --extra-dir=../gdk/html
FIXXREF_OPTIONS=
# e.g. HTML_IMAGES=$(top_srcdir)/gtk/stock-icons/stock_about_24.png
HTML_IMAGES=
-# Extra SGML files that are included by $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE).
-# e.g. content_files=running.sgml building.sgml changes-2.0.sgml
+# Extra files that are included by $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE).
+# e.g. content_files=running.xml building.xml changes-2.0.xml
content_files=
-# SGML files where gtk-doc abbrevations (#GtkWidget) are expanded
-# These files must be listed here *and* in content_files
-# e.g. expand_content_files=running.sgml
+# Files where gtk-doc abbrevations (#GtkWidget) are expanded
+# e.g. expand_content_files=running.xml
expand_content_files=
# CFLAGS and LDFLAGS for compiling gtkdoc-scangobj with your library.
# This includes the standard gtk-doc make rules, copied by gtkdocize.
include $(top_srcdir)/gtk-doc.make
-# Other files to distribute
-# e.g. EXTRA_DIST += version.xml.in
-EXTRA_DIST +=
-
-# Files not to distribute
-# for --rebuild-types in $(SCAN_OPTIONS), e.g. $(DOC_MODULE).types
-# for --rebuild-sections in $(SCAN_OPTIONS) e.g. $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt
-#DISTCLEANFILES +=
-
# Comment this out if you want 'make check' to test you doc status
# and run some sanity checks
if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
-#TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
endif
-include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk
<download-page rdf:resource="http://download.gnome.org/sources/gtk-doc/" />
<bug-database rdf:resource="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gtk-doc" />
- <!-- DOAP category: This is used to categorize repositories in cgit.
- Pulse has taken its best guess at the correct category. You may
- want to replace the rdf:resource attribute with one of the following:
- http://api.gnome.org/doap-extensions#admin
- http://api.gnome.org/doap-extensions#bindings
- http://api.gnome.org/doap-extensions#deprecated
- http://api.gnome.org/doap-extensions#desktop
- http://api.gnome.org/doap-extensions#development
- http://api.gnome.org/doap-extensions#infrastructure
- http://api.gnome.org/doap-extensions#platform
- http://api.gnome.org/doap-extensions#productivity
- NOTE: There is an "Other" categorization on cgit, but we do not have a
- DOAP category for it. If your module does not belong to one of these
- groups, then do not include a category property in your DOAP file.
- -->
- <category rdf:resource="http://api.gnome.org/doap-extensions#development" />
+ <category rdf:resource="http://api.gnome.org/doap-extensions#core" />
+ <programming-language>C</programming-language>
+ <programming-language>Shell</programming-language>
<maintainer>
<foaf:Person>
SETUP_FILES = \
$(content_files) \
+ $(expand_content_files) \
$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
$(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \
$(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt
setup-build.stamp:
-$(GTK_DOC_V_SETUP)if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
- files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \
+ files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
destdir=`dirname $(abs_builddir)/$$file` ;\
$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT)if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
scanobj_options=""; \
gtkdoc-scangobj 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
scanobj_options="--verbose"; \
fi; \
GTK_DOC_V_XREF_=$(GTK_DOC_V_XREF_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_XREF_0=@echo " DOC Fixing cross-references";
-html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
+html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) $(expand_content_files)
$(GTK_DOC_V_HTML)rm -rf html && mkdir html && \
mkhtml_options=""; \
gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --verbose"; \
fi; \
fi; \
gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-path"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --path=\"$(abs_srcdir)\""; \
fi; \
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $$mkhtml_options $(MKHTML_OPTIONS) $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)
GTK_DOC_V_PDF_=$(GTK_DOC_V_PDF_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_PDF_0=@echo " DOC Building PDF";
-pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
+pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) $(expand_content_files)
$(GTK_DOC_V_PDF)rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf && \
mkpdf_options=""; \
gtkdoc-mkpdf 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --verbose"; \
fi; \
@if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
fi
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-sections" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt; \
+ fi
distclean-local:
@rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \
$(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt
@if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
- rm -f $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ rm -f $(SETUP_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
rm -rf tmpl; \
fi
SETUP_FILES = \
$(content_files) \
+ $(expand_content_files) \
$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
$(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \
$(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt
setup-build.stamp:
-$(GTK_DOC_V_SETUP)if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
- files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \
+ files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
destdir=`dirname $(abs_builddir)/$$file` ;\
$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT)if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
scanobj_options=""; \
gtkdoc-scangobj 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
scanobj_options="--verbose"; \
fi; \
GTK_DOC_V_XREF_=$(GTK_DOC_V_XREF_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_XREF_0=@echo " DOC Fixing cross-references";
-html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
+html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) $(expand_content_files)
$(GTK_DOC_V_HTML)rm -rf html && mkdir html && \
mkhtml_options=""; \
gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --verbose"; \
fi; \
fi; \
gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-path"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --path=\"$(abs_srcdir)\""; \
fi; \
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $$mkhtml_options $(MKHTML_OPTIONS) $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)
GTK_DOC_V_PDF_=$(GTK_DOC_V_PDF_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_PDF_0=@echo " DOC Building PDF";
-pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
+pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) $(expand_content_files)
$(GTK_DOC_V_PDF)rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf && \
mkpdf_options=""; \
gtkdoc-mkpdf 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --verbose"; \
fi; \
@if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
fi
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-sections" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt; \
+ fi
distclean-local:
@rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \
$(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt
@if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
- rm -f $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ rm -f $(SETUP_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
rm -rf tmpl; \
fi
SETUP_FILES = \
$(content_files) \
+ $(expand_content_files) \
$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
$(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \
$(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt
setup-build.stamp:
-$(GTK_DOC_V_SETUP)if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
- files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \
+ files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
destdir=`dirname $(abs_builddir)/$$file`; \
$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT)if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
scanobj_options=""; \
gtkdoc-scangobj 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
scanobj_options="--verbose"; \
fi; \
GTK_DOC_V_XREF_=$(GTK_DOC_V_XREF_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_XREF_0=@echo " DOC Fixing cross-references";
-html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
+html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) $(expand_content_files)
$(GTK_DOC_V_HTML)rm -rf html && mkdir html && \
mkhtml_options=""; \
gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --verbose"; \
fi; \
fi; \
gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-path"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --path=\"$(abs_srcdir)\""; \
fi; \
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $$mkhtml_options $(MKHTML_OPTIONS) $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)
GTK_DOC_V_PDF_=$(GTK_DOC_V_PDF_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_PDF_0=@echo " DOC Building PDF";
-pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
+pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) $(expand_content_files)
$(GTK_DOC_V_PDF)rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf && \
mkpdf_options=""; \
gtkdoc-mkpdf 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --verbose"; \
fi; \
@if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
fi
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-sections" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt; \
+ fi
distclean-local:
@rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \
$(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt
@if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
- rm -f $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ rm -f $(SETUP_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
fi
maintainer-clean-local:
SETUP_FILES = \
$(content_files) \
+ $(expand_content_files) \
$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
$(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \
$(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt
setup-build.stamp:
-$(GTK_DOC_V_SETUP)if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
- files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \
+ files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \
if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
for file in $$files ; do \
destdir=`dirname $(abs_builddir)/$$file`; \
$(GTK_DOC_V_INTROSPECT)if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
scanobj_options=""; \
gtkdoc-scangobj 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
scanobj_options="--verbose"; \
fi; \
GTK_DOC_V_XREF_=$(GTK_DOC_V_XREF_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_XREF_0=@echo " DOC Fixing cross-references";
-html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
+html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) $(expand_content_files)
$(GTK_DOC_V_HTML)rm -rf html && mkdir html && \
mkhtml_options=""; \
gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --verbose"; \
fi; \
fi; \
gtkdoc-mkhtml 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-path"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --path=\"$(abs_srcdir)\""; \
fi; \
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $$mkhtml_options $(MKHTML_OPTIONS) $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)
GTK_DOC_V_PDF_=$(GTK_DOC_V_PDF_$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY))
GTK_DOC_V_PDF_0=@echo " DOC Building PDF";
-pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
+pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files) $(expand_content_files)
$(GTK_DOC_V_PDF)rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf && \
mkpdf_options=""; \
gtkdoc-mkpdf 2>&1 --help | grep >/dev/null "\-\-verbose"; \
- if test "$(?)" = "0"; then \
+ if test "$$?" = "0"; then \
if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --verbose"; \
fi; \
@if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
fi
+ @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-sections" ; then \
+ rm -f $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt; \
+ fi
distclean-local:
@rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \
$(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt
@if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
- rm -f $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
+ rm -f $(SETUP_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
fi
maintainer-clean-local:
Summary: GTK+ DocBook Documentation Generator
Name: gtk-doc
-Version: 1.21
+Version: 1.22
Release: 1
License: GPL
Group: Utilities/Text
part toc
reference toc
</xsl:param>
+ <xsl:param name="process.empty.source.toc">1</xsl:param>
<xsl:param name="chunker.output.encoding" select="'UTF-8'"/>
<xsl:param name="chunker.output.indent" select="'yes'"/>
-->
<xsl:apply-templates select="//*[name()='anchor' or name()='refentry' or name()='refsect1' or
name() = 'refsect2' or name()='refsynopsisdiv' or
- name()='varlistentry']"
+ name()='varlistentry' or name()='para']"
mode="generate.index.mode"/>
</xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="default.encoding" select="'UTF-8'"/>
<xsl:param name="title"/>
<xsl:variable name="home" select="/*[1]"/>
<title>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="$home" mode="object.title.markup"/>: <xsl:copy-of select="$title"/>
+ <xsl:copy-of select="$title"/>: <xsl:apply-templates select="$home" mode="object.title.markup"/>
</title>
</xsl:template>
<table width="100%">
<tr><td valign="top">
<xsl:call-template name="anchor"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$refentry.generate.name != 0">
- <h2>
- <xsl:call-template name="gentext">
- <xsl:with-param name="key" select="'RefName'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </h2>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$refentry.generate.title != 0">
- <h2>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="../refmeta/refentrytitle">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="../refmeta/refentrytitle"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="refname[1]"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </h2>
- </xsl:when>
- </xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="$refentry.generate.name != 0">
+ <h2>
+ <xsl:call-template name="gentext">
+ <xsl:with-param name="key" select="'RefName'"/>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ </h2>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:when test="$refentry.generate.title != 0">
+ <h2>
+ <xsl:choose>
+ <xsl:when test="../refmeta/refentrytitle">
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="../refmeta/refentrytitle"/>
+ </xsl:when>
+ <xsl:otherwise>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="refname[1]"/>
+ </xsl:otherwise>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ </h2>
+ </xsl:when>
+ </xsl:choose>
+ <p>
<xsl:apply-templates/>
</p>
</td>
- use it here
-->
<xsl:variable name="refentryid" select="../@id"/>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="key('gallery.key', $refentryid)/inlinegraphic"/>
+ <xsl:apply-templates select="key('gallery.key', $refentryid)/inlinegraphic"/>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</td></tr>
</div>
</xsl:template>
+ <!-- a copy from refentry.xsl to add the missing mode attribute,
+ see bug/729911, https://sourceforge.net/p/docbook/bugs/1358/
+ fixed in: https://sourceforge.net/p/docbook/code/9962/
+ -->
+ <xsl:template match="refpurpose" mode="no.anchor.mode">
+ <xsl:if test="node()">
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:call-template name="dingbat">
+ <xsl:with-param name="dingbat">em-dash</xsl:with-param>
+ </xsl:call-template>
+ <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+ <xsl:apply-templates mode="no.anchor.mode"/>
+ </xsl:if>
+ </xsl:template>
+
<!-- add anchors for index sections -->
<xsl:template match="indexdiv">
<a><xsl:attribute name="name">idx<xsl:value-of select="./title"/></xsl:attribute></a>
if (-e $old_file) {
`cmp -s "$old_file" "$new_file"`;
$exit_code = $? >> 8;
- #LogTrace(" cmp exit code: $exit_code ($?)";
+ #LogTrace(" cmp exit code: $exit_code ($?)");
}
if ($exit_code > 1) {
$declaration =~ s/\([^)\n]+\)//g;
+ # Remove apostrophed characters (e.g. '}' or ',') values to avoid getting
+ # confused with end of enumeration.
+ # See https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=741305
+
+ $declaration =~ s/\'.\'//g;
+
# Remove comma from comma - possible whitespace - closing brace sequence
# since it is legal in GNU C and C99 to have a trailing comma but doesn't
# result in an actual enum member
if (-e $old_file) {
`cmp -s "$old_file" "$new_file"`;
$exit_code = $? >> 8;
- #@TRACE@(" cmp exit code: $exit_code ($?)";
+ #@TRACE@(" cmp exit code: $exit_code ($?)");
}
if ($exit_code > 1) {
$declaration =~ s/\([^)\n]+\)//g;
+ # Remove apostrophed characters (e.g. '}' or ',') values to avoid getting
+ # confused with end of enumeration.
+ # See https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=741305
+
+ $declaration =~ s/\'.\'//g;
+
# Remove comma from comma - possible whitespace - closing brace sequence
# since it is legal in GNU C and C99 to have a trailing comma but doesn't
# result in an actual enum member
__comment_regex = re.compile(r'/\*.*?\*/', re.DOTALL)
__word_regex = re.compile(r'\b[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\b')
+u2a_table = { 0x2018:0x27, 0x2019:0x27, 0x201C:0x22, 0x201D:0x22 }
+
class Book(object):
def __init__(self, name, folders, version=None):
self.__catalog = None
def from_xml(cls, book, attrs):
name, type, link, deprecated, since = map(attrs.get, Symbol.known_attributes)
- name = name.strip()
+ name = name.strip().translate(u2a_table)
if name.endswith('()'):
if not type in ('function', 'macro'):
# name of documentation module
my $MODULE;
my $TMPL_DIR;
-my $SGML_OUTPUT_DIR;
+my $DB_OUTPUT_DIR;
my @SOURCE_DIRS;
my $SOURCE_SUFFIXES = "";
my $IGNORE_FILES = "";
'source-dir' => \@SOURCE_DIRS,
'source-suffixes' => \$SOURCE_SUFFIXES,
'ignore-files' => \$IGNORE_FILES,
- 'output-dir' => \$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR,
+ 'output-dir' => \$DB_OUTPUT_DIR,
'tmpl-dir' => \$TMPL_DIR,
'version' => \$PRINT_VERSION,
'help' => \$PRINT_HELP,
--module=MODULE_NAME Name of the doc module being parsed
--source-dir=DIRNAME Directories which contain inline reference material
--source-suffixes=SUFFIXES Suffixes of source files to scan, comma-separated
---ignore-files=FILES Files or directories which should not be scanned
- May be used more than once for multiple directories
+--ignore-files=FILES A space-separated list of header files/dirs not to
+ scan
--output-dir=DIRNAME Directory to put the generated DocBook files in
--tmpl-dir=DIRNAME Directory in which template files may be found
--main-sgml-file=FILE File containing the toplevel DocBook file.
exit 0;
}
+@TRACE@(" ignore files: [$IGNORE_FILES]\n");
+
my ($empty_element_end, $doctype_header);
# autodetect output format
$OUTPUT_FORMAT = lc($OUTPUT_FORMAT);
}
+if ($OUTPUT_FORMAT eq "sgml") {
+print <<EOF;
+###############################################################################
+sgml support in gtk-doc is deprecated and will be removed from one of the next
+gtk-doc release.
+Please refer to the documentation "Modernizing the documentation"/"GTK-Doc 1.9".
+###############################################################################
+EOF
+}
+
@TRACE@(" output-format: [$OUTPUT_FORMAT]\n");
if ($OUTPUT_FORMAT eq "xml") {
$TMPL_DIR = $TMPL_DIR ? $TMPL_DIR : "$ROOT_DIR/tmpl";
# This is where we put all the DocBook output.
-$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR = $SGML_OUTPUT_DIR ? $SGML_OUTPUT_DIR : "$ROOT_DIR/$OUTPUT_FORMAT";
+$DB_OUTPUT_DIR = $DB_OUTPUT_DIR ? $DB_OUTPUT_DIR : "$ROOT_DIR/$OUTPUT_FORMAT";
# This file contains the object hierarchy.
my $OBJECT_TREE_FILE = "$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE.hierarchy";
my %SymbolParams;
my %SymbolSourceFile;
my %SymbolSourceLine;
+my %SymbolAnnotations;
# These global hashes store documentation scanned from the source files.
my %SourceSymbolDocs;
"envar" => 1,
"filename" => 1,
"firstterm" => 1,
+ "footnote" => 1,
"function" => 1,
"manvolnum" => 1,
"option" => 1,
"replaceable" => 1,
+ "structfield" => 1,
"structname" => 1,
"title" => 1,
"varname" => 1 );
"%" => 1 );
# Create the root DocBook output directory if it doens't exist.
-if (! -e $SGML_OUTPUT_DIR) {
- mkdir ("$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR", 0777)
- || die "Can't create directory: $SGML_OUTPUT_DIR";
+if (! -e $DB_OUTPUT_DIR) {
+ mkdir ("$DB_OUTPUT_DIR", 0777)
+ || die "Can't create directory: $DB_OUTPUT_DIR";
}
# Function and other declaration output settings.
&ReadSourceDocumentation ($dir);
}
-my $changed = &OutputSGML ("$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE-sections.txt");
+my $changed = &OutputDB ("$ROOT_DIR/$MODULE-sections.txt");
-# If any of the DocBook SGML files have changed, update the timestamp file (so
+# If any of the DocBook files have changed, update the timestamp file (so
# it can be used for Makefile dependencies).
if ($changed || ! -e "$ROOT_DIR/sgml.stamp") {
my $cols = 3;
# FIXME: use $OUTPUT_FORMAT
- # my $old_object_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/object_index.$OUTPUT_FORMAT";
- my $old_object_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/object_index.sgml";
- my $new_object_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/object_index.new";
+ # my $old_object_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/object_index.$OUTPUT_FORMAT";
+ my $old_object_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/object_index.sgml";
+ my $new_object_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/object_index.new";
open (OUTPUT, ">$new_object_index")
|| die "Can't create $new_object_index: $!";
#############################################################################
-# Function : OutputSGML
+# Function : OutputDB
# Description : This collects the output for each section of the docs, and
# outputs each file when the end of the section is found.
# Arguments : $file - the $MODULE-sections.txt file which contains all of
# into sections and subsections.
#############################################################################
-sub OutputSGML {
+sub OutputDB {
my ($file) = @_;
@TRACE@("Reading: $file\n");
EOF
}
- my $file_changed = &OutputSGMLFile ($filename, $title, $section_id,
+ my $file_changed = &OutputDBFile ($filename, $title, $section_id,
$section_includes,
\$functions_synop, \$other_synop,
\$functions_details, \$other_details,
sub OutputIndex {
my ($basename, $apiindexref ) = @_;
my %apiindex = %{$apiindexref};
- my $old_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/$basename.xml";
- my $new_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/$basename.new";
+ my $old_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/$basename.xml";
+ my $new_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/$basename.new";
my $lastletter = " ";
my $divopen = 0;
my $symbol;
my $header = $doctype_header;
$header =~ s/<!DOCTYPE \w+/<!DOCTYPE indexdiv/;
- print (OUTPUT "$header<indexdiv>\n");
+ print (OUTPUT "$header<indexdiv id=\"$basename\">\n");
@TRACE@("generate $basename index (".%apiindex." entries)\n");
# do a case insensitive sort while chopping off the prefix
foreach my $hash (
- sort { $$a{criteria} cmp $$b{criteria} }
+ sort { $$a{criteria} cmp $$b{criteria} or $$a{original} cmp $$b{original} }
map { my $x = uc($_); $x =~ s/^$NAME_SPACE\_?(.*)/$1/i; { criteria => $x, original => $_, short => $1 } }
keys %apiindex) {
#############################################################################
sub OutputAnnotationGlossary {
- my $old_glossary = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/annotation-glossary.xml";
- my $new_glossary = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/annotation-glossary.new";
+ my $old_glossary = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/annotation-glossary.xml";
+ my $new_glossary = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/annotation-glossary.new";
my $lastletter = " ";
my $divopen = 0;
my $desc = "";
if (exists $Since{$symbol}) {
- $desc .= "<para role=\"since\">Since $Since{$symbol}</para>";
+ my $link_id = "api-index-".$Since{$symbol};
+ $desc .= "<para role=\"since\">Since: <link linkend=\"$link_id\">$Since{$symbol}</link></para>";
}
if (exists $StabilityLevel{$symbol}) {
my $stability = $StabilityLevel{$symbol};
# Description : Returns the synopsis and detailed description of a struct.
# We check if it is a object struct, and if so we only output
# parts of it that are noted as public fields.
-# We also use a different SGML ID for object structs, since the
+# We also use a different IDs for object structs, since the
# original ID is used for the entire RefEntry.
# Arguments : $symbol - the struct.
# $declaration - the declaration of the struct.
# trim
$field_descr =~ s/^(\s|\n)+//msg;
$field_descr =~ s/(\s|\n)+$//msg;
- $desc .= "<listitem>$field_descr</listitem>\n";
$desc .= "<entry role=\"struct_member_description\">$field_descr</entry>\n<entry role=\"struct_member_annotations\">$param_annotations</entry>\n";
delete $field_descrs{$field_name};
} else {
if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) {
$desc .= &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
}
+ if (defined ($SymbolAnnotations{$symbol})) {
+ my $param_desc = $SymbolAnnotations{$symbol};
+ my $param_annotations = "";
+ ($param_desc,$param_annotations) = &ExpandAnnotation($symbol, $param_desc);
+ if ($param_annotations ne "") {
+ $desc .= "\n<para>$param_annotations</para>";
+ }
+ }
+
$desc .= OutputSymbolTraits ($symbol);
$desc .= "</refsect2>\n";
return ($synop, $desc);
$desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol);
- my $parameters = &OutputParamDescriptions ("FUNCTION", $symbol, @fields);
-
if (defined ($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) {
- my $symbol_docs = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
- $desc .= $symbol_docs;
+ $desc .= &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
+ }
+ if (defined ($SymbolAnnotations{$symbol})) {
+ my $param_desc = $SymbolAnnotations{$symbol};
+ my $param_annotations = "";
+ ($param_desc,$param_annotations) = &ExpandAnnotation($symbol, $param_desc);
+ if ($param_annotations ne "") {
+ $desc .= "\n<para>$param_annotations</para>";
+ }
}
- $desc .= $parameters;
+ $desc .= &OutputParamDescriptions ("FUNCTION", $symbol, @fields);
$desc .= OutputSymbolTraits ($symbol);
$desc .= "</refsect2>\n";
return ($synop, $desc);
my $param_desc = $$params[$j + 1];
my $param_annotations = "";
- ($param_desc,$param_annotations) = & ExpandAnnotation($symbol, $param_desc);
+ ($param_desc,$param_annotations) = &ExpandAnnotation($symbol, $param_desc);
$param_desc = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $param_desc);
# trim
$param_desc =~ s/^(\s|\n)+//msg;
$param_desc =~ s/(\s|\n)+$//msg;
if ($param_name eq "Returns") {
- $returns = "$param_desc\n<para>$param_annotations</para>";
+ $returns = $param_desc;
+ if ($param_annotations ne "") {
+ $returns .= "\n<para>$param_annotations</para>";
+ }
} elsif ($param_name eq "void") {
# FIXME: &LogWarning()?
@TRACE@("!!!! void in params for $symbol?\n");
#############################################################################
-# Function : OutputSGMLFile
+# Function : OutputDBFile
# Description : Outputs the final DocBook file for one section.
# Arguments : $file - the name of the file.
# $title - the title from the $MODULE-sections.txt file, which
# will be overridden by the title in the template file.
-# $section_id - the SGML id to use for the toplevel tag.
+# $section_id - the id to use for the toplevel tag.
# $includes - comma-separates list of include files added at top of
# synopsis, with '<' '>' around them (if not already enclosed in "").
# $functions_synop - reference to the DocBook for the Functions Synopsis part.
# $file_objects - reference to an array of objects in this file
#############################################################################
-sub OutputSGMLFile {
+sub OutputDBFile {
my ($file, $title, $section_id, $includes, $functions_synop, $other_synop, $functions_details, $other_details, $signals_synop, $signals_desc, $args_synop, $args_desc, $hierarchy, $interfaces, $implementations, $prerequisites, $derived, $file_objects) = @_;
- @TRACE@("Output sgml for file $file with title '$title'\n");
+ @TRACE@("Output docbook for file $file with title '$title'\n");
# The edited title overrides the one from the sections file.
my $new_title = $SymbolDocs{"$TMPL_DIR/$file:Title"};
my $extralinks = OutputSectionExtraLinks($title,"Section:$file");
- my $old_sgml_file = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/$file.$OUTPUT_FORMAT";
- my $new_sgml_file = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/$file.$OUTPUT_FORMAT.new";
+ my $old_db_file = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/$file.$OUTPUT_FORMAT";
+ my $new_db_file = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/$file.$OUTPUT_FORMAT.new";
- open (OUTPUT, ">$new_sgml_file")
- || die "Can't create $new_sgml_file: $!";
+ open (OUTPUT, ">$new_db_file")
+ || die "Can't create $new_db_file: $!";
my $object_anchors = "";
foreach my $object (@$file_objects) {
$object_anchors .= "<anchor id=\"$id\"$empty_element_end";
}
+ # Make sure we produce valid docbook
+ $$functions_details ||= "<para />";
+
# We used to output this, but is messes up our UpdateFileIfChanged code
# since it changes every day (and it is only used in the man pages):
# "<refentry id="$section_id" revision="$mday $month $year">"
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle role="top_of_page" id="$section_id.top_of_page">$title</refentrytitle>
<manvolnum>3</manvolnum>
-<refmiscinfo>
- \U$MODULE\E Library
-$image</refmiscinfo>
+<refmiscinfo>\U$MODULE\E Library$image</refmiscinfo>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>$title</refname>
EOF
close (OUTPUT);
- return &UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_sgml_file, $new_sgml_file, 0);
+ return &UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_db_file, $new_db_file, 0);
}
($basename = $file) =~ s!^.*/!!;
- my $old_sgml_file = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/$basename";
- my $new_sgml_file = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/$basename.new";
+ my $old_db_file = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/$basename";
+ my $new_db_file = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/$basename.new";
my $contents;
$contents = <EXTRA_FILE>;
}
- open (OUTPUT, ">$new_sgml_file")
- || die "Can't create $new_sgml_file: $!";
+ open (OUTPUT, ">$new_db_file")
+ || die "Can't create $new_db_file: $!";
print OUTPUT &ExpandAbbreviations ("$basename file", $contents);
close (OUTPUT);
- return &UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_sgml_file, $new_sgml_file, 0);
+ return &UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_db_file, $new_db_file, 0);
}
#############################################################################
# Function : OutputBook
-# Description : Outputs the SGML entities that need to be included into the
-# main SGML file for the module.
+# Description : Outputs the entities that need to be included into the
+# main docbook file for the module.
# Arguments : $book_top - the declarations of the entities, which are added
-# at the top of the main SGML file.
+# at the top of the main docbook file.
# $book_bottom - the references to the entities, which are
-# added in the main SGML file at the desired position.
+# added in the main docbook file at the desired position.
#############################################################################
sub OutputBook {
my ($book_top, $book_bottom) = @_;
- my $old_file = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/$MODULE-doc.top";
- my $new_file = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/$MODULE-doc.top.new";
+ my $old_file = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/$MODULE-doc.top";
+ my $new_file = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/$MODULE-doc.top.new";
open (OUTPUT, ">$new_file")
|| die "Can't create $new_file: $!";
&UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_file, $new_file, 0);
- $old_file = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/$MODULE-doc.bottom";
- $new_file = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/$MODULE-doc.bottom.new";
+ $old_file = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/$MODULE-doc.bottom";
+ $new_file = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/$MODULE-doc.bottom.new";
open (OUTPUT, ">$new_file")
|| die "Can't create $new_file: $!";
&UpdateFileIfChanged ($old_file, $new_file, 0);
- # If the main SGML/XML file hasn't been created yet, we create it here.
+ # If the main docbook file hasn't been created yet, we create it here.
# The user can tweak it later.
if ($MAIN_SGML_FILE && ! -e $MAIN_SGML_FILE) {
open (OUTPUT, ">$MAIN_SGML_FILE")
print OUTPUT <<EOF;
<chapter id="object-tree">
<title>Object Hierarchy</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/tree_index.sgml"/>
+ <xi:include href="xml/tree_index.sgml"/>
</chapter>
+EOF
+ } else {
+ print OUTPUT <<EOF;
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject types
+ <chapter id="object-tree">
+ <title>Object Hierarchy</title>
+ <xi:include href="xml/tree_index.sgml"/>
+ </chapter>
+ -->
EOF
}
<title>Index of deprecated API</title>
<xi:include href="xml/api-index-deprecated.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
</index>
-
+EOF
+ if (keys(%AnnotationsUsed)) {
+ print OUTPUT <<EOF;
<xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+EOF
+ } else {
+ print OUTPUT <<EOF;
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
+EOF
+ }
+ print OUTPUT <<EOF;
</book>
EOF
my $param_annotations = "";
# look for annotations at the start of the comment part
- if ($param_desc =~ m%^\s*\((.*?)\):%) {
+ # function level annotations don't end with a colon ':'
+ if ($param_desc =~ m%^\s*\((.*?)\)(:|$)%) {
my @annotations;
my $annotation;
$param_desc = $';
@annotations = split(/\)\s*\(/,$1);
+ @TRACE@("annotations for $symbol: '$1'\n");
foreach $annotation (@annotations) {
# need to search for the longest key-match in %AnnotationDefinition
my $match_length=0;
my $last_index = 0;
$level = 1;
for ($i = $#ancestors; $i >= 0; $i--) {
- my $link_text;
+ my $entry_text;
+ my $alt_text;
+ my $ancestor = $ancestors[$i];
+ my $ancestor_id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($ancestor);
+ my $indent = ' ' x ($level * 4);
# Don't add a link to the current object, i.e. when i == 0.
if ($i > 0) {
- my $ancestor_id = &CreateValidSGMLID ($ancestors[$i]);
- $link_text = "<link linkend=\"$ancestor_id\">$ancestors[$i]</link>";
+ $entry_text = $indent . "<link linkend=\"$ancestor_id\">$ancestor</link>";
+ $alt_text = $indent . $ancestor;
} else {
- $link_text = "$ancestors[$i]";
+ $entry_text = $indent . $ancestor;
+ $alt_text = $indent . "<link linkend=\"$ancestor_id\">$ancestor</link>";
}
- my $indented_text = ' ' x ($level * 4) . $link_text;
+ @TRACE@("Checking for '$entry_text' or '$alt_text'");
# Check if we already have this object
my $index = -1;
for ($j = 0; $j <= $#hierarchy; $j++) {
- if ($hierarchy[$j] eq $indented_text) {
+ if (($hierarchy[$j] eq $entry_text) or ($hierarchy[$j] eq $alt_text)) {
$index = $j;
last;
}
}
if ($index == -1) {
# We have a new entry, find insert position in alphabetical order
- my $indent = ' ' x ($level * 4);
my $found = 0;
for ($j = $last_index; $j <= $#hierarchy; $j++) {
if ($hierarchy[$j] !~ m/^${indent}/) {
last;
} elsif ($hierarchy[$j] =~ m/^${indent}[^ ]/) {
my $stripped_text = $hierarchy[$j];
- if ($indented_text !~ m/<link linkend/) {
+ if ($entry_text !~ m/<link linkend/) {
$stripped_text =~ s%<link linkend="[A-Za-z]*">%%;
$stripped_text =~ s%</link>%%;
}
- if ($indented_text lt $stripped_text) {
+ if ($entry_text lt $stripped_text) {
$last_index = $j;
$found = 1;
last;
}
}
}
+ # Append to bottom
if (!$found) {
$last_index = 1 + $#hierarchy;
}
- splice @hierarchy, $last_index, 0, ($indented_text);
+ splice @hierarchy, $last_index, 0, ($entry_text);
$last_index++;
} else {
- # Already have this one, remmeber index as base insert point
+ # Already have this one, make sure we use the not linked version
+ if ($entry_text !~ m/<link linkend=/) {
+ $hierarchy[$j] = $entry_text;
+ }
+ # Remember index as base insert point
$last_index = $index + 1;
}
$level++;
$AllDocumentedSymbols{$symbol} = 1;
}
}
+ if (defined ($SymbolAnnotations{$symbol})) {
+ my $param_desc = $SymbolAnnotations{$symbol};
+ my $param_annotations = "";
+ ($param_desc,$param_annotations) = &ExpandAnnotation($symbol, $param_desc);
+ if ($param_annotations ne "") {
+ $desc .= "\n<para>$param_annotations</para>";
+ }
+ }
$desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol);
- $desc .= $parameters;
+ $desc .= $parameters;
if ($flags_string) {
$desc .= "<para>Flags: $flags_string</para>\n";
}
}
$AllSymbols{$symbol} = 1;
- my $blurb;
+ my $blurb = "";
if (defined($SymbolDocs{$symbol}) &&
!IsEmptyDoc($SymbolDocs{$symbol})) {
$blurb = &ConvertMarkDown($symbol, $SymbolDocs{$symbol});
$AllDocumentedSymbols{$symbol} = 1;
}
else {
- if (!($ArgBlurbs[$i] eq "")) {
+ if ($ArgBlurbs[$i] ne "") {
+ $blurb = "<para>" . &CreateValidSGML ($ArgBlurbs[$i]) . "</para>";
$AllDocumentedSymbols{$symbol} = 1;
} else {
# FIXME: print a warning?
@TRACE@(".. no description\n");
}
- $blurb = "<para>" . &CreateValidSGML ($ArgBlurbs[$i]) . "</para>";
}
my $pad1 = " " x (24 - length ($name));
$arg_desc .= "<programlisting> “$name”$pad1 $type_output</programlisting>\n";
$arg_desc .= $blurb;
+ if (defined ($SymbolAnnotations{$symbol})) {
+ my $param_desc = $SymbolAnnotations{$symbol};
+ my $param_annotations = "";
+ ($param_desc,$param_annotations) = &ExpandAnnotation($symbol, $param_desc);
+ if ($param_annotations ne "") {
+ $arg_desc .= "\n<para>$param_annotations</para>";
+ }
+ }
$arg_desc .= &MakeDeprecationNote($symbol);
if ($flags_string) {
if ($source_dir =~ m%^\Q$dir\E/(.*)$% and $IGNORE_FILES =~ m/(\s|^)\Q$1\E(\s|$)/) {
@TRACE@("Skipping source directory: $source_dir");
return;
+ } else {
+ @TRACE@("No match for: ".($1 || $source_dir));
}
}
push (@params, "Returns");
push (@params, $return_desc);
}
- # Convert special SGML characters
+ # Convert special characters
$description = &ConvertSGMLChars ($symbol, $description);
my $k;
for ($k = 1; $k <= $#params; $k += $PARAM_FIELD_COUNT) {
#}
$SourceSymbolSourceFile{$symbol} = $file;
$SourceSymbolSourceLine{$symbol} = $.;
- }
+ }
if ($since_desc) {
($since_desc, my @extra_lines) = split ("\n", $since_desc);
if (m%^\s*(SECTION:\s*\S+)%) {
$symbol = $1;
@TRACE@("SECTION DOCS found in source for : '$symbol'\n");
- } elsif (m%^\s*([\w:-]*\w)\s*:?\s*(\([-a-z0-9_ ]+\)\s*)*$%) {
+ } elsif (m%^\s*([\w:-]*\w)\s*:?\s*(\([-A-Za-z0-9._() ]+?\)\s*)*$%) {
$symbol = $1;
+ my $annotation = $2;
@TRACE@("SYMBOL DOCS found in source for : '$symbol'\n");
+ if (defined($annotation)) {
+ chomp($annotation);
+ if ($annotation ne "") {
+ $SymbolAnnotations{$symbol} = $annotation;
+ @TRACE@("remaining text for $symbol: '$annotation'\n");
+ }
+ }
}
next;
}
}
} elsif (m%^\s*since:%i) {
# we're in param section and have not seen the blank line
- if($in_part ne "") {
+ if($in_part ne "param") {
$since_desc = $';
$in_part = "since";
next;
}
} elsif (m%^\s*deprecated:%i) {
# we're in param section and have not seen the blank line
- if($in_part ne "") {
+ if($in_part ne "param") {
$deprecated_desc = $';
$in_part = "deprecated";
next;
push (@params, $param_name);
push (@params, $param_desc);
$current_param += $PARAM_FIELD_COUNT;
+ $in_part = "param";
+ next;
+ } elsif ($in_part eq "") {
+ @TRACE@("continuation for $symbol annotation '$_'");
+ my $annotation = $_;
+ $annotation =~ s/^\s+|\s+$//g ;
+ $SymbolAnnotations{$symbol} .= $annotation;
next;
}
# We must be in the middle of a parameter description, so add it on
# to the last element in @params.
if ($current_param == -1) {
- &LogWarning ($file, $., "Parsing comment block file : parameter expected.");
+ &LogWarning ($file, $., "Parsing comment block file : parameter expected, but got '$_'");
} else {
$params[$#params] .= $_;
}
my $first_char = substr ($line, 0, 1);
my $deindented_line;
+ @TRACE@("in '".$md_block->{"type"}."' state, parsing '$line'");
+
if ($md_block->{"type"} eq "markup") {
if (!$md_block->{"closed"}) {
if (index ($line, $md_block->{"start"}) != -1) {
if ($md_block->{"depth"} > 0) {
$md_block->{"depth"}--;
} else {
+ @TRACE@("closing tag '$line'");
$md_block->{"closed"} = 1;
+ # TODO(ensonic): reparse inner text with MarkDownParseLines?
}
}
$md_block->{"text"} .= "\n" . $line;
}
# indentation sensitive types
+ @TRACE@("parsing '$line'");
if ($line =~ /^([#]{1,2})[ \t]+(.+?)[ \t]*[#]*[ \t]*(?:{#([^}]+)})?[ \t]*$/) {
# atx heading (#)
my $is_self_closing = defined($2);
# FIXME: why do we need to skip https? here, if we generalize this to all
# uri schemes we get parsing errors
- if (! $MD_TEXT_LEVEL_ELEMENTS{$tag} && $tag !~ /^https?/) {
+ if (! $MD_TEXT_LEVEL_ELEMENTS{$tag} && $tag !~ /^https?/ && !defined($md_block->{"start"})) {
push @md_blocks, $md_block;
if ($is_self_closing) {
+ @TRACE@("self-closing docbook '$tag'");
$md_block = { type => "self-closing tag",
text => $deindented_line };
$is_self_closing = 0;
next OUTER;
}
+ @TRACE@("new markup '$tag'");
$md_block = { type => "markup",
text => $deindented_line,
start => "<" . $tag . ">",
$md_block->{"closed"} = 1;
}
next OUTER;
+ } else {
+ @TRACE@("text level docbook '$tag'");
+ if (!defined($md_block->{"start"}) && $MD_TEXT_LEVEL_ELEMENTS{$tag}) {
+ $md_block->{"start"} = "<" . $tag . ">";
+ $md_block->{"end"} = "</" . $tag . ">";
+ $md_block->{"closed"} = 0;
+ @TRACE@("scanning for end of '$tag'");
+ }
+ if (defined($md_block->{"start"}) && $deindented_line =~ /$md_block->{"end"}/) {
+ $md_block->{"closed"} = 1;
+ @TRACE@("found end of '$tag'");
+ }
}
} elsif ($line =~ /^([ ]*)[*+-][ ](.*)/) {
# li
# Expand entities in <programlisting> even inside CDATA since
# we changed the definition of |[ to add CDATA
for ($i = 0; $i <= $#entities; $i++) {
- if ($text =~ s/$entities[$i][0]/$entities[$i][1]/g) {
- # don't warn about * since it is expected to be present
- # for C-style comments
- if ($entities[$i][0] ne "*") {
- $warn .= "$entities[$i][0] ";
- }
- }
- }
-
- if ($warn ne "") {
- chomp $warn;
- &LogWarning (&GetSymbolSourceFile ($symbol), &GetSymbolSourceLine($symbol),
- "Deprecated entities found in documentation for $symbol: $warn");
+ $text =~ s/$entities[$i][0]/$entities[$i][1]/g;
}
return $text;
# If the declaration is an empty typedef struct _XXX XXX
# set the flag to indicate the struct has a typedef.
- if ($declaration_type eq 'STRUCT'
+ if (($declaration_type eq 'STRUCT' || $declaration_type eq 'UNION')
&& $declaration =~ m/^\s*$/) {
@TRACE@("Struct has typedef: $declaration_name\n");
$StructHasTypedef{$declaration_name} = 1;
eq $declaration_type) {
# If the existing declaration is empty, or is just a
# forward declaration of a struct, override it.
- if ($declaration_type eq 'STRUCT') {
- if ($Declarations{$declaration_name} =~ m/^\s*(struct\s+\w+\s*;)?\s*$/) {
+ if ($declaration_type eq 'STRUCT' || $declaration_type eq 'UNION') {
+ if ($Declarations{$declaration_name} =~ m/^\s*((struct|union)\s+\w+\s*;)?\s*$/) {
if ($is_deprecated) {
$Deprecated{$declaration_name} = "";
}
$Declarations{$declaration_name} = $declaration;
- } elsif ($declaration =~ m/^\s*(struct\s+\w+\s*;)?\s*$/) {
+ } elsif ($declaration =~ m/^\s*((struct|union)\s+\w+\s*;)?\s*$/) {
# Ignore an empty or forward declaration.
} else {
&LogWarning ($file, $., "Structure $declaration_name has multiple definitions.");
close (INPUT);
# FIXME: use $OUTPUT_FORMAT
- # my $old_tree_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.$OUTPUT_FORMAT";
- my $old_tree_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.sgml";
- my $new_tree_index = "$SGML_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.new";
+ # my $old_tree_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.$OUTPUT_FORMAT";
+ my $old_tree_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.sgml";
+ my $new_tree_index = "$DB_OUTPUT_DIR/tree_index.new";
open (OUTPUT, ">$new_tree_index")
|| die "Can't create $new_tree_index: $!";
}
$Interfaces{$object} = join(' ', @knownIfaces);
+ @TRACE@("Interfaces for $object: $Interfaces{$object}\n");
+ } else {
+ @TRACE@("skipping interfaces for unknown symbol: $object\n");
}
}
close (INPUT);
--stringparam chunker.output.quiet $quiet \
"$@" $gtkdocdir/gtk-doc.xsl $document || exit $?
else
+ echo <<EOF;
+###############################################################################
+sgml support in gtk-doc is deprecated and will be removed from one of the next
+gtk-doc release.
+Please refer to the documentation "Modernizing the documentation"/"GTK-Doc 1.9".
+###############################################################################
+EOF
+
@JADE@ $path_arg -t @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@ -w no-idref -d $gtkdocdir/gtk-doc.dsl \
-V "gtkdoc-bookname=$module" -V "gtkdoc-version=@VERSION@" \
"$@" $gtkdocdir/gtk-doc.dcl $document || exit $?
"$@" -o $module.fo $gtkdocdir/gtk-doc-fo.xsl $document || cleanexit $?
# fop dies too easily :(
# @FOP@ $module.fo $module.pdf
+ else
+ echo "dblatex or fop must be installed to use gtkdoc-mkpdf." >&2
+ cleanexit 1
fi
fi
else
exit 0;
}
+print <<EOF;
+###############################################################################
+gtkdoc-mktmpl is deprecated and will be removed from one of the next gtk-doc
+release.
+Please refer to the documentation "Modernizing the documentation"/"GTK-Doc 1.9".
+###############################################################################
+EOF
+
my $ROOT_DIR = ".";
# The directory containing the template files.
print DECL "<VARIABLE>\n<NAME>$symbol</NAME>\n$deprecated$decl</VARIABLE>\n";
}
+ # G_DECLARE_*
+
+ } elsif (m/.*G_DECLARE_(FINAL_TYPE|DERIVABLE_TYPE|INTERFACE)\s*\(/) {
+ $in_declaration = "g-declare";
+ $symbol = "G_DECLARE_$1";
+ $decl = $';
# FUNCTIONS
# print "$in_declaration = $decl\n";
#}
+ if ($in_declaration eq "g-declare") {
+ if ($decl =~ s/\s*(\w+)\s*,\s*(\w+)\s*,\s*(\w+)\s*,\s*(\w+)\s*,\s*(\w+)\s*\).*$//) {
+ my $ModuleObjName = $1;
+ my $module_obj_name = $2;
+ if ($REBUILD_TYPES) {
+ push (@get_types, "${module_obj_name}_get_type");
+ }
+ $forward_decls{$ModuleObjName} = "<STRUCT>\n<NAME>$ModuleObjName</NAME>\n$deprecated</STRUCT>\n";
+ if ($symbol =~ /^G_DECLARE_DERIVABLE/) {
+ $forward_decls{"${ModuleObjName}Class"} = "<STRUCT>\n<NAME>${ModuleObjName}Class</NAME>\n$deprecated</STRUCT>\n";
+ }
+ if ($symbol =~ /^G_DECLARE_INTERFACE/) {
+ $forward_decls{"${ModuleObjName}Interface"} = "<STRUCT>\n<NAME>${ModuleObjName}Interface</NAME>\n$deprecated</STRUCT>\n";
+ }
+ $in_declaration = "";
+ }
+ }
+
# Note that sometimes functions end in ') G_GNUC_PRINTF (2, 3);' or
# ') __attribute__ (...);'.
if ($in_declaration eq 'function') {
- if ($decl =~ s/\)\s*(G_GNUC_.*|.*DEPRECATED.*|${IGNORE_DECORATORS}\s*|__attribute__\s*\(.*\)\s*)?;.*$//) {
+ if ($decl =~ s/\)\s*(G_GNUC_.*|.*DEPRECATED.*|${IGNORE_DECORATORS}\s*|__attribute__\s*\(.*\)\s*)*;.*$//s) {
if ($internal == 0) {
$decl =~ s%/\*.*?\*/%%gs; # remove comments.
#$decl =~ s/^\s+//; # remove leading whitespace.
print DECL "<FUNCTION>\n<NAME>$symbol</NAME>\n$deprecated<RETURNS>$ret_type</RETURNS>\n$decl\n</FUNCTION>\n";
if ($REBUILD_TYPES) {
# check if this looks like a get_type function and if so remember
- if (($symbol =~ m/_get_type$/) && ($ret_type =~ m/GType/) && ($decl =~ m/(void|)/)) {
+ if (($symbol =~ m/_get_type$/) && ($ret_type =~ m/GType/) && ($decl =~ m/^(void|)$/)) {
@TRACE@("Adding get-type: [$ret_type] [$symbol] [$decl]\tfrom $input_file");
push (@get_types, $symbol);
}
# options
copy=no
makefile=gtk-doc.make
-flavour=legacy
+flavour=no-tmpl
# mini help
usage="\
# matches the the automake fragment.
# If AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR is not used, the macro won't be copied, and
# the correct flags must be passed to aclocal for it to find the macro.
-m4dir="$srcdir/`cat "$configure" | grep '^AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR' | sed -n -e 's/AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(\([^()]*\))/\1/p' | sed -e 's/^\[\(.*\)\]$/\1/' | sed -e 1q`"
+m4dir="$srcdir"/`autoconf 2>/dev/null --trace 'AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR:$1' "$configure"`
if test -n "$m4dir"; then
rm -f $m4dir/gtk-doc.m4
if test "$copy" = yes; then
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = help
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
-RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
- html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
- install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
- install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
- install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
- installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
- ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \
+ ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \
+ install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \
+ install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \
+ install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \
+ install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \
+ installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \
+ tags-recursive uninstall-recursive
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \
distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
-AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
- $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \
+am__recursive_targets = \
+ $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \
+ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \
+ $(am__extra_recursive_targets)
+AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \
distdir
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
+# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
+# *not* preserved.
+am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
+ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
+ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
+'
+# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
+# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
+# for different programs/libraries.
+am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
DIST_SUBDIRS = manual
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-rm -rf .libs _libs
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
-# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
-# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
-# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
-# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
-# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
-$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
+# into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status'
+# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line.
+$(am__recursive_targets):
+ @fail=; \
+ if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \
+ failcom='fail=yes'; \
+ else \
+ failcom='exit 1'; \
+ fi; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ case "$@" in \
+ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
-$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
- dot_seen=no; \
- case "$@" in \
- distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- esac; \
- rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
- rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
- fi; \
- done; \
- rev="$$rev ."; \
- target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- for subdir in $$rev; do \
- echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
- local_target="$$target-am"; \
- else \
- local_target="$$target"; \
- fi; \
- ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
- || eval $$failcom; \
- done && test -z "$$fail"
-tags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
- done
-ctags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
- done
+ID: $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: tags-recursive
+TAGS: tags
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
- mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ctags: ctags-recursive
+
+CTAGS: ctags
+ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive
+
+cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ case "$(srcdir)" in \
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
+ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then \
+ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
+ else \
+ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
done
@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
- test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || exit 1; \
- fi; \
- done
- @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ $(am__make_dryrun) \
+ || test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || exit 1; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_distdir=$$reldir; \
uninstall-am:
-.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) ctags-recursive \
- install-am install-strip tags-recursive
-
-.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
- all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
- ctags ctags-recursive distclean distclean-generic \
- distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
- html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
- install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
- install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
- install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
- install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
- installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \
- maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
- mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive \
- uninstall uninstall-am
+.MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check \
+ check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool cscopelist-am ctags \
+ ctags-am distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool \
+ distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
+ install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
+ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
+ install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+ install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
+ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+ installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+ mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am \
+ ps ps-am tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
-include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk
<para>
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
copying of that document.
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.22</revnumber>
+ <date>07 May 2015</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.21</revnumber>
<date>17 Jul 2014</date>
<title>Integration with version control systems</title>
<para>
- As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under
+ As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under
version control. For typical projects it's these files:
<filename><package>.types</filename>,
<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>,
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>
+ directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of
+ the <filename>.stamp</filename> files.
</para>
</sect1>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
DOC_MODULE=meep
// sources have changed
-gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
// xml files have changed
mkdir html
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
<para>
The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of
receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can
- hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
+ hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
<example><title>GTK-Doc comment block</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
</example>
</para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
+ <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
+ <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
<!-- -->
<sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
appear as lines starting with a dash.
</para>
+ <para>
+ While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
+ that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
+ docbook xml is not supported.
+ </para>
+
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
- putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
- <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
</para>
<tip>
- <para>
- As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
- one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good
- to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code.
- Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the
- 2nd '*' in the first line).
- If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to
- add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the
- right place inside the sections file.
- </para>
+ As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
+ one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good
+ to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code.
+ Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the
+ 2nd '*' in the first line).
+ If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to
+ add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the
+ right place inside the sections file.
+ </para>
</tip>
</sect1>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
- (FIXME : Stability information)
- </para>
-
+ <para>
+ (FIXME : Stability information)
+ </para>
+
<example><title>General tags</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
</example>
</sect2>
+ <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
+ rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by
+ gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list
+ of the supported tags can be found on
+ <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Annotations</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ */
+...
+/**
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
+ * (and another annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Sets bar on @foo.
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
<sect2><title>Function comment block</title>
<para>
private. They are treated like static functions.
</para>
- <para>
- <!-- FIXME: we should ideally link/describe the gobject introspection
- annotation tag -->
- Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags:
- http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations
- </para>
-
<example><title>Function comment block</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class='directory'>tmpl</filename>.
This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
- in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class='directory'>tmpl</filename>
+ checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
+ add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
</para>
</sect1>
but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check
that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed or
- incidentialy makred private it will not be shown.
+ incidentally marked private it will not be shown.
</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
index.docbook \
fdl-appendix.xml
-HELP_LINGUAS = bn_IN de el en_GB es fr gu pt_BR sl sv ta te zh_CN
+HELP_LINGUAS = bn_IN de el en_GB es fr gl gu pt_BR sl sv ta te zh_CN
CLEANFILES = $(_HELP_LC_FILES) $(_HELP_LC_STAMPS) $(_HELP_MOFILES)
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = help/manual
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ChangeLog
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am ChangeLog
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
index.docbook \
fdl-appendix.xml
-HELP_LINGUAS = bn_IN de el en_GB es fr gu pt_BR sl sv ta te zh_CN
+HELP_LINGUAS = bn_IN de el en_GB es fr gl gu pt_BR sl sv ta te zh_CN
CLEANFILES = $(_HELP_LC_FILES) $(_HELP_LC_STAMPS) $(_HELP_MOFILES)
all: all-am
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
-tags: TAGS
-TAGS:
+tags TAGS:
+
+ctags CTAGS:
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS:
+cscope cscopelist:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
.MAKE: install-am install-strip
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
- distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distdir dvi \
- dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
- install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
- install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
- install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
- install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
- installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
- maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
- mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am
+ cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \
+ distclean-libtool distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
+ install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
+ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
+ install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+ install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
+ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
+ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
+ tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
@HAVE_YELP_TOOLS_TRUE@@YELP_HELP_RULES@
<para>
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
copying of that document.
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.20.1</revnumber>
- <date>16 Feb 2014</date>
+ <revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber>
+ <date>18 Jul 2014</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.21</revnumber>
+ <date>17 Jul 2014</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.20</revnumber>
<date>16 Feb 2014</date>
<title>ভার্সান কনট্রোল সিস্টেমের সাথে একত্রিত করার প্রণালী</title>
<para>
- As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under
+ As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under
version control. For typical projects it's these files:
<filename><package>.types</filename>,
<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>,
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>
+ directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of
+ the <filename>.stamp</filename> files.
</para>
</sect1>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
DOC_MODULE=meep
// sources have changed
-gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
// xml files have changed
mkdir html
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
<para>
The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of
receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can
- hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
+ hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
<example><title>GTK-Doc comment block</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
</example>
</para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
+ <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
+ <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
<!-- -->
<sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
appear as lines starting with a dash.
</para>
+ <para>
+ While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
+ that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
+ docbook xml is not supported.
+ </para>
+
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
- putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
- <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
</para>
<tip>
- <para>
- As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
- one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good
- to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code.
- Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the
- 2nd '*' in the first line).
- If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to
- add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the
- right place inside the sections file.
- </para>
+ As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
+ one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good
+ to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code.
+ Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the
+ 2nd '*' in the first line).
+ If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to
+ add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the
+ right place inside the sections file.
+ </para>
</tip>
</sect1>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
<para>(FIXME : স্থায়ীত্ব সংক্রান্ত তথ্য)</para>
-
+ <para>(FIXME : স্থায়ীত্ব সংক্রান্ত তথ্য)</para>
+
<example><title>সাধারণ ট্যাগ</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
</example>
</sect2>
+ <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
+ rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by
+ gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list
+ of the supported tags can be found on
+ <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Annotations</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ */
+...
+/**
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
+ * (and another annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Sets bar on @foo.
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
<sect2><title>ফাংশান কমেন্টের ব্লক</title>
<para>
private. They are treated like static functions.
</para>
- <para>
- <!-- FIXME: we should ideally link/describe the gobject introspection
- annotation tag -->
- Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags:
- http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations
- </para>
-
<example><title>ফাংশান কমেন্টের ব্লক</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
- in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
+ checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
+ add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
</para>
</sect1>
but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check
that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed or
- incidentialy makred private it will not be shown.
+ incidentally marked private it will not be shown.
</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<para>
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
copying of that document.
<title>6. SAMMLUNGEN VON DOKUMENTEN</title>
<para>Sie dürfen eine Sammlung erstellen, die aus dem <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> und anderen, unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlichten Dokumenten besteht, und die individuellen Kopien der Lizenz in den einzelnen Dokumenten durch eine einzige Kopie ersetzen, die sich in der Sammlung befindet, vorausgesetzt, Sie folgen den Regeln dieser Lizenz für wortwörtliches Kopieren jedes dieser Dokumente in jeglicher Hinsicht.</para>
- <para>Sie dürfen ein einzelnes Dokument aus einer solchen Sammlung heraustrennen, und es individuell unter dieser Lizenz verteilen, vorausgesetzt, Sie fügen eine Kopie dieser Lizenz in das herausgetrennte Dokument ein und folgen der Lizenz in jeglicher Hinsicht bezüglich dem wortwörtlichen Kopieren des Dokuments.</para>
+ <para>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.20.1</revnumber>
- <date>16 Feb 2014</date>
+ <revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber>
+ <date>18 Jul 2014</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.21</revnumber>
+ <date>17 Jul 2014</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.20</revnumber>
<date>16 Feb 2014</date>
<sect1 id="settingup_vcs">
<title>Integration in Versionsverwaltungssysteme</title>
- <para>Als Faustregel gilt, dass alle von Ihnen bearbeiteten Dateien auch unter Versionsverwaltung stehen sollten. In typischen Projekten sind das folgende Dateien: <filename><package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs..xml</filename> (früher .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
+ <para>
+ As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under
+ version control. For typical projects it's these files:
+ <filename><package>.types</filename>,
+ <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>,
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>
+ directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of
+ the <filename>.stamp</filename> files.
+ </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="plain_makefiles">
<programlisting><![CDATA[
DOC_MODULE=meep
// sources have changed
-gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
// xml files have changed
mkdir html
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
]]></programlisting>
</example></para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
+ <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
+ <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
<!-- -->
<sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
appear as lines starting with a dash.
</para>
+ <para>
+ While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
+ that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
+ docbook xml is not supported.
+ </para>
+
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
- putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
- <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
</para>
<tip>
- <para>Wie an früherer Stelle bereits erwähnt, ist GTK-Doc für das Dokumentieren der öffentlichen API gedacht. Daher kann man keine Dokumentation für statische Symbole schreiben. Nichtsdestotrotz ist es jedoch gut, diese Symbole trotzdem zu dokumentieren. Dies hilft anderen, Ihren Code besser zu verstehen. Deswegen empfehlen wir, hierfür normale Kommentare zu verwenden, ohne das zweite »*« in der ersten Zeile. Falls später die Funktion veröffentlicht werden soll, ist es lediglich nötig, im Kommentarblock ein zweites »*« hinzuzufügen und den Symbolnamen an der richtigen Stelle in die Abschnittsdatei einzubauen.</para>
+
<para>Wie an früherer Stelle bereits erwähnt, ist GTK-Doc für das Dokumentieren der öffentlichen API gedacht. Daher kann man keine Dokumentation für statische Symbole schreiben. Nichtsdestotrotz ist es jedoch gut, diese Symbole trotzdem zu dokumentieren. Dies hilft anderen, Ihren Code besser zu verstehen. Deswegen empfehlen wir, hierfür normale Kommentare zu verwenden, ohne das zweite »*« in der ersten Zeile. Falls später die Funktion veröffentlicht werden soll, ist es lediglich nötig, im Kommentarblock ein zweites »*« hinzuzufügen und den Symbolnamen an der richtigen Stelle in die Abschnittsdatei einzubauen.</para>
</tip>
</sect1>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
<para>(FIXME : Stabilitätsinformation)</para>
-
+ <para>(FIXME : Stabilitätsinformation)</para>
+
<example><title>Allgemeine Markierungen</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
</example>
</sect2>
+ <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
+ rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by
+ gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list
+ of the supported tags can be found on
+ <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Annotations</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ */
+...
+/**
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
+ * (and another annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Sets bar on @foo.
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
<sect2><title>Kommentarblock einer Funktion</title>
<para>Bitte denken Sie an: <itemizedlist>
<para>GTK-Doc nimmt an, dass alle Symbole (Makros, Funktionen), die mit »_« beginnen, privat sind. Sie werden wie statische Funktionen behandelt.</para>
- <para>Werfen Sie auch einen Blick auf die »GObject introspection annotation tags«: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations</para>
-
<example><title>Kommentarblock einer Funktion</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
- in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
+ checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
+ add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
</para>
</sect1>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Ein Typ fehlt in der Klassenhierarchie.</seg>
- <seg>Wenn der Typ in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> gelistet ist, aber nicht in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename>, dann prüfen Sie sorgfältig, ob der Typ ordnungsgemäß in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> abgelegt ist. Falls die Typ-Instanz (z.B. <type>GtkWidget</type>) nicht aufgelistet oder versehentlich als privat markiert ist, so wird sie nciht angezeigt.</seg>
+ <seg>
+ If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename>
+ but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check
+ that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
+ If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed or
+ incidentally marked private it will not be shown.
+ </seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Ich erhalte foldoc-Verweise für alle gobjekt-Anmerkungen.</seg>
<title>6. SAMMLUNGEN VON DOKUMENTEN</title>
<para>Sie dürfen eine Sammlung erstellen, die aus dem <link linkend="fdl-document">Dokument</link> und anderen, unter dieser Lizenz veröffentlichten Dokumenten besteht, und die individuellen Kopien der Lizenz in den einzelnen Dokumenten durch eine einzige Kopie ersetzen, die sich in der Sammlung befindet, vorausgesetzt, Sie folgen den Regeln dieser Lizenz für wortwörtliches Kopieren jedes dieser Dokumente in jeglicher Hinsicht.</para>
- <para>Sie dürfen ein einzelnes Dokument aus einer solchen Sammlung heraustrennen, und es individuell unter dieser Lizenz verteilen, vorausgesetzt, Sie fügen eine Kopie dieser Lizenz in das herausgetrennte Dokument ein und folgen der Lizenz in jeglicher Hinsicht bezüglich dem wortwörtlichen Kopieren des Dokuments.</para>
+ <para>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
# Marios Zindilis <m.zindilis@dmajor.org>, 2010.
# Tsivikis Vasilis <undersec.tr3los@gmail.com>, 2010.
# Dimitris Spingos (Δημήτρης Σπίγγος) <dmtrs32@gmail.com>, 2013, 2014.
+# Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis@opensuse.org>, 2015.
+#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc-help.master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-06 09:24+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-06 19:02+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Dimitris Spingos (Δημήτρης Σπίγγος) <dmtrs32@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: team@lists.gnome.gr\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-04-02 19:14+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-13 14:22+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Tom Tryfonidis <tomtryf@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Greek, Modern (1453-) <opensuse-translation-el@opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: el\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.0\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.7.5\n"
#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""
+"Ελληνική μεταφραστική ομάδα GNOME <team@gnome.gr>, 2009-2014\n"
"Τζένη Πετούμενου <epetoumenou@gmail.com>, 2009\n"
"Θάνος Τρυφωνίδης <tomtryf@gmail.com>, 2012\n"
"Δημήτρης Σπίγγος <dmtrs32@gmail.com>, 2013, 2014\n"
-"Μαρία Θουκυδίδου <marablack3@gmail.com>, 2014"
+"Μαρία Θουκυδίδου <marablack3@gmail.com>, 2014\n"
+"Μαρία Μαυρίδου <mavridou@gmail.com>, 2014"
#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title
#: C/index.docbook:12
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
#: C/index.docbook:83
msgid ""
-"<revnumber>1.2
0.1</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.2
1.1</revnumber> <date>18 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>development version</revremark>"
msgstr ""
-"<revnumber>1.2
0.1</revnumber> <date>16 Φεβ. 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.2
1.1</revnumber> <date>18 Ιουλ 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>έκδοση ανάπτυξης</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
#: C/index.docbook:89
msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Ιουλ 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων, απόρριψη παρωχημένων "
+"λειτουργιών</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:95
+msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</"
"revremark>"
msgstr ""
"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Φεβ 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
-"authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων,, υποστήριξη markdown, και "
-"βελÏ\84ιÏ\8eÏ\83ειÏ\82 Ï\84εÏ\87νοÏ\84Ï\81οÏ\80ιÏ\8eν</revremark>"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων, υποστήριξη markdown, και "
+"βελÏ\84ιÏ\8eÏ\83ειÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\84Ï\85λ</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:95
+#: C/index.docbook:101
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"
msgstr ""
"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Ιουν 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
-"authorinitials> <revremark>διÏ\8cÏ\81θÏ\89Ï\83η Ï\83Ï\86άλμαÏ\84οÏ\82</revremark>"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>διÏ\8cÏ\81θÏ\89Ï\83η Ï\83Ï\86αλμάÏ\84Ï\89ν</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:101
+#: C/index.docbook:107
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>"
"markdown</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:107
+#: C/index.docbook:113
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>"
msgstr ""
"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Φεβ 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
-"authorinitials> <revremark>διόρθωση σφάλματος</revremark>"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>εÏ\80είγοÏ\85Ï\83α διÏ\8cÏ\81θÏ\89Ï\83η Ï\83Ï\86άλμαÏ\84οÏ\82</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:113
+#: C/index.docbook:119
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>"
"revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:119
+#: C/index.docbook:125
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>"
"authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων και αναδρομής</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:125
+#: C/index.docbook:131
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>"
"revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:131
+#: C/index.docbook:137
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</"
"συμπιεσμένου αρχείου</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:137
+#: C/index.docbook:143
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and "
"και διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:143
+#: C/index.docbook:149
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> "
"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</"
"revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:156
+#: C/index.docbook:162
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Εισαγωγή"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:158
+#: C/index.docbook:164
msgid ""
"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how "
"it is used."
"και τον τρόπο χρήσης του."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:164
+#: C/index.docbook:170
msgid "What is GTK-Doc?"
msgstr "Τι είναι το GTK-Doc;"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:166
+#: C/index.docbook:172
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the "
"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can "
"εφαρμογών."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:174
+#: C/index.docbook:180
msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?"
msgstr "Πώς λειτουργεί το GTK-Doc;"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:176
+#: C/index.docbook:182
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source "
"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the "
"συναρτήσεις)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:183
+#: C/index.docbook:189
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different "
"step in the process."
msgstr ""
-"Το GTK-Doc αποτελείται από μια σειρά σεναρίων perl , καθένα από τα οποία "
-"είναι υπεύθυνο για διαφορετικό στάδιο της όλης διαδικασίας."
+"Το GTK-Doc αποτελείται από μια σειρά δέσμης ενεργειών perl, καθένα από τα "
+"οÏ\80οία είναι Ï\85Ï\80εÏ\8dθÏ\85νο για διαÏ\86οÏ\81εÏ\84ικÏ\8c Ï\83Ï\84άδιο Ï\84ηÏ\82 Ï\8cληÏ\82 διαδικαÏ\83ίαÏ\82."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:188
+#: C/index.docbook:194
msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:"
msgstr "Η διαδικασία περιλαμβάνει 5 κύρια στάδια:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:195
+#: C/index.docbook:201
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the "
"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In "
"παράγονταν αυτόματα, αλλά αυτός ο τρόπος δεν συνιστάται πλέον.)"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:205
+#: C/index.docbook:211
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code "
"<filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:222
+#: C/index.docbook:228
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically "
"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves "
"Το <application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> μπορεί επίσης να χρησιμοποιηθεί "
"για να κάνει δυναμική αναζήτηση σε μια βιβλιοθήκη για ενδεχόμενες υποκλάσεις "
"GObject. Αποθηκεύει τις πληροφορίες για τη θέση κάθε αντικειμένου στην "
-"ιεÏ\81αÏ\81Ï\87ία κλάÏ\83εÏ\89ν καθÏ\8eÏ\82 και για Ï\84α οÏ\81ίÏ\83μαÏ\84α και σήματα GObject που περιέχει."
+"ιεÏ\81αÏ\81Ï\87ία κλάÏ\83εÏ\89ν καθÏ\8eÏ\82 και για Ï\84ιÏ\82 ιδιÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84εÏ\82 και σήματα GObject που περιέχει."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:228
+#: C/index.docbook:234
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was "
"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+."
msgstr ""
-"Το <application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> δεν Ï\80Ï\81ÎÏ\80ει να Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιείÏ\84ε "
+"Το <application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> δεν Ï\80Ï\81ÎÏ\80ει να Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιείÏ\84αι "
"πλέον. Χρειαζόταν στο παρελθόν όταν το GObject ήταν ακόμα GtkObject μέσα στη "
"gtk+."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:235
+#: C/index.docbook:241
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Generating the \"template\" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
"mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="
"και κανενός είδους τεκμηρίωση.)"
#. (itstool) path: note/para
-#: C/index.docbook:244
+#: C/index.docbook:250
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep "
"documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now "
"σύστημα ελέγχου εκδόσεων)."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:256
+#: C/index.docbook:262
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or "
"το βιβλίο τεκμηρίωσης XML."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:267
+#: C/index.docbook:273
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML "
"files in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. "
"package>.pdf</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:273
+#: C/index.docbook:279
msgid ""
"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="
"\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"
"Τα αρχεία στους καταλόγους <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename>, "
"<filename class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> και <filename class=\"directory"
"\">html/</filename> αντικαθίστανται αυτόματα. Επομένως, δεν πρέπει να τα "
-"αλλάζεÏ\84ε με Ï\84ο Ï\87ÎÏ\81ι."
+"εÏ\80εξεÏ\81γάζεÏ\83Ï\84ε αÏ\80εÏ\85θείαÏ\82."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:281
+#: C/index.docbook:287
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After "
"installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be "
"εγκατεστημένη η τεκμηρίωση)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:299
+#: C/index.docbook:305
msgid "Getting GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Λήψη GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:302
+#: C/index.docbook:308
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Απαιτήσεις"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:303
+#: C/index.docbook:309
msgid "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl."
msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - τα βασικά σενάρια είναι γραμμένα σε Perl."
+"<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - οι κύριες δέσμες ενεργειών είναι γραμμένες σε "
+"Perl."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:306
+#: C/index.docbook:312
msgid ""
"<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt <ulink url="
"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"
"\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:310
+#: C/index.docbook:316
msgid ""
"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url="
"\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http"
"\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>"
msgstr ""
-"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - τα
docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url="
+"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - τα
φύλλα στυλ docbook xsl <ulink url="
"\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http"
"\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:314
+#: C/index.docbook:320
msgid "<guilabel>Python</guilabel> - optional - for gtkdoc-depscan"
msgstr "<guilabel>Python</guilabel> - προαιρετική - για το gtkdoc-depscan"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:317
+#: C/index.docbook:323
msgid ""
"One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> "
"or <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of "
"examples"
msgstr ""
"Ένα από τα <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</"
-"guilabel> ή <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - που χρησιμοποιούνται για "
-"την επισήμανση της σύνταξης στα παραδείγματα"
+"guilabel> ή <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - προαιρετικά - που χρησιμοποιούνται "
+"για την επισήμανση της σύνταξης στα παραδείγματα"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:325
+#: C/index.docbook:331
msgid "About GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Περί GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:327 C/index.docbook:341
+#: C/index.docbook:333 C/index.docbook:347
msgid "(FIXME)"
msgstr "(ΠΡΟΣ ΔΙΟΡΘΩΣΗ)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:331
+#: C/index.docbook:337
msgid ""
"(History, authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans, "
"comparison with other similar systems.)"
msgstr ""
-"(Ιστορικό, συγγραφείς, ιστοσελίδες, ταχυδρομική λίστα, άδεια, μελλοντικά "
+"(Ιστορικό, συγγραφείς, ιστοσελίδες, λίστα αλληλογραφίας, άδεια, μελλοντικά "
"σχέδια, σύγκριση με άλλα παρόμοια συστήματα.)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:339
+#: C/index.docbook:345
msgid "About this Manual"
msgstr "Περί του εγχειριδίου"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:345
+#: C/index.docbook:351
msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)"
msgstr "(σε ποιους απευθύνεται, πού θα το βρείτε, άδεια)"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:354
+#: C/index.docbook:360
msgid "Setting up your project"
msgstr "Δημιουργώντας το δικό σας έργο"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:356
+#: C/index.docbook:362
msgid ""
"The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into "
"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. "
"Οι επόμενες ενότητες περιγράφουν τα βήματα που απαιτούνται για να "
"ενσωματώσετε το GTK-Doc στο έργο σας. Αυτές οι ενότητες προϋποθέτουν ότι "
"εργάζεσθε σε ένα έργο που λέγεται 'meep'. Το έργο περιέχει τη βιβλιοθήκη "
-"'libmeep' και Ï\84ην εÏ\86αÏ\81μογή 'meeper' για Ï\84ον Ï\84ελικÏ\8c Ï\87Ï\81ήÏ\83Ï\84η. Î Ï\81οÏ\8bÏ\80οÏ\84ίθεÏ\84αι "
-"επίσης ότι θα χρησιμοποιείτε το autoconf και το automake. Επιπλέον, η "
-"ενότητα <link linkend=\"plain_makefiles\">αρχεία makefiles ή άλλα συστήματα "
-"ανάπτυξης</link> περιγράφει τα βασικά που χρειάζονται για να δουλέψετε σε "
-"Îνα διαÏ\86οÏ\81εÏ\84ικÏ\8c ÎÏ\81γο."
+"'libmeep' και Ï\84ην εÏ\86αÏ\81μογή 'meeper' για Ï\84ον Ï\84ελικÏ\8c Ï\87Ï\81ήÏ\83Ï\84η. Î\98εÏ\89Ï\81οÏ\8dμε εÏ\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82, "
+"ότι θα χρησιμοποιείτε το autoconf και το automake. Επιπλέον, η ενότητα <link "
+"linkend=\"plain_makefiles\">αρχεία makefiles ή άλλα συστήματα ανάπτυξης</"
+"link> θα περιγράψει τα βασικά στοιχεία που απαιτούνται για να εργαστείτε σε "
+"μια διαÏ\86οÏ\81εÏ\84ική δÏ\8cμηÏ\83η Ï\81Ï\85θμίÏ\83εÏ\89ν."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:367
+#: C/index.docbook:373
msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation"
msgstr "Δημιουργία του σκελετού τεκμηρίωσης"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:369
+#: C/index.docbook:375
msgid ""
"Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference "
"(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is "
"περιλαμβάνουν μόνο μία βιβλιοθήκη."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:378
+#: C/index.docbook:384
msgid "Example directory structure"
msgstr "Παράδειγμα δομής καταλόγου"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:379
+#: C/index.docbook:385
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" meeper/\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:376
+#: C/index.docbook:382
msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>"
msgstr "Αυτό θα φαίνεται, λοιπόν, όπως εμφανίζεται παρακάτω: <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:394 C/index.docbook:401
+#: C/index.docbook:400 C/index.docbook:407
msgid "Integration with autoconf"
msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στο autoconf"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:396
+#: C/index.docbook:402
msgid ""
"Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> "
"script."
msgstr ""
-"ΠολÏ\8d εÏ\8dκολα! Î\91Ï\80λά Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83θÎÏ\84εÏ\84ε μία γÏ\81αμμή Ï\83Ï\84ο Ï\83ενάÏ\81ιο <filename>configure.ac</"
-"filename>."
+"ΠολÏ\8d εÏ\8dκολα! Î\91Ï\80λά Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83θÎÏ\84εÏ\84ε μία γÏ\81αμμή Ï\83Ï\84η δÎÏ\83μη ενεÏ\81γειÏ\8eν "
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:402
+#: C/index.docbook:408
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:414
+#: C/index.docbook:420
msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional"
-msgstr "Î Ï\81οαιÏ\81εÏ\84ικά κÏ\81αÏ\84ήστε το gtk-doc"
+msgstr "Î Ï\81οαιÏ\81εÏ\84ικά διαÏ\84ηÏ\81ήστε το gtk-doc"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:415
+#: C/index.docbook:421
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"])\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:409
+#: C/index.docbook:415
msgid ""
"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay "
"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as "
"function> at the start of a line. <_:example-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Αυτό απαιτεί από όλους τους προγραμματιστές να έχουν εγκατεστημένο το gtk-"
-"doc. Î\91ν είναι ενÏ\84άξει για Ï\84ο ÎÏ\81γο Ï\83αÏ\82 να ÎÏ\87εÏ\84ε μια εÏ\80ιÏ\80λÎον καÏ\84αÏ\83κεÏ\85ή "
-"ρυθμίσεων για το api-doc, μπορείτε να το επιλύσετε όπως αναφέρεται παρακάτω. "
-"Αφήστε το ως έχει, όσο το gtkdocize αναζητά την αρχή της σειράς για το "
+"doc. Î\91ν είναι ενÏ\84άξει για Ï\84ο ÎÏ\81γο Ï\83αÏ\82 να ÎÏ\87εÏ\84ε μια εÏ\80ιÏ\80λÎον δÏ\8cμηÏ\83η Ï\81Ï\85θμίÏ\83εÏ\89ν "
+"για το api-doc, μπορείτε να το επιλύσετε όπως αναφέρεται παρακάτω. Αφήστε το "
+"ως έχει, όσο το gtkdocize αναζητά την αρχή της σειράς για το "
"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>. <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:426
+#: C/index.docbook:432
msgid ""
"The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. "
"The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</application>. "
"symbol> επίσης προσθέτει αρκετούς διακόπτες ρύθμισης:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:432
+#: C/index.docbook:438
msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs"
-msgstr "--with-html-dir=ΔΙΑΔΡΟΜΗ : διαδρομή προς την εγκατεστημένη τεκμηρίωση"
+msgstr "--with-html-dir= PATH : διαδρομή προς την εγκατεστημένη τεκμηρίωση"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:433
+#: C/index.docbook:439
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]"
-msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc : χρήση gtk-doc για την τεκμηρίωση [default=no]"
+msgstr ""
+"--enable-gtk-doc : χρήση gtk-doc για τη δόμηση τεκμηρίωσης [προεπιλογή=no]"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:434
+#: C/index.docbook:440
msgid ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]"
msgstr ""
-"--enable-gtk-doc-html : παραγωγή τεκμηρίωσης σε μορφή html [default=yes]"
+"--enable-gtk-doc-html : δόμηση τεκμηρίωσης σε μορφή html [προεπιλογή=yes]"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:435
+#: C/index.docbook:441
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]"
-msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : παραγωγή τεκμηρίωσης σε μορφή pdf [default=no]"
+msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : δόμηση τεκμηρίωσης σε μορφή pdf [προεπιλογή=no]"
#. (itstool) path: important/para
-#: C/index.docbook:439
+#: C/index.docbook:445
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--"
"enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. "
"τον προγραμματιστή)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:447
+#: C/index.docbook:453
msgid ""
"Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you "
"<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows "
"<application>gtkdocize</application> to automatically copy the macro "
"definition for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project."
msgstr ""
-"Î\95Ï\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82, Ï\83Ï\85νιÏ\83Ï\84άÏ\84αι να Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83θÎÏ\83εÏ\84ε Ï\84ην ακÏ\8cλοÏ\85θη γÏ\81αμμή Ï\83Ï\84ο Ï\83ενάÏ\81ιο "
-"<filename>configure.ac</filename>. Î\95πιτρέπει στο <filename>gtkdocize</"
-"filename> να αντιγράφει αυτόματα τον ορισμό της μακροεντολής "
+"Î\95Ï\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82, Ï\83Ï\85νιÏ\83Ï\84άÏ\84αι να Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83θÎÏ\83εÏ\84ε Ï\84ην ακÏ\8cλοÏ\85θη γÏ\81αμμή Ï\83Ï\84η δÎÏ\83μη ενεÏ\81γειÏ\8eν "
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename>. Î\91Ï\85Ï\84Ï\8c επιτρέπει στο <filename>gtkdocize</"
+"filename> να αντιγράφει αυτόματα τον ορισμό της μακροεντολής για το "
"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> στο έργο σας."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:455
+#: C/index.docbook:461
msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize"
msgstr "Προετοιμασία για το gtkdocize"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:456
+#: C/index.docbook:462
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:461
+#: C/index.docbook:467
msgid ""
"After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update the "
"<filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running "
"<code>autoreconf -i</code> or <code>autogen.sh</code>."
msgstr ""
"Όταν όλες οι αλλαγές στο <filename>configure.ac</filename> έχουν γίνει, "
-"ενημερώστε το αρχείο <filename>ρύθμιση</filename>. Αυτό μπορείτε να το "
+"ενημερώστε το αρχείο <filename>configure</filename>. Αυτό μπορείτε να το "
"κάνετε επανεκετελώντας το <code>autoreconf -i</code> ή το <code>autogen.sh</"
"code>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:469
+#: C/index.docbook:475
msgid "Integration with automake"
msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στο automake"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:471
+#: C/index.docbook:477
msgid ""
"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class="
"\"directory\">examples</filename> sub directory of the <ulink url=\"https://"
"επαναλάβετε αυτό το βήμα για το καθένα απο αυτά."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:482
+#: C/index.docbook:488
msgid ""
"The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</"
"filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their "
"am</filename>. Πριν από κάθε ρύθμιση υπάρχει ένα σχόλιο που εξηγεί τη "
"χρησιμότητά της. Οι περισσότερες είναι σημαίες που στέλνονται στα αντίστοιχα "
"εργαλεία. Κάθε εργαλείο διαθέτει μια μεταβλητή της μορφής <option><"
-"ΟΝΟΜΑ_ΕΡΓΑΛΕΙΟΥ>_ΕΠΙΛΟΓΕΣ</option>. όλα τα εργαλεία υποστηρίζουν την "
-"επιλογή <option>--help</option> για την παραγωγή λίστας με τις "
-"Ï\85Ï\80οÏ\83Ï\84ηÏ\81ιζÏ\8cμενεÏ\82 Ï\80αÏ\81αμÎÏ\84Ï\81οÏ\85Ï\82."
+"TOOLNAME>_OPTIONS</option>. Όλα τα εργαλεία υποστηρίζουν την επιλογή "
+"<option>--help</option> για την παραγωγή λίστας με τις υποστηριζόμενες "
+"παραμέτρους."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:496
+#: C/index.docbook:502
msgid "Integration with autogen"
msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση στο autogen"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:498
+#: C/index.docbook:504
msgid ""
"Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup "
"the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such "
"autoheader, automake or autoconf."
msgstr ""
"Τα περισσότερα έργα διαθέτουν ένα σενάριο <filename>autogen.sh</filename> "
-"για τη δημιουργία υποδομών μετά από έναν έλεγχο από το σύστημα ελέγχου "
-"εκδόσεων (π.χ., cvs/svn/git). Το GTK-Doc διαθέτει το εργαλείο "
-"<filename>gtkdocize</filename>, το οποίο μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για ένα "
-"τέτοιο σενάριο. Θα πρέπει να εκτελείται πριν το autoheader, το automake ή το "
-"autoconf."
+"για τη δόμηση υποδομών μετά από έναν έλεγχο από το σύστημα ελέγχου εκδόσεων "
+"(π.χ., cvs/svn/git). Το GTK-Doc διαθέτει το εργαλείο <filename>gtkdocize</"
+"filename>, το οποίο μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για ένα τέτοιο σενάριο. Θα "
+"πρέπει να εκτελείται πριν το autoheader, το automake ή το autoconf."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:507
+#: C/index.docbook:513
msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh"
msgstr "Εκτέλεση του gtkdocize από το autogen.sh"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:508
+#: C/index.docbook:514
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"gtkdocize || exit 1\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:514
+#: C/index.docbook:520
msgid ""
"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-"
"doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the "
msgstr ""
"Κατά την εκτέλεσή του, το <filename>gtkdocize</filename> αντιγράφει το "
"<filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> στο ριζικό κατάλογο του έργου σας (ή στον "
-"καÏ\84άλογο Ï\80οÏ\85 οÏ\81ίζει η εÏ\80ιλογή <option>--docdir</option>). Î\95Ï\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82, ελÎγÏ\87ει Ï\84ο "
-"σενάριο configure για να βρει την κλήση στο <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</"
+"καÏ\84άλογο Ï\80οÏ\85 οÏ\81ίζει η εÏ\80ιλογή <option>--docdir</option>). Î\95Ï\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82, ελÎγÏ\87ει Ï\84η "
+"δέσμη ενεργειών configure για να βρει την κλήση στο <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</"
"function>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:523
+#: C/index.docbook:529
msgid ""
"Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered "
"the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having "
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:540 C/index.docbook:557
+#: C/index.docbook:546 C/index.docbook:563
msgid "Running the doc build"
-msgstr "ΠαÏ\81αγÏ\89γή Ï\84ης τεκμηρίωσης"
+msgstr "Î\95κÏ\84ÎλεÏ\83η Ï\84ηÏ\82 δÏ\8cμηÏ\83ης τεκμηρίωσης"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:542
+#: C/index.docbook:548
msgid ""
"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun "
"<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then "
"give it the <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> option. Otherwise manually run "
"<filename>configure</filename> with this option afterwards."
msgstr ""
-"Αφού ολοκληρωθούν τα προηγούμενα βήματα, προχωρήστε στην παραγωγή. Πρώτα, θα "
+"Αφού ολοκληρωθούν τα προηγούμενα βήματα, προχωρήστε στην δόμηση. Πρώτα, θα "
"πρέπει να εκτελεσθεί εκ νέου το <filename>autogen.sh</filename>. Αν το "
"σενάριο εκτελεί και το configure, προσθέστε την επιλογή <option>--enable-gtk-"
"doc</option>. Διαφορετικά, εκτελέστε εσείς το<filename>configure</filename> "
"με αυτή την επιλογή."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:549
+#: C/index.docbook:555
msgid ""
"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-"
"directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</"
"παρελθόν .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:558
+#: C/index.docbook:564
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"make\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:564
+#: C/index.docbook:570
msgid ""
"Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/"
"index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, "
"κεφάλαιο θα μάθετε πώς μπορείτε να ζωντανέψετε τις σελίδες σας."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:572
+#: C/index.docbook:578
msgid "Integration with version control systems"
msgstr "Ενσωμάτωση σε συστήματα ελέγχου εκδόσεων"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:574
+#: C/index.docbook:580
msgid ""
-"As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under "
-"version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><"
-"package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> "
-"(in the past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, "
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
+"As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under version "
+"control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><package>."
+"types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the "
+"past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Ο εμπειρικός κανόνας είναι ότι αυτά τα αρχεία που επεξεργασθήκατε πρέπει να "
"περάσουν από τον έλεγχο έκδοσης. Για τυπικά έργα, πρόκειται για τα αρχεία: "
-"<filename><package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.."
+"<filename><package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs."
"xml</filename> (στο παρελθόν .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
-"filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
+"filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:588
+msgid ""
+"Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename> "
+"directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of the "
+"<filename>.stamp</filename> files."
+msgstr ""
+"Αρχεία στους καταλόγους <filename>xml/</filename> και <filename>html/</"
+"filename> δεν θα πρέπει να υποβληθούν σε έλεγχο έκδοσης. Ούτε και αρχεία "
+"<filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:585
+#: C/index.docbook:596
msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"
-msgstr "Î\95νÏ\83Ï\89μάÏ\84Ï\89Ï\83η Ï\83Ï\84α αÏ\81Ï\87εία makefiles ή άλλα Ï\83Ï\85Ï\83Ï\84ήμαÏ\84α ανάÏ\80Ï\84Ï\85ξης"
+msgstr "Î\95νÏ\83Ï\89μάÏ\84Ï\89Ï\83η Ï\83Ï\84α αÏ\81Ï\87εία makefiles ή άλλα Ï\83Ï\85Ï\83Ï\84ήμαÏ\84α δÏ\8cμηÏ\83ης"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:587
+#: C/index.docbook:598
msgid ""
"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-"
"doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order "
msgstr ""
"Στην περίπτωση που κάποιος δε θέλει να χρησιμοποιήσει το automake και, "
"επομένως, το <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> θα χρειαστεί να καλέσει τα "
-"εργαλεία του gtkdoc στη σωστή σειρά στα makefiles (ή άλλα εργαλεία "
-"ανάπτυξης)."
+"εργαλεία του gtkdoc στη σωστή σειρά στα makefiles (ή άλλα εργαλεία δόμησης)."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:594
+#: C/index.docbook:605
msgid "Documentation build steps"
-msgstr "Βήματα παραγωγής τεκμηρίωσης"
+msgstr "Βήματα δόμησης τεκμηρίωσης"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:595
+#: C/index.docbook:606
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"DOC_MODULE=meep\n"
"// sources have changed\n"
-"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...\n"
+"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n"
"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"
-"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml\n"
+"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n"
"// xml files have changed\n"
"mkdir html\n"
"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"
"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:609
+#: C/index.docbook:620
msgid ""
"One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and "
"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed."
"χρειάζονται."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:618
+#: C/index.docbook:629
msgid "Documenting the code"
msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση κώδικα"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:620
+#: C/index.docbook:631
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code "
"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure "
"λεπτομέρειες για τη σύνταξη αυτών των σχολίων."
#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/index.docbook:628
+#: C/index.docbook:639
msgid "Documentation placement"
msgstr "Τοποθέτηση τεκμηρίωσης"
#. (itstool) path: note/para
-#: C/index.docbook:629
+#: C/index.docbook:640
msgid ""
"In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside "
"the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the "
"συγκρούσεις με τα συστήματα ελέγχου εκδόσεων."
#. (itstool) path: note/para
-#: C/index.docbook:635
+#: C/index.docbook:646
msgid ""
"The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation "
"inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting "
"περιγράψουμε σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:646 C/index.docbook:663
+#: C/index.docbook:657 C/index.docbook:674
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block"
msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:647
+#: C/index.docbook:658
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#endif\n"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:642
+#: C/index.docbook:653
msgid ""
"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of "
"receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can "
"hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>"
msgstr ""
-"Ο σαρωτής μπορεί να χειρισθεί άνετα την πλειοψηφία των κεφαλίδων C . Σε "
+"Ο σαρωτής μπορεί να χειρισθεί άνετα την πλειοψηφία των κεφαλίδων C. Σε "
"περίπτωση που παίρνετε προειδοποιήσεις από τον σαρωτή οι οποίες μοιάζουν με "
"έναν ειδικό χαρακτήρα, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε στο GTK-Doc να τους "
"παραλείψει. <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:658
+#: C/index.docbook:669
msgid "Documentation comments"
msgstr "Σχόλια τεκμηρίωσης"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:664
+#: C/index.docbook:675
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:660
+#: C/index.docbook:671
msgid ""
"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation "
"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>"
"Doc. <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:673
+#: C/index.docbook:684
msgid ""
"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is "
"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add "
"στοιχείου. (ΜΕΛΛΟΝΤΙΚΑ: να προστεθεί πίνακας με τα αναγνωριστικά)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:679
+#: C/index.docbook:690
msgid ""
"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol "
"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter "
"κώδικα)."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:696
+#: C/index.docbook:707
msgid ""
"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for "
"people coming from a different background."
"παραπλανητικό για ανθρώπους που δεν έχουν τεχνογνωσία στο θέμα."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:702
+#: C/index.docbook:713
msgid ""
"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API."
msgstr ""
"Τι κάνει: Αναφέρει τις κοινές χρήσεις και τις βάζει σε σχέση με άλλο API."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:692
+#: C/index.docbook:703
msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Όταν τεκμηριώνετε κώδικα, περιγράψτε δύο πλευρές: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:717
+#: C/index.docbook:728
msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments."
msgstr ""
"Χρησιμοποιήστε το function() για να αναφερθείτε σε συναρτήσεις ή "
"μακροεντολές που δέχονται ορίσματα."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:722
+#: C/index.docbook:733
msgid ""
"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to "
"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described."
"συναρτήσεων, σχετικών με την περιγραφόμενη."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:728
+#: C/index.docbook:739
msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
msgstr ""
"Χρησιμοποιήστε το %constant για να αναφερθείτε σε σταθερές, π.χ. "
"%G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:733
+#: C/index.docbook:744
msgid ""
"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and "
"macros which don't take arguments."
"δομές, αριθμήσεις και μακροεντολές που δε δέχονται ορίσματα."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:739
+#: C/index.docbook:750
msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal."
msgstr ""
"Χρησιμοποιήστε το #Object::signal για να αναφερθείτε σε ένα σήμα GObject."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:744
+#: C/index.docbook:755
msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property."
msgstr ""
"Χρησιμοποιήστε το #Object::property για να αναφερθείτε σε μία ιδιότητα "
"GObject."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:749
+#: C/index.docbook:760
msgid ""
"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass."
"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod."
"δομή και #GObjectClass.foo_bar() για να αναφερθείτε σε μια vmethod."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:711
+#: C/index.docbook:722
msgid ""
"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in "
"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. "
"itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Ένα πλεονέκτημα της χρήσης υπερκειμένου αντί για απλό κείμενο, είναι η "
-"δÏ\85ναÏ\84Ï\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84α Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83θήκηÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νδÎÏ\83μÏ\89ν Ï\83Ï\84ο ÎγγÏ\81αÏ\86ο. ΩÏ\83Ï\84Ï\8cÏ\83ο, η Ï\87Ï\81ήÏ\83η της σωστής "
-"σύνταξης για τη δημιουργία συνδέσμων μπορεί να είναι αρκετά κουραστική "
-"διαδικαÏ\83ία. Το GTK-Doc Ï\83αÏ\82 βοηθάει, Ï\80αÏ\81ÎÏ\87ονÏ\84άÏ\82 Ï\83αÏ\82 μια Ï\83ειÏ\81ά αÏ\80Ï\8c Ï\87Ï\81ήÏ\83ιμεÏ\82 "
-"συντμήσεις. <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+"δÏ\85ναÏ\84Ï\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84α Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83θήκηÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νδÎÏ\83μÏ\89ν Ï\83Ï\84ο ÎγγÏ\81αÏ\86ο. ΩÏ\83Ï\84Ï\8cÏ\83ο, η Ï\83Ï\85γγÏ\81αÏ\86ή της σωστής "
+"επισήμανσης για έναν σύνδεσμο μπορεί να είναι αρκετά κουραστική διαδικασία. "
+"Το GTK-Doc Ï\83αÏ\82 βοηθάει, Ï\80αÏ\81ÎÏ\87ονÏ\84άÏ\82 Ï\83αÏ\82 μια Ï\83ειÏ\81ά αÏ\80Ï\8c Ï\87Ï\81ήÏ\83ιμεÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νÏ\84ομεÏ\8dÏ\83ειÏ\82. "
+"<_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:758
+#: C/index.docbook:769
msgid ""
"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or "
"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML "
"διαφυγής."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:767
+#: C/index.docbook:778
msgid ""
"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, "
"headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a "
"εμφανίζονται σαν γραμμές που αρχίζουν με μια παύλα."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:778
+#: C/index.docbook:789
msgid ""
"In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, "
"you would need to enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-"
"μέσα στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:788
+#: C/index.docbook:799
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown"
msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου GTK-Doc χρησιμοποιώντας Markdown"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:789
+#: C/index.docbook:800
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"/**\n"
-" * ταυτοποιητικό:\n"
+" * identifier:\n"
" *\n"
-" * παράγραφος τεκμηρίωσης ...\n"
+" * documentation paragraph ...\n"
" *\n"
-" * # Υπο Κεφαλίδα #\n"
+" * # Sub Heading #\n"
" *\n"
-" * ## Δεύτερη Υπο Κεφαλίδα\n"
+" * ## Second Sub Heading\n"
" *\n"
-" * # Υπο Κεφαλίδα με έναν αγκυρωμένο σύνδεσμο # {#heading-two}\n"
+" * # Sub Heading With a Link Anchor # {#heading-two}\n"
" *\n"
-" * περισσότερη τεκμηρίωση:\n"
+" * more documentation:\n"
" *\n"
-" * - καταχώρηση λίστας 1\n"
+" * - list item 1\n"
" *\n"
-" * Παράγραφος μέσα σε μια καταχώρηση λίστας.\n"
+" * Paragraph inside a list item.\n"
" *\n"
-" * - καταχώρηση λίστας 2\n"
+" * - list item 2\n"
" *\n"
-" * 1. αριθμημένη καταχώρηση λίστας\n"
+" * 1. numbered list item\n"
" *\n"
-" * 2. μια άλλη αριθμημένη καταχώρηση λίστας\n"
+" * 2. another numbered list item\n"
" *\n"
-" * Μια άλλη παράγραφος. [Ένας σύνδεσμος στον ιστότοπο του GNOME](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"
+" * Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"
" *\n"
-" * ![μια εικόνα inline][plot-result.png]\n"
+" * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]\n"
" *\n"
-" * [Ένας σύνδεσμος στον παραπάνω heading anchor][heading-two]\n"
+" * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]\n"
" *\n"
-" * Ένα παράδειγμα γλώσσας-C:\n"
-" * |[<!-- γλώσσα=\"C\" -->\n"
-" * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (\"Υπέροχη!\");\n"
+" * A C-language example:\n"
+" * |[<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n"
+" * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (\"Gorgeous!\");\n"
" * ]|\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:828
+#: C/index.docbook:839
msgid ""
"More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink "
"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown"
"Reference</ulink>."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:834
+#: C/index.docbook:845
msgid ""
"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one "
"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to "
"να εισαχθεί το όνομα του συμβόλου στην κατάλληλη θέση του αρχείου ενοτήτων."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:848
+#: C/index.docbook:859
msgid "Documenting sections"
msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση ενοτήτων"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:850
+#: C/index.docbook:861
msgid ""
"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or "
"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short "
"description is also used inside the table of contents. All the @fields are "
"optional."
msgstr ""
-"Î\9aάθε ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84α Ï\84ηÏ\82 Ï\84εκμηÏ\81ίÏ\89Ï\83ηÏ\82 Ï\80εÏ\81ιÎÏ\87ει Ï\80ληÏ\81οÏ\86οÏ\81ίεÏ\82 για μία κλάση ή ένα "
+"Î\9aάθε ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84α Ï\84ηÏ\82 Ï\84εκμηÏ\81ίÏ\89Ï\83ηÏ\82 Ï\80εÏ\81ιÎÏ\87ει Ï\80ληÏ\81οÏ\86οÏ\81ίεÏ\82 για μια κλάση ή ένα "
"άρθρωμα. Για να εισάγετε το συστατικό μπορείτε να γράψετε ένα μπλοκ σχολίου "
"ενότητας. Η σύντομη αυτή περιγραφή χρησιμοποιείται και για τον πίνακα "
"περιεχομένων. Όλα τα πεδία @fields είναι προαιρετικά."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:858
+#: C/index.docbook:869
msgid "Section comment block"
msgstr "Μπλοκ σχολίου ενότητας"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:859
+#: C/index.docbook:870
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:878
+#: C/index.docbook:889
msgid "SECTION:<name>"
msgstr "SECTION:<name>"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:880
+#: C/index.docbook:891
msgid ""
"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name give here "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:889
+#: C/index.docbook:900
msgid "@short_description"
msgstr "@short_description"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:891
+#: C/index.docbook:902
msgid ""
"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the "
"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page."
msgstr ""
-"ΠεÏ\81ιγÏ\81αÏ\86ή Ï\84ηÏ\82 ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84αÏ\82 Ï\83ε μία γραμμή, η οποία θα εμφανίζεται, στη συνέχεια, "
+"ΠεÏ\81ιγÏ\81αÏ\86ή Ï\84ηÏ\82 ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84αÏ\82 Ï\83ε μια γραμμή, η οποία θα εμφανίζεται, στη συνέχεια, "
"μετά από τους συνδέσμους του πίνακα περιεχομένων και στην αρχή της σελίδας "
"της ενότητας."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:898
+#: C/index.docbook:909
msgid "@title"
msgstr "@title"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:900
+#: C/index.docbook:911
msgid ""
"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It "
"can be overridden with the @title field."
"SECTION. Μπορεί να παρακαμφθεί με το πεδίο @title."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:907
+#: C/index.docbook:918
msgid "@section_id"
msgstr "@section_id"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:909
+#: C/index.docbook:920
msgid ""
"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <"
"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <"
"άλλες ενότητες είναι <MODULE>-<title>."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:917
+#: C/index.docbook:928
msgid "@see_also"
msgstr "@see_also"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:919
+#: C/index.docbook:930
msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section."
msgstr "Λίστα συμβόλων σχετικών με αυτή την ενότητα."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:925
+#: C/index.docbook:936
msgid "@stability"
msgstr "@stability"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:932
+#: C/index.docbook:943
msgid ""
"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third "
"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have "
"λόγους."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:944
+#: C/index.docbook:955
msgid ""
"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are "
"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly "
"συμβατότητας μεταξύ μιας ελάσσονας έκδοσης και της επόμενης."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:956
+#: C/index.docbook:967
msgid ""
"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but "
"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in "
"σαφώς καθορισμένων και τεκμηριωμένων διαδικασιών."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:965
+#: C/index.docbook:976
msgid ""
"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require "
"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be "
"περιέχουν τεκμηρίωση εκλαμβάνονται ως εσωτερικές."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:927
+#: C/index.docbook:938
msgid ""
"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend "
"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
"συνιστούμε τη χρήση ενός από τους ακόλουθους όρους: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:977
+#: C/index.docbook:988
msgid "@include"
msgstr "@include"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:979
+#: C/index.docbook:990
msgid ""
"The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a "
"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="
"link> ή στη γραμμή εντολών. Πρόκειται για προαιρετικό στοιχείο."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:988
+#: C/index.docbook:999
msgid "@image"
msgstr "@image"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:990
+#: C/index.docbook:1001
msgid ""
"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This "
"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of "
"καταχώρηση είναι προαιρετική."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1001
+#: C/index.docbook:1012
msgid ""
"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs "
"into the c-source where possible."
"αρχείο του πηγαίου κώδικα, όπου αυτό είναι δυνατό."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1010
+#: C/index.docbook:1021
msgid "Documenting symbols"
msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση συμβόλων"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1012
+#: C/index.docbook:1023
msgid ""
"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is "
"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the "
"enums in the header file."
msgstr ""
"Κάθε σύμβολο (συνάρτηση, μακροεντολή, δομή, αρίθμηση, σήμα, ιδιότητα) "
-"τεκμηριώνεται σε ξεχωριστό μπλοκ. Η καταλληλότερη θέση για τα μπλοκ είναι "
+"τεκμηριώνεται σε ξεχωριστή ομάδα. Η καταλληλότερη θέση για τις ομάδες είναι "
"δίπλα στους ορισμούς των συμβόλων, γιατί διευκολύνει το έργο συγχρονισμού. "
"Επομένως, η τεκμηρίωση των συναρτήσεων συνήθως βρίσκεται στο αρχείο του "
"πηγαίου κώδικα, ενώ των μακροεντολών, δομών και αριθμήσεων στο αρχείο "
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1020 C/index.docbook:1049
+#: C/index.docbook:1031 C/index.docbook:1060
msgid "General tags"
msgstr "Γενικές ετικέτες"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1022
+#: C/index.docbook:1033
msgid ""
"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell "
"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."
"τεκμηρίωσης για να πείτε πότε εισήχθηκε ένα API, ή πότε καταργήθηκε."
#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1027
+#: C/index.docbook:1038
msgid "Versioning Tags"
msgstr "Εκδόσεις Ετικετών"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1028
+#: C/index.docbook:1039
msgid "Since:"
msgstr "Από:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1030
+#: C/index.docbook:1041
msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available."
msgstr "Περιγραφή οπό ποια έκδοση του κώδικα και μετά είναι διαθέσιμο το API."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1035
+#: C/index.docbook:1046
msgid "Deprecated:"
msgstr "Παρωχημένη:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1037
+#: C/index.docbook:1048
msgid ""
"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The "
"description should point the reader to the new API."
"συνάρτησης. Η περιγραφή θα πρέπει να παραπέμπει τον αναγνώστη στο νέο API."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1045
+#: C/index.docbook:1056
msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"
msgstr "(FIXME : Πληροφορίες σταθερότητας)"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1050
+#: C/index.docbook:1061
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" * foo_get_bar:\n"
" * @foo: some foo\n"
" *\n"
-" * Ανάκτηση του @foo's bar.\n"
+" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
" *\n"
-" * Επιστρέφει: @foo's bar\n"
+" * Returns: @foo's bar\n"
" *\n"
-" * Από το: 2.6\n"
-" * Παρωχημένο: 2.12: Χρησιμοποιείστε το foo_baz_get_bar() στη θέση του.\n"
+" * Since: 2.6\n"
+" * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n"
" */\n"
"Bar *\n"
"foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1070 C/index.docbook:1106
+#: C/index.docbook:1081 C/index.docbook:1117
msgid "Function comment block"
-msgstr "Î\9cÏ\80λοκ Ï\83Ï\87ολίοÏ\85 συνάρτησης"
+msgstr "Î\9fμάδα Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν συνάρτησης"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1076
+#: C/index.docbook:1087
msgid ""
"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/"
"unrefed/released."
msgstr ""
-"Τεκμηριώσετε κατά πόσο τα επιστρεφόμενα αντικείμενα, λίστες, συμβολοσειρές, "
-"κ.λÏ\80, θα Ï\80Ï\81ÎÏ\80ει να ελεÏ\85θεÏ\81Ï\8eνονÏ\84αι, να μην ελεÏ\85θεÏ\81Ï\8eνονÏ\84αι ή να αÏ\80οÏ\81Ï\81ίÏ\80Ï\84ονÏ\84αι."
+"Τεκμηριώστε κατά πόσο τα επιστρεφόμενα αντικείμενα, λίστες, συμβολοσειρές, κ."
+"λπ, θα πρέπει να ελευθερώνονται, να μην ελευθερώνονται ή να απορρίπτονται."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1082
+#: C/index.docbook:1093
msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are."
msgstr ""
"Τεκμηριώσετε κατά πόσο οι παράμετροι μπορούν να είναι μηδενικές (NULL) και "
"τι συμβαίνει αν είναι."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1087
+#: C/index.docbook:1098
msgid ""
"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate."
msgstr ""
"Αναφέρετε ενδιαφέρουσες προ-καταστάσεις και μετα-καταστάσεις όπου χρειάζεται."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1072 C/index.docbook:1165
+#: C/index.docbook:1083 C/index.docbook:1176
msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Παρακαλούμε να θυμηθείτε να: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1094
+#: C/index.docbook:1105
msgid ""
"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are "
"private. They are treated like static functions."
"συναρτήσεις."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1099
+#: C/index.docbook:1110
msgid ""
"Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1107
+#: C/index.docbook:1118
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
"/**\n"
" * function_name:\n"
-" * @par1: περιγραφή της παραμέτρου 1. Αυτά μπορουν να επεκταθούν επί πολύ περισσότερο από\n"
-" * μια γραμμή.\n"
-" * @par2: περιγραφή της παραμέτρου 2\n"
-" * @...: a %NULL-terminated λίστα γραμμών\n"
+" * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than\n"
+" * one line.\n"
+" * @par2: description of parameter 2\n"
+" * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars\n"
" *\n"
-" * Η περιγραφή παραμέτρου πηγαίνει εδώ. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το @par1 για να αναφερθείτε στις παραμέτρους\n"
-" * έτσι ώστε να τονίζονται έντονα στην έξοδο. Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε το %constant\n"
-" * για τις σταθερές, το function_name2() για τις συναρτήσεις και το #GtkWidget για συνδέσμους σε\n"
-" * άλλες δηλώσεις (που μπορεί να τεκμηριώνονται αλλού).\n"
+" * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters\n"
+" * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant\n"
+" * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to\n"
+" * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).\n"
" *\n"
-" * Επιστρέφει: έναν ακέραιο.\n"
+" * Returns: an integer.\n"
" *\n"
-" * Από την: 2.2\n"
-" * Παρωχημένη: 2.18: Χρησιμοποιήστε αντιθέτως μια άλλη_συνάρτηση().\n"
+" * Since: 2.2\n"
+" * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.\n"
" */\n"
-"\n"
#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1128
+#: C/index.docbook:1139
msgid "Function tags"
msgstr "Ετικέτες συναρτήσεων"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1129
+#: C/index.docbook:1140
msgid "Returns:"
-msgstr "Returns:"
+msgstr "Επιστροφές:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1131
+#: C/index.docbook:1142
msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result."
msgstr "Παράγραφος που περιγράφει το επιστρεφόμενο αποτέλεσμα."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1136
+#: C/index.docbook:1147
msgid "@...:"
msgstr "@...:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1138
+#: C/index.docbook:1149
msgid ""
"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag "
"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)."
msgstr ""
-"Σε περίπτωση που η μεταβλητή μπορεί να δεχθεί μεταβλητό αριθμό ορισμάτων "
+"Σε περίπτωση που η συνάρτηση μπορεί να δεχθεί μεταβλητό αριθμό ορισμάτων "
"(variadic), πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την ετικέτα (η ετικέτα @Varargs: "
"λειτουργεί επίσης, για ιστορικούς λόγους)."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1148 C/index.docbook:1150
+#: C/index.docbook:1159 C/index.docbook:1161
msgid "Property comment block"
-msgstr "Î\9cÏ\80λοκ Ï\83Ï\87ολίοÏ\85 ιδιότητας"
+msgstr "Î\9fμάδα Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν ιδιότητας"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1151
+#: C/index.docbook:1162
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/**\n"
" * SomeWidget:some-property:\n"
" *\n"
-" * Εδώ μπορείτε να τεκμηριώσετε μια ιδιότητα.\n"
+" * Here you can document a property.\n"
" */\n"
"g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1163 C/index.docbook:1182
+#: C/index.docbook:1174 C/index.docbook:1193
msgid "Signal comment block"
-msgstr "Î\9cÏ\80λοκ Ï\83Ï\87ολίοÏ\85 σήματος"
+msgstr "Î\9fμάδα Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν σήματος"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1169
+#: C/index.docbook:1180
msgid ""
"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or "
"after other signals."
"άλλα σήματα."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1175
+#: C/index.docbook:1186
msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler."
msgstr "Τεκμηριώστε τι μπορεί να κάνει μια εφαρμογή στον διαχειριστή σημάτων."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1183
+#: C/index.docbook:1194
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" * @foo: some foo\n"
" * @bar: some bar\n"
" *\n"
-" * Το ::foobar-οποιημένο σήμα εκπέμπεται κάθε φορά που κάποιος προσπαθεί να foobar-οποιήσει το @widget.\n"
+" * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.\n"
" */\n"
"foo_signals[FOOBARIZE] =\n"
" g_signal_new (\"foobarize\",\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1200 C/index.docbook:1201
+#: C/index.docbook:1211 C/index.docbook:1212
msgid "Struct comment block"
-msgstr "Î\9cÏ\80λοκ Ï\83Ï\87ολίοÏ\85 δομής"
+msgstr "Î\9fμάδα Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν δομής"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1202
+#: C/index.docbook:1213
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" * FooWidget:\n"
" * @bar: some #gboolean\n"
" *\n"
-" * Αυτό είναι το καλύτερο widget που υπήρξε ποτέ.\n"
+" * This is the best widget, ever.\n"
" */\n"
"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
" /*< private >*/\n"
"} FooWidget;\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1219
+#: C/index.docbook:1230
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
"public >*/</code>για την αντίστροφη συμπεριφορά."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1225
+#: C/index.docbook:1236
msgid ""
"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It "
"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has "
"here is that this creates two index entries of the same name (the structure "
"and the section)."
msgstr ""
-"Î\9fι ομάδεÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν μιαÏ\82 Î\94ομής μπορούν επίσης να χρησιμοποιηθούν για GObjects "
+"Î\9fι ομάδεÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν μιαÏ\82 δομής μπορούν επίσης να χρησιμοποιηθούν για GObjects "
"και για GObjectClasses. Είναι συνήθως καλή ιδέα να προσθέτετε μία ομάδα "
"σχολίου για μια κλάση, εάν έχει vmethods (γιατί έτσι μπορούν να "
"τεκμηριωθούν). Για το ίδιο το GObject μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα σχετικά "
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1237 C/index.docbook:1238
+#: C/index.docbook:1248 C/index.docbook:1249
msgid "Enum comment block"
-msgstr "Î\9cÏ\80λοκ Ï\83Ï\87ολίοÏ\85 Enum"
+msgstr "Î\9fμάδα Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν Enum"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1239
+#: C/index.docbook:1250
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n"
" * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n"
" *\n"
-" * Τιμές απαρίθμησης που χρησιμοποιούνται για το πράγμα, για τον ορισμό του πράγματος.\n"
+" * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n"
" */\n"
"typedef enum {\n"
" SOMETHING_FOO,\n"
" SOMETHING_BAR,\n"
" /*< private >*/\n"
" SOMETHING_COUNT\n"
-"} Something·\n"
+"} Something;\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1256
+#: C/index.docbook:1267
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
">*/</code> για την αντίστροφη συμπεριφορά."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1266
+#: C/index.docbook:1277
msgid "Useful DocBook tags"
msgstr "Χρήσιμες ετικέτες DocBook"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1268
+#: C/index.docbook:1279
msgid ""
"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code."
msgstr ""
"του κώδικα."
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1277
+#: C/index.docbook:1288
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1273
+#: C/index.docbook:1284
msgid ""
"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The "
"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. "
"name. Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML/XML."
msgstr ""
"Για να συνδεθείτε με μια άλλη ενότητα στην τεκμηρίωση GTK: <_:"
-"informalexample-1/> Ο προορισμός είναι το id του SGML/XML στο πρώτο στοιχείο "
-"Ï\84ηÏ\82 Ï\83ελίδαÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\84ην οÏ\80οία Ï\80αÏ\81αÏ\80ÎμÏ\80ει ο Ï\83Ï\8dνδεÏ\83μοÏ\82. Î\93ια Ï\84ιÏ\82 Ï\80εÏ\81ιÏ\83Ï\83Ï\8cÏ\84εÏ\81εÏ\82 Ï\83ελίδες "
-"είναι το (\"gtk\", \"gdk\", glib\"), ακολουθούμενο από τον τίτλο της σελίδας "
-"(«Πίνακες Hash»). Για τα γραφικά συστατικά είναι το όνομα της κλάσης. Τα "
-"διαστήματα και τα «_» μετατρέπονται σε «-» για να υπάρχει συμμόρφωση με το "
-"SGML/XML."
+"informalexample-1/> Ο προορισμός είναι το αναγνωριστικό του SGML/XML στο "
+"Ï\80Ï\81Ï\8eÏ\84ο Ï\83Ï\84οιÏ\87είο Ï\84ηÏ\82 Ï\83ελίδαÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\84ην οÏ\80οία Ï\80αÏ\81αÏ\80ÎμÏ\80ει ο Ï\83Ï\8dνδεÏ\83μοÏ\82. Î\93ια Ï\84ις "
+"περισσότερες σελίδες είναι το (\"gtk\", \"gdk\", glib\"), ακολουθούμενο από "
+"τον τίτλο της σελίδας (\"Πίνακες Hash\"). Για τα γραφικά συστατικά είναι το "
+"όνομα της κλάσης. Τα διαστήματα και τα «_» μετατρέπονται σε «-» για να "
+"υπάρχει συμμόρφωση με το SGML/XML."
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1290
+#: C/index.docbook:1301
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<function>...</function>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1287
+#: C/index.docbook:1298
msgid ""
"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1299
+#: C/index.docbook:1310
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<example>\n"
-" <title>Χρησιμοποιώντας έναν πίνακα GHashTable.</title>\n"
+" <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n"
" <programlisting>\n"
" ...\n"
" </programlisting>\n"
"</example>\n"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1310
+#: C/index.docbook:1321
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"</informalexample>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1296
+#: C/index.docbook:1307
msgid ""
"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very "
"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For "
msgstr ""
"Συμπερίληψη παραδειγμάτων κώδικα: <_:informalexample-1/> ή, ενδεχομένως, για "
"πολύ σύντομο κώδικα που δεν χρειάζεται τίτλο: <_:informalexample-2/>. Στην "
-"τελευταία περίπτωση το GTK-Doc υποστηρίζει επίσης τη σύντμηση: |[ ... ]|"
+"τελευταία περίπτωση το GTK-Doc υποστηρίζει επίσης μια συντόμευση: |[ ... ]|"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1329
+#: C/index.docbook:1340
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"</itemizedlist>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1326
+#: C/index.docbook:1337
msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>"
-msgstr "Συμπερίληψη λιστών με κουκίδες: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr "ΣÏ\85μÏ\80εÏ\81ίληÏ\88η λιÏ\83Ï\84Ï\8eν με κοÏ\85κκίδεÏ\82: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1349
+#: C/index.docbook:1360
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
"<note>\n"
" <para>\n"
-" Βεβαιωθείτε πως απελυεθερώνετε τα δεδομένα μετά τη χρήση.\n"
+" Make sure you free the data after use.\n"
" </para>\n"
"</note>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1346
+#: C/index.docbook:1357
msgid ""
"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr ""
"informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1362
+#: C/index.docbook:1373
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<type>μη υπογεγραμμένος χαρακτήρας char</type>\n"
+"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1359
+#: C/index.docbook:1370
msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Για να αναφερθείτε σε έναν τύπο: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1371
+#: C/index.docbook:1382
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1368
+#: C/index.docbook:1379
msgid ""
"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"τεκμηρίωση GTK): <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1380
+#: C/index.docbook:1391
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<structfield>len</structfield>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1377
+#: C/index.docbook:1388
msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Για να αναφερθείτε σε ένα πεδίο μιας δομής: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1389
+#: C/index.docbook:1400
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1386
+#: C/index.docbook:1397
msgid ""
"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but "
"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link "
"Για να αναφερθείτε σε ένα όνομα κλάσης, θα μπορούσατε να χρησιμοποιήσετε "
"το : <_:informalexample-1/>, αλλά μάλλον θα χρησιμοποιήσετε το #GtkWidget "
"(για αυτόματη δημιουργία συνδέσμου προς τη σελίδα GtkWidget, δείτε <link "
-"linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">Ï\84ιÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νÏ\84μήσεις</link>)."
+"linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">Ï\84ιÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νÏ\84ομεÏ\8dσεις</link>)."
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1400
+#: C/index.docbook:1411
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<emphasis>Αυτό είναι σημαντικό;/emphasis>\n"
+"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1397
+#: C/index.docbook:1408
msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Χρήση έντονων χαρακτήρων: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1409
+#: C/index.docbook:1420
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1406
+#: C/index.docbook:1417
msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Για ονόματα αρχείων χρησιμοποιήστε: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1418
+#: C/index.docbook:1429
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1415
+#: C/index.docbook:1426
msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Για να αναφερθείτε σε κλειδιά χρησιμοποιήστε: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1428
+#: C/index.docbook:1439
msgid "Filling the extra files"
msgstr "Συμπλήρωση των επιπλέον αρχείων"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1430
+#: C/index.docbook:1441
msgid ""
"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the "
"inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, "
"sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1439
+#: C/index.docbook:1450
msgid "Editing the types file"
msgstr "Επεξεργασία του αρχείου types"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1441
+#: C/index.docbook:1452
msgid ""
"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, "
"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the "
"<filename><package>.types</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1450
+#: C/index.docbook:1461
msgid "Example types file snippet"
msgstr "Υπόδειγμα αποσπάσματος αρχείου types"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1451
+#: C/index.docbook:1462
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"gtk_arrow_get_type\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1462
+#: C/index.docbook:1473
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this "
"list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in "
"dist the types file nor have it under version control."
msgstr ""
"Από την έκδοση 1.8 και μετά το <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> μπορεί "
-"να παράγει αυτόματα αυτή τη λίστα. Απλά προσθέστε την επιλογή «--rebuild-"
-"types» στο SCAN_OPTIONS του <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Αν προτιμήσετε "
-"αυτή την προσέγγιση, θα πρέπει να μη συμπεριλάβετε το αρχείο types ούτε στη "
-"διανομή ούτε στον έλεγχο εκδόσεων."
+"να παράγει αυτόματα αυτή τη λίστα. Απλά προσθέστε την επιλογή \"--rebuild-"
+"types\" στο SCAN_OPTIONS του <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Αν "
+"προτιμήσετε αυτή την προσέγγιση, θα πρέπει να μη συμπεριλάβετε το αρχείο "
+"types ούτε στη διανομή ούτε στον έλεγχο εκδόσεων."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1471
+#: C/index.docbook:1482
msgid "Editing the master document"
msgstr "Επεξεργασία κύριου εγγράφου (master)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1473
+#: C/index.docbook:1484
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the "
"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page "
"ταξινομεί."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1480
+#: C/index.docbook:1491
msgid ""
"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not "
"touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. "
"προστεθεί νέα στοιχεία."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1490
+#: C/index.docbook:1501
msgid ""
"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The "
"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API "
"documentation. Apart chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along "
"with the library."
msgstr ""
-"Μη δημιουργείτε νέα έγγραφα για τους οδηγούς εκμάθησης (tutorials). Απλά "
-"προσθέστε τους ως επιπλέον κεφάλαια, δηλαδή ενσωματώστε απευθείας τον οδηγό "
-"εκμάθησης για μια βιβλιοθήκη στην τεκμηρίωση API. Το πλεονέκτημα είναι ότι "
-"έτσι διευκολύνεται η διαδικασία δημιουργίας συνδέσμων από τον οδηγό "
-"εκμάθησης προς την τεκμηρίωση των συμβόλων. Επίσης, έτσι καθίσταται "
-"πιθανότερη η ενημέρωση του οδηγού μαζί με τη βιβλιοθήκη."
+"Μη δημιουργείτε εγχειρίδια ως νέα έγγραφα. Απλά προσθέστε επιπλέον κεφάλαια. "
+"Το όφελος της ενσωμάτωσης απευθείας του εγχειριδίου για μια βιβλιοθήκη στην "
+"τεκμηρίωση API είναι ότι έτσι διευκολύνεται η διαδικασία δημιουργίας "
+"συνδέσμων από το εγχειρίδιο προς την τεκμηρίωση των συμβόλων. Επίσης, έτσι "
+"καθίσταται πιθανότερη η ενημέρωση του εγχειριδίου μαζί με τη βιβλιοθήκη."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1499
+#: C/index.docbook:1510
msgid ""
"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is "
"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there "
"which you should take care of."
msgstr ""
"Ποιες είναι λοιπόν οι αλλαγές που πρέπει να γίνουν στο κύριο έγγραφο; "
-"Î\94ιεÏ\85κÏ\81ινίζοÏ\85με Ï\8cÏ\84ι Ï\80Ï\81Ï\8cκειÏ\84αι για λίγεÏ\82 μÏ\8cνο αλλαγÎÏ\82 Ï\83ε οÏ\81ιÏ\83μÎνα placeholders "
-"(κείμενα εντός αγκυλών)."
+"Î Ï\81Ï\8cκειÏ\84αι για λίγεÏ\82 μÏ\8cνο αλλαγÎÏ\82 Ï\83ε οÏ\81ιÏ\83μÎνα placeholders (κείμενα ενÏ\84Ï\8cÏ\82 "
+"αγκυλών) που πρέπει να διευκρινήσετε."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1506
+#: C/index.docbook:1517
msgid "Master document header"
msgstr "Κεφαλίδα κύριου εγγράφου"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1507
+#: C/index.docbook:1518
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<bookinfo>\n"
-" <title>MODULENAME Εγχειρίδιο αναφοράς;/title>\n"
+" <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>\n"
" <releaseinfo>\n"
-" για το MODULENAME [ΕΚΔΟΣΗ]\n"
-" Η πιο πρόσφατη έκδοση αυτή της τεκμηρίωσης μπορούν να εντοπισθούν on-line στη διεύθυνση\n"
+" for MODULENAME [VERSION]\n"
+" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n"
" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n"
" </releaseinfo>\n"
"</bookinfo>\n"
" <title>[Insert title here]</title>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1526
+#: C/index.docbook:1537
msgid "Editing the section file"
msgstr "Επεξεργασία αρχείου ενοτήτων"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1528
+#: C/index.docbook:1539
msgid ""
"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. "
"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control "
"σύμβολο και αποφασίζεται η ορατότητά του (αν θα είναι δημόσιο ή ιδιωτικό)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1534
+#: C/index.docbook:1545
msgid ""
"The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). "
"Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment "
"που ξεκινούν με '#' αντιμετωπίζονται ως γραμμές σχολίων."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1540
+#: C/index.docbook:1551
msgid ""
"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
"GObjects που μετατράπηκε σε πεζά γράμματα)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1552
+#: C/index.docbook:1563
msgid ""
"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the "
"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially "
"τους τίτλους των ενοτήτων. Χρησιμεύει μόνο πριν τη δημιουργία των προτύπων, "
"καθώς ο τίτλος που περιέχεται στα αρχεία προτύπων αντικαθιστά αυτούς τους "
"τίτλους. Επίσης, αν χρησιμοποιείται το σχόλιο SECTION στον πηγαίο κώδικα, "
-"αÏ\85Ï\84Ï\8c είναι Ï\80εÏ\80αλαιÏ\89μένο."
+"αÏ\85Ï\84Ï\8c είναι Ï\80αÏ\81Ï\89Ï\87ημένο."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1559
+#: C/index.docbook:1570
msgid ""
"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. "
"Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis "
"(μεταβλητές,vmethods)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1578
+#: C/index.docbook:1589
msgid ""
"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the "
"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-"
"μόνο τη συγκεκριμένη ενότητα. "
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1592
+#: C/index.docbook:1603
msgid "Controlling the result"
msgstr "Έλεγχος αποτελέσματος"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1594
+#: C/index.docbook:1605
msgid ""
"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The "
"generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</"
"filename>. Είναι αρχεία απλού κειμένου, εύκολα στην ανάγνωση και επεξεργασία."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1603
+#: C/index.docbook:1614
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with "
"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank "
"προστέθηκε μια νέα παράμετρος."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1612
+#: C/index.docbook:1623
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols "
"given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found "
"έχουν αφαιρεθεί ή αν περιέχουν συντακτικά λάθη."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1619
+#: C/index.docbook:1630
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, "
"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where "
"προστεθεί ακόμη στο αρχείο <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1627
+#: C/index.docbook:1638
msgid ""
"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile."
"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during "
"<command>make check</command> run."
msgstr ""
"Ενεργοποιήστε ή προσθέστε τη γραμμή <option>TESTS=($GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> "
-"στο Makefile.am. Αν έχετε εγκατεστημένη την έκδοση 1.9 ή μεταγενέστερη, θα "
-"πραγματοποιεί διάφορους ελέγχους κατά την εκτέλεση του <command>make check</"
-"command>."
+"στο Makefile.am. Αν έχετε εγκατεστημένη την έκδοση GTK-Doc 1.9 ή "
+"μεταγενέστερη, θα πραγματοποιεί διάφορους ελέγχους κατά την εκτέλεση του "
+"<command>make check</command>."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1634
+#: C/index.docbook:1645
msgid ""
"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: "
"<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><"
"περιέχεται σε αυτό το αρχείο."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1643
+#: C/index.docbook:1654
msgid ""
"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced "
"by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, "
"<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1658
+#: C/index.docbook:1669
msgid "Modernizing the documentation"
msgstr "Εκσυγχρονίζοντας την τεκμηρίωση"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1660
+#: C/index.docbook:1671
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new "
"features together with the version since when it is available."
msgstr ""
"Το GTK-Doc κυκλοφορεί εδώ και αρκετό καιρό. Σε αυτό το κεφάλαιο θα "
-"Ï\80αÏ\81αθÎÏ\83οÏ\85με Ï\84α νÎα Ï\87αÏ\81ακÏ\84ηÏ\81ηÏ\83Ï\84ικά μαζί με την έκδοση στην οποία είναι "
-"διαθÎÏ\83ιμα."
+"Ï\80αÏ\81αθÎÏ\83οÏ\85με Ï\84ιÏ\82 νÎεÏ\82 λειÏ\84οÏ\85Ï\81γίεÏ\82 μαζί με την έκδοση στην οποία είναι "
+"διαθÎÏ\83ιμεÏ\82."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1666
+#: C/index.docbook:1677
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.9"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1668
+#: C/index.docbook:1679
msgid ""
"When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document "
"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>."
"το κύριο έγγραφο <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1673
+#: C/index.docbook:1684
msgid ""
"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
"Αυτή η έκδοση υποστηρίζει <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> "
"στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Αν αυτό ενεργοποιηθεί, το "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> αυτοδημιουργείται και "
-"μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί από το vcs. Αυτό λειτουργεί ωραία μόνο για έργα που "
-"ÎÏ\87οÏ\85ν μια Ï\80ολÏ\8d κανονική δομή (Ï\80.Ï\87. Ï\84ο κάθε ζεÏ\8dγοÏ\82 .{c,h} θα δημιοÏ\85Ï\81γεί μια "
-"νÎα ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84α). Î\91ν κάÏ\80οιοÏ\82 οÏ\81γανÏ\8eÏ\83ει Îνα ÎÏ\81γο κονÏ\84ά Ï\83ε αÏ\85Ï\84Ï\8c, Ï\84Ï\8cÏ\84ε η ενημÎÏ\81Ï\89Ï\83η "
-"μιαÏ\82 ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84αÏ\82 αÏ\81είÏ\89ν Ï\80οÏ\85 Ï\83Ï\85νÏ\84ηÏ\81οÏ\8dνÏ\84αι Ï\87ειÏ\81ονακÏ\84ικά μÏ\80οÏ\81εί να είναι Ï\84Ï\8cÏ\83ο αÏ\80λή "
-"όσο και το να εκτελούμε <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <"
-"package>-sections.txt</code>."
+"μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί από το vcs. Αυτό λειτουργεί καλά μόνο για έργα που έχουν "
+"μια Ï\80ολÏ\8d κανονική δομή (Ï\80.Ï\87. Ï\84ο κάθε ζεÏ\8dγοÏ\82 .{c,h} θα δημιοÏ\85Ï\81γεί μια νÎα "
+"ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84α). Î\91ν κάÏ\80οιοÏ\82 οÏ\81γανÏ\8eÏ\83ει Îνα ÎÏ\81γο κονÏ\84ά Ï\83ε αÏ\85Ï\84Ï\8c, Ï\84Ï\8cÏ\84ε η ενημÎÏ\81Ï\89Ï\83η μιαÏ\82 "
+"ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84αÏ\82 αÏ\81Ï\87είÏ\89ν Ï\80οÏ\85 Ï\83Ï\85νÏ\84ηÏ\81οÏ\8dνÏ\84αι Ï\87ειÏ\81ονακÏ\84ικά μÏ\80οÏ\81εί να είναι Ï\84Ï\8cÏ\83ο αÏ\80λή Ï\8cÏ\83ο "
+"και το να εκτελούμε <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-"
+"sections.txt</code>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1684
+#: C/index.docbook:1695
msgid ""
"Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the "
"sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory"
"πηγές, αντί για τα ξεχωριστά αρχεία, κάτω από το <filename class=\"directory"
"\">tmpl</filename>. Αυτή η έκδοση προσθέτει επιλογές για τη μετατροπή "
"ολόκληρου του αρθρώματος doc ώστε να μη χρησιμοποιεί καθόλου το επιπλέον "
-"στάδιο tmpl build, με τη χρήση της επιλογής <option>--flavour no-tmpl</"
+"στάδιο δόμησης tmpl, με τη χρήση της επιλογής <option>--flavour no-tmpl</"
"option> στο <filename>configure.ac</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1694
+#: C/index.docbook:1705
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1696
+#: C/index.docbook:1707
msgid ""
"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
"Αυτή η έκδοση υποστηρίζει τα <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> "
"στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Αν αυτό ενεργοποιηθεί, το "
"<filename><package>.types</filename> αυτοδημιουργείται και μπορεί να "
-"αφαιρεθεί από το vcs. Όταν χρησιμοποιείτε αυτό το χαρακτηριστικό είναι "
-"σημαντικό να ρυθμίσετε και το <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> στο "
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename> για τον κώδικα που δημιουργείται υπό όρους."
+"αφαιρεθεί από το vcs. Όταν χρησιμοποιείτε αυτή τη λειτουργία είναι σημαντικό "
+"να ρυθμίσετε και το <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> στο <filename>Makefile."
+"am</filename> για τον κώδικα που δομείται υπό όρους."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1707
+#: C/index.docbook:1718
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16"
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1713
+#: C/index.docbook:1724
msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check"
msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση του gtkdoc-check"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1714
+#: C/index.docbook:1725
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"endif\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1709
+#: C/index.docbook:1720
msgid ""
"This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a "
"set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these "
"lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Αυτή η έκδοση περιλαμβάνει ένα νέο εργαλείο που λέγεται gtkdoc-check. Αυτό "
-"Ï\84ο εÏ\81γαλείο μÏ\80οÏ\81Îι να εκÏ\84ελεί Îνα Ï\83Ï\8dνολο ελÎγÏ\87Ï\89ν Ï\85γείαÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\84ην Ï\84εκμηÏ\81ίÏ\89Ï\83ή Ï\83αÏ\82. "
+"το εργαλείο μπορέι να εκτελεί ένα σύνολο ελέγχων στην τεκμηρίωσή σας. "
"Ενεργοποιείται προσθέτοντας αυτές τις γραμμές στο τέλος του "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1727
+#: C/index.docbook:1738
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1729
+#: C/index.docbook:1740
msgid ""
"Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc "
"comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a "
msgstr ""
"Η έκδοση 1.18 έφερε μια αρχική υποστήριξη για το markdown. Η χρήση markdown "
"στα σχόλια του doc είναι λιγότερο ενοχλητική από το να γράφει κανείς docbook "
-"xml. Αυτή η έκδοση επιφέρει μεγάλες βελτιώσεις σε αυτό, και σε πολλές άλλες "
-"Ï\84εÏ\87νοÏ\84Ï\81οÏ\80ίεÏ\82 (styles). Î\97 ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84α Ï\80οÏ\85 εξηγεί Ï\84η <link linkend="
-"\"documenting_syntax\">σύνταξη σχολίων</link> έχει όλες τις λεπτομέρειες."
+"xml. Αυτή η έκδοση επιφέρει μεγάλες βελτιώσεις σε αυτό και προσθέτει "
+"Ï\80εÏ\81ιÏ\83Ï\83Ï\8cÏ\84εÏ\81α Ï\83Ï\84Ï\85λ. Î\97 ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84α Ï\80οÏ\85 εξηγεί Ï\84η <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax"
+"\">σύνταξη σχολίων</link> έχει όλες τις λεπτομέρειες."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1740
+#: C/index.docbook:1751
msgid "Documenting other interfaces"
msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση άλλων διεπαφών"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1742
+#: C/index.docbook:1753
msgid ""
"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next "
"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other "
msgstr ""
"Μέχρ τώρα, χρησιμοποιούσαμε το GTK-Doc για να καταγράφουμε το API του "
"κώδικα. Οι επόμενες συνεδρίες περιέχουν προτάσεις για το πώς τα εργαλεία "
-"μÏ\80οÏ\81οÏ\8dν να Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιηθοÏ\8dν για να καÏ\84αγÏ\81άÏ\86εÏ\84ε και άλλεÏ\82 εÏ\80ιÏ\86άνειες."
+"μÏ\80οÏ\81οÏ\8dν να Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιηθοÏ\8dν για να καÏ\84αγÏ\81άÏ\86εÏ\84ε και άλλεÏ\82 διεÏ\80αÏ\86Îς."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1749
+#: C/index.docbook:1760
msgid "Command line options and man pages"
msgstr "Επιλογές γραμμής εντολών και σελίδες τεκμηρίωσης man"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1751
+#: C/index.docbook:1762
msgid ""
"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like "
"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of "
msgstr ""
"Δεδομένου ότι κάποιος μπορεί να παραγάγει σελίδες man για ένα docbook "
"refentry επίσης, θα ήταν καλή ιδέα να χρησιμοποιηθεί και για αυτόν τον "
-"σκοπό. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο η διεπαφή γίνεται μέρος της αναφοράς και αποχτά "
-"την σελίδα-man δωρεάν."
+"σκοπό. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο η διεπαφή γίνεται μέρος της αναφοράς και αποκτά "
+"δωρεάν την σελίδα-man."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1758
+#: C/index.docbook:1769
msgid "Document the tool"
msgstr "Τεκμηρίωση του εργαλείου"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1760
+#: C/index.docbook:1771
msgid ""
"Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend="
"\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/"
"αρχείο στον υποκατάλογο xml καθώς επίσης και τα παραδείγματα π.χ. στο glib."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1770
+#: C/index.docbook:1781
msgid "Adding the extra configure check"
msgstr "Προσθήκη του έξτρα ελέγχου διαμόρφωσης"
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1773 C/index.docbook:1791
+#: C/index.docbook:1784 C/index.docbook:1802
msgid "Extra configure checks"
-msgstr "Î\88ξÏ\84Ï\81α ÎλεγÏ\87οι διαμÏ\8cÏ\81Ï\86Ï\89Ï\83ηÏ\82"
+msgstr "Î\95Ï\80ιÏ\80λÎον ÎλεγÏ\87οι Ï\81Ï\85θμίÏ\83εÏ\89ν"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1774
+#: C/index.docbook:1785
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
"AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n"
" [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],\n"
-" [αναδημιουργία σελίδων βοήθειας man από το Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,\n"
+" [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,\n"
" enable_man=no)\n"
"\n"
"AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])\n"
"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1788
+#: C/index.docbook:1799
msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules"
msgstr "Προσθήκη των επιπλέον κανόνων makefile"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1792
+#: C/index.docbook:1803
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1814
+#: C/index.docbook:1825
msgid "DBus interfaces"
msgstr "Διεπαφές DBus"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1816
+#: C/index.docbook:1827
msgid ""
"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1825
+#: C/index.docbook:1836
msgid "Frequently asked questions"
msgstr "Συχνές ερωτήσεις"
#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
-#: C/index.docbook:1829
+#: C/index.docbook:1840
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Ερώτηση"
#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
-#: C/index.docbook:1830
+#: C/index.docbook:1841
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Απάντηση"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1832
+#: C/index.docbook:1843
msgid "No class hierarchy."
msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει ιεραρχία κλάσεων."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1833
+#: C/index.docbook:1844
msgid ""
"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been "
"entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."
"εισαχθεί στο αρχείο <filename><package>.types</filename>"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1839
+#: C/index.docbook:1850
msgid "Still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Εξακολουθεί να μην υπάρχει ιεραρχία κλάσεων."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1840
+#: C/index.docbook:1851
msgid ""
"Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> "
"file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-"
"doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html\">αιτιολόγηση</ulink>)."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1846
+#: C/index.docbook:1857
msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Στο καλό του, πάλι δεν έχω ιεραρχία κλάσεων."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1847
+#: C/index.docbook:1858
msgid ""
"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</"
"type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private "
"Private)."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1854
+#: C/index.docbook:1865
msgid "No symbol index."
msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει ευρετήριο συμβόλων."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1855
+#: C/index.docbook:1866
msgid ""
"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a "
"index that xi:includes the generated index?"
"ευρετήριο το οποίο περιλαμβάνει με xi:includes το παραγόμενο ευρετήριο;"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1861
+#: C/index.docbook:1872
msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section."
msgstr ""
"Δεν υπάρχουν σύνδεσμοι μεταξύ των συμβόλων και των κατάλληλων ενοτήτων της "
"τεκμηρίωσης."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1862
+#: C/index.docbook:1873
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the "
"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs."
msgstr ""
-"Το doc-comment Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιεί Ï\83Ï\89Ï\83Ï\84ά Ï\84ιÏ\82 εÏ\84ικÎÏ\84εÏ\82 (ÎÏ\87οÏ\85ν Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83Ï\84εθεί #,% ή ()); "
-"Ελέγξτε αν το gtkdoc-fixxref προειδοποιεί για ανεπίλυτα xrefs."
+"Το doc-comment Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιεί Ï\83Ï\89Ï\83Ï\84ά Ï\84ιÏ\82 εÏ\80ιÏ\83ημάνÏ\83ειÏ\82 (ÎÏ\87οÏ\85ν Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83Ï\84εθεί #,% ή "
+"()); Ελέγξτε αν το gtkdoc-fixxref προειδοποιεί για ανεπίλυτα xrefs."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1868
+#: C/index.docbook:1879
msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Μια νέα κλάση δεν εμφανίζεται στην τεκμηρίωση."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1869
+#: C/index.docbook:1880
msgid ""
"Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</"
"filename>."
"docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>;"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1875
+#: C/index.docbook:1886
msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Ένα νέο σύμβολο δεν εμφανίζεται στην τεκμηρίωση."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1876
+#: C/index.docbook:1887
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the "
"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> σε μια δημόσια υποενότητα."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1884
+#: C/index.docbook:1895
msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy."
msgstr "Λείπει ένας τύπος από την ιεραρχία κλάσεων."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1885
+#: C/index.docbook:1896
msgid ""
"If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but "
"not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the "
"type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
"filename>. If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed "
-"or incidentialy makred private it will not be shown."
+"or incidentally marked private it will not be shown."
msgstr ""
"Αν ο τύπος υπάρχει στο <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> αλλά "
"όχι στο <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> τότε ελέγξτε ξανά ότι ο "
"τύπος είναι σωστά τοποθετημένος στο <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
-"filename>. Î\91ν η Ï\80εÏ\81ίÏ\83Ï\84αÏ\83η Ï\84οÏ\85 Ï\84Ï\8dÏ\80οÏ\85 (Ï\80.Ï\87. <type>GtkWidget</type>) δεν είναι "
-"καÏ\84αÏ\87Ï\89Ï\81ημÎνη, ή είναι καÏ\84ά λάθοÏ\82 Ï\83ημειÏ\89μÎνη Ï\89Ï\82 ιδιÏ\89Ï\84ική, τότε δε θα "
+"filename>. Î\91ν ο Ï\84Ï\8dÏ\80οÏ\82 Ï\84οÏ\85 Ï\80αÏ\81αδείγμαÏ\84οÏ\82 (Ï\80.Ï\87. <type>GtkWidget</type>) δεν "
+"είναι καÏ\84αÏ\87Ï\89Ï\81ημÎνοÏ\82, ή είναι καÏ\84ά λάθοÏ\82 Ï\83ημειÏ\89μÎνοÏ\82 Ï\89Ï\82 ιδιÏ\89Ï\84ικÏ\8cÏ\82, τότε δε θα "
"εμφανιστεί."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1894
+#: C/index.docbook:1905
msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations."
msgstr "Λαμβάνω συνδέσμους foldoc για όλες τις σημειώσεις gobject."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1895
+#: C/index.docbook:1906
msgid ""
"Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included "
"from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
"included από το <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1903
+#: C/index.docbook:1914
msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist"
msgstr ""
"Μια παράμετρος περιγράφεται σε σχόλιο του πηγαίου κώδικα, αλλά δεν υπάρχει"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1904
+#: C/index.docbook:1915
msgid ""
"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the "
"source."
"παράμετρο από αυτό που αναφέρεται στον κώδικα."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1909
+#: C/index.docbook:1920
msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ"
-msgstr "Πολλαπλά \"IDs\" για τον προορισμό συνδέσμου: XYZ"
+msgstr "Πολλαπλά \"Αναγνωριστικά\" για τον προορισμό συνδέσμου: XYZ"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1910
+#: C/index.docbook:1921
msgid ""
"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
"filename> file."
msgstr ""
-"Το σύμβολο XYZ εμφανίζεται δύο φορές στο <filename><package>-sections."
-"txt</filename>."
+"Το σύμβολο XYZ εμφανίζεται δύο φορές στο αρχείο <filename><package>-"
+"sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1913
+#: C/index.docbook:1924
msgid ""
"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template "
"matches."
msgstr ""
-"Î\92Ï\81Îθηκε Ï\84ο Ï\8cνομα Ï\84Ï\8dÏ\80οÏ\85 Ï\84οÏ\85 Ï\83Ï\84οιÏ\87είοÏ\85 Ï\83Ï\84ο namespace '', αλλά δεν ανÏ\84ιÏ\83Ï\84οιÏ\87εί "
-"σε κανένα πρότυπο."
+"Î\92Ï\81Îθηκε Ï\84ο Ï\8cνομα Ï\84Ï\8dÏ\80οÏ\85 Ï\84οÏ\85 Ï\83Ï\84οιÏ\87είοÏ\85 Ï\83Ï\84ην ονομαÏ\84οθεÏ\83ία '', αλλά δεν "
+"αντιστοιχεί σε κανένα πρότυπο."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1920
+#: C/index.docbook:1931
msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc"
msgstr "Εργαλεία σχετικά με το gtk-doc"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1922
+#: C/index.docbook:1933
msgid ""
"GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac "
"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and "
"ιστοσελίδες trac και ενσωματώνεται με την αναζήτηση trac."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1927
+#: C/index.docbook:1938
msgid ""
"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since "
"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version."
"of this license document, but changing it is not allowed."
msgstr ""
"<_:address-1/> Επιτρέπεται σε όλους η αντιγραφή και διανομή ακριβούς "
-"ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85 Ï\84οÏ\85 κειμÎνοÏ\85 αÏ\85Ï\84ήÏ\82 Ï\84ηÏ\82 άδειαÏ\82 αλλά αÏ\80αγοÏ\81εÏ\8dεÏ\84αι η αλλοίÏ\89Ï\83ή του "
+"ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85 Ï\84οÏ\85 κειμÎνοÏ\85 αÏ\85Ï\84ήÏ\82 Ï\84ηÏ\82 άδειαÏ\82 αλλά αÏ\80αγοÏ\81εÏ\8dεÏ\84αι η αλλοίÏ\89Ï\83η του "
"περιεχομένου του."
#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
"διαθέσιμων επεξεργαστών σχεδίων· το αντίγραφο είναι κατάλληλο για είσοδο σε "
"μορφοποιητές κειμένου ή για αυτόματη μετάφραση σε ποικίλες μορφές κατάλληλες "
"για είσοδο σε μορφοποιητές κειμένου. Δεν θεωρείται Διαφανές ένα αντίγραφο σε "
-"Διαφανή, κατά τα λοιπά, μορφή αρχείου, του οποίου η σήμανση έχει σχεδιαστεί "
-"κατά τρόπο που να αποτρέπει ή να αποθαρρύνει τη μελλοντική τροποποίηση του "
-"αντιγράφου από τους αναγνώστες. Το αντίγραφο που δεν είναι <quote>Διαφανές</"
-"quote> ονομάζεται <quote>Αδιαφανές</quote>."
+"Διαφανή, κατά τα λοιπά, μορφή αρχείου, του οποίου η επισήμανση έχει "
+"σχεδιαστεί κατά τρόπο που να αποτρέπει ή να αποθαρρύνει τη μελλοντική "
+"τροποποίηση του αντιγράφου από τους αναγνώστες. Το αντίγραφο που δεν είναι "
+"<quote>Διαφανές</quote> ονομάζεται <quote>Αδιαφανές</quote>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: C/index.docbook:128 C/fdl-appendix.xml:128
"for output purposes only."
msgstr ""
"Παραδείγματα μορφών κατάλληλων για τη δημιουργία Διαφανών αντιγράφων είναι η "
-"απλή ASCII χωρίς σήμανση, η μορφή εισόδου Texinfo, η μορφή εισόδου LaTeX, η "
-"SGML ή XML που χρησιμοποιούν δημοσίως διαθέσιμη DTD, και η HTML που "
+"απλή ASCII χωρίς επισήμανση, η μορφή εισόδου Texinfo, η μορφή εισόδου LaTeX, "
+"η SGML ή XML που χρησιμοποιούν δημοσίως διαθέσιμη DTD, και η HTML που "
"συμμορφώνεται με πρότυπα και έχει σχεδιαστεί για τροποποίηση από τον "
"άνθρωπο. Στις Αδιαφανείς μορφές συμπεριλαμβάνονται η PostScript, η PDF, οι "
"ιδιοταγείς μορφές που αναγιγνώσκονται μόνο από ιδιοταγείς επεξεργαστές "
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: C/index.docbook:527 C/fdl-appendix.xml:527
msgid ""
-"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it "
+"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it "
"individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License "
"into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects "
"regarding verbatim copying of that document."
"αντίγραφο είναι κατάλληλο για είσοδο σε μορφοποιητές κειμένου ή για αυτόματη "
"μετάφραση σε ποικίλες μορφές κατάλληλες για είσοδο σε μορφοποιητές κειμένου. "
"Δεν θεωρείται Διαφανές ένα αντίγραφο σε Διαφανή, κατά τα λοιπά, μορφή "
-"αρχείου, του οποίου η σήμανση έχει σχεδιαστεί κατά τρόπο που να αποτρέπει ή "
-"να αÏ\80οθαÏ\81Ï\81Ï\8dνει Ï\84η μελλονÏ\84ική Ï\84Ï\81οÏ\80οÏ\80οίηÏ\83η Ï\84οÏ\85 ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85 αÏ\80Ï\8c Ï\84οÏ\85Ï\82 αναγνÏ\8eÏ\83Ï\84εÏ\82. "
-"Το αντίγραφο που δεν είναι <_:quote-3/> ονομάζεται <_:quote-4/>."
+"αρχείου, του οποίου η επισήμανση έχει σχεδιαστεί κατά τρόπο που να αποτρέπει "
+"ή να αÏ\80οθαÏ\81Ï\81Ï\8dνει Ï\84η μελλονÏ\84ική Ï\84Ï\81οÏ\80οÏ\80οίηÏ\83η Ï\84οÏ\85 ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85 αÏ\80Ï\8c Ï\84οÏ\85Ï\82 "
+"αναγνÏ\8eÏ\83Ï\84εÏ\82. Το ανÏ\84ίγÏ\81αÏ\86ο Ï\80οÏ\85 δεν είναι <_:quote-3/> ονομάζεÏ\84αι <_:quote-4/>."
#. (itstool) path: para/quote
#. (itstool) path: para/link
#. (itstool) path: para/link
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639 C/fdl-appendix.xml:651
msgid "Front-Cover Texts"
-msgstr "Î\9aείμενα εμπροσθοφύλλου"
+msgstr "Î\9aείμενα Î\95μπροσθοφύλλου"
#. (itstool) path: para/link
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640 C/fdl-appendix.xml:654
msgid "Back-Cover Texts"
-msgstr "Î\9aείμενα οπισθοφύλλου"
+msgstr "Î\9aείμενα Î\9fπισθοφύλλου"
#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632
#. (itstool) path: para/quote
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649
msgid "with no Invariant Sections"
-msgstr "χωρίς Αμετάβλητων Ενοτήτων"
+msgstr "χωρίς Αμετάβλητες Ενότητες"
#. (itstool) path: para/quote
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652
"are invariant. If you have no <_:link-3/>, write <_:quote-4/> instead of <_:"
"quote-5/>; likewise for <_:link-6/>."
msgstr ""
-"Αν δεν έχετε <_:link-1/>, γράψτε <_:quote-2/> αντί να λέτε ποια είναι "
-"αμεÏ\84άβληÏ\84α. Î\91ν δεν ÎÏ\87εÏ\84ε <_:link-3/>, γÏ\81άÏ\88Ï\84ε <_:quote-4/> ανÏ\84ί Ï\84οÏ\85 <_:"
-"quote-5/>, επίσης για <_:link-6/>."
+"Αν δεν περιέχονται <_:link-1/>, γράψτε <_:quote-2/> αντί να απαριθμήσετε τις "
+"αμεÏ\84άβληÏ\84εÏ\82 ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84εÏ\82. Î\91ν δεν Ï\80εÏ\81ιÎÏ\87ονÏ\84αι <_:link-3/>, γÏ\81άÏ\88Ï\84ε <_:quote-4/> "
+"αντί για <_:quote-5/>, επίσης για <_:link-6/>."
#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661
<legalnotice id="fdl-legalnotice">
<para><address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street,
Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state>
- <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country></address> Î\95Ï\80ιÏ\84Ï\81ÎÏ\80εÏ\84αι Ï\83ε Ï\8cλοÏ\85Ï\82 η ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81αÏ\86ή και διανομή ακÏ\81ιβοÏ\8dÏ\82 ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85 Ï\84οÏ\85 κειμÎνοÏ\85 αÏ\85Ï\84ήÏ\82 Ï\84ηÏ\82 άδειαÏ\82 αλλά αÏ\80αγοÏ\81εÏ\8dεÏ\84αι η αλλοίÏ\89Ï\83ή του περιεχομένου του.</para>
+ <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country></address> Î\95Ï\80ιÏ\84Ï\81ÎÏ\80εÏ\84αι Ï\83ε Ï\8cλοÏ\85Ï\82 η ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81αÏ\86ή και διανομή ακÏ\81ιβοÏ\8dÏ\82 ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85 Ï\84οÏ\85 κειμÎνοÏ\85 αÏ\85Ï\84ήÏ\82 Ï\84ηÏ\82 άδειαÏ\82 αλλά αÏ\80αγοÏ\81εÏ\8dεÏ\84αι η αλλοίÏ\89Ï\83η του περιεχομένου του.</para>
</legalnotice>
</appendixinfo>
<title>Άδεια Ελεύθερης Τεκμηρίωσης GNU (GFDL)</title>
<para id="fdl-cover-texts">Τα <quote>Κείμενα Εξωφύλλου</quote> είναι σύντομα αποσπάσματα κειμένου που αναφέρονται ρητώς ως Κείμενα Εμπροσθοφύλλου ή Κείμενα Οπισθοφύλλου στην ένδειξη όπου αναφέρεται ότι το <link linkend="fdl-document">Έγγραφo</link> δημοσιεύεται υπό τους όρους αυτής της Άδειας.</para>
- <para id="fdl-transparent">Ως <quote>Διαφανές</quote> αντίγραφο από το <link linkend="fdl-document">Έγγραφo</link> θεωρείται κάθε αντίγραφο σε μορφή αναγνώσιμη από μηχανή, όταν συντρέχουν οι εξής προϋποθέσεις: Οι τεχνικές προδιαγραφές τις μορφής αυτής είναι διαθέσιμες για δημόσια χρήση· τα περιεχόμενα του αντιγράφου μπορούν να προβληθούν και να τύχουν επεξεργασίας άμεσα και απλά, με χρήση γενόσημων επεξεργαστών κειμένου ή ( για εικόνες αποτελούμενες από εικονοστοιχεία) γενόσημων προγραμμάτων ζωγραφικής ή (για σχέδια) ευρέως διαθέσιμων επεξεργαστών σχεδίων· το αντίγραφο είναι κατάλληλο για είσοδο σε μορφοποιητές κειμένου ή για αυτόματη μετάφραση σε ποικίλες μορφές κατάλληλες για είσοδο σε μορφοποιητές κειμένου. Δεν θεωρείται Διαφανές ένα αντίγραφο σε Διαφανή, κατά τα λοιπά, μορφή αρχείου, του οποίου η σήμανση έχει σχεδιαστεί κατά τρόπο που να αποτρέπει ή να αποθαρρύνει τη μελλοντική τροποποίηση του αντιγράφου από τους αναγνώστες. Το αντίγραφο που δεν είναι <quote>Διαφανές</quote> ονομάζεται <quote>Αδιαφανές</quote>.</para>
+ <para id="fdl-transparent">Ως <quote>Διαφανές</quote> αντίγραφο από το <link linkend="fdl-document">Έγγραφo</link> θεωρείται κάθε αντίγραφο σε μορφή αναγνώσιμη από μηχανή, όταν συντρέχουν οι εξής προϋποθέσεις: Οι τεχνικές προδιαγραφές τις μορφής αυτής είναι διαθέσιμες για δημόσια χρήση· τα περιεχόμενα του αντιγράφου μπορούν να προβληθούν και να τύχουν επεξεργασίας άμεσα και απλά, με χρήση γενόσημων επεξεργαστών κειμένου ή ( για εικόνες αποτελούμενες από εικονοστοιχεία) γενόσημων προγραμμάτων ζωγραφικής ή (για σχέδια) ευρέως διαθέσιμων επεξεργαστών σχεδίων· το αντίγραφο είναι κατάλληλο για είσοδο σε μορφοποιητές κειμένου ή για αυτόματη μετάφραση σε ποικίλες μορφές κατάλληλες για είσοδο σε μορφοποιητές κειμένου. Δεν θεωρείται Διαφανές ένα αντίγραφο σε Διαφανή, κατά τα λοιπά, μορφή αρχείου, του οποίου η επισήμανση έχει σχεδιαστεί κατά τρόπο που να αποτρέπει ή να αποθαρρύνει τη μελλοντική τροποποίηση του αντιγράφου από τους αναγνώστες. Το αντίγραφο που δεν είναι <quote>Διαφανές</quote> ονομάζεται <quote>Αδιαφανές</quote>.</para>
- <para>Παραδείγματα μορφών κατάλληλων για τη δημιουργία Διαφανών αντιγράφων είναι η απλή ASCII χωρίς σήμανση, η μορφή εισόδου Texinfo, η μορφή εισόδου LaTeX, η SGML ή XML που χρησιμοποιούν δημοσίως διαθέσιμη DTD, και η HTML που συμμορφώνεται με πρότυπα και έχει σχεδιαστεί για τροποποίηση από τον άνθρωπο. Στις Αδιαφανείς μορφές συμπεριλαμβάνονται η PostScript, η PDF, οι ιδιοταγείς μορφές που αναγιγνώσκονται μόνο από ιδιοταγείς επεξεργαστές κειμένου, η SGML ή XML των οποίων η DTD και/ή τα εργαλεία επεξεργασίας δεν είναι δημοσίως διαθέσιμα, και η HTML με αποκλειστικό προορισμό την έξοδο που παράγουν μηχανοκίνητα ορισμένοι επεξεργαστές κειμένου.</para>
+ <para>Παραδείγματα μορφών κατάλληλων για τη δημιουργία Διαφανών αντιγράφων είναι η απλή ASCII χωρίς επισήμανση, η μορφή εισόδου Texinfo, η μορφή εισόδου LaTeX, η SGML ή XML που χρησιμοποιούν δημοσίως διαθέσιμη DTD, και η HTML που συμμορφώνεται με πρότυπα και έχει σχεδιαστεί για τροποποίηση από τον άνθρωπο. Στις Αδιαφανείς μορφές συμπεριλαμβάνονται η PostScript, η PDF, οι ιδιοταγείς μορφές που αναγιγνώσκονται μόνο από ιδιοταγείς επεξεργαστές κειμένου, η SGML ή XML των οποίων η DTD και/ή τα εργαλεία επεξεργασίας δεν είναι δημοσίως διαθέσιμα, και η HTML με αποκλειστικό προορισμό την έξοδο που παράγουν μηχανοκίνητα ορισμένοι επεξεργαστές κειμένου.</para>
<para id="fdl-title-page">Ως <quote>Σελίδα Τίτλου</quote> θεωρείται, για τα έντυπα βιβλία, η σελίδα τίτλου αυτή καθαυτή, καθώς και τυχόν επόμενες σελίδες που απαιτούνται για την ευανάγνωστη συμπερίληψη του υλικού που οφείλει να εμφανίζεται στη σελίδα τίτλου σύμφωνα με την παρούσα Άδεια. Για τα έργα σε μορφές που δεν περιλαμβάνουν σελίδα τίτλου αυτή καθαυτή, ως <quote>Σελίδα Τίτλου</quote> θεωρείται το κείμενο που βρίσκεται κοντά στην εμφανέστερη εμφάνιση του τίτλου του έργου και το οποίο προηγείται του σώματος του κειμένου.</para>
</sect1>
<blockquote>
<para>Copyright © ΕΤΟΣ ΤΟ ΟΝΟΜΑ ΣΑΣ.</para>
- <para>ΧοÏ\81ηγείÏ\84αι άδεια ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81αÏ\86ήÏ\82, διανομήÏ\82 και/ή Ï\84Ï\81οÏ\80οÏ\80οίηÏ\83ηÏ\82 Ï\84οÏ\85 Ï\80αÏ\81Ï\8cνÏ\84οÏ\82 εγγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85 Ï\85Ï\80Ï\8c Ï\84οÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\8cÏ\81οÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\84ηÏ\82 ÎκδοÏ\83ηÏ\82 1.1 Ï\84ηÏ\82 Î\95λεÏ\8dθεÏ\81ηÏ\82 Î\86δειαÏ\82 ΤεκμηÏ\81ίÏ\89Ï\83ηÏ\82 GNU (GFDL), ή οÏ\80οιαÏ\83δήÏ\80οÏ\84ε μεÏ\84αγενÎÏ\83Ï\84εÏ\81ηÏ\82 ÎκδοÏ\83ήÏ\82 αÏ\85Ï\84ήÏ\82 αÏ\80Ï\8c Ï\84ο Î\8aδÏ\81Ï\85μα Î\95λεÏ\8dθεÏ\81οÏ\85 Î\9bογιÏ\83μικοÏ\8d (FSF)· οι <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Î\91μεÏ\84άβληÏ\84εÏ\82 Î\95νÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84εÏ\82</link> είναι οι Î\9aÎ\91ΤÎ\91Î\9bÎ\9fÎ\93Î\9fΣ ΤÎ\99ΤÎ\9bΩÎ\9d, Ï\84α <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Î\9aείμενα εμÏ\80Ï\81οÏ\83θοÏ\86Ï\8dλλοÏ\85</link> είναι Ï\84α Î\9aÎ\91ΤÎ\91Î\9bÎ\9fÎ\93Î\9fΣ, και Ï\84α <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Î\9aείμενα οπισθοφύλλου</link> είναι τα ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ. Αντίγραφο της άδειας συμπεριλαμβάνεται στην ενότητα με τίτλο <quote>Άδεια Ελεύθερης Τεκμηρίωσης GNU (GFDL)</quote>.</para>
+ <para>ΧοÏ\81ηγείÏ\84αι άδεια ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81αÏ\86ήÏ\82, διανομήÏ\82 και/ή Ï\84Ï\81οÏ\80οÏ\80οίηÏ\83ηÏ\82 Ï\84οÏ\85 Ï\80αÏ\81Ï\8cνÏ\84οÏ\82 εγγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85 Ï\85Ï\80Ï\8c Ï\84οÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\8cÏ\81οÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\84ηÏ\82 ÎκδοÏ\83ηÏ\82 1.1 Ï\84ηÏ\82 Î\95λεÏ\8dθεÏ\81ηÏ\82 Î\86δειαÏ\82 ΤεκμηÏ\81ίÏ\89Ï\83ηÏ\82 GNU (GFDL), ή οÏ\80οιαÏ\83δήÏ\80οÏ\84ε μεÏ\84αγενÎÏ\83Ï\84εÏ\81ηÏ\82 ÎκδοÏ\83ήÏ\82 αÏ\85Ï\84ήÏ\82 αÏ\80Ï\8c Ï\84ο Î\8aδÏ\81Ï\85μα Î\95λεÏ\8dθεÏ\81οÏ\85 Î\9bογιÏ\83μικοÏ\8d (FSF)· οι <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Î\91μεÏ\84άβληÏ\84εÏ\82 Î\95νÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84εÏ\82</link> είναι οι Î\9aÎ\91ΤÎ\91Î\9bÎ\9fÎ\93Î\9fΣ ΤÎ\99ΤÎ\9bΩÎ\9d, Ï\84α <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Î\9aείμενα Î\95μÏ\80Ï\81οÏ\83θοÏ\86Ï\8dλλοÏ\85</link> είναι Ï\84α Î\9aÎ\91ΤÎ\91Î\9bÎ\9fÎ\93Î\9fΣ, και Ï\84α <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Î\9aείμενα Î\9fπισθοφύλλου</link> είναι τα ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ. Αντίγραφο της άδειας συμπεριλαμβάνεται στην ενότητα με τίτλο <quote>Άδεια Ελεύθερης Τεκμηρίωσης GNU (GFDL)</quote>.</para>
</blockquote>
- <para>Αν δεν έχετε <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Αμετάβλητες Ενότητες</link>, γράψτε <quote>χωρίς Αμετάβλητων Ενοτήτων</quote> αντί να λέτε ποια είναι αμετάβλητα. Αν δεν έχετε <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Κείμενα εμπροσθοφύλλου</link>, γράψτε <quote>χωρίς Κείμενα Εμπροσθοφύλλου</quote> αντί του <quote>τα Κείμενα Εμπροσθοφύλλου είναι τα ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ</quote>, επίσης για <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Κείμενα οπισθοφύλλου</link>.</para>
+ <para>Αν δεν περιέχονται <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Αμετάβλητες Ενότητες</link>, γράψτε <quote>χωρίς Αμετάβλητες Ενότητες</quote> αντί να απαριθμήσετε τις αμετάβλητες ενότητες. Αν δεν περιέχονται <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Κείμενα Εμπροσθοφύλλου</link>, γράψτε <quote>χωρίς Κείμενα Εμπροσθοφύλλου</quote> αντί για <quote>τα Κείμενα Εμπροσθοφύλλου είναι τα ΚΑΤΑΛΟΓΟΣ</quote>, επίσης για <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Κείμενα Οπισθοφύλλου</link>.</para>
<para>Αν το έγγραφό σας περιέχει μη-ασήμαντα παραδείγματα πηγαίου κώδικα, συνιστούμε την παράλληλη δημοσίευσή τους, υπό τους όρους της άδειας ελεύθερου λογισμικού της αρεσκείας σας,όπως η <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html">Γενική Άδεια Δημόσιας Χρήσης GNU</ulink>, ώστε να επιτρέψετε τη χρήση τους σε ελεύθερο λογισμικό. </para>
</sect1>
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
- <revision><revnumber>1.20.1</revnumber> <date>16 Φεβ. 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>έκδοση ανάπτυξης</revremark></revision>
- <revision><revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Φεβ 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων,, υποστήριξη markdown, και βελτιώσεις τεχνοτροπιών</revremark></revision>
- <revision><revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Ιουν 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>διόρθωση σφάλματος</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber> <date>18 Ιουλ 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>έκδοση ανάπτυξης</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Ιουλ 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων, απόρριψη παρωχημένων λειτουργιών</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Φεβ 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων, υποστήριξη markdown, και βελτιώσεις στυλ</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Ιουν 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>διόρθωση σφαλμάτων</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Σεπτ 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων, επιταχύνσεις, υποστήριξη markdown</revremark></revision>
- <revision><revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Φεβ 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>διόρθωση σφάλματος</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Φεβ 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>εÏ\80είγοÏ\85Ï\83α διÏ\8cÏ\81θÏ\89Ï\83η Ï\83Ï\86άλμαÏ\84οÏ\82</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Ιαν 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων και βελτιώσεις διάταξης</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 Μαίου 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων και αναδρομής</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 Μαρτίου 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων και βελτιώσεις επίδοσης</revremark></revision>
</revhistory>
+ <othercredit class="translator">
+ <personname>
+ <firstname>Ελληνική μεταφραστική ομάδα GNOME</firstname>
+ </personname>
+ <email>team@gnome.gr</email>
+ </othercredit>
+ <copyright>
+
+ <year>2009-2014</year>
+
+ <holder>Ελληνική μεταφραστική ομάδα GNOME</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
<othercredit class="translator">
<personname>
<firstname>Τζένη Πετούμενου</firstname>
<holder>Μαρία Θουκυδίδου</holder>
</copyright>
+
+ <othercredit class="translator">
+ <personname>
+ <firstname>Μαρία Μαυρίδου</firstname>
+ </personname>
+ <email>mavridou@gmail.com</email>
+ </othercredit>
+ <copyright>
+
+ <year>2014</year>
+
+ <holder>Μαρία Μαυρίδου</holder>
+ </copyright>
</bookinfo>
<!-- ======== Chapter 1: Introduction ======================== -->
<para>Το GTK-Doc χρησιμοποιεί την τεκμηρίωση συναρτήσεων που έχει συμπεριληφθεί στα πηγαία αρχεία (εντός μπλοκ σχολίων με ειδική μορφή), ή την τεκμηρίωση που έχει προστεθεί στα πρότυπα αρχεία που χρησιμοποιεί το GTK-Doc (σημειώστε όμως ότι το GTK-Doc παράγει τεκμηρίωση μόνο για τις συναρτήσεις που δηλώνονται σε αρχεία κεφαλίδας· δεν παράγει τεκμηρίωση για στατικές συναρτήσεις).</para>
- <para>Το GTK-Doc αποτελείται από μια σειρά σεναρίων perl , καθένα από τα οποία είναι υπεύθυνο για διαφορετικό στάδιο της όλης διαδικασίας.</para>
+ <para>Το GTK-Doc αποτελείται από μια σειρά δέσμης ενεργειών perl, καθένα από τα οποία είναι υπεύθυνο για διαφορετικό στάδιο της όλης διαδικασίας.</para>
<para>Η διαδικασία περιλαμβάνει 5 κύρια στάδια:</para>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Συλλέγοντας πληροφορίες για τον κώδικα.</guilabel> Το <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> σαρώνει τα αρχεία κεφαλίδων του κώδικα ψάχνοντας για δηλώσεις συναρτήσεων, μακροεντολές, enums, δομές και ενώσεις. Δημιουργεί το αρχείο <filename><module>-decl-list.txt</filename> που περιέχει μια λίστα με τις δηλώσεις, και τις τοποθετεί σε ενότητες αναλόγως με το αρχείο κεφαλίδας στο οποίο βρίσκονται. Από την πρώτη εκτέλεση του προγράμματος το αρχείο αντιγράφεται στο <filename><module>-sections.txt</filename>. Ο συγγραφέας μπορεί να τακτοποιεί τις ενότητες και τη σειρά των δηλώσεων, για να παραγάγει το επιθυμητό τελικό αποτέλεσμα. Το δεύτερο αρχείο δημιουργεί το <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename>. Το αρχείο αυτό περιέχει τις πλήρεις δηλώσεις που βρέθηκαν από τον σαρωτή.Αν για κάποιο λόγο θέλετε μερικά σύμβολα να εμφανίζονται στην τεκμηρίωση, όπου η πλήρης δήλωση δεν μπορεί να βρεθεί από τον σαρωτή, ή πρέπει να εμφανίζεται διαφορετικά, μπορεί κάποιος να τοποθετήσει οντότητες παρόμοιες με αυτές <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> στο αρχείο <filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename>.</para>
- <para>Το <application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> μÏ\80οÏ\81εί εÏ\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82 να Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιηθεί για να κάνει δÏ\85ναμική αναζήÏ\84ηÏ\83η Ï\83ε μια βιβλιοθήκη για ενδεÏ\87Ï\8cμενεÏ\82 Ï\85Ï\80οκλάÏ\83ειÏ\82 GObject. Î\91Ï\80οθηκεÏ\8dει Ï\84ιÏ\82 Ï\80ληÏ\81οÏ\86οÏ\81ίεÏ\82 για Ï\84η θÎÏ\83η κάθε ανÏ\84ικειμÎνοÏ\85 Ï\83Ï\84ην ιεÏ\81αÏ\81Ï\87ία κλάÏ\83εÏ\89ν καθÏ\8eÏ\82 και για Ï\84α οÏ\81ίÏ\83μαÏ\84α και σήματα GObject που περιέχει.</para>
- <para>Το <application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> δεν Ï\80Ï\81ÎÏ\80ει να Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιείÏ\84ε πλέον. Χρειαζόταν στο παρελθόν όταν το GObject ήταν ακόμα GtkObject μέσα στη gtk+.</para>
+ <para>Το <application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> μÏ\80οÏ\81εί εÏ\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82 να Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιηθεί για να κάνει δÏ\85ναμική αναζήÏ\84ηÏ\83η Ï\83ε μια βιβλιοθήκη για ενδεÏ\87Ï\8cμενεÏ\82 Ï\85Ï\80οκλάÏ\83ειÏ\82 GObject. Î\91Ï\80οθηκεÏ\8dει Ï\84ιÏ\82 Ï\80ληÏ\81οÏ\86οÏ\81ίεÏ\82 για Ï\84η θÎÏ\83η κάθε ανÏ\84ικειμÎνοÏ\85 Ï\83Ï\84ην ιεÏ\81αÏ\81Ï\87ία κλάÏ\83εÏ\89ν καθÏ\8eÏ\82 και για Ï\84ιÏ\82 ιδιÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84εÏ\82 και σήματα GObject που περιέχει.</para>
+ <para>Το <application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> δεν Ï\80Ï\81ÎÏ\80ει να Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιείÏ\84αι πλέον. Χρειαζόταν στο παρελθόν όταν το GObject ήταν ακόμα GtkObject μέσα στη gtk+.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<listitem>
<para><guilabel>Παραγωγή SGML/XML και HTML/PDF</guilabel>. Το <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> μετατρέπει τα αρχεία προτύπων tmpl σε αρχεία SGML ή XML και τα τοποθετεί στους υποκαταλόγους <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> ή <filename class="directory">xml/</filename>. Αν ο πηγαίος κώδικας περιέχει τεκμηρίωση συναρτήσεων εντός ειδικών μπλοκ σχολίων, τα σχόλια συγχωνεύονται σε αυτό το στάδιο. Αν δεν υπάρχουν αρχεία προτύπων tmpl, τότε χρησιμοποιούνται μόνο τα έγγραφα που προέκυψαν από τον πηγαίο κώδικα και τα δεδομένα της ενδοσκόπησης. Σας συνιστούμε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το βιβλίο τεκμηρίωσης XML.</para>
<para> Το <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> μετατρέπει τα αρχεία SGML/XML σε αρχεία HTML που τοποθετούνται στον υποκατάλογο <filename class="directory">html/</filename>. Ομοίως, το <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> μετατρέπει τα αρχεία SGML/XML σε ένα αρχείο PDF που ονομάζεται <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.</para>
- <para>Τα αÏ\81Ï\87εία Ï\83Ï\84οÏ\85Ï\82 καÏ\84αλÏ\8cγοÏ\85Ï\82 <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename>, <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> και <filename class="directory">html/</filename> ανÏ\84ικαθίÏ\83Ï\84ανÏ\84αι αÏ\85Ï\84Ï\8cμαÏ\84α. Î\95Ï\80ομÎνÏ\89Ï\82, δεν Ï\80Ï\81ÎÏ\80ει να Ï\84α αλλάζεÏ\84ε με Ï\84ο Ï\87ÎÏ\81ι.</para>
+ <para>Τα αÏ\81Ï\87εία Ï\83Ï\84οÏ\85Ï\82 καÏ\84αλÏ\8cγοÏ\85Ï\82 <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename>, <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> και <filename class="directory">html/</filename> ανÏ\84ικαθίÏ\83Ï\84ανÏ\84αι αÏ\85Ï\84Ï\8cμαÏ\84α. Î\95Ï\80ομÎνÏ\89Ï\82, δεν Ï\80Ï\81ÎÏ\80ει να Ï\84α εÏ\80εξεÏ\81γάζεÏ\83Ï\84ε αÏ\80εÏ\85θείαÏ\82.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<sect2 id="requirements">
<title>Απαιτήσεις</title>
- <para><guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - τα βασικά σενάρια είναι γραμμένα σε Perl.</para>
+ <para><guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - οι κύριες δέσμες ενεργειών είναι γραμμένες σε Perl.</para>
<para><guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - το πρόγραμμα xslt processor από τη βιβλιοθήκη libxslt <ulink url="http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/" type="http">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink></para>
- <para><guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - τα
docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/" type="http">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink></para>
+ <para><guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - τα
φύλλα στυλ docbook xsl <ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/" type="http">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink></para>
<para><guilabel>Python</guilabel> - προαιρετική - για το gtkdoc-depscan</para>
- <para>Ένα από τα <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> ή <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - που χρησιμοποιούνται για την επισήμανση της σύνταξης στα παραδείγματα</para>
+ <para>Ένα από τα <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> ή <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - προαιρετικά - που χρησιμοποιούνται για την επισήμανση της σύνταξης στα παραδείγματα</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<para>(ΠΡΟΣ ΔΙΟΡΘΩΣΗ)</para>
- <para>(Ιστορικό, συγγραφείς, ιστοσελίδες, ταχυδρομική λίστα, άδεια, μελλοντικά σχέδια, σύγκριση με άλλα παρόμοια συστήματα.)</para>
+ <para>(Ιστορικό, συγγραφείς, ιστοσελίδες, λίστα αλληλογραφίας, άδεια, μελλοντικά σχέδια, σύγκριση με άλλα παρόμοια συστήματα.)</para>
</sect1>
<chapter id="settingup">
<title>Δημιουργώντας το δικό σας έργο</title>
- <para>Î\9fι εÏ\80Ï\8cμενεÏ\82 ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84εÏ\82 Ï\80εÏ\81ιγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85ν Ï\84α βήμαÏ\84α Ï\80οÏ\85 αÏ\80αιÏ\84οÏ\8dνÏ\84αι για να ενÏ\83Ï\89μαÏ\84Ï\8eÏ\83εÏ\84ε Ï\84ο GTK-Doc Ï\83Ï\84ο ÎÏ\81γο Ï\83αÏ\82. Î\91Ï\85Ï\84ÎÏ\82 οι ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84εÏ\82 Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\8bÏ\80οθÎÏ\84οÏ\85ν Ï\8cÏ\84ι εÏ\81γάζεÏ\83θε Ï\83ε Îνα ÎÏ\81γο Ï\80οÏ\85 λÎγεÏ\84αι 'meep'. Το ÎÏ\81γο Ï\80εÏ\81ιÎÏ\87ει Ï\84η βιβλιοθήκη 'libmeep' και Ï\84ην εÏ\86αÏ\81μογή 'meeper' για Ï\84ον Ï\84ελικÏ\8c Ï\87Ï\81ήÏ\83Ï\84η. Î Ï\81οÏ\8bÏ\80οÏ\84ίθεÏ\84αι εÏ\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82 Ï\8cÏ\84ι θα Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιείÏ\84ε Ï\84ο autoconf και Ï\84ο automake. Î\95Ï\80ιÏ\80λÎον, η ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84α <link linkend="plain_makefiles">αÏ\81Ï\87εία makefiles ή άλλα Ï\83Ï\85Ï\83Ï\84ήμαÏ\84α ανάÏ\80Ï\84Ï\85ξηÏ\82</link> Ï\80εÏ\81ιγÏ\81άÏ\86ει Ï\84α βαÏ\83ικά Ï\80οÏ\85 Ï\87Ï\81ειάζονÏ\84αι για να δοÏ\85λÎÏ\88εÏ\84ε Ï\83ε Îνα διαÏ\86οÏ\81εÏ\84ικÏ\8c ÎÏ\81γο.</para>
+ <para>Î\9fι εÏ\80Ï\8cμενεÏ\82 ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84εÏ\82 Ï\80εÏ\81ιγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85ν Ï\84α βήμαÏ\84α Ï\80οÏ\85 αÏ\80αιÏ\84οÏ\8dνÏ\84αι για να ενÏ\83Ï\89μαÏ\84Ï\8eÏ\83εÏ\84ε Ï\84ο GTK-Doc Ï\83Ï\84ο ÎÏ\81γο Ï\83αÏ\82. Î\91Ï\85Ï\84ÎÏ\82 οι ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84εÏ\82 Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\8bÏ\80οθÎÏ\84οÏ\85ν Ï\8cÏ\84ι εÏ\81γάζεÏ\83θε Ï\83ε Îνα ÎÏ\81γο Ï\80οÏ\85 λÎγεÏ\84αι 'meep'. Το ÎÏ\81γο Ï\80εÏ\81ιÎÏ\87ει Ï\84η βιβλιοθήκη 'libmeep' και Ï\84ην εÏ\86αÏ\81μογή 'meeper' για Ï\84ον Ï\84ελικÏ\8c Ï\87Ï\81ήÏ\83Ï\84η. Î\98εÏ\89Ï\81οÏ\8dμε εÏ\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82, Ï\8cÏ\84ι θα Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιείÏ\84ε Ï\84ο autoconf και Ï\84ο automake. Î\95Ï\80ιÏ\80λÎον, η ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84α <link linkend="plain_makefiles">αÏ\81Ï\87εία makefiles ή άλλα Ï\83Ï\85Ï\83Ï\84ήμαÏ\84α ανάÏ\80Ï\84Ï\85ξηÏ\82</link> θα Ï\80εÏ\81ιγÏ\81άÏ\88ει Ï\84α βαÏ\83ικά Ï\83Ï\84οιÏ\87εία Ï\80οÏ\85 αÏ\80αιÏ\84οÏ\8dνÏ\84αι για να εÏ\81γαÏ\83Ï\84είÏ\84ε Ï\83ε μια διαÏ\86οÏ\81εÏ\84ική δÏ\8cμηÏ\83η Ï\81Ï\85θμίÏ\83εÏ\89ν.</para>
<sect1 id="settingup_docfiles">
<title>Δημιουργία του σκελετού τεκμηρίωσης</title>
<sect1 id="settingup_autoconf">
<title>Ενσωμάτωση στο autoconf</title>
- <para>ΠολÏ\8d εÏ\8dκολα! Î\91Ï\80λά Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83θÎÏ\84εÏ\84ε μία γÏ\81αμμή Ï\83Ï\84ο Ï\83ενάÏ\81ιο <filename>configure.ac</filename>.</para>
+ <para>ΠολÏ\8d εÏ\8dκολα! Î\91Ï\80λά Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83θÎÏ\84εÏ\84ε μία γÏ\81αμμή Ï\83Ï\84η δÎÏ\83μη ενεÏ\81γειÏ\8eν <filename>configure.ac</filename>.</para>
<para>
<example><title>Ενσωμάτωση στο autoconf</title>
</example>
</para>
- <para>Î\91Ï\85Ï\84Ï\8c αÏ\80αιÏ\84εί αÏ\80Ï\8c Ï\8cλοÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\84οÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\80Ï\81ογÏ\81αμμαÏ\84ιÏ\83Ï\84ÎÏ\82 να ÎÏ\87οÏ\85ν εγκαÏ\84εÏ\83Ï\84ημÎνο Ï\84ο gtk-doc. Î\91ν είναι ενÏ\84άξει για Ï\84ο ÎÏ\81γο Ï\83αÏ\82 να ÎÏ\87εÏ\84ε μια εÏ\80ιÏ\80λÎον καÏ\84αÏ\83κεÏ\85ή Ï\81Ï\85θμίÏ\83εÏ\89ν για Ï\84ο api-doc, μÏ\80οÏ\81είÏ\84ε να Ï\84ο εÏ\80ιλÏ\8dÏ\83εÏ\84ε Ï\8cÏ\80Ï\89Ï\82 αναÏ\86ÎÏ\81εÏ\84αι Ï\80αÏ\81ακάÏ\84Ï\89. Î\91Ï\86ήÏ\83Ï\84ε Ï\84ο Ï\89Ï\82 ÎÏ\87ει, Ï\8cÏ\83ο Ï\84ο gtkdocize αναζηÏ\84ά Ï\84ην αÏ\81Ï\87ή Ï\84ηÏ\82 Ï\83ειÏ\81άÏ\82 για Ï\84ο <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>. <example><title>Î Ï\81οαιÏ\81εÏ\84ικά κÏ\81αÏ\84ήστε το gtk-doc</title>
+ <para>Î\91Ï\85Ï\84Ï\8c αÏ\80αιÏ\84εί αÏ\80Ï\8c Ï\8cλοÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\84οÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\80Ï\81ογÏ\81αμμαÏ\84ιÏ\83Ï\84ÎÏ\82 να ÎÏ\87οÏ\85ν εγκαÏ\84εÏ\83Ï\84ημÎνο Ï\84ο gtk-doc. Î\91ν είναι ενÏ\84άξει για Ï\84ο ÎÏ\81γο Ï\83αÏ\82 να ÎÏ\87εÏ\84ε μια εÏ\80ιÏ\80λÎον δÏ\8cμηÏ\83η Ï\81Ï\85θμίÏ\83εÏ\89ν για Ï\84ο api-doc, μÏ\80οÏ\81είÏ\84ε να Ï\84ο εÏ\80ιλÏ\8dÏ\83εÏ\84ε Ï\8cÏ\80Ï\89Ï\82 αναÏ\86ÎÏ\81εÏ\84αι Ï\80αÏ\81ακάÏ\84Ï\89. Î\91Ï\86ήÏ\83Ï\84ε Ï\84ο Ï\89Ï\82 ÎÏ\87ει, Ï\8cÏ\83ο Ï\84ο gtkdocize αναζηÏ\84ά Ï\84ην αÏ\81Ï\87ή Ï\84ηÏ\82 Ï\83ειÏ\81άÏ\82 για Ï\84ο <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>. <example><title>Î Ï\81οαιÏ\81εÏ\84ικά διαÏ\84ηÏ\81ήστε το gtk-doc</title>
<programlisting>
# έλεγχος για gtk-doc
m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [
<para>Το πρώτο όρισμα χρησιμοποιείται για έλεγχο του gtkdocversion κατά τη ρύθμιση. Το δεύτερο, προαιρετικό όρισμα χρησιμοποιείται από το <application>gtkdocize</application>. Η μακροεντολή <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> επίσης προσθέτει αρκετούς διακόπτες ρύθμισης:</para>
<orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>--with-html-dir=ΔΙΑΔΡΟΜΗ : διαδρομή προς την εγκατεστημένη τεκμηρίωση</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>--enable-gtk-doc : χρήση gtk-doc για την τεκμηρίωση [default=no]</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>--enable-gtk-doc-html : παραγωγή τεκμηρίωσης σε μορφή html [default=yes]</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : παραγωγή τεκμηρίωσης σε μορφή pdf [default=no]</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>--with-html-dir= PATH : διαδρομή προς την εγκατεστημένη τεκμηρίωση</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>--enable-gtk-doc : χρήση gtk-doc για τη δόμηση τεκμηρίωσης [προεπιλογή=no]</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>--enable-gtk-doc-html : δόμηση τεκμηρίωσης σε μορφή html [προεπιλογή=yes]</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : δόμηση τεκμηρίωσης σε μορφή pdf [προεπιλογή=no]</para></listitem>
</orderedlist>
<important>
<para>Το GTK-Doc είναι απενεργοποιημένο από προεπιλογή! Να θυμάστε να χρησιμοποιείτε την επιλογή <option>'--enable-gtk-doc'</option> στην επόμενη εκτέλεση του <filename>configure</filename>. Διαφορετικά, εγκαθίσταται η προπαραχθείσα τεκμηρίωση (δυνατότητα χρήσιμη για τον χρήστη, αλλά όχι για τον προγραμματιστή).</para>
</important>
- <para>Î\95Ï\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82, Ï\83Ï\85νιÏ\83Ï\84άÏ\84αι να Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83θÎÏ\83εÏ\84ε Ï\84ην ακÏ\8cλοÏ\85θη γÏ\81αμμή Ï\83Ï\84ο Ï\83ενάÏ\81ιο <filename>configure.ac</filename>. Î\95Ï\80ιÏ\84Ï\81ÎÏ\80ει Ï\83Ï\84ο <filename>gtkdocize</filename> να ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81άÏ\86ει αÏ\85Ï\84Ï\8cμαÏ\84α Ï\84ον οÏ\81ιÏ\83μÏ\8c Ï\84ηÏ\82 μακÏ\81οενÏ\84ολήÏ\82 <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> στο έργο σας.</para>
+ <para>Î\95Ï\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82, Ï\83Ï\85νιÏ\83Ï\84άÏ\84αι να Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83θÎÏ\83εÏ\84ε Ï\84ην ακÏ\8cλοÏ\85θη γÏ\81αμμή Ï\83Ï\84η δÎÏ\83μη ενεÏ\81γειÏ\8eν <filename>configure.ac</filename>. Î\91Ï\85Ï\84Ï\8c εÏ\80ιÏ\84Ï\81ÎÏ\80ει Ï\83Ï\84ο <filename>gtkdocize</filename> να ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81άÏ\86ει αÏ\85Ï\84Ï\8cμαÏ\84α Ï\84ον οÏ\81ιÏ\83μÏ\8c Ï\84ηÏ\82 μακÏ\81οενÏ\84ολήÏ\82 για Ï\84ο <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> στο έργο σας.</para>
<para>
<example><title>Προετοιμασία για το gtkdocize</title>
</programlisting>
</example>
</para>
- <para>Όταν όλες οι αλλαγές στο <filename>configure.ac</filename> έχουν γίνει, ενημερώστε το αρχείο <filename>ρύθμιση</filename>. Αυτό μπορείτε να το κάνετε επανεκετελώντας το <code>autoreconf -i</code> ή το <code>autogen.sh</code>.</para>
+ <para>Όταν όλες οι αλλαγές στο <filename>configure.ac</filename> έχουν γίνει, ενημερώστε το αρχείο <filename>configure</filename>. Αυτό μπορείτε να το κάνετε επανεκετελώντας το <code>autoreconf -i</code> ή το <code>autogen.sh</code>.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="settingup_automake">
<para>Πρώτα αντιγράψτε το <filename>Makefile.am</filename> από τον υποκατάλογο με τα <filename class="directory">παραδείγματα</filename> των <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink> στον κατάλογο της τεκμηρίωσης API του έργου σας ( <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>). Ένα τοπικό αντίγραφο θα πρέπει να είναι διαθέσιμο π.χ. στο <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>. Αν έχετε πολλά doc-packages επαναλάβετε αυτό το βήμα για το καθένα απο αυτά.</para>
- <para>Το επόμενο βήμα είναι να τροποποιήσετε τις ρυθμίσεις στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Πριν από κάθε ρύθμιση υπάρχει ένα σχόλιο που εξηγεί τη χρησιμότητά της. Οι περισσότερες είναι σημαίες που στέλνονται στα αντίστοιχα εργαλεία. Κάθε εργαλείο διαθέτει μια μεταβλητή της μορφής <option><Î\9fÎ\9dÎ\9fÎ\9cÎ\91_Î\95ΡÎ\93Î\91Î\9bÎ\95Î\99Î\9fÎ¥>_Î\95Î Î\99Î\9bÎ\9fÎ\93Î\95Σ</option>. Ï\8cλα Ï\84α εÏ\81γαλεία Ï\85Ï\80οÏ\83Ï\84ηÏ\81ίζοÏ\85ν Ï\84ην εÏ\80ιλογή <option>--help</option> για Ï\84ην Ï\80αÏ\81αγÏ\89γή λίÏ\83Ï\84αÏ\82 με Ï\84ιÏ\82 Ï\85Ï\80οÏ\83Ï\84ηÏ\81ιζÏ\8cμενεÏ\82 Ï\80αÏ\81αμÎÏ\84Ï\81οÏ\85Ï\82.</para>
+ <para>Το επόμενο βήμα είναι να τροποποιήσετε τις ρυθμίσεις στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Πριν από κάθε ρύθμιση υπάρχει ένα σχόλιο που εξηγεί τη χρησιμότητά της. Οι περισσότερες είναι σημαίες που στέλνονται στα αντίστοιχα εργαλεία. Κάθε εργαλείο διαθέτει μια μεταβλητή της μορφής <option><TOOLNAME>_OPTIONS</option>. Î\8cλα Ï\84α εÏ\81γαλεία Ï\85Ï\80οÏ\83Ï\84ηÏ\81ίζοÏ\85ν Ï\84ην εÏ\80ιλογή <option>--help</option> για Ï\84ην Ï\80αÏ\81αγÏ\89γή λίÏ\83Ï\84αÏ\82 με Ï\84ιÏ\82 Ï\85Ï\80οÏ\83Ï\84ηÏ\81ιζÏ\8cμενεÏ\82 Ï\80αÏ\81αμÎÏ\84Ï\81οÏ\85Ï\82.</para>
<!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
<sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
<title>Ενσωμάτωση στο autogen</title>
- <para>Τα περισσότερα έργα διαθέτουν ένα σενάριο <filename>autogen.sh</filename> για τη δημιουργία υποδομών μετά από έναν έλεγχο από το σύστημα ελέγχου εκδόσεων (π.χ., cvs/svn/git). Το GTK-Doc διαθέτει το εργαλείο <filename>gtkdocize</filename>, το οποίο μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για ένα τέτοιο σενάριο. Θα πρέπει να εκτελείται πριν το autoheader, το automake ή το autoconf.</para>
+ <para>Τα περισσότερα έργα διαθέτουν ένα σενάριο <filename>autogen.sh</filename> για τη δόμηση υποδομών μετά από έναν έλεγχο από το σύστημα ελέγχου εκδόσεων (π.χ., cvs/svn/git). Το GTK-Doc διαθέτει το εργαλείο <filename>gtkdocize</filename>, το οποίο μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για ένα τέτοιο σενάριο. Θα πρέπει να εκτελείται πριν το autoheader, το automake ή το autoconf.</para>
<para>
<example><title>Εκτέλεση του gtkdocize από το autogen.sh</title>
</example>
</para>
- <para>Î\9aαÏ\84ά Ï\84ην εκÏ\84ÎλεÏ\83ή Ï\84οÏ\85, Ï\84ο <filename>gtkdocize</filename> ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81άÏ\86ει Ï\84ο <filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> Ï\83Ï\84ο Ï\81ιζικÏ\8c καÏ\84άλογο Ï\84οÏ\85 ÎÏ\81γοÏ\85 Ï\83αÏ\82 (ή Ï\83Ï\84ον καÏ\84άλογο Ï\80οÏ\85 οÏ\81ίζει η εÏ\80ιλογή <option>--docdir</option>). Î\95Ï\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82, ελÎγÏ\87ει Ï\84ο Ï\83ενάÏ\81ιο configure για να βρει την κλήση στο <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>.</para>
+ <para>Î\9aαÏ\84ά Ï\84ην εκÏ\84ÎλεÏ\83ή Ï\84οÏ\85, Ï\84ο <filename>gtkdocize</filename> ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81άÏ\86ει Ï\84ο <filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> Ï\83Ï\84ο Ï\81ιζικÏ\8c καÏ\84άλογο Ï\84οÏ\85 ÎÏ\81γοÏ\85 Ï\83αÏ\82 (ή Ï\83Ï\84ον καÏ\84άλογο Ï\80οÏ\85 οÏ\81ίζει η εÏ\80ιλογή <option>--docdir</option>). Î\95Ï\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82, ελÎγÏ\87ει Ï\84η δÎÏ\83μη ενεÏ\81γειÏ\8eν configure για να βρει την κλήση στο <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>.</para>
<para>Αρχικά, το GTK-Doc δημιουργούσε αρχεία προτύπων εκεί που οι προγραμματιστές εισήγαγαν την τεκμηρίωση. Δυστυχώς, αυτή η προσέγγιση δεν ήταν ιδιαίτερα επιτυχής (π.χ η ανάγκη για παραγωγή αρχείων στο σύστημα ελέγχου εκδόσεων). Από την έκδοση 1.9 και μετά, τα πρότυπα αρχεία δεν είναι πλέον απαραίτητα. Σας συνιστούμε να διατηρείτε την τεκμηρίωση στον κώδικα. To <application>gtkdocize</application> υποστηρίζει πλέον την επιλογή <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> που επιλέγει ένα αρχείο makefile που δεν χρησιμοποιεί καθόλου πρότυπα tmpl. Πέρα από την άμεση προσθήκη της επιλογής στην κλήση της εντολής, μπορεί να προστεθεί και σε μια μεταβλητή περιβάλλοντος που ονομάζεται <symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</symbol> ή να ορισθεί ως δεύτερη παράμετρος στη μακροεντολή <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> στο σενάριο configure. Αν δεν έχετε κάνει ποτέ αλλαγές με το χέρι σε αρχεία προτύπων και μεταβαίνετε από μια παλιότερη έκδοση του gtkdoc, παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε τον κατάλογο (π.χ. από το σύστημα ελέγχου εκδόσεων).</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="settingup_firstrun">
- <title>ΠαÏ\81αγÏ\89γή Ï\84ης τεκμηρίωσης</title>
+ <title>Î\95κÏ\84ÎλεÏ\83η Ï\84ηÏ\82 δÏ\8cμηÏ\83ης τεκμηρίωσης</title>
- <para>Αφού ολοκληρωθούν τα προηγούμενα βήματα, προχωρήστε στην παραγωγή. Πρώτα, θα πρέπει να εκτελεσθεί εκ νέου το <filename>autogen.sh</filename>. Αν το σενάριο εκτελεί και το configure, προσθέστε την επιλογή <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option>. Διαφορετικά, εκτελέστε εσείς το<filename>configure</filename> με αυτή την επιλογή.</para>
+ <para>Αφού ολοκληρωθούν τα προηγούμενα βήματα, προχωρήστε στην δόμηση. Πρώτα, θα πρέπει να εκτελεσθεί εκ νέου το <filename>autogen.sh</filename>. Αν το σενάριο εκτελεί και το configure, προσθέστε την επιλογή <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option>. Διαφορετικά, εκτελέστε εσείς το<filename>configure</filename> με αυτή την επιλογή.</para>
<para>Η πρώτη εκτέλεση του make δημιουργεί μια σειρά από πρόσθετα αρχεία στους καταλόγους της τεκμηρίωσης. Τα σημαντικά είναι τα: <filename><package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (στο παρελθόν .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.</para>
<para>
- <example><title>ΠαÏ\81αγÏ\89γή Ï\84ης τεκμηρίωσης</title>
+ <example><title>Î\95κÏ\84ÎλεÏ\83η Ï\84ηÏ\82 δÏ\8cμηÏ\83ης τεκμηρίωσης</title>
<programlisting>
./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc
make
<sect1 id="settingup_vcs">
<title>Ενσωμάτωση σε συστήματα ελέγχου εκδόσεων</title>
- <para>Ο εμπειρικός κανόνας είναι ότι αυτά τα αρχεία που επεξεργασθήκατε πρέπει να περάσουν από τον έλεγχο έκδοσης. Για τυπικά έργα, πρόκειται για τα αρχεία: <filename><package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs..xml</filename> (στο παρελθόν .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename></para>
+ <para>Ο εμπειρικός κανόνας είναι ότι αυτά τα αρχεία που επεξεργασθήκατε πρέπει να περάσουν από τον έλεγχο έκδοσης. Για τυπικά έργα, πρόκειται για τα αρχεία: <filename><package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (στο παρελθόν .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
+ <para>Αρχεία στους καταλόγους <filename>xml/</filename> και <filename>html/</filename> δεν θα πρέπει να υποβληθούν σε έλεγχο έκδοσης. Ούτε και αρχεία <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="plain_makefiles">
- <title>Î\95νÏ\83Ï\89μάÏ\84Ï\89Ï\83η Ï\83Ï\84α αÏ\81Ï\87εία makefiles ή άλλα Ï\83Ï\85Ï\83Ï\84ήμαÏ\84α ανάÏ\80Ï\84Ï\85ξης</title>
+ <title>Î\95νÏ\83Ï\89μάÏ\84Ï\89Ï\83η Ï\83Ï\84α αÏ\81Ï\87εία makefiles ή άλλα Ï\83Ï\85Ï\83Ï\84ήμαÏ\84α δÏ\8cμηÏ\83ης</title>
- <para>ΣÏ\84ην Ï\80εÏ\81ίÏ\80Ï\84Ï\89Ï\83η Ï\80οÏ\85 κάÏ\80οιοÏ\82 δε θÎλει να Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιήÏ\83ει Ï\84ο automake και, εÏ\80ομÎνÏ\89Ï\82, Ï\84ο <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> θα Ï\87Ï\81ειαÏ\83Ï\84εί να καλÎÏ\83ει Ï\84α εÏ\81γαλεία Ï\84οÏ\85 gtkdoc Ï\83Ï\84η Ï\83Ï\89Ï\83Ï\84ή Ï\83ειÏ\81ά Ï\83Ï\84α makefiles (ή άλλα εÏ\81γαλεία ανάÏ\80Ï\84Ï\85ξης).</para>
+ <para>ΣÏ\84ην Ï\80εÏ\81ίÏ\80Ï\84Ï\89Ï\83η Ï\80οÏ\85 κάÏ\80οιοÏ\82 δε θÎλει να Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιήÏ\83ει Ï\84ο automake και, εÏ\80ομÎνÏ\89Ï\82, Ï\84ο <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> θα Ï\87Ï\81ειαÏ\83Ï\84εί να καλÎÏ\83ει Ï\84α εÏ\81γαλεία Ï\84οÏ\85 gtkdoc Ï\83Ï\84η Ï\83Ï\89Ï\83Ï\84ή Ï\83ειÏ\81ά Ï\83Ï\84α makefiles (ή άλλα εÏ\81γαλεία δÏ\8cμηÏ\83ης).</para>
<para>
- <example><title>Βήματα παραγωγής τεκμηρίωσης</title>
+ <example><title>Βήματα δόμησης τεκμηρίωσης</title>
<programlisting>
DOC_MODULE=meep
// sources have changed
<para>Για να αποφύγετε αυτά τα προβλήματα, σας προτείνουμε να ενσωματώνετε την τεκμηρίωση στον πηγαίο κώδικα. Αυτή είναι και η μόνη μέθοδος που θα περιγράψουμε σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο.</para>
</note>
- <para>Ο σαρωτής μπορεί να χειρισθεί άνετα την πλειοψηφία των κεφαλίδων C . Σε περίπτωση που παίρνετε προειδοποιήσεις από τον σαρωτή οι οποίες μοιάζουν με έναν ειδικό χαρακτήρα, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε στο GTK-Doc να τους παραλείψει. <example><title>Μπλοκ σχολίου GTK-Doc</title>
+ <para>Ο σαρωτής μπορεί να χειρισθεί άνετα την πλειοψηφία των κεφαλίδων C. Σε περίπτωση που παίρνετε προειδοποιήσεις από τον σαρωτή οι οποίες μοιάζουν με έναν ειδικό χαρακτήρα, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε στο GTK-Doc να τους παραλείψει. <example><title>Μπλοκ σχολίου GTK-Doc</title>
<programlisting>
#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
/* unparseable code here */
</programlisting>
</example></para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
+ <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
+ <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
<!-- -->
<sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
</itemizedlist></para>
</tip>
- <para>Î\88να Ï\80λεονÎκÏ\84ημα Ï\84ηÏ\82 Ï\87Ï\81ήÏ\83ηÏ\82 Ï\85Ï\80εÏ\81κειμÎνοÏ\85 ανÏ\84ί για αÏ\80λÏ\8c κείμενο, είναι η δÏ\85ναÏ\84Ï\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84α Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83θήκηÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νδÎÏ\83μÏ\89ν Ï\83Ï\84ο ÎγγÏ\81αÏ\86ο. ΩÏ\83Ï\84Ï\8cÏ\83ο, η Ï\87Ï\81ήÏ\83η Ï\84ηÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\89Ï\83Ï\84ήÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\8dνÏ\84αξηÏ\82 για Ï\84η δημιοÏ\85Ï\81γία Ï\83Ï\85νδÎÏ\83μÏ\89ν μÏ\80οÏ\81εί να είναι αÏ\81κεÏ\84ά κοÏ\85Ï\81αÏ\83Ï\84ική διαδικαÏ\83ία. Το GTK-Doc Ï\83αÏ\82 βοηθάει, Ï\80αÏ\81ÎÏ\87ονÏ\84άÏ\82 Ï\83αÏ\82 μια Ï\83ειÏ\81ά αÏ\80Ï\8c Ï\87Ï\81ήÏ\83ιμεÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νÏ\84μήσεις. <itemizedlist>
+ <para>Î\88να Ï\80λεονÎκÏ\84ημα Ï\84ηÏ\82 Ï\87Ï\81ήÏ\83ηÏ\82 Ï\85Ï\80εÏ\81κειμÎνοÏ\85 ανÏ\84ί για αÏ\80λÏ\8c κείμενο, είναι η δÏ\85ναÏ\84Ï\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84α Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83θήκηÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νδÎÏ\83μÏ\89ν Ï\83Ï\84ο ÎγγÏ\81αÏ\86ο. ΩÏ\83Ï\84Ï\8cÏ\83ο, η Ï\83Ï\85γγÏ\81αÏ\86ή Ï\84ηÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\89Ï\83Ï\84ήÏ\82 εÏ\80ιÏ\83ήμανÏ\83ηÏ\82 για Îναν Ï\83Ï\8dνδεÏ\83μο μÏ\80οÏ\81εί να είναι αÏ\81κεÏ\84ά κοÏ\85Ï\81αÏ\83Ï\84ική διαδικαÏ\83ία. Το GTK-Doc Ï\83αÏ\82 βοηθάει, Ï\80αÏ\81ÎÏ\87ονÏ\84άÏ\82 Ï\83αÏ\82 μια Ï\83ειÏ\81ά αÏ\80Ï\8c Ï\87Ï\81ήÏ\83ιμεÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νÏ\84ομεÏ\8dσεις. <itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Χρησιμοποιήστε το function() για να αναφερθείτε σε συναρτήσεις ή μακροεντολές που δέχονται ορίσματα.</para>
</listitem>
<para>Το DocBook μπορεί να κάνει παραπάνω από απλούς συνδέσμους. Μπορεί κάποιος να έχει και λίστες, παραδείγματα, κεφαλίδες και εικόνες. Από την έκδοση 1.20 και μετά, ο προτιμώμενος τρόπος είναι με τη χρήση ενός υποσυνόλου της βασικής σύνταξης για μορφοποίηση κειμένου που ονομάζεται <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>. Σε παλιότερες εκδόσεις GTK-Doc οποιαδήποτε τεκμηρίωση που περιλαμβάνει Markdown θα αποδίδεται ως έχει. Για παράδειγμα, οι καταχωρήσεις της λίστας θα εμφανίζονται σαν γραμμές που αρχίζουν με μια παύλα.</para>
+ <para>
+ While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
+ that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
+ docbook xml is not supported.
+ </para>
+
<para>Σε παλιότερες εκδόσεις του GTK-Doc, αν χρειάζεστε υποστήριξη για πρόσθετη μορφοποίηση, θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιήσετε τη χρήση των ετικετών docbook SGML/XML μέσα στα doc-comments θέτοντας το <option>--xml-mode</option> ή το <option>--sgml-mode</option> στη μεταβλητή <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> μέσα στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
<para>
<example><title>Μπλοκ σχολίου GTK-Doc χρησιμοποιώντας Markdown</title>
<programlisting>
/**
- * ταυτοποιητικό:
+ * identifier:
*
- * παράγραφος τεκμηρίωσης ...
+ * documentation paragraph ...
*
- * # Υπο Κεφαλίδα #
+ * # Sub Heading #
*
- * ## Δεύτερη Υπο Κεφαλίδα
+ * ## Second Sub Heading
*
- * # Υπο Κεφαλίδα με έναν αγκυρωμένο σύνδεσμο # {#heading-two}
+ * # Sub Heading With a Link Anchor # {#heading-two}
*
- * περισσότερη τεκμηρίωση:
+ * more documentation:
*
- * - καταχώρηση λίστας 1
+ * - list item 1
*
- * Παράγραφος μέσα σε μια καταχώρηση λίστας.
+ * Paragraph inside a list item.
*
- * - καταχώρηση λίστας 2
+ * - list item 2
*
- * 1. αριθμημένη καταχώρηση λίστας
+ * 1. numbered list item
*
- * 2. μια άλλη αριθμημένη καταχώρηση λίστας
+ * 2. another numbered list item
*
- * Μια άλλη παράγραφος. [Ένας σύνδεσμος στον ιστότοπο του GNOME](http://www.gnome.org/)
+ * Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)
*
- * ![μια εικόνα inline][plot-result.png]
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
*
- * [Ένας σύνδεσμος στον παραπάνω heading anchor][heading-two]
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
*
- * Ένα παράδειγμα γλώσσας-C:
- * |[<!-- γλώσσα="C" -->
- * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Υπέροχη!");
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
* ]|
*/
</programlisting>
<para>Μπορείτε να βρείτε περισσότερα παραδείγματα για το ποιες ετικέτες markdown υποστηρίζονται στη διεύθυνση <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.</para>
<tip>
- <para>Όπως αναφέρθηκε και προηγουμένως το GTK-Doc στοχεύει στην τεκμηρίωση του δημόσιου API. Άρα, δεν μπορεί κάποιος να γράψει τεκμηρίωση για στατικά σύμβολα. Παρόλα αυτά, συνιστάται ο σχολιασμός και αυτών των συμβόλων, γιατί βοηθά στην κατανόηση του κώδικα. Σας προτείνουμε λοιπόν να τα σχολιάζετε χρησιμοποιώντας κανονικά σχόλια (χωρίς το δεύτερο «*» στην πρώτη γραμμή). Αν αργότερα χρειαστεί να μετατραπεί η συνάρτηση σε δημόσια, το μόνο που θα πρέπει να γίνει είναι να προστεθεί άλλο ένα «*» στο μπλοκ του σχολίου, και να εισαχθεί το όνομα του συμβόλου στην κατάλληλη θέση του αρχείου ενοτήτων.</para>
+
<para>Όπως αναφέρθηκε και προηγουμένως το GTK-Doc στοχεύει στην τεκμηρίωση του δημόσιου API. Άρα, δεν μπορεί κάποιος να γράψει τεκμηρίωση για στατικά σύμβολα. Παρόλα αυτά, συνιστάται ο σχολιασμός και αυτών των συμβόλων, γιατί βοηθά στην κατανόηση του κώδικα. Σας προτείνουμε λοιπόν να τα σχολιάζετε χρησιμοποιώντας κανονικά σχόλια (χωρίς το δεύτερο «*» στην πρώτη γραμμή). Αν αργότερα χρειαστεί να μετατραπεί η συνάρτηση σε δημόσια, το μόνο που θα πρέπει να γίνει είναι να προστεθεί άλλο ένα «*» στο μπλοκ του σχολίου, και να εισαχθεί το όνομα του συμβόλου στην κατάλληλη θέση του αρχείου ενοτήτων.</para>
</tip>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="documenting_sections">
<title>Τεκμηρίωση ενοτήτων</title>
- <para>Î\9aάθε ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84α Ï\84ηÏ\82 Ï\84εκμηÏ\81ίÏ\89Ï\83ηÏ\82 Ï\80εÏ\81ιÎÏ\87ει Ï\80ληÏ\81οÏ\86οÏ\81ίεÏ\82 για μία κλάση ή ένα άρθρωμα. Για να εισάγετε το συστατικό μπορείτε να γράψετε ένα μπλοκ σχολίου ενότητας. Η σύντομη αυτή περιγραφή χρησιμοποιείται και για τον πίνακα περιεχομένων. Όλα τα πεδία @fields είναι προαιρετικά.</para>
+ <para>Î\9aάθε ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84α Ï\84ηÏ\82 Ï\84εκμηÏ\81ίÏ\89Ï\83ηÏ\82 Ï\80εÏ\81ιÎÏ\87ει Ï\80ληÏ\81οÏ\86οÏ\81ίεÏ\82 για μια κλάση ή ένα άρθρωμα. Για να εισάγετε το συστατικό μπορείτε να γράψετε ένα μπλοκ σχολίου ενότητας. Η σύντομη αυτή περιγραφή χρησιμοποιείται και για τον πίνακα περιεχομένων. Όλα τα πεδία @fields είναι προαιρετικά.</para>
<para>
<example><title>Μπλοκ σχολίου ενότητας</title>
<varlistentry>
<term>@short_description</term>
<listitem>
- <para>ΠεÏ\81ιγÏ\81αÏ\86ή Ï\84ηÏ\82 ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84αÏ\82 Ï\83ε μία γραμμή, η οποία θα εμφανίζεται, στη συνέχεια, μετά από τους συνδέσμους του πίνακα περιεχομένων και στην αρχή της σελίδας της ενότητας.</para>
+ <para>ΠεÏ\81ιγÏ\81αÏ\86ή Ï\84ηÏ\82 ενÏ\8cÏ\84ηÏ\84αÏ\82 Ï\83ε μια γραμμή, η οποία θα εμφανίζεται, στη συνέχεια, μετά από τους συνδέσμους του πίνακα περιεχομένων και στην αρχή της σελίδας της ενότητας.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<sect1 id="documenting_symbols">
<title>Τεκμηρίωση συμβόλων</title>
- <para>Κάθε σύμβολο (συνάρτηση, μακροεντολή, δομή, αρίθμηση, σήμα, ιδιότητα) τεκμηριώνεται σε ξεχωριστό μπλοκ. Η καταλληλότερη θέση για τα μπλοκ είναι δίπλα στους ορισμούς των συμβόλων, γιατί διευκολύνει το έργο συγχρονισμού. Επομένως, η τεκμηρίωση των συναρτήσεων συνήθως βρίσκεται στο αρχείο του πηγαίου κώδικα, ενώ των μακροεντολών, δομών και αριθμήσεων στο αρχείο κεφαλίδας.</para>
+ <para>Κάθε σύμβολο (συνάρτηση, μακροεντολή, δομή, αρίθμηση, σήμα, ιδιότητα) τεκμηριώνεται σε ξεχωριστή ομάδα. Η καταλληλότερη θέση για τις ομάδες είναι δίπλα στους ορισμούς των συμβόλων, γιατί διευκολύνει το έργο συγχρονισμού. Επομένως, η τεκμηρίωση των συναρτήσεων συνήθως βρίσκεται στο αρχείο του πηγαίου κώδικα, ενώ των μακροεντολών, δομών και αριθμήσεων στο αρχείο κεφαλίδας.</para>
<sect2><title>Γενικές ετικέτες</title>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
<para>(FIXME : Πληροφορίες σταθερότητας)</para>
-
+ <para>(FIXME : Πληροφορίες σταθερότητας)</para>
+
<example><title>Γενικές ετικέτες</title>
<programlisting>
/**
* foo_get_bar:
* @foo: some foo
*
- * Ανάκτηση του @foo's bar.
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
*
- * Επιστρέφει: @foo's bar
+ * Returns: @foo's bar
*
- * Από το: 2.6
- * Παρωχημένο: 2.12: Χρησιμοποιείστε το foo_baz_get_bar() στη θέση του.
+ * Since: 2.6
+ * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.
*/
Bar *
foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)
</example>
</sect2>
- <sect2><title>Μπλοκ σχολίου συνάρτησης</title>
+ <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
+ rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by
+ gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list
+ of the supported tags can be found on
+ <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Annotations</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ */
+...
+/**
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
+ * (and another annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Sets bar on @foo.
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Ομάδα σχολίων συνάρτησης</title>
<para>Παρακαλούμε να θυμηθείτε να: <itemizedlist>
<listitem>
- <para>Τεκμηριώσετε κατά πόσο τα επιστρεφόμενα αντικείμενα, λίστες, συμβολοσειρές, κ.λπ, θα πρέπει να ελευθερώνονται, να μην ελευθερώνονται ή να απορρίπτονται.</para>
+ <para>Τεκμηριώστε κατά πόσο τα επιστρεφόμενα αντικείμενα, λίστες, συμβολοσειρές, κ.λπ, θα πρέπει να ελευθερώνονται, να μην ελευθερώνονται ή να απορρίπτονται.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Τεκμηριώσετε κατά πόσο οι παράμετροι μπορούν να είναι μηδενικές (NULL) και τι συμβαίνει αν είναι.</para>
<para>Το Gtk-doc θεωρεί ότι όλα τα σύμβολα (μακροεντολές, συναρτήσεις, κτλ.) που ξεκινούν με '_' είναι ιδιωτικά και τα μεταχειρίζεται σαν στατικές συναρτήσεις.</para>
- <para>Επίσης, ρίξτε μια ματιά στις ετικέτες σημείωσης ενδοσκόπησης: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations</para>
-
- <example><title>Μπλοκ σχολίου συνάρτησης</title>
+ <example><title>Ομάδα σχολίων συνάρτησης</title>
<programlisting>
/**
* function_name:
- * @par1: περιγραφή της παραμέτρου 1. Αυτά μπορουν να επεκταθούν επί πολύ περισσότερο από
- * μια γραμμή.
- * @par2: περιγραφή της παραμέτρου 2
- * @...: a %NULL-terminated λίστα γραμμών
+ * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than
+ * one line.
+ * @par2: description of parameter 2
+ * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars
*
- * Η περιγραφή παραμέτρου πηγαίνει εδώ. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το @par1 για να αναφερθείτε στις παραμέτρους
- * έτσι ώστε να τονίζονται έντονα στην έξοδο. Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε το %constant
- * για τις σταθερές, το function_name2() για τις συναρτήσεις και το #GtkWidget για συνδέσμους σε
- * άλλες δηλώσεις (που μπορεί να τεκμηριώνονται αλλού).
+ * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters
+ * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant
+ * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to
+ * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).
*
- * Επιστρέφει: έναν ακέραιο.
+ * Returns: an integer.
*
- * Από την: 2.2
- * Παρωχημένη: 2.18: Χρησιμοποιήστε αντιθέτως μια άλλη_συνάρτηση().
+ * Since: 2.2
+ * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.
*/
-
</programlisting>
</example>
<variablelist><title>Ετικέτες συναρτήσεων</title>
- <varlistentry><term>Returns:</term>
+ <varlistentry><term>Επιστροφές:</term>
<listitem>
<para>Παράγραφος που περιγράφει το επιστρεφόμενο αποτέλεσμα.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry><term>@...:</term>
<listitem>
- <para>Σε περίπτωση που η μεταβλητή μπορεί να δεχθεί μεταβλητό αριθμό ορισμάτων (variadic), πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την ετικέτα (η ετικέτα @Varargs: λειτουργεί επίσης, για ιστορικούς λόγους).</para>
+ <para>Σε περίπτωση που η συνάρτηση μπορεί να δεχθεί μεταβλητό αριθμό ορισμάτων (variadic), πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την ετικέτα (η ετικέτα @Varargs: λειτουργεί επίσης, για ιστορικούς λόγους).</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
- <sect2><title>Î\9cÏ\80λοκ Ï\83Ï\87ολίοÏ\85 ιδιότητας</title>
+ <sect2><title>Î\9fμάδα Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν ιδιότητας</title>
- <example><title>Î\9cÏ\80λοκ Ï\83Ï\87ολίοÏ\85 ιδιότητας</title>
+ <example><title>Î\9fμάδα Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν ιδιότητας</title>
<programlisting>
/**
* SomeWidget:some-property:
*
- * Εδώ μπορείτε να τεκμηριώσετε μια ιδιότητα.
+ * Here you can document a property.
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);
</programlisting>
</sect2>
- <sect2><title>Î\9cÏ\80λοκ Ï\83Ï\87ολίοÏ\85 σήματος</title>
+ <sect2><title>Î\9fμάδα Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν σήματος</title>
<para>Παρακαλούμε να θυμηθείτε να: <itemizedlist>
<listitem>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist></para>
- <example><title>Î\9cÏ\80λοκ Ï\83Ï\87ολίοÏ\85 σήματος</title>
+ <example><title>Î\9fμάδα Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν σήματος</title>
<programlisting>
/**
* FooWidget::foobarized:
* @foo: some foo
* @bar: some bar
*
- * Το ::foobar-οποιημένο σήμα εκπέμπεται κάθε φορά που κάποιος προσπαθεί να foobar-οποιήσει το @widget.
+ * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.
*/
foo_signals[FOOBARIZE] =
g_signal_new ("foobarize",
</sect2>
- <sect2><title>Î\9cÏ\80λοκ Ï\83Ï\87ολίοÏ\85 δομής</title>
- <example><title>Î\9cÏ\80λοκ Ï\83Ï\87ολίοÏ\85 δομής</title>
+ <sect2><title>Î\9fμάδα Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν δομής</title>
+ <example><title>Î\9fμάδα Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν δομής</title>
<programlisting>
/**
* FooWidget:
* @bar: some #gboolean
*
- * Αυτό είναι το καλύτερο widget που υπήρξε ποτέ.
+ * This is the best widget, ever.
*/
typedef struct _FooWidget {
/*< private >*/
<para>Χρησιμοποιήστε το <code>/*< private >*/</code> πριν από πεδία ιδιωτικών δομών που θέλετε να αποκρύψετε. Χρησιμοποιήστε το <code>/*< public >*/</code>για την αντίστροφη συμπεριφορά.</para>
- <para>Î\9fι ομάδεÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν μιαÏ\82 Î\94ομής μπορούν επίσης να χρησιμοποιηθούν για GObjects και για GObjectClasses. Είναι συνήθως καλή ιδέα να προσθέτετε μία ομάδα σχολίου για μια κλάση, εάν έχει vmethods (γιατί έτσι μπορούν να τεκμηριωθούν). Για το ίδιο το GObject μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα σχετικά έγγραφα τμημάτων, έχοντας μία ξεχωριστή ομάδα για το στιγμιότυπο δομής θα ήταν χρήσιμο εάν το στιγμιότυπο έχει δημόσια πεδία. Ένα μειονέκτημα εδώ είναι ότι θα δημιουργηθούν δύο καταχωρήσεις δεικτών για το ίδιο όνομα (για την δομή και για το τμήμα).</para>
+ <para>Î\9fι ομάδεÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν μιαÏ\82 δομής μπορούν επίσης να χρησιμοποιηθούν για GObjects και για GObjectClasses. Είναι συνήθως καλή ιδέα να προσθέτετε μία ομάδα σχολίου για μια κλάση, εάν έχει vmethods (γιατί έτσι μπορούν να τεκμηριωθούν). Για το ίδιο το GObject μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα σχετικά έγγραφα τμημάτων, έχοντας μία ξεχωριστή ομάδα για το στιγμιότυπο δομής θα ήταν χρήσιμο εάν το στιγμιότυπο έχει δημόσια πεδία. Ένα μειονέκτημα εδώ είναι ότι θα δημιουργηθούν δύο καταχωρήσεις δεικτών για το ίδιο όνομα (για την δομή και για το τμήμα).</para>
</sect2>
- <sect2><title>Î\9cÏ\80λοκ Ï\83Ï\87ολίοÏ\85 Enum</title>
- <example><title>Î\9cÏ\80λοκ Ï\83Ï\87ολίοÏ\85 Enum</title>
+ <sect2><title>Î\9fμάδα Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν Enum</title>
+ <example><title>Î\9fμάδα Ï\83Ï\87ολίÏ\89ν Enum</title>
<programlisting>
/**
* Something:
* @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo
* @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar
*
- * Τιμές απαρίθμησης που χρησιμοποιούνται για το πράγμα, για τον ορισμό του πράγματος.
+ * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.
*/
typedef enum {
SOMETHING_FOO,
SOMETHING_BAR,
/*< private >*/
SOMETHING_COUNT
-} Something·
+} Something;
</programlisting>
</example>
<programlisting>
<link linkend="glib-Hash-Tables">Hash Tables</link>
</programlisting>
- </informalexample> Ο προορισμός είναι το id του SGML/XML στο πρώτο στοιχείο της σελίδας στην οποία παραπέμπει ο σύνδεσμος. Για τις περισσότερες σελίδες είναι το ("gtk", "gdk", glib"), ακολουθούμενο από τον τίτλο της σελίδας («Πίνακες Hash»). Για τα γραφικά συστατικά είναι το όνομα της κλάσης. Τα διαστήματα και τα «_» μετατρέπονται σε «-» για να υπάρχει συμμόρφωση με το SGML/XML.</para>
+ </informalexample> Ο προορισμός είναι το αναγνωριστικό του SGML/XML στο πρώτο στοιχείο της σελίδας στην οποία παραπέμπει ο σύνδεσμος. Για τις περισσότερες σελίδες είναι το ("gtk", "gdk", glib"), ακολουθούμενο από τον τίτλο της σελίδας ("Πίνακες Hash"). Για τα γραφικά συστατικά είναι το όνομα της κλάσης. Τα διαστήματα και τα «_» μετατρέπονται σε «-» για να υπάρχει συμμόρφωση με το SGML/XML.</para>
<para>Αναφορά σε εξωτερική συνάρτηση, π.χ. τυποποιημένη συνάρτηση C: <informalexample>
<programlisting>
<para>Συμπερίληψη παραδειγμάτων κώδικα: <informalexample>
<programlisting>
<example>
- <title>Χρησιμοποιώντας έναν πίνακα GHashTable.</title>
+ <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>
<programlisting>
...
</programlisting>
</programlisting>
</informalexample>
</programlisting>
- </informalexample>. Στην τελευταία περίπτωση το GTK-Doc υποστηρίζει επίσης τη σύντμηση: |[ ... ]|</para>
+ </informalexample>. Στην τελευταία περίπτωση το GTK-Doc υποστηρίζει επίσης μια συντόμευση: |[ ... ]|</para>
- <para>Συμπερίληψη λιστών με κουκίδες: <informalexample>
+ <para>ΣÏ\85μÏ\80εÏ\81ίληÏ\88η λιÏ\83Ï\84Ï\8eν με κοÏ\85κκίδεÏ\82: <informalexample>
<programlisting>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<programlisting>
<note>
<para>
- Βεβαιωθείτε πως απελυεθερώνετε τα δεδομένα μετά τη χρήση.
+ Make sure you free the data after use.
</para>
</note>
</programlisting>
<para>Για να αναφερθείτε σε έναν τύπο: <informalexample>
<programlisting>
-<type>μη υπογεγραμμένος χαρακτήρας char</type>
+<type>unsigned char</type>
</programlisting>
</informalexample></para>
<programlisting>
<classname>GtkWidget</classname>
</programlisting>
- </informalexample>, αλλά μάλλον θα Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιήÏ\83εÏ\84ε Ï\84ο #GtkWidget (για αÏ\85Ï\84Ï\8cμαÏ\84η δημιοÏ\85Ï\81γία Ï\83Ï\85νδÎÏ\83μοÏ\85 Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\82 Ï\84η Ï\83ελίδα GtkWidget, δείÏ\84ε <link linkend="documenting_syntax">Ï\84ιÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νÏ\84μήσεις</link>).</para>
+ </informalexample>, αλλά μάλλον θα Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιήÏ\83εÏ\84ε Ï\84ο #GtkWidget (για αÏ\85Ï\84Ï\8cμαÏ\84η δημιοÏ\85Ï\81γία Ï\83Ï\85νδÎÏ\83μοÏ\85 Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\82 Ï\84η Ï\83ελίδα GtkWidget, δείÏ\84ε <link linkend="documenting_syntax">Ï\84ιÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νÏ\84ομεÏ\8dσεις</link>).</para>
<para>Χρήση έντονων χαρακτήρων: <informalexample>
<programlisting>
-<emphasis>Αυτό είναι σημαντικό;/emphasis>
+<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>
</programlisting>
</informalexample></para>
</example>
</para>
- <para>Από την έκδοση 1.8 και μετά το <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> μπορεί να παράγει αυτόματα αυτή τη λίστα. Απλά προσθέστε την επιλογή «--rebuild-types» στο SCAN_OPTIONS του <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Αν προτιμήσετε αυτή την προσέγγιση, θα πρέπει να μη συμπεριλάβετε το αρχείο types ούτε στη διανομή ούτε στον έλεγχο εκδόσεων.</para>
+ <para>Από την έκδοση 1.8 και μετά το <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> μπορεί να παράγει αυτόματα αυτή τη λίστα. Απλά προσθέστε την επιλογή "--rebuild-types" στο SCAN_OPTIONS του <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Αν προτιμήσετε αυτή την προσέγγιση, θα πρέπει να μη συμπεριλάβετε το αρχείο types ούτε στη διανομή ούτε στον έλεγχο εκδόσεων.</para>
</sect1>
<para>Αν και το GTK-Doc παράγει αυτόματα ένα πρότυπο κύριο έγγραφο, δεν το τροποποιεί κατά τις επόμενες εκτελέσεις. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι έχετε τη δυνατότητα να αλλάξετε τη δομή της τεκμηρίωσης. Μπορείτε να ομαδοποιήσετε κάποιες σελίδες ή να προσθέσετε νέες. Το GTK-Doc διαθέτει πλέον μια σουίτα για δοκιμές, στην οποία το κύριο έγγραφο παράγεται εκ νέου. Συνιστάται να επαναλαμβάνετε τακτικά αυτή τη διαδικασία, για να διαπιστώνετε αν έχουν προστεθεί νέα στοιχεία.</para>
<tip>
- <para>Î\9cη δημιοÏ\85Ï\81γείÏ\84ε νÎα ÎγγÏ\81αÏ\86α για Ï\84οÏ\85Ï\82 οδηγοÏ\8dÏ\82 εκμάθηÏ\83ηÏ\82 (tutorials). Î\91Ï\80λά Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83θÎÏ\83Ï\84ε Ï\84οÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\89Ï\82 εÏ\80ιÏ\80λÎον κεÏ\86άλαια, δηλαδή ενÏ\83Ï\89μαÏ\84Ï\8eÏ\83Ï\84ε αÏ\80εÏ\85θείαÏ\82 Ï\84ον οδηγÏ\8c εκμάθηÏ\83ηÏ\82 για μια βιβλιοθήκη Ï\83Ï\84ην Ï\84εκμηÏ\81ίÏ\89Ï\83η API. Το Ï\80λεονÎκÏ\84ημα είναι Ï\8cÏ\84ι ÎÏ\84Ï\83ι διεÏ\85κολÏ\8dνεÏ\84αι η διαδικαÏ\83ία δημιοÏ\85Ï\81γίαÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νδÎÏ\83μÏ\89ν αÏ\80Ï\8c Ï\84ον οδηγÏ\8c εκμάθηÏ\83ηÏ\82 Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\82 Ï\84ην Ï\84εκμηÏ\81ίÏ\89Ï\83η Ï\84Ï\89ν Ï\83Ï\85μβÏ\8cλÏ\89ν. Î\95Ï\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82, ÎÏ\84Ï\83ι καθίÏ\83Ï\84αÏ\84αι Ï\80ιθανÏ\8cÏ\84εÏ\81η η ενημÎÏ\81Ï\89Ï\83η Ï\84οÏ\85 οδηγοÏ\8d μαζί με τη βιβλιοθήκη.</para>
+ <para>Î\9cη δημιοÏ\85Ï\81γείÏ\84ε εγÏ\87ειÏ\81ίδια Ï\89Ï\82 νÎα ÎγγÏ\81αÏ\86α. Î\91Ï\80λά Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83θÎÏ\83Ï\84ε εÏ\80ιÏ\80λÎον κεÏ\86άλαια. Το Ï\8cÏ\86ελοÏ\82 Ï\84ηÏ\82 ενÏ\83Ï\89μάÏ\84Ï\89Ï\83ηÏ\82 αÏ\80εÏ\85θείαÏ\82 Ï\84οÏ\85 εγÏ\87ειÏ\81ιδίοÏ\85 για μια βιβλιοθήκη Ï\83Ï\84ην Ï\84εκμηÏ\81ίÏ\89Ï\83η API είναι Ï\8cÏ\84ι ÎÏ\84Ï\83ι διεÏ\85κολÏ\8dνεÏ\84αι η διαδικαÏ\83ία δημιοÏ\85Ï\81γίαÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νδÎÏ\83μÏ\89ν αÏ\80Ï\8c Ï\84ο εγÏ\87ειÏ\81ίδιο Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\82 Ï\84ην Ï\84εκμηÏ\81ίÏ\89Ï\83η Ï\84Ï\89ν Ï\83Ï\85μβÏ\8cλÏ\89ν. Î\95Ï\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82, ÎÏ\84Ï\83ι καθίÏ\83Ï\84αÏ\84αι Ï\80ιθανÏ\8cÏ\84εÏ\81η η ενημÎÏ\81Ï\89Ï\83η Ï\84οÏ\85 εγÏ\87ειÏ\81ιδίοÏ\85 μαζί με τη βιβλιοθήκη.</para>
</tip>
- <para>ΠοιεÏ\82 είναι λοιÏ\80Ï\8cν οι αλλαγÎÏ\82 Ï\80οÏ\85 Ï\80Ï\81ÎÏ\80ει να γίνοÏ\85ν Ï\83Ï\84ο κÏ\8dÏ\81ιο ÎγγÏ\81αÏ\86ο; Î\94ιεÏ\85κÏ\81ινίζοÏ\85με Ï\8cÏ\84ι Ï\80Ï\81Ï\8cκειÏ\84αι για λίγεÏ\82 μÏ\8cνο αλλαγÎÏ\82 Ï\83ε οÏ\81ιÏ\83μÎνα placeholders (κείμενα ενÏ\84Ï\8cÏ\82 αγκÏ\85λÏ\8eν).</para>
+ <para>ΠοιεÏ\82 είναι λοιÏ\80Ï\8cν οι αλλαγÎÏ\82 Ï\80οÏ\85 Ï\80Ï\81ÎÏ\80ει να γίνοÏ\85ν Ï\83Ï\84ο κÏ\8dÏ\81ιο ÎγγÏ\81αÏ\86ο; Î Ï\81Ï\8cκειÏ\84αι για λίγεÏ\82 μÏ\8cνο αλλαγÎÏ\82 Ï\83ε οÏ\81ιÏ\83μÎνα placeholders (κείμενα ενÏ\84Ï\8cÏ\82 αγκÏ\85λÏ\8eν) Ï\80οÏ\85 Ï\80Ï\81ÎÏ\80ει να διεÏ\85κÏ\81ινήÏ\83εÏ\84ε.</para>
<para>
<example><title>Κεφαλίδα κύριου εγγράφου</title>
<programlisting>
<bookinfo>
- <title>MODULENAME Εγχειρίδιο αναφοράς;/title>
+ <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>
<releaseinfo>
- για το MODULENAME [ΕΚΔΟΣΗ]
- Η πιο πρόσφατη έκδοση αυτή της τεκμηρίωσης μπορούν να εντοπισθούν on-line στη διεύθυνση
+ for MODULENAME [VERSION]
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
<ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/index.html">http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/</ulink>.
</releaseinfo>
</bookinfo>
<para>Η ετικέτα <FILE> ... </FILE> χρησιμοποιείται για να δηλώσει το όνομα του αρχείου χωρίς οποιοδήποτε επίθεμα. Για παράδειγμα, το '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>' σημαίνει ότι οι δηλώσεις των ενοτήτων θα βρίσκονται στο πρότυπο αρχείο <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, το οποίο θα μετατραπεί στο αρχείο DocBook SGML/XML <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> ή DocBook XML <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. (Το όνομα του αρχείου HTML βασίζεται στο όνομα του αρθρώματος και τον τίτλο της ενότητας, ή για τα GObjects βασίζεται στο όνομα κλάσης GObjects που μετατράπηκε σε πεζά γράμματα).</para>
- <para>Î\97 εÏ\84ικÎÏ\84α <TITLE> ... </TITLE> Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιείÏ\84αι για να οÏ\81ίÏ\83ει Ï\84οÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\84ίÏ\84λοÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\84Ï\89ν ενοÏ\84ήÏ\84Ï\89ν. ΧÏ\81ηÏ\83ιμεÏ\8dει μÏ\8cνο Ï\80Ï\81ιν Ï\84η δημιοÏ\85Ï\81γία Ï\84Ï\89ν Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\84Ï\8dÏ\80Ï\89ν, καθÏ\8eÏ\82 ο Ï\84ίÏ\84λοÏ\82 Ï\80οÏ\85 Ï\80εÏ\81ιÎÏ\87εÏ\84αι Ï\83Ï\84α αÏ\81Ï\87εία Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\84Ï\8dÏ\80Ï\89ν ανÏ\84ικαθιÏ\83Ï\84ά αÏ\85Ï\84οÏ\8dÏ\82 Ï\84οÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\84ίÏ\84λοÏ\85Ï\82. Î\95Ï\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82, αν Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιείÏ\84αι Ï\84ο Ï\83Ï\87Ï\8cλιο SECTION Ï\83Ï\84ον Ï\80ηγαίο κÏ\8eδικα, αÏ\85Ï\84Ï\8c είναι Ï\80εÏ\80αλαιÏ\89μένο.</para>
+ <para>Î\97 εÏ\84ικÎÏ\84α <TITLE> ... </TITLE> Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιείÏ\84αι για να οÏ\81ίÏ\83ει Ï\84οÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\84ίÏ\84λοÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\84Ï\89ν ενοÏ\84ήÏ\84Ï\89ν. ΧÏ\81ηÏ\83ιμεÏ\8dει μÏ\8cνο Ï\80Ï\81ιν Ï\84η δημιοÏ\85Ï\81γία Ï\84Ï\89ν Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\84Ï\8dÏ\80Ï\89ν, καθÏ\8eÏ\82 ο Ï\84ίÏ\84λοÏ\82 Ï\80οÏ\85 Ï\80εÏ\81ιÎÏ\87εÏ\84αι Ï\83Ï\84α αÏ\81Ï\87εία Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\84Ï\8dÏ\80Ï\89ν ανÏ\84ικαθιÏ\83Ï\84ά αÏ\85Ï\84οÏ\8dÏ\82 Ï\84οÏ\85Ï\82 Ï\84ίÏ\84λοÏ\85Ï\82. Î\95Ï\80ίÏ\83ηÏ\82, αν Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιείÏ\84αι Ï\84ο Ï\83Ï\87Ï\8cλιο SECTION Ï\83Ï\84ον Ï\80ηγαίο κÏ\8eδικα, αÏ\85Ï\84Ï\8c είναι Ï\80αÏ\81Ï\89Ï\87ημένο.</para>
<para>Μπορείτε να ομαδοποιήσετε στοιχεία στην ενότητα χρησιμοποιώντας την ετικέτα <SUBSECTION>. Με την τωρινή της μορφή, εμφανίζει μία κενή γραμμή μεταξύ υποενοτήτων στη συνοπτική παρουσίαση. Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε την <SUBSECTION Standard> για κλασικές δηλώσεις GObject (π.χ. συναρτήσεις όπως η g_object_get_type και μακροεντολές όπως οι G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT(), κτλ.). Προς το παρόν αυτές οι δηλώσεις μένουν εκτός τεκμηρίωσης. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την ετικέτα <SUBSECTION Private> για ιδιωτικές δηλώσεις που δεν πρόκειται να εμφανιστούν στην τεκμηρίωση (έτσι αποφεύγετε τις προειδοποιήσεις για δηλώσεις που δεν χρησιμοποιούνται). Αν η βιβλιοθήκη σας περιέχει ιδιωτικούς τύπους, για τους οποίους δεν επιθυμείτε να εμφανίζονται στην ιεραρχία αντικειμένων και στη λίστα υλοποιημένων ή απαιτούμενων διεπαφών, προσθέσετε τους σε μία ιδιωτική υποενότητα. Αν θα τοποθετήσετε κλάσεις GObject και GObjectClass σε δημόσιες ή κλασσικές ενότητες εξαρτάται από το αν έχετε δημόσιες καταχωρήσεις (μεταβλητές,vmethods).</para>
<para>Το αρχείο <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> περιέχει ονόματα συμβόλων για τα οποία η σάρωση του GTK-Doc βρήκε τεκμηρίωση, αλλά δεν γνωρίζει πού να την τοποθετήσει. Aυτό σημαίνει ότι τα σύμβολα δεν έχουν προστεθεί ακόμη στο αρχείο <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.</para>
<tip>
- <para>Ενεργοποιήστε ή προσθέστε τη γραμμή <option>TESTS=($GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> στο Makefile.am. Αν έχετε εγκατεστημένη την έκδοση 1.9 ή μεταγενέστερη, θα πραγματοποιεί διάφορους ελέγχους κατά την εκτέλεση του <command>make check</command>.</para>
+ <para>Ενεργοποιήστε ή προσθέστε τη γραμμή <option>TESTS=($GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> στο Makefile.am. Αν έχετε εγκατεστημένη την έκδοση GTK-Doc 1.9 ή μεταγενέστερη, θα πραγματοποιεί διάφορους ελέγχους κατά την εκτέλεση του <command>make check</command>.</para>
</tip>
<para>Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε τα αρχεία που παράγονται από το σαρωτή του πηγαίου κώδικα: <filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> και <filename><package>-decl.txt</filename>. Το πρώτο μπορεί να συγκριθεί με το αρχείο της ενότητας, αν αυτό συντηρείται χειροκίνητα. Το δεύτερο περιέχει όλες τις δηλώσεις από τις κεφαλίδες. Αν ένα σύμβολο λείπει μπορείτε να ελέγξετε αν περιέχεται σε αυτό το αρχείο.</para>
<chapter id="modernizing">
<title>Εκσυγχρονίζοντας την τεκμηρίωση</title>
- <para>Το GTK-Doc κÏ\85κλοÏ\86οÏ\81εί εδÏ\8e και αÏ\81κεÏ\84Ï\8c καιÏ\81Ï\8c. Σε αÏ\85Ï\84Ï\8c Ï\84ο κεÏ\86άλαιο θα Ï\80αÏ\81αθÎÏ\83οÏ\85με Ï\84α νÎα Ï\87αÏ\81ακÏ\84ηÏ\81ηÏ\83Ï\84ικά μαζί με Ï\84ην ÎκδοÏ\83η Ï\83Ï\84ην οÏ\80οία είναι διαθÎÏ\83ιμα.</para>
+ <para>Το GTK-Doc κÏ\85κλοÏ\86οÏ\81εί εδÏ\8e και αÏ\81κεÏ\84Ï\8c καιÏ\81Ï\8c. Σε αÏ\85Ï\84Ï\8c Ï\84ο κεÏ\86άλαιο θα Ï\80αÏ\81αθÎÏ\83οÏ\85με Ï\84ιÏ\82 νÎεÏ\82 λειÏ\84οÏ\85Ï\81γίεÏ\82 μαζί με Ï\84ην ÎκδοÏ\83η Ï\83Ï\84ην οÏ\80οία είναι διαθÎÏ\83ιμεÏ\82.</para>
<sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
<title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
<para>Όταν χρησιμοποιείτε το xml αντί για το sgml, μπορείτε πράγματι να ονομάσετε το κύριο έγγραφο <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>.</para>
- <para>Αυτή η έκδοση υποστηρίζει <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Αν αυτό ενεργοποιηθεί, το <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> αυτοδημιουργείται και μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί από το vcs. Αυτό λειτουργεί ωραία μόνο για έργα που έχουν μια πολύ κανονική δομή (π.χ. το κάθε ζεύγος .{c,h} θα δημιουργεί μια νέα ενότητα). Αν κάποιος οργανώσει ένα έργο κοντά σε αυτό, τότε η ενημέρωση μιας ενότητας αρείων που συντηρούνται χειρονακτικά μπορεί να είναι τόσο απλή όσο και το να εκτελούμε <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.</para>
+ <para>Αυτή η έκδοση υποστηρίζει <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Αν αυτό ενεργοποιηθεί, το <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> αυτοδημιουργείται και μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί από το vcs. Αυτό λειτουργεί καλά μόνο για έργα που έχουν μια πολύ κανονική δομή (π.χ. το κάθε ζεύγος .{c,h} θα δημιουργεί μια νέα ενότητα). Αν κάποιος οργανώσει ένα έργο κοντά σε αυτό, τότε η ενημέρωση μιας ενότητας αρχείων που συντηρούνται χειρονακτικά μπορεί να είναι τόσο απλή όσο και το να εκτελούμε <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.</para>
- <para>Η εκδοση 1.8 εισήγαγε ήδη τη σύνταξη για τις ενότητες τεκμηρίωσης στις πηγές, αντί για τα ξεχωριστά αρχεία, κάτω από το <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>. Αυτή η έκδοση προσθέτει επιλογές για τη μετατροπή ολόκληρου του αρθρώματος doc ώστε να μη χρησιμοποιεί καθόλου το επιπλέον στάδιο tmpl build, με τη χρήση της επιλογής <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> στο <filename>configure.ac</filename>.</para>
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
+ checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
+ add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
+ </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
<title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
- <para>Αυτή η έκδοση υποστηρίζει τα <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Αν αυτό ενεργοποιηθεί, το <filename><package>.types</filename> αυτοδημιουργείται και μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί από το vcs. Όταν χρησιμοποιείτε αυτό το χαρακτηριστικό είναι σημαντικό να ρυθμίσετε και το <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename> για τον κώδικα που δημιουργείται υπό όρους.</para>
+ <para>Αυτή η έκδοση υποστηρίζει τα <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Αν αυτό ενεργοποιηθεί, το <filename><package>.types</filename> αυτοδημιουργείται και μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί από το vcs. Όταν χρησιμοποιείτε αυτή τη λειτουργία είναι σημαντικό να ρυθμίσετε και το <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> στο <filename>Makefile.am</filename> για τον κώδικα που δομείται υπό όρους.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
<title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
- <para>Î\91Ï\85Ï\84ή η ÎκδοÏ\83η Ï\80εÏ\81ιλαμβάνει Îνα νÎο εÏ\81γαλείο Ï\80οÏ\85 λÎγεÏ\84αι gtkdoc-check. Î\91Ï\85Ï\84Ï\8c Ï\84ο εÏ\81γαλείο μÏ\80οÏ\81Îι να εκÏ\84ελεί Îνα Ï\83Ï\8dνολο ελÎγÏ\87Ï\89ν Ï\85γείαÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\84ην Ï\84εκμηÏ\81ίÏ\89Ï\83ή Ï\83αÏ\82. Î\95νεÏ\81γοÏ\80οιείÏ\84αι Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\83θÎÏ\84ονÏ\84αÏ\82 αÏ\85Ï\84ÎÏ\82 Ï\84ιÏ\82 γÏ\81αμμÎÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\84ο Ï\84ÎλοÏ\82 Ï\84οÏ\85 <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <example><title>Î\95νεÏ\81γοÏ\80οίηÏ\83η Ï\84οÏ\85 gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <para>Αυτή η έκδοση περιλαμβάνει ένα νέο εργαλείο που λέγεται gtkdoc-check. Αυτό το εργαλείο μπορέι να εκτελεί ένα σύνολο ελέγχων στην τεκμηρίωσή σας. Ενεργοποιείται προσθέτοντας αυτές τις γραμμές στο τέλος του <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <example><title>Ενεργοποίηση του gtkdoc-check</title>
<programlisting>
if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
<sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
<title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
- <para>Η έκδοση 1.18 έφερε μια αρχική υποστήριξη για το markdown. Η χρήση markdown στα σχόλια του doc είναι λιγότερο ενοχλητική από το να γράφει κανείς docbook xml. Αυτή η έκδοση επιφέρει μεγάλες βελτιώσεις σε αυτό, και σε πολλές άλλες τεχνοτροπίες (styles). Η ενότητα που εξηγεί τη <link linkend="documenting_syntax">σύνταξη σχολίων</link> έχει όλες τις λεπτομέρειες.</para>
+ <para>Η έκδοση 1.18 έφερε μια αρχική υποστήριξη για το markdown. Η χρήση markdown στα σχόλια του doc είναι λιγότερο ενοχλητική από το να γράφει κανείς docbook xml. Αυτή η έκδοση επιφέρει μεγάλες βελτιώσεις σε αυτό και προσθέτει περισσότερα στυλ. Η ενότητα που εξηγεί τη <link linkend="documenting_syntax">σύνταξη σχολίων</link> έχει όλες τις λεπτομέρειες.</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="documenting-others">
<title>Τεκμηρίωση άλλων διεπαφών</title>
- <para>Î\9cÎÏ\87Ï\81 Ï\84Ï\8eÏ\81α, Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιοÏ\8dÏ\83αμε Ï\84ο GTK-Doc για να καÏ\84αγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85με Ï\84ο API Ï\84οÏ\85 κÏ\8eδικα. Î\9fι εÏ\80Ï\8cμενεÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νεδÏ\81ίεÏ\82 Ï\80εÏ\81ιÎÏ\87οÏ\85ν Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\84άÏ\83ειÏ\82 για Ï\84ο Ï\80Ï\8eÏ\82 Ï\84α εÏ\81γαλεία μÏ\80οÏ\81οÏ\8dν να Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιηθοÏ\8dν για να καÏ\84αγÏ\81άÏ\86εÏ\84ε και άλλεÏ\82 εÏ\80ιÏ\86άνειες.</para>
+ <para>Î\9cÎÏ\87Ï\81 Ï\84Ï\8eÏ\81α, Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιοÏ\8dÏ\83αμε Ï\84ο GTK-Doc για να καÏ\84αγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85με Ï\84ο API Ï\84οÏ\85 κÏ\8eδικα. Î\9fι εÏ\80Ï\8cμενεÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\85νεδÏ\81ίεÏ\82 Ï\80εÏ\81ιÎÏ\87οÏ\85ν Ï\80Ï\81οÏ\84άÏ\83ειÏ\82 για Ï\84ο Ï\80Ï\8eÏ\82 Ï\84α εÏ\81γαλεία μÏ\80οÏ\81οÏ\8dν να Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιηθοÏ\8dν για να καÏ\84αγÏ\81άÏ\86εÏ\84ε και άλλεÏ\82 διεÏ\80αÏ\86Îς.</para>
<sect1 id="commandline-interfaces">
<title>Επιλογές γραμμής εντολών και σελίδες τεκμηρίωσης man</title>
- <para>Δεδομένου ότι κάποιος μπορεί να παραγάγει σελίδες man για ένα docbook refentry επίσης, θα ήταν καλή ιδέα να χρησιμοποιηθεί και για αυτόν τον σκοπό. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο η διεπαφή γίνεται μέρος της αναφοράς και αποχτά την σελίδα-man δωρεάν.</para>
+ <para>Δεδομένου ότι κάποιος μπορεί να παραγάγει σελίδες man για ένα docbook refentry επίσης, θα ήταν καλή ιδέα να χρησιμοποιηθεί και για αυτόν τον σκοπό. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο η διεπαφή γίνεται μέρος της αναφοράς και αποκτά δωρεάν την σελίδα-man.</para>
<sect2 id="commandline-interfaces-file">
<title>Τεκμηρίωση του εργαλείου</title>
<title>Προσθήκη του έξτρα ελέγχου διαμόρφωσης</title>
<para>
- <example><title>Î\88ξÏ\84Ï\81α ÎλεγÏ\87οι διαμÏ\8cÏ\81Ï\86Ï\89Ï\83ηÏ\82</title>
+ <example><title>Î\95Ï\80ιÏ\80λÎον ÎλεγÏ\87οι Ï\81Ï\85θμίÏ\83εÏ\89ν</title>
<programlisting>
AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,
[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],
- [αναδημιουργία σελίδων βοήθειας man από το Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,
+ [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,
enable_man=no)
AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])
<title>Προσθήκη των επιπλέον κανόνων makefile</title>
<para>
- <example><title>Î\88ξÏ\84Ï\81α ÎλεγÏ\87οι διαμÏ\8cÏ\81Ï\86Ï\89Ï\83ηÏ\82</title>
+ <example><title>Î\95Ï\80ιÏ\80λÎον ÎλεγÏ\87οι Ï\81Ï\85θμίÏ\83εÏ\89ν</title>
<programlisting>
man_MANS = \
meeper.1
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Δεν υπάρχουν σύνδεσμοι μεταξύ των συμβόλων και των κατάλληλων ενοτήτων της τεκμηρίωσης.</seg>
- <seg>Το doc-comment Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιεί Ï\83Ï\89Ï\83Ï\84ά Ï\84ιÏ\82 εÏ\84ικÎÏ\84ες (έχουν προστεθεί #,% ή ()); Ελέγξτε αν το gtkdoc-fixxref προειδοποιεί για ανεπίλυτα xrefs.</seg>
+ <seg>Το doc-comment Ï\87Ï\81ηÏ\83ιμοÏ\80οιεί Ï\83Ï\89Ï\83Ï\84ά Ï\84ιÏ\82 εÏ\80ιÏ\83ημάνÏ\83εις (έχουν προστεθεί #,% ή ()); Ελέγξτε αν το gtkdoc-fixxref προειδοποιεί για ανεπίλυτα xrefs.</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Μια νέα κλάση δεν εμφανίζεται στην τεκμηρίωση.</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Λείπει ένας τύπος από την ιεραρχία κλάσεων.</seg>
- <seg>Î\91ν ο Ï\84Ï\8dÏ\80οÏ\82 Ï\85Ï\80άÏ\81Ï\87ει Ï\83Ï\84ο <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> αλλά Ï\8cÏ\87ι Ï\83Ï\84ο <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> Ï\84Ï\8cÏ\84ε ελÎγξÏ\84ε ξανά Ï\8cÏ\84ι ο Ï\84Ï\8dÏ\80οÏ\82 είναι Ï\83Ï\89Ï\83Ï\84ά Ï\84οÏ\80οθεÏ\84ημÎνοÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\84ο <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>. Î\91ν η Ï\80εÏ\81ίÏ\83Ï\84αÏ\83η Ï\84οÏ\85 Ï\84Ï\8dÏ\80οÏ\85 (Ï\80.Ï\87. <type>GtkWidget</type>) δεν είναι καÏ\84αÏ\87Ï\89Ï\81ημÎνη, ή είναι καÏ\84ά λάθοÏ\82 Ï\83ημειÏ\89μÎνη Ï\89Ï\82 ιδιÏ\89Ï\84ική, τότε δε θα εμφανιστεί.</seg>
+ <seg>Î\91ν ο Ï\84Ï\8dÏ\80οÏ\82 Ï\85Ï\80άÏ\81Ï\87ει Ï\83Ï\84ο <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> αλλά Ï\8cÏ\87ι Ï\83Ï\84ο <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> Ï\84Ï\8cÏ\84ε ελÎγξÏ\84ε ξανά Ï\8cÏ\84ι ο Ï\84Ï\8dÏ\80οÏ\82 είναι Ï\83Ï\89Ï\83Ï\84ά Ï\84οÏ\80οθεÏ\84ημÎνοÏ\82 Ï\83Ï\84ο <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>. Î\91ν ο Ï\84Ï\8dÏ\80οÏ\82 Ï\84οÏ\85 Ï\80αÏ\81αδείγμαÏ\84οÏ\82 (Ï\80.Ï\87. <type>GtkWidget</type>) δεν είναι καÏ\84αÏ\87Ï\89Ï\81ημÎνοÏ\82, ή είναι καÏ\84ά λάθοÏ\82 Ï\83ημειÏ\89μÎνοÏ\82 Ï\89Ï\82 ιδιÏ\89Ï\84ικÏ\8cÏ\82, τότε δε θα εμφανιστεί.</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Λαμβάνω συνδέσμους foldoc για όλες τις σημειώσεις gobject.</seg>
<!-- docbook warnings: -->
<seglistitem>
- <seg>Πολλαπλά "IDs" για τον προορισμό συνδέσμου: XYZ</seg>
- <seg>Το σύμβολο XYZ εμφανίζεται δύο φορές στο <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.</seg>
+ <seg>Πολλαπλά "Αναγνωριστικά" για τον προορισμό συνδέσμου: XYZ</seg>
+ <seg>Το σύμβολο XYZ εμφανίζεται δύο φορές στο αρχείο <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
- <seg>Î\92Ï\81Îθηκε Ï\84ο Ï\8cνομα Ï\84Ï\8dÏ\80οÏ\85 Ï\84οÏ\85 Ï\83Ï\84οιÏ\87είοÏ\85 Ï\83Ï\84ο namespace '', αλλά δεν αντιστοιχεί σε κανένα πρότυπο.</seg>
+ <seg>Î\92Ï\81Îθηκε Ï\84ο Ï\8cνομα Ï\84Ï\8dÏ\80οÏ\85 Ï\84οÏ\85 Ï\83Ï\84οιÏ\87είοÏ\85 Ï\83Ï\84ην ονομαÏ\84οθεÏ\83ία '', αλλά δεν αντιστοιχεί σε κανένα πρότυπο.</seg>
<seg/>
</seglistitem>
</segmentedlist>
<legalnotice id="fdl-legalnotice">
<para><address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street,
Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state>
- <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country></address> Î\95Ï\80ιÏ\84Ï\81ÎÏ\80εÏ\84αι Ï\83ε Ï\8cλοÏ\85Ï\82 η ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81αÏ\86ή και διανομή ακÏ\81ιβοÏ\8dÏ\82 ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85 Ï\84οÏ\85 κειμÎνοÏ\85 αÏ\85Ï\84ήÏ\82 Ï\84ηÏ\82 άδειαÏ\82 αλλά αÏ\80αγοÏ\81εÏ\8dεÏ\84αι η αλλοίÏ\89Ï\83ή του περιεχομένου του.</para>
+ <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country></address> Î\95Ï\80ιÏ\84Ï\81ÎÏ\80εÏ\84αι Ï\83ε Ï\8cλοÏ\85Ï\82 η ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81αÏ\86ή και διανομή ακÏ\81ιβοÏ\8dÏ\82 ανÏ\84ιγÏ\81άÏ\86οÏ\85 Ï\84οÏ\85 κειμÎνοÏ\85 αÏ\85Ï\84ήÏ\82 Ï\84ηÏ\82 άδειαÏ\82 αλλά αÏ\80αγοÏ\81εÏ\8dεÏ\84αι η αλλοίÏ\89Ï\83η του περιεχομένου του.</para>
</legalnotice>
</appendixinfo>
<title>Άδεια Ελεύθερης Τεκμηρίωσης GNU (GFDL)</title>
<para id="fdl-cover-texts">Τα <quote>Κείμενα Εξωφύλλου</quote> είναι σύντομα αποσπάσματα κειμένου που αναφέρονται ρητώς ως Κείμενα Εμπροσθοφύλλου ή Κείμενα Οπισθοφύλλου στην ένδειξη όπου αναφέρεται ότι το <link linkend="fdl-document">Έγγραφο</link> δημοσιεύεται υπό τους όρους αυτής της Άδειας.</para>
- <para id="fdl-transparent">Ως <quote>Διαφανές</quote> αντίγραφο του <link linkend="fdl-document">Εγγράφου</link> θεωρείται κάθε αντίγραφο σε μορφή αναγνώσιμη από μηχανή, όταν συντρέχουν οι εξής προϋποθέσεις: Οι τεχνικές προδιαγραφές τις μορφής αυτής είναι διαθέσιμες για δημόσια χρήση· τα περιεχόμενα του αντιγράφου μπορούν να προβληθούν και να τύχουν επεξεργασίας άμεσα και απλά, με χρήση γενόσημων επεξεργαστών κειμένου ή ( για εικόνες αποτελούμενες από εικονοστοιχεία) γενόσημων προγραμμάτων ζωγραφικής ή (για σχέδια) ευρέως διαθέσιμων επεξεργαστών σχεδίων· το αντίγραφο είναι κατάλληλο για είσοδο σε μορφοποιητές κειμένου ή για αυτόματη μετάφραση σε ποικίλες μορφές κατάλληλες για είσοδο σε μορφοποιητές κειμένου. Δεν θεωρείται Διαφανές ένα αντίγραφο σε Διαφανή, κατά τα λοιπά, μορφή αρχείου, του οποίου η σήμανση έχει σχεδιαστεί κατά τρόπο που να αποτρέπει ή να αποθαρρύνει τη μελλοντική τροποποίηση του αντιγράφου από τους αναγνώστες. Το αντίγραφο που δεν είναι <quote>Διαφανές</quote> ονομάζεται <quote>Αδιαφανές</quote>.</para>
+ <para id="fdl-transparent">Ως <quote>Διαφανές</quote> αντίγραφο του <link linkend="fdl-document">Εγγράφου</link> θεωρείται κάθε αντίγραφο σε μορφή αναγνώσιμη από μηχανή, όταν συντρέχουν οι εξής προϋποθέσεις: Οι τεχνικές προδιαγραφές τις μορφής αυτής είναι διαθέσιμες για δημόσια χρήση· τα περιεχόμενα του αντιγράφου μπορούν να προβληθούν και να τύχουν επεξεργασίας άμεσα και απλά, με χρήση γενόσημων επεξεργαστών κειμένου ή ( για εικόνες αποτελούμενες από εικονοστοιχεία) γενόσημων προγραμμάτων ζωγραφικής ή (για σχέδια) ευρέως διαθέσιμων επεξεργαστών σχεδίων· το αντίγραφο είναι κατάλληλο για είσοδο σε μορφοποιητές κειμένου ή για αυτόματη μετάφραση σε ποικίλες μορφές κατάλληλες για είσοδο σε μορφοποιητές κειμένου. Δεν θεωρείται Διαφανές ένα αντίγραφο σε Διαφανή, κατά τα λοιπά, μορφή αρχείου, του οποίου η επισήμανση έχει σχεδιαστεί κατά τρόπο που να αποτρέπει ή να αποθαρρύνει τη μελλοντική τροποποίηση του αντιγράφου από τους αναγνώστες. Το αντίγραφο που δεν είναι <quote>Διαφανές</quote> ονομάζεται <quote>Αδιαφανές</quote>.</para>
- <para>Παραδείγματα μορφών κατάλληλων για τη δημιουργία Διαφανών αντιγράφων είναι η απλή ASCII χωρίς σήμανση, η μορφή εισόδου Texinfo, η μορφή εισόδου LaTeX, η SGML ή XML που χρησιμοποιούν δημοσίως διαθέσιμη DTD, και η HTML που συμμορφώνεται με πρότυπα και έχει σχεδιαστεί για τροποποίηση από τον άνθρωπο. Στις Αδιαφανείς μορφές συμπεριλαμβάνονται η PostScript, η PDF, οι ιδιοταγείς μορφές που αναγιγνώσκονται μόνο από ιδιοταγείς επεξεργαστές κειμένου, η SGML ή XML των οποίων η DTD και/ή τα εργαλεία επεξεργασίας δεν είναι δημοσίως διαθέσιμα, και η HTML με αποκλειστικό προορισμό την έξοδο που παράγουν μηχανοκίνητα ορισμένοι επεξεργαστές κειμένου.</para>
+ <para>Παραδείγματα μορφών κατάλληλων για τη δημιουργία Διαφανών αντιγράφων είναι η απλή ASCII χωρίς επισήμανση, η μορφή εισόδου Texinfo, η μορφή εισόδου LaTeX, η SGML ή XML που χρησιμοποιούν δημοσίως διαθέσιμη DTD, και η HTML που συμμορφώνεται με πρότυπα και έχει σχεδιαστεί για τροποποίηση από τον άνθρωπο. Στις Αδιαφανείς μορφές συμπεριλαμβάνονται η PostScript, η PDF, οι ιδιοταγείς μορφές που αναγιγνώσκονται μόνο από ιδιοταγείς επεξεργαστές κειμένου, η SGML ή XML των οποίων η DTD και/ή τα εργαλεία επεξεργασίας δεν είναι δημοσίως διαθέσιμα, και η HTML με αποκλειστικό προορισμό την έξοδο που παράγουν μηχανοκίνητα ορισμένοι επεξεργαστές κειμένου.</para>
<para id="fdl-title-page">Ως <quote>Σελίδα Τίτλου</quote> θεωρείται, για τα έντυπα βιβλία, η σελίδα τίτλου αυτή καθαυτή, καθώς και τυχόν επόμενες σελίδες που απαιτούνται για την ευανάγνωστη συμπερίληψη του υλικού που οφείλει να εμφανίζεται στη σελίδα τίτλου σύμφωνα με την παρούσα Άδεια. Για τα έργα σε μορφές που δεν περιλαμβάνουν σελίδα τίτλου αυτή καθαυτή, ως <quote>Σελίδα Τίτλου</quote> θεωρείται το κείμενο που βρίσκεται κοντά στην εμφανέστερη εμφάνιση του τίτλου του έργου και το οποίο προηγείται του σώματος του κειμένου.</para>
</sect1>
documents in all other respects.
</para>
- <para>You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this Licence, provided you insert a copy of this Licence into the extracted document, and follow this Licence in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.</para>
+ <para>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.20.1</revnumber>
- <date>16 Feb 2014</date>
+ <revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber>
+ <date>18 Jul 2014</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.21</revnumber>
+ <date>17 Jul 2014</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.20</revnumber>
<date>16 Feb 2014</date>
<title>Integration with version control systems</title>
<para>
- As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under
+ As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under
version control. For typical projects it's these files:
<filename><package>.types</filename>,
<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>,
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>
+ directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of
+ the <filename>.stamp</filename> files.
</para>
</sect1>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
DOC_MODULE=meep
// sources have changed
-gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
// xml files have changed
mkdir html
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
<para>
The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of
receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can
- hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
+ hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
<example><title>GTK-Doc comment block</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
</example>
</para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
+ <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
+ <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
<!-- -->
<sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
appear as lines starting with a dash.
</para>
+ <para>
+ While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
+ that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
+ docbook xml is not supported.
+ </para>
+
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
- putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
- <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
</para>
<tip>
- <para>
- As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
- one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good
- to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code.
- Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the
- 2nd '*' in the first line).
- If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to
- add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the
- right place inside the sections file.
- </para>
+ As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
+ one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good
+ to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code.
+ Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the
+ 2nd '*' in the first line).
+ If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to
+ add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the
+ right place inside the sections file.
+ </para>
</tip>
</sect1>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
- (FIXME : Stability information)
- </para>
-
+ <para>
+ (FIXME : Stability information)
+ </para>
+
<example><title>General tags</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
</example>
</sect2>
+ <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
+ rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by
+ gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list
+ of the supported tags can be found on
+ <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Annotations</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ */
+...
+/**
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
+ * (and another annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Sets bar on @foo.
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
<sect2><title>Function comment block</title>
<para>
<para>GTK-Doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with <literal>_</literal> are private. They are treated like static functions.</para>
- <para>
- <!-- FIXME: we should ideally link/describe the gobject introspection
- annotation tag -->
- Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags:
- http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations
- </para>
-
<example><title>Function comment block</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
- in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
+ checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
+ add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
</para>
</sect1>
but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check
that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed or
- incidentialy makred private it will not be shown.
+ incidentally marked private it will not be shown.
</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<title>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title>
<para>You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and other documents released under this Licence, and replace the individual copies of this Licence in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this Licence for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.</para>
- <para>You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this Licence, provided you insert a copy of this Licence into the extracted document, and follow this Licence in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.</para>
+ <para>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
# Francisco Javier Fernandez Serrador <fserrador@gmail.com>, 2009, 2010
# Jorge Gonzalez <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2009.
# Jorge González <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2009, 2010, 2011.
-# Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014.
+# Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc-help.master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-20 22:28+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-24 17:24+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-04-17 18:52+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-23 11:14+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Español <gnome-es-list@gnome.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Español; Castellano <gnome-es-list@gnome.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.5\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""
-"Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2009-2014\n"
+"Daniel Mustieles <daniel.mustieles@gmail.com>, 2009-2015\n"
"Jorge González <jorgegonz@svn.gnome.org>, 2009-2011\n"
"Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrrador@svn.gnome.org>, 2009, 2010"
#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: C/index.docbook:34
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Kost</surname> <affiliation> "
-#| "<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
msgid ""
"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> "
"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
#: C/index.docbook:83
msgid ""
-"<revnumber>1.2
0.1</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.2
1.1</revnumber> <date>18 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>development version</revremark>"
msgstr ""
-"<revnumber>1.20.1</revnumber> <date>16 de febrero de 2014</date> "
+"<revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber> <date>18 de julio de 2014</date> "
"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>versión de desarrollo</"
"revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
#: C/index.docbook:89
msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 de julio de 2014</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores, "
+"eliminadas funcionalidades obsoletas</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:95
+msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</"
"revremark>"
"de marcado, mejoras en los estilos</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:95
+#: C/index.docbook:101
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"
"revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:101
+#: C/index.docbook:107
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>"
"mejoras en la velocidad y soporte de marcado</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:107
+#: C/index.docbook:113
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>"
"corrección de error</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:113
+#: C/index.docbook:119
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>"
"mejoras en la distribución</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:119
+#: C/index.docbook:125
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>"
"regresiones</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:125
+#: C/index.docbook:131
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>"
"mejoras en el rendimiento</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:131
+#: C/index.docbook:137
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</"
"roto</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:137
+#: C/index.docbook:143
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and "
"nuevas características</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:143
+#: C/index.docbook:149
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> "
"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</"
"revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:156
+#: C/index.docbook:162
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introducción"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:158
+#: C/index.docbook:164
msgid ""
"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how "
"it is used."
"es y cómo usarlo."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:164
+#: C/index.docbook:170
msgid "What is GTK-Doc?"
msgstr "¿Qué es GTK-Doc?"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:166
+#: C/index.docbook:172
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the "
"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can "
"Pero también se puede usar para documentar código de aplicaciones."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:174
+#: C/index.docbook:180
msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?"
msgstr "¿Cómo funciona GTK-Doc?"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:176
+#: C/index.docbook:182
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source "
"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the "
"archivos de cabecera; no produce salida para funciones estáticas)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:183
+#: C/index.docbook:189
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different "
"step in the process."
"diferente en el proceso."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:188
+#: C/index.docbook:194
msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:"
msgstr "Existen 5 pasos importantes en el proceso:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:195
+#: C/index.docbook:201
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the "
"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In "
"lo que ya no se recomienda)."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:205
+#: C/index.docbook:211
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code "
"txt</filename> dentro de <filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:222
+#: C/index.docbook:228
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically "
"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves "
"que proporciona."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:228
+#: C/index.docbook:234
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was "
"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+."
"necesitó en el pasado, cuando GObject todavía era GtkObject dentro de GTK+."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:235
+#: C/index.docbook:241
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Generating the \"template\" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
"mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="
"Intentará asegurarse de que la documentación nunca se pierde.)"
#. (itstool) path: note/para
-#: C/index.docbook:244
+#: C/index.docbook:250
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep "
"documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now "
"ejemplo, desde el sistema de control de versiones)."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:256
+#: C/index.docbook:262
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or "
"recomienda usar Docbook XML."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:267
+#: C/index.docbook:273
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML "
"files in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. "
"paquete>.pdf</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:273
+#: C/index.docbook:279
msgid ""
"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="
"\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"
"directamente."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:281
+#: C/index.docbook:287
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After "
"installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be "
"esa documentación está instalada)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:299
+#: C/index.docbook:305
msgid "Getting GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Obtener GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:302
+#: C/index.docbook:308
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Requerimientos"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:303
+#: C/index.docbook:309
msgid "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl."
msgstr "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel>: los scripts principales están en Perl."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:306
+#: C/index.docbook:312
msgid ""
"<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt <ulink url="
"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"
"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:310
+#: C/index.docbook:316
msgid ""
"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url="
"\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http"
"\"http\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:314
+#: C/index.docbook:320
msgid "<guilabel>Python</guilabel> - optional - for gtkdoc-depscan"
msgstr "<guilabel>Python</guilabel>: opcional, para gtkdoc-depscan"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:317
+#: C/index.docbook:323
msgid ""
"One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> "
"or <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of "
"los ejemplos."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:325
+#: C/index.docbook:331
msgid "About GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Acerca de GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:327 C/index.docbook:341
+#: C/index.docbook:333 C/index.docbook:347
msgid "(FIXME)"
msgstr "(ARRÉGLAME)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:331
-#| msgid ""
-#| "(History, authors, web pages, license, future plans, comparison with "
-#| "other similar systems.)"
+#: C/index.docbook:337
msgid ""
"(History, authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans, "
"comparison with other similar systems.)"
"futuros, comparación con otros sistemas similares.)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:339
+#: C/index.docbook:345
msgid "About this Manual"
msgstr "Acerca de este manual"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:345
+#: C/index.docbook:351
msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)"
msgstr "(a quién está dirigido, dónde puede obtenerse, licencia)"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:354
+#: C/index.docbook:360
msgid "Setting up your project"
msgstr "Configurando su proyecto"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:356
+#: C/index.docbook:362
msgid ""
"The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into "
"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. "
"construcción diferente."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:367
+#: C/index.docbook:373
msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation"
msgstr "Configurar el esquema de la documentación"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:369
+#: C/index.docbook:375
msgid ""
"Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference "
"(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is "
"Para paquetes con una sola biblioteca este paso no es necesario."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:378
+#: C/index.docbook:384
msgid "Example directory structure"
msgstr "Ejemplo de estructura de carpetas"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:379
+#: C/index.docbook:385
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "meep/\n"
-#| " docs/\n"
-#| " reference/\n"
-#| " libmeep/\n"
-#| " meeper/\n"
-#| " src/\n"
-#| " libmeep/\n"
-#| " meeper/\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"meep/\n"
" meeper/\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:376
+#: C/index.docbook:382
msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>"
msgstr "Esto después aparecerá como se muestra debajo: <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:394 C/index.docbook:401
+#: C/index.docbook:400 C/index.docbook:407
msgid "Integration with autoconf"
msgstr "Integración con autoconf"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:396
+#: C/index.docbook:402
msgid ""
"Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> "
"script."
"filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:402
+#: C/index.docbook:408
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "# check for gtk-doc\n"
-#| "GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"# check for gtk-doc\n"
"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:414
+#: C/index.docbook:420
msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional"
msgstr "Mantener gtk-doc como opcional"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:415
+#: C/index.docbook:421
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "# check for gtk-doc\n"
-#| "m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [\n"
-#| "GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
-#| "],[\n"
-#| "AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)\n"
-#| "])\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"# check for gtk-doc\n"
"])\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:409
+#: C/index.docbook:415
msgid ""
"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay "
"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as "
"<_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:426
+#: C/index.docbook:432
msgid ""
"The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. "
"The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</application>. "
"symbol> también añade diversas opciones de configuración:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:432
+#: C/index.docbook:438
msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs"
msgstr "--with-html-dir=RUTA: ruta a los documentos instalados"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:433
+#: C/index.docbook:439
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación "
"[predeterminado=no]"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:434
+#: C/index.docbook:440
msgid ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]"
msgstr ""
"[predeterminado=sí]"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:435
+#: C/index.docbook:441
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc: usar gtk-doc para construir la documentación "
"[predeterminado=no]"
#. (itstool) path: important/para
-#: C/index.docbook:439
+#: C/index.docbook:445
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--"
"enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. "
"desarrolladores)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:447
+#: C/index.docbook:453
msgid ""
"Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you "
"<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows "
"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> a su proyecto."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:455
+#: C/index.docbook:461
msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize"
msgstr "Preparación para gtkdocize"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:456
+#: C/index.docbook:462
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"
"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:461
+#: C/index.docbook:467
msgid ""
"After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update the "
"<filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running "
"volviendo a ejecutar <code>autoreconf -i</code> o <code>autogen.sh</code>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:469
+#: C/index.docbook:475
msgid "Integration with automake"
msgstr "Integración con automake"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:471
+#: C/index.docbook:477
msgid ""
"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class="
"\"directory\">examples</filename> sub directory of the <ulink url=\"https://"
"repítalo para cada uno de ellos."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:482
+#: C/index.docbook:488
msgid ""
"The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</"
"filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their "
"soportan <option>--help</option> para listar los parámetros que soportan."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:496
+#: C/index.docbook:502
msgid "Integration with autogen"
msgstr "Integración con autogen"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:498
+#: C/index.docbook:504
msgid ""
"Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup "
"the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such "
"automake o autoconf."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:507
+#: C/index.docbook:513
msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh"
msgstr "Ejecutar gtkdocize desde autogen.sh"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:508
+#: C/index.docbook:514
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "gtkdocize || exit 1\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"gtkdocize || exit 1\n"
"gtkdocize || exit 1\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:514
+#: C/index.docbook:520
msgid ""
"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-"
"doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the "
"<application>gtkdocize</application>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:523
+#: C/index.docbook:529
msgid ""
"Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered "
"the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having "
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:540 C/index.docbook:557
+#: C/index.docbook:546 C/index.docbook:563
msgid "Running the doc build"
msgstr "Ejecutar la construcción de la documentación"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:542
+#: C/index.docbook:548
msgid ""
"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun "
"<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then "
"<filename>configure</filename> con esta opción."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:549
+#: C/index.docbook:555
msgid ""
"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-"
"directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</"
"pasado), <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:558
+#: C/index.docbook:564
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n"
-#| "make\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n"
"make\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:564
+#: C/index.docbook:570
msgid ""
"Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/"
"index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, "
"información."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:572
+#: C/index.docbook:578
msgid "Integration with version control systems"
msgstr "Integración con los sistemas de control de versiones"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:574
+#: C/index.docbook:580
msgid ""
-"As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under "
-"version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><"
-"package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> "
-"(in the past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, "
-"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
+"As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under version "
+"control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><package>."
+"types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the "
+"past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Como regla principal, son los archivos que edita los que deberían estar bajo "
"el control de versiones. Para proyectos típicos son los archivos: "
"<filename><paquete>.types</filename>, <filename><paquete>-docs."
-"xml</filename> (.sgml en el pasado), <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</"
-"filename> y <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
+"xml</filename> (anteriormente .sgml), <filename><paquete>-sections."
+"txt</filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:588
+msgid ""
+"Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename> "
+"directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of the "
+"<filename>.stamp</filename> files."
+msgstr ""
+"Los archivos de las carpetas <filename>xml/</filename> y <filename>html/</"
+"filename> No deberían estar bajo control de versiones. Tampoco ninguno de "
+"los archivos <filename>.stamp</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:585
+#: C/index.docbook:596
msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"
msgstr "Integración con makefiles u otros sistemas de construcción"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:587
+#: C/index.docbook:598
msgid ""
"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-"
"doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order "
"makefiles propios (o en otras herramientas de construcción)."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:594
+#: C/index.docbook:605
msgid "Documentation build steps"
msgstr "Pasos de construcción de la documentación"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:595
+#: C/index.docbook:606
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "DOC_MODULE=meep\n"
-#| "// sources have changed\n"
-#| "gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...\n"
-#| "gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"
-#| "gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml\n"
-#| "// xml files have changed\n"
-#| "mkdir html\n"
-#| "cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"
-#| "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"DOC_MODULE=meep\n"
"// sources have changed\n"
-"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...\n"
+"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n"
"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"
-"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml\n"
+"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n"
"// xml files have changed\n"
"mkdir html\n"
"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"
"\n"
"DOC_MODULE=meep\n"
"// sources have changed\n"
-"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...\n"
+"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>\n"
"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"
-"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml\n"
+"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>\n"
"// xml files have changed\n"
"mkdir html\n"
"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"
"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:609
+#: C/index.docbook:620
msgid ""
"One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and "
"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed."
"doc.mak</filename> para elegir las opciones adicionales necesarias."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:618
+#: C/index.docbook:629
msgid "Documenting the code"
msgstr "Documentar el código"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:620
+#: C/index.docbook:631
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code "
"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure "
"acerca de la sintaxis de los comentarios."
#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/index.docbook:628
+#: C/index.docbook:639
msgid "Documentation placement"
msgstr "Ubicación de la documentación"
#. (itstool) path: note/para
-#: C/index.docbook:629
+#: C/index.docbook:640
msgid ""
"In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside "
"the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the "
"conflictos con los sistemas de control de versiones."
#. (itstool) path: note/para
-#: C/index.docbook:635
+#: C/index.docbook:646
msgid ""
"The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation "
"inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting "
"documentar el código."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:646 C/index.docbook:663
+#: C/index.docbook:657 C/index.docbook:674
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block"
msgstr "Bloque de comentario de GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:647
+#: C/index.docbook:658
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n"
-#| "/* unparseable code here */\n"
-#| "#endif\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n"
"#endif\n"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:642
+#: C/index.docbook:653
msgid ""
"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of "
"receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can "
"GTK-Doc que los omita. <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:658
+#: C/index.docbook:669
msgid "Documentation comments"
msgstr "Comentarios de la documentación"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:664
+#: C/index.docbook:675
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "/**\n"
-#| " * identifier:\n"
-#| " * documentation ...\n"
-#| " */\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"/**\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:660
+#: C/index.docbook:671
msgid ""
"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation "
"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>"
"bloque de documentación que GTK-Doc tools procesarán. <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:673
+#: C/index.docbook:684
msgid ""
"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is "
"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add "
"hacer: añadir una tabla mostrando los identificadores)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:679
+#: C/index.docbook:690
msgid ""
"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol "
"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter "
"espacio). Esto es útil para texto preformateado (listados de código)."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:696
+#: C/index.docbook:707
msgid ""
"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for "
"people coming from a different background."
"personas que provengan de otros entornos."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:702
+#: C/index.docbook:713
msgid ""
"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API."
msgstr "Qué hace: indique los usos comunes, en relación con las otras API."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:692
+#: C/index.docbook:703
msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Al documentar código, describa dos aspectos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:717
+#: C/index.docbook:728
msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments."
msgstr ""
"Use función() para referirse a funciones o macros que toman argumentos."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:722
+#: C/index.docbook:733
msgid ""
"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to "
"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described."
"parámetros de otras funciones, relacionados al que se describe."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:728
+#: C/index.docbook:739
msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
msgstr "Use %constant para referirse a una constante, ej: %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:733
+#: C/index.docbook:744
msgid ""
"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and "
"macros which don't take arguments."
"estructuras, enumeraciones y macros que no toman argumentos."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:739
+#: C/index.docbook:750
msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal."
msgstr "Use #Object::signal para referirse a una señal de GObject."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:744
+#: C/index.docbook:755
msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property."
msgstr "Use #Object:property para referirse a una propiedad de GObject."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:749
+#: C/index.docbook:760
msgid ""
"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass."
"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod."
"#GObjectClass.foo_bar() para referirse a un vmethod."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:711
+#: C/index.docbook:722
msgid ""
"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in "
"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. "
"itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:758
+#: C/index.docbook:769
msgid ""
"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or "
"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML "
"doble «\\»."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:767
+#: C/index.docbook:778
msgid ""
"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, "
"headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a "
"elementos de una lista aparecerán como líneas que empiezan con un guión."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:778
+#: C/index.docbook:789
msgid ""
"In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, "
"you would need to enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-"
"dentro de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:788
+#: C/index.docbook:799
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown"
msgstr "Bloque de comentario de GTK-Doc usando marcado"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:789
+#: C/index.docbook:800
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "/**\n"
-#| " * identifier:\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * documentation paragraph ...\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * # Sub Heading #\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * ## Second Sub Heading\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * # Sub Heading With a Link Anchor # {#heading-two}\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * more documentation:\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * - list item 1\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Paragraph inside a list item.\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * - list item 2\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * 1. numbered list item\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * 2. another numbered list item\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * A C-language example:\n"
-#| " * |[<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n"
-#| " * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (\"Gorgeous!\");\n"
-#| " * ]|\n"
-#| " */\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"/**\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:828
+#: C/index.docbook:839
msgid ""
"More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink "
"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown"
"GTK+</ulink>."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:834
+#: C/index.docbook:845
msgid ""
"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one "
"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to "
"secciones."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:848
+#: C/index.docbook:859
msgid "Documenting sections"
msgstr "Documentar secciones"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:850
+#: C/index.docbook:861
msgid ""
"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or "
"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short "
"los campos @ son opcionales."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:858
+#: C/index.docbook:869
msgid "Section comment block"
msgstr "Bloque de comentarios en una sección"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:859
+#: C/index.docbook:870
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "/**\n"
-#| " * SECTION:meepapp\n"
-#| " * @short_description: the application class\n"
-#| " * @title: Meep application\n"
-#| " * @section_id:\n"
-#| " * @see_also: #MeepSettings\n"
-#| " * @stability: Stable\n"
-#| " * @include: meep/app.h\n"
-#| " * @image: application.png\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * The application class handles ...\n"
-#| " */\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"/**\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:878
+#: C/index.docbook:889
msgid "SECTION:<name>"
msgstr "SECCIÓN <nombre>"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:880
+#: C/index.docbook:891
msgid ""
"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name give here "
"archivo <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:889
+#: C/index.docbook:900
msgid "@short_description"
msgstr "@short_description"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:891
+#: C/index.docbook:902
msgid ""
"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the "
"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page."
"TOC y en la página de la sección."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:898
+#: C/index.docbook:909
msgid "@title"
msgstr "@title"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:900
+#: C/index.docbook:911
msgid ""
"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It "
"can be overridden with the @title field."
"declaración SECTION. Se puede sobrescribir con el campo @title."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:907
+#: C/index.docbook:918
msgid "@section_id"
msgstr "@section_id"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:909
+#: C/index.docbook:920
msgid ""
"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <"
"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <"
"para otra sección es <MÓDULO>-<title>."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:917
+#: C/index.docbook:928
msgid "@see_also"
msgstr "@see_also"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:919
+#: C/index.docbook:930
msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section."
msgstr "Una lista de símbolos relacionados con esta sección."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:925
+#: C/index.docbook:936
msgid "@stability"
msgstr "@stability"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:932
+#: C/index.docbook:943
msgid ""
"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third "
"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have "
"de haberlos habrá buenas razones para ello."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:944
+#: C/index.docbook:955
msgid ""
"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are "
"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly "
"publicación menor a la siguiente."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:956
+#: C/index.docbook:967
msgid ""
"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but "
"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in "
"deberían usar de formas especificadas y documentadas."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:965
+#: C/index.docbook:976
msgid ""
"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require "
"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be "
"son internas."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:927
+#: C/index.docbook:938
msgid ""
"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend "
"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
"recomienda el uso de uno de estos términos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:977
+#: C/index.docbook:988
msgid "@include"
msgstr "@include"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:979
+#: C/index.docbook:990
msgid ""
"The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a "
"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="
"línea de comandos. Este elemento es opcional."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:988
+#: C/index.docbook:999
msgid "@image"
msgstr "@image"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:990
+#: C/index.docbook:1001
msgid ""
"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This "
"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of "
"Este elemento es opcional."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1001
+#: C/index.docbook:1012
msgid ""
"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs "
"into the c-source where possible."
"sea posible."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1010
+#: C/index.docbook:1021
msgid "Documenting symbols"
msgstr "Documentar símbolos"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1012
+#: C/index.docbook:1023
msgid ""
"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is "
"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the "
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1020 C/index.docbook:1049
+#: C/index.docbook:1031 C/index.docbook:1060
msgid "General tags"
msgstr "Etiquetas generales"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1022
+#: C/index.docbook:1033
msgid ""
"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell "
"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."
"obsoleta."
#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1027
+#: C/index.docbook:1038
msgid "Versioning Tags"
msgstr "Versionado de etiquetas"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1028
+#: C/index.docbook:1039
msgid "Since:"
msgstr "Desde:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1030
+#: C/index.docbook:1041
msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available."
msgstr "Descripción desde qué versión del código está disponible la API."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1035
+#: C/index.docbook:1046
msgid "Deprecated:"
msgstr "Obsoleto:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1037
+#: C/index.docbook:1048
msgid ""
"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The "
"description should point the reader to the new API."
"debería informar al lector de la nueva API."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1045
+#: C/index.docbook:1056
msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"
msgstr "(ARREGLAR: estabilidad de la información)"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1050
+#: C/index.docbook:1061
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "/**\n"
-#| " * foo_get_bar:\n"
-#| " * @foo: some foo\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Returns: @foo's bar\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Since: 2.6\n"
-#| " * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n"
-#| " */\n"
-#| "Bar *\n"
-#| "foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n"
-#| "{\n"
-#| "...\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"/**\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1070 C/index.docbook:1106
+#: C/index.docbook:1081 C/index.docbook:1091
+#| msgid "Installation"
+msgid "Annotations"
+msgstr "Anotaciones"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1083
+msgid ""
+"Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be "
+"rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by "
+"gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list of the "
+"supported tags can be found on <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/"
+"GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" type=\"http\">the wiki</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Los bloques de documentación pueden contener etiquetas de anotaciones. Estas "
+"etiquetas se renderizarán con consejos que describan su significado. Las "
+"etiquetas se usan en la introspección de GObject para generar vinculaciones "
+"del lenguaje. Puede obtener una lista detallada de las etiquetas soportadas "
+"en <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations\" "
+"type=\"http\">el wiki</ulink>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1092
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_get_bar: (annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar\n"
+" */\n"
+"...\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)\n"
+" * (and another annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Sets bar on @foo.\n"
+" */\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_get_bar: (annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar\n"
+" */\n"
+"...\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)\n"
+" * (and another annotation)\n"
+" * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Sets bar on @foo.\n"
+" */\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1113 C/index.docbook:1142
msgid "Function comment block"
msgstr "Bloque de comentario de función"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1076
+#: C/index.docbook:1119
msgid ""
"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/"
"unrefed/released."
"debería liberarse/desreferenciarse/etc."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1082
+#: C/index.docbook:1125
msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are."
msgstr ""
"El documento, dependiendo de si sus parámetros pueden ser nulos, y qué "
"sucede si lo son."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1087
+#: C/index.docbook:1130
msgid ""
"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate."
msgstr ""
"Mencionar precondiciones y postcondiciones interesantes donde sea apropiado."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1072 C/index.docbook:1165
+#: C/index.docbook:1115 C/index.docbook:1201
msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Recuerde: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1094
+#: C/index.docbook:1137
msgid ""
"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are "
"private. They are treated like static functions."
"GTK-Doc asume que todos los símbolos (macros, funciones) que empiezan por "
"«_» son privados. Se tratan como funciones estáticas."
-#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1099
-msgid ""
-"Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
-"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
-msgstr ""
-"Consulte también las anotaciones de las etiquetas de introspección de "
-"GObject: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
-
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1107
+#: C/index.docbook:1143
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "/**\n"
-#| " * function_name:\n"
-#| " * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than\n"
-#| " * one line.\n"
-#| " * @par2: description of parameter 2\n"
-#| " * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters\n"
-#| " * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant\n"
-#| " * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to\n"
-#| " * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Returns: an integer.\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Since: 2.2\n"
-#| " * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.\n"
-#| " */\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"/**\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1128
+#: C/index.docbook:1164
msgid "Function tags"
msgstr "Etiquetas de funciones"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1129
+#: C/index.docbook:1165
msgid "Returns:"
msgstr "Devuelve:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1131
+#: C/index.docbook:1167
msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result."
msgstr "Párrafo que describe el resultado devuelto."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1136
+#: C/index.docbook:1172
msgid "@...:"
msgstr "@...:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1138
+#: C/index.docbook:1174
msgid ""
"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag "
"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1148 C/index.docbook:1150
+#: C/index.docbook:1184 C/index.docbook:1186
msgid "Property comment block"
msgstr "Bloque de comentario de propiedad"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1151
+#: C/index.docbook:1187
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "/**\n"
-#| " * SomeWidget:some-property:\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Here you can document a property.\n"
-#| " */\n"
-#| "g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"/**\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1163 C/index.docbook:1182
+#: C/index.docbook:1199 C/index.docbook:1218
msgid "Signal comment block"
msgstr "Bloque de comentario de señal"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1169
+#: C/index.docbook:1205
msgid ""
"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or "
"after other signals."
"otras señales."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1175
+#: C/index.docbook:1211
msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler."
msgstr "Documentar qué aplicación debe gestionar las señales."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1183
+#: C/index.docbook:1219
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "/**\n"
-#| " * FooWidget::foobarized:\n"
-#| " * @widget: the widget that received the signal\n"
-#| " * @foo: some foo\n"
-#| " * @bar: some bar\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.\n"
-#| " */\n"
-#| "foo_signals[FOOBARIZE] =\n"
-#| " g_signal_new (\"foobarize\",\n"
-#| " ...\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"/**\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1200 C/index.docbook:1201
+#: C/index.docbook:1236 C/index.docbook:1237
msgid "Struct comment block"
msgstr "Bloque de comentario de estructura"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1202
+#: C/index.docbook:1238
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "/**\n"
-#| " * FooWidget:\n"
-#| " * @bar: some #gboolean\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * This is the best widget, ever.\n"
-#| " */\n"
-#| "typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
-#| " /*< private >*/\n"
-#| " GtkWidget parent;\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " /*< public >*/\n"
-#| " gboolean bar;\n"
-#| "} FooWidget;\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"/**\n"
"} FooWidget;\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1219
+#: C/index.docbook:1255
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
"revertir el comportamiento anterior."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1225
+#: C/index.docbook:1261
msgid ""
"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It "
"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has "
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1237 C/index.docbook:1238
+#: C/index.docbook:1273 C/index.docbook:1274
msgid "Enum comment block"
msgstr "Enumerar bloques de comentarios"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1239
+#: C/index.docbook:1275
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "/**\n"
-#| " * Something:\n"
-#| " * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n"
-#| " * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n"
-#| " *\n"
-#| " * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n"
-#| " */\n"
-#| "typedef enum {\n"
-#| " SOMETHING_FOO,\n"
-#| " SOMETHING_BAR,\n"
-#| " /*< private >*/\n"
-#| " SOMETHING_COUNT\n"
-#| "} Something;\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"/**\n"
"} Something;\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1256
+#: C/index.docbook:1292
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
"comportamiento anterior."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1266
+#: C/index.docbook:1302
msgid "Useful DocBook tags"
msgstr "Etiquetas DocBook útiles"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1268
+#: C/index.docbook:1304
msgid ""
"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code."
msgstr ""
"Aquí están varias etiquetas de DocBook muy útiles al documentar código."
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1277
+#: C/index.docbook:1313
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n"
"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1273
+#: C/index.docbook:1309
msgid ""
"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The "
"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. "
"ajustarse a SGML/XML."
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1290
+#: C/index.docbook:1326
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<function>...</function>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<function>...</function>\n"
"<function>...</function>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1287
+#: C/index.docbook:1323
msgid ""
"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1299
+#: C/index.docbook:1335
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<example>\n"
-#| " <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n"
-#| " <programlisting>\n"
-#| " ...\n"
-#| " </programlisting>\n"
-#| "</example>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<example>\n"
"</example>\n"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1310
+#: C/index.docbook:1346
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<informalexample>\n"
-#| " <programlisting>\n"
-#| " ...\n"
-#| " </programlisting>\n"
-#| "</informalexample>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<informalexample>\n"
"</informalexample>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1296
+#: C/index.docbook:1332
msgid ""
"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very "
"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For "
"informalexample-2/>. El último GTK-Doc también soporta abreviación: |[ ... ]|"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1329
+#: C/index.docbook:1365
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<itemizedlist>\n"
-#| " <listitem>\n"
-#| " <para>\n"
-#| " ...\n"
-#| " </para>\n"
-#| " </listitem>\n"
-#| " <listitem>\n"
-#| " <para>\n"
-#| " ...\n"
-#| " </para>\n"
-#| " </listitem>\n"
-#| "</itemizedlist>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<itemizedlist>\n"
"</itemizedlist>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1326
+#: C/index.docbook:1362
msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para incluir listas de topos: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1349
+#: C/index.docbook:1385
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<note>\n"
-#| " <para>\n"
-#| " Make sure you free the data after use.\n"
-#| " </para>\n"
-#| "</note>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<note>\n"
"</note>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1346
+#: C/index.docbook:1382
msgid ""
"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para incluir una nota que sobresale del texto: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1362
+#: C/index.docbook:1398
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<type>unsigned char</type>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"
"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1359
+#: C/index.docbook:1395
msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para referirse a un tipo: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1371
+#: C/index.docbook:1407
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"
"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1368
+#: C/index.docbook:1404
msgid ""
"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"de GTK): <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1380
+#: C/index.docbook:1416
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<structfield>len</structfield>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<structfield>len</structfield>\n"
"<structfield>len</structfield>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1377
+#: C/index.docbook:1413
msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para referirse a un campo o a una estructura: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1389
+#: C/index.docbook:1425
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"
"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1386
+#: C/index.docbook:1422
msgid ""
"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but "
"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link "
"\"documenting_syntax\">abreviaciones</link>)."
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1400
+#: C/index.docbook:1436
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n"
"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1397
+#: C/index.docbook:1433
msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para enfatizar un texto: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1409
+#: C/index.docbook:1445
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n"
"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1406
+#: C/index.docbook:1442
msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para uso de nombres de archivo: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1418
+#: C/index.docbook:1454
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"
"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1415
+#: C/index.docbook:1451
msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para referirse a claves: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1428
+#: C/index.docbook:1464
msgid "Filling the extra files"
msgstr "Rellenar campos adicionales"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1430
+#: C/index.docbook:1466
msgid ""
"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the "
"inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, "
"pasado) y <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1439
+#: C/index.docbook:1475
msgid "Editing the types file"
msgstr "Editar los tipos de archivo"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1441
+#: C/index.docbook:1477
msgid ""
"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, "
"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the "
"<filename><paquete>.types</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1450
+#: C/index.docbook:1486
msgid "Example types file snippet"
msgstr "Fragmento de ejemplo de tipos de archivo"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1451
+#: C/index.docbook:1487
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "gtk_accel_label_get_type\n"
-#| "gtk_adjustment_get_type\n"
-#| "gtk_alignment_get_type\n"
-#| "gtk_arrow_get_type\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n"
"gtk_arrow_get_type\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1462
+#: C/index.docbook:1498
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this "
"list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in "
"los tipos de archivo ni tenerlos bajo el control de versiones."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1471
+#: C/index.docbook:1507
msgid "Editing the master document"
msgstr "Editar la sección maestra del documento"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1473
+#: C/index.docbook:1509
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the "
"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page "
"documento maestro las incluye y ordena."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1480
+#: C/index.docbook:1516
msgid ""
"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not "
"touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. "
"vez en cuando para ver si se han introducido algunas mejoras."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1490
+#: C/index.docbook:1526
msgid ""
"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The "
"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API "
"el tutorial junto con la biblioteca son mayores."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1499
+#: C/index.docbook:1535
msgid ""
"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is "
"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there "
"que habría que encargarse."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1506
+#: C/index.docbook:1542
msgid "Master document header"
msgstr "Cabecera del documento maestro"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1507
+#: C/index.docbook:1543
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<bookinfo>\n"
-#| " <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>\n"
-#| " <releaseinfo>\n"
-#| " for MODULENAME [VERSION]\n"
-#| " The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n"
-#| " <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n"
-#| " </releaseinfo>\n"
-#| "</bookinfo>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "<chapter>\n"
-#| " <title>[Insert title here]</title>\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<bookinfo>\n"
" <title>[Insert title here]</title>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1526
+#: C/index.docbook:1562
msgid "Editing the section file"
msgstr "Editar el archivo de sección"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1528
+#: C/index.docbook:1564
msgid ""
"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. "
"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control "
"y el control de la visibilidad (pública o privada)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1534
+#: C/index.docbook:1570
msgid ""
"The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). "
"Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment "
"comiencen con «#» se tratan como comentarios."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1540
+#: C/index.docbook:1576
msgid ""
"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
"clase de GObject convertido a minúscula.)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1552
+#: C/index.docbook:1588
msgid ""
"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the "
"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially "
"obsoleto."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1559
+#: C/index.docbook:1595
msgid ""
"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. "
"Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis "
"públicas (variables, vmethods)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1578
+#: C/index.docbook:1614
msgid ""
"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the "
"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-"
"a esa sección."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1592
+#: C/index.docbook:1628
msgid "Controlling the result"
msgstr "Controlar el resultado"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1594
+#: C/index.docbook:1630
msgid ""
"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The "
"generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</"
"archivos de texto plano y se pueden ver y posprocesar fácilmente."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1603
+#: C/index.docbook:1639
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with "
"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank "
"documentación pero dónde; p.e. se ha añadido un parámetro nuevo."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1612
+#: C/index.docbook:1648
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols "
"given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found "
"eliminado o no se han escrito correctamente."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1619
+#: C/index.docbook:1655
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, "
"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where "
"todavía al archivo <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1627
+#: C/index.docbook:1663
msgid ""
"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile."
"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during "
"de integridad durante la ejecución de make check."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1634
+#: C/index.docbook:1670
msgid ""
"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: "
"<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><"
"si este archivo lo contiene."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1643
+#: C/index.docbook:1679
msgid ""
"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced "
"by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, "
"ejecutándolo como <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1658
+#: C/index.docbook:1694
msgid "Modernizing the documentation"
msgstr "Modernizar la documentación"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1660
+#: C/index.docbook:1696
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new "
"features together with the version since when it is available."
"características nuevas junto con la versión desde la que están disponibles."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1666
+#: C/index.docbook:1702
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.9"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1668
+#: C/index.docbook:1704
msgid ""
"When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document "
"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>."
"maestro <filename><paquete>-docs.xml</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1673
+#: C/index.docbook:1709
msgid ""
"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
"paquete>-decl-list.txt <paquete>-sections.txt</code>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1684
+#: C/index.docbook:1720
msgid ""
"Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the "
"sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory"
"<filename>configure.ac</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1694
+#: C/index.docbook:1730
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1696
+#: C/index.docbook:1732
msgid ""
"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
"condicional."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1707
+#: C/index.docbook:1743
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16"
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1713
+#: C/index.docbook:1749
msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check"
msgstr "Activar gtkdoc-check"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1714
+#: C/index.docbook:1750
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
-#| "TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n"
-#| " DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n"
-#| " SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n"
-#| "TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n"
-#| "endif\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
"endif\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1709
+#: C/index.docbook:1745
msgid ""
"This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a "
"set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these "
"archivo <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1727
+#: C/index.docbook:1763
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1729
+#: C/index.docbook:1765
msgid ""
"Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc "
"comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a "
"comentarios</link> contiene todos los detalles."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1740
+#: C/index.docbook:1776
msgid "Documenting other interfaces"
msgstr "Documentar otras interfaces"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1742
+#: C/index.docbook:1778
msgid ""
"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next "
"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other "
"herramientas para documentar otras interfaces."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1749
+#: C/index.docbook:1785
msgid "Command line options and man pages"
msgstr "Opciones de la línea de comandos y páginas man"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1751
+#: C/index.docbook:1787
msgid ""
"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like "
"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of "
"interfaz es parte de la referencia y se obtienen las páginas man sin trabajo."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1758
+#: C/index.docbook:1794
msgid "Document the tool"
msgstr "Documentar la herramienta"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1760
+#: C/index.docbook:1796
msgid ""
"Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend="
"\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/"
"así como los ejemplos en, por ejemplo, glib."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1770
+#: C/index.docbook:1806
msgid "Adding the extra configure check"
msgstr "Añadir la comprobación de configuración adicional"
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1773 C/index.docbook:1791
+#: C/index.docbook:1809 C/index.docbook:1827
msgid "Extra configure checks"
msgstr "Comprobaciones de configuración adicionales"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1774
+#: C/index.docbook:1810
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n"
-#| " [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],\n"
-#| " [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,\n"
-#| " enable_man=no)\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])\n"
-#| "AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n"
"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1788
+#: C/index.docbook:1824
msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules"
msgstr "Añadir reglas de makefile adicionales"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1792
+#: C/index.docbook:1828
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "man_MANS = \\\n"
-#| " meeper.1\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
-#| "if ENABLE_MAN\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "%.1 : %.xml\n"
-#| " @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "endif\n"
-#| "endif\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n"
-#| "EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
"man_MANS = \\\n"
"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1814
+#: C/index.docbook:1850
msgid "DBus interfaces"
msgstr "Interfaces de DBus"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1816
+#: C/index.docbook:1852
msgid ""
"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1825
+#: C/index.docbook:1861
msgid "Frequently asked questions"
msgstr "Preguntas más frecuentes"
#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
-#: C/index.docbook:1829
+#: C/index.docbook:1865
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Pregunta"
#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
-#: C/index.docbook:1830
+#: C/index.docbook:1866
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Respuesta"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1832
+#: C/index.docbook:1868
msgid "No class hierarchy."
msgstr "Sin jerarquía de clases."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1833
+#: C/index.docbook:1869
msgid ""
"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been "
"entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."
"introducido en el archivo <filename><package>.types</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1839
+#: C/index.docbook:1875
msgid "Still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Aún sin jerarquía de clases."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1840
+#: C/index.docbook:1876
msgid ""
"Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> "
"file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-"
"doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html\">explicación</ulink>)."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1846
+#: C/index.docbook:1882
msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Maldición, aún no hay una jerarquía de clases."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1847
+#: C/index.docbook:1883
msgid ""
"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</"
"type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private "
"Estándar o Privado)."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1854
+#: C/index.docbook:1890
msgid "No symbol index."
msgstr "Sin índice de símbolos."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1855
+#: C/index.docbook:1891
msgid ""
"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a "
"index that xi:includes the generated index?"
"«xi:includes» el índice generado?"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1861
+#: C/index.docbook:1897
msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section."
msgstr "Los símbolos no se enlazan con su sección en el documento."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1862
+#: C/index.docbook:1898
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the "
"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs."
"si gtk-doc-fixxref avisa de alguna referencia xref sin resolver."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1868
+#: C/index.docbook:1904
msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Una clase nueva no aparece en la documentación."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1869
+#: C/index.docbook:1905
msgid ""
"Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</"
"filename>."
"sgml}</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1875
+#: C/index.docbook:1911
msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Un símbolo nuevo no aparece en la documentación."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1876
+#: C/index.docbook:1912
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the "
"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable "
"txt</filename> en una subsección pública."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1884
+#: C/index.docbook:1920
msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy."
msgstr "Falta un tipo en la clase de jerarquías"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1885
+#: C/index.docbook:1921
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> "
+#| "but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check "
+#| "that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-"
+#| "sections.txt</filename>. If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</"
+#| "type>) is not listed or incidentialy makred private it will not be shown."
msgid ""
"If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but "
"not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the "
"type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
"filename>. If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed "
-"or incidentialy makred private it will not be shown."
+"or incidentally marked private it will not be shown."
msgstr ""
"Si el tipo está listado en <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> "
"pero no en <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename>, entonces compruebe dos "
"privada."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1894
+#: C/index.docbook:1930
msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations."
msgstr ""
"Obtengo enlaces de seguimiento de documentos para todas las anotaciones "
"gobject."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1895
+#: C/index.docbook:1931
msgid ""
"Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included "
"from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
"included» desde <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1903
+#: C/index.docbook:1939
msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist"
msgstr ""
"Parámetro descrito en el bloque de comentarios del código fuente pero no "
"existe"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1904
+#: C/index.docbook:1940
msgid ""
"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the "
"source."
"diferentes de la fuente."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1909
+#: C/index.docbook:1945
msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ"
msgstr "múltiples «ID» para la restricción enlazada: XYZ"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1910
+#: C/index.docbook:1946
msgid ""
"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
"filename> file."
"sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1913
+#: C/index.docbook:1949
msgid ""
"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template "
"matches."
"coincide."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1920
+#: C/index.docbook:1956
msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc"
msgstr "Herramientas relacionadas con GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1922
+#: C/index.docbook:1958
msgid ""
"GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac "
"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and "
"a un sitio «trac» y se integra con la búsqueda de «trac»."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1927
+#: C/index.docbook:1963
msgid ""
"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since "
"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: C/index.docbook:527 C/fdl-appendix.xml:527
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute "
+#| "it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this "
+#| "License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other "
+#| "respects regarding verbatim copying of that document."
msgid ""
-"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it "
+"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it "
"individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License "
"into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects "
"regarding verbatim copying of that document."
msgstr ""
-" Puede extraer un solo documento de una de tales colecciones y distribuirlo "
+"Puede extraer un solo documento de una de tales colecciones y distribuirlo "
"individualmente bajo esta Licencia, siempre que inserte una copia de esta "
"Licencia en el documento extraído, y siga esta Licencia en todos los demás "
"aspectos relativos a la copia literal de dicho documento."
"libre que usted elija, como la <_:ulink-1/>, para permitir su uso en "
"software libre."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
+#~ "gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Consulte también las anotaciones de las etiquetas de introspección de "
+#~ "GObject: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. "
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type=\"http\">http://www.ora."
#~ "enlace acerca de esto en <ulink url=\"http://www.ora.com/davenport\" type="
#~ "\"http\">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>. NOTA: Esto aún no funciona."
-#~ msgid "Installation"
-#~ msgstr "Instalación"
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are "
#~ "installed."
<title>6. COLECCIONES DE DOCUMENTOS</title>
<para>Puede hacer una colección que conste del <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> y de otros documentos publicados bajo esta Licencia, y reemplazar las copias individuales de esta Licencia en todos los documentos por una sola copia que esté incluida en la colección, siempre que siga las reglas de esta Licencia para cada copia literal de cada uno de los documentos en cualquiera de los demás aspectos.</para>
- <para> Puede extraer un solo documento de una de tales colecciones y distribuirlo individualmente bajo esta Licencia, siempre que inserte una copia de esta Licencia en el documento extraído, y siga esta Licencia en todos los demás aspectos relativos a la copia literal de dicho documento.</para>
+ <para>Puede extraer un solo documento de una de tales colecciones y distribuirlo individualmente bajo esta Licencia, siempre que inserte una copia de esta Licencia en el documento extraído, y siga esta Licencia en todos los demás aspectos relativos a la copia literal de dicho documento.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
- <revision><revnumber>1.20.1</revnumber> <date>16 de febrero de 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>versión de desarrollo</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber> <date>18 de julio de 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>versión de desarrollo</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 de julio de 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores, eliminadas funcionalidades obsoletas</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 de febrero de 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>errores corregidos, soporte de marcado, mejoras en los estilos</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 de junio de 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 de septiembre de 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correcciones de errores, mejoras en la velocidad y soporte de marcado</revremark></revision>
</othercredit>
<copyright>
- <year>2009-2014</year>
+ <year>2009-2015</year>
<holder>Daniel Mustieles</holder>
</copyright>
<sect1 id="settingup_vcs">
<title>Integración con los sistemas de control de versiones</title>
- <para>Como regla principal, son los archivos que edita los que deberían estar bajo el control de versiones. Para proyectos típicos son los archivos: <filename><paquete>.types</filename>, <filename><paquete>-docs.xml</filename> (.sgml en el pasado), <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename> y <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
+ <para>Como regla principal, son los archivos que edita los que deberían estar bajo el control de versiones. Para proyectos típicos son los archivos: <filename><paquete>.types</filename>, <filename><paquete>-docs.xml</filename> (anteriormente .sgml), <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
+ <para>Los archivos de las carpetas <filename>xml/</filename> y <filename>html/</filename> No deberían estar bajo control de versiones. Tampoco ninguno de los archivos <filename>.stamp</filename>.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="plain_makefiles">
<programlisting>
DOC_MODULE=meep
// sources have changed
-gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
// xml files have changed
mkdir html
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
</programlisting>
</example></para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
+ <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
+ <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
<!-- -->
<sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
<para>DocBook puede crear algo más que enlaces. También se pueden tener listas, ejemplos, cabeceras e imágenes. En la versión 1.20, la manera prefefira de hacer esto es usando un subconjunto de la sintaxis básica de formateado de texto llamada <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Marcado</ulink>. En versiones anteriores de GTK-Doc, cualquier documentación que incluya marcado se renderizará como tal. Por ejemplo, los elementos de una lista aparecerán como líneas que empiezan con un guión.</para>
+ <para>
+ While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
+ that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
+ docbook xml is not supported.
+ </para>
+
<para>En versiones anteriores de GTK-Doc, si necesitaba soporte para formato adicional, necesitaba activar el uso de etiquetas SGML/XML dentro de comentarios en la documentación poniendo <option>--xml-mode</option> o <option>--sgml-mode</option> en la variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> dentro de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
<para>
<para>Se pueden encontrar más ejemplos de las etiquetas de marcado soportadas en el <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">Manual de referencia de sintaxis de marcado de documentación de GTK+</ulink>.</para>
<tip>
- <para>Tal y como se ha mencionado antes, la documentación anterior de GTK-Doc es para documentar la API pública .Por ello, no se puede escribir documentación para los símbolos estáticos. No obstante es una buena práctica comentar los símbolos. Esto ayuda a que otros entiendan su código. Por ello se recomienda comentarlos usando comentarios normales (sin el segundo «*» en la primera línea). Si la función, posteriormente, se debe hacer pública, todo lo que el programador debe hacer es añadir otro «*» en el bloque de comentario e introducir el nombre del símbolo en la parte derecha dentro del archivo de secciones.</para>
+
<para>Tal y como se ha mencionado antes, la documentación anterior de GTK-Doc es para documentar la API pública .Por ello, no se puede escribir documentación para los símbolos estáticos. No obstante es una buena práctica comentar los símbolos. Esto ayuda a que otros entiendan su código. Por ello se recomienda comentarlos usando comentarios normales (sin el segundo «*» en la primera línea). Si la función, posteriormente, se debe hacer pública, todo lo que el programador debe hacer es añadir otro «*» en el bloque de comentario e introducir el nombre del símbolo en la parte derecha dentro del archivo de secciones.</para>
</tip>
</sect1>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
<para>(ARREGLAR: estabilidad de la información)</para>
-
+ <para>(ARREGLAR: estabilidad de la información)</para>
+
<example><title>Etiquetas generales</title>
<programlisting>
/**
</example>
</sect2>
+ <sect2><title>Anotaciones</title>
+
+ <para>Los bloques de documentación pueden contener etiquetas de anotaciones. Estas etiquetas se renderizarán con consejos que describan su significado. Las etiquetas se usan en la introspección de GObject para generar vinculaciones del lenguaje. Puede obtener una lista detallada de las etiquetas soportadas en <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">el wiki</ulink>.</para>
+
+ <example><title>Anotaciones</title>
+ <programlisting>
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ */
+...
+/**
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
+ * (and another annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Sets bar on @foo.
+ */
+</programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
<sect2><title>Bloque de comentario de función</title>
<para>Recuerde: <itemizedlist>
<para>GTK-Doc asume que todos los símbolos (macros, funciones) que empiezan por «_» son privados. Se tratan como funciones estáticas.</para>
- <para>Consulte también las anotaciones de las etiquetas de introspección de GObject: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations</para>
-
<example><title>Bloque de comentario de función</title>
<programlisting>
/**
<para>Esta versión soporta <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> en <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Cuando está activada, el archivo <filename><paquete>-sections.txt</filename> se genera automáticamente y se puede quitar del control de versiones. Esto sólo funciona en proyectos que tienen una estructura regular (ej. cada pareja .{c,h} creará una sección nueva). Si se organiza un proyecto parecido a esto, actualizar una sección mantenida manualmente puede ser tan sencillo como ejecutar <code>meld <paquete>-decl-list.txt <paquete>-sections.txt</code>.</para>
- <para>La versión 1.18 ya introdujo la sintaxis para documentar secciones en las fuentes en lugar de tener que hacerlo en archivos separados bajo <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>. Esta versión añade opciones para cambiar todo el módulo «doc» del documento para que no realice el paso de construcción de tmpl adicional, usando <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> en <filename>configure.ac</filename>.</para>
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
+ checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
+ add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
+ </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
<title>6. COLECCIONES DE DOCUMENTOS</title>
<para>Puede hacer una colección que conste del <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> y de otros documentos publicados bajo esta Licencia, y reemplazar las copias individuales de esta Licencia en todos los documentos por una sola copia que esté incluida en la colección, siempre que siga las reglas de esta Licencia para cada copia literal de cada uno de los documentos en cualquiera de los demás aspectos.</para>
- <para> Puede extraer un solo documento de una de tales colecciones y distribuirlo individualmente bajo esta Licencia, siempre que inserte una copia de esta Licencia en el documento extraído, y siga esta Licencia en todos los demás aspectos relativos a la copia literal de dicho documento.</para>
+ <para>Puede extraer un solo documento de una de tales colecciones y distribuirlo individualmente bajo esta Licencia, siempre que inserte una copia de esta Licencia en el documento extraído, y siga esta Licencia en todos los demás aspectos relativos a la copia literal de dicho documento.</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
<title>6. REGROUPEMENTS DE DOCUMENTS</title>
<para>Vous pouvez créer un regroupement de documents comprenant le <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> d'autres documents soumis à cette Licence, et remplacer les copies individuelles de cette Licence des différents documents par une unique copie incluse dans le regroupement de documents, à condition de respecter pour chacun de ces documents l'ensemble des règles de cette Licence concernant les copies conformes.</para>
- <para>Vous pouvez extraire un document d'un tel regroupement et le distribuer individuellement sous couvert de cette Licence, à condition d'y inclure une copie de cette Licence et d'en respecter l'ensemble des règles concernant les copies conformes.</para>
+ <para>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.20.1</revnumber>
- <date>16 Feb 2014</date>
+ <revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber>
+ <date>18 Jul 2014</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.21</revnumber>
+ <date>17 Jul 2014</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.20</revnumber>
<date>16 Feb 2014</date>
<title>Intégration avec des systèmes de gestion de versions</title>
<para>
- As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under
+ As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under
version control. For typical projects it's these files:
<filename><package>.types</filename>,
<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>,
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>
+ directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of
+ the <filename>.stamp</filename> files.
</para>
</sect1>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
DOC_MODULE=meep
// sources have changed
-gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
// xml files have changed
mkdir html
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
<para>
The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of
receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can
- hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
+ hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
<example><title>GTK-Doc comment block</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
</example>
</para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
+ <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
+ <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
<!-- -->
<sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
appear as lines starting with a dash.
</para>
+ <para>
+ While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
+ that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
+ docbook xml is not supported.
+ </para>
+
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
- putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
- <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
</para>
<tip>
- <para>Comme indiqué plus tôt, GTK-Doc est fait pour documenter les API publiques. On ne peut donc pas écrire de la documentation pour les symboles statiques. Néanmoins, il est bon de commenter ces symboles aussi. Cela aide les autres à comprendre votre code. Par conséquent, nous recommandons de les documenter à l'aide de commentaires normaux (sans le second « * » à la première ligne). Si, plus tard, la fonction doit être rendue publique, il suffira juste d'ajouter un « * » dans le bloc de commentaires et d'ajouter le nom du symbole à la bonne place à l'intérieur du fichier des sections.</para>
+
<para>Comme indiqué plus tôt, GTK-Doc est fait pour documenter les API publiques. On ne peut donc pas écrire de la documentation pour les symboles statiques. Néanmoins, il est bon de commenter ces symboles aussi. Cela aide les autres à comprendre votre code. Par conséquent, nous recommandons de les documenter à l'aide de commentaires normaux (sans le second « * » à la première ligne). Si, plus tard, la fonction doit être rendue publique, il suffira juste d'ajouter un « * » dans le bloc de commentaires et d'ajouter le nom du symbole à la bonne place à l'intérieur du fichier des sections.</para>
</tip>
</sect1>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
<para>(FIXME : informations de stabilité)</para>
-
+ <para>(FIXME : informations de stabilité)</para>
+
<example><title>Étiquettes générales</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
</example>
</sect2>
+ <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
+ rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by
+ gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list
+ of the supported tags can be found on
+ <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Annotations</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ */
+...
+/**
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
+ * (and another annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Sets bar on @foo.
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
<sect2><title>Bloc de commentaires pour les fonctions</title>
<para>N'oubliez pas : <itemizedlist>
<para>GTK-Doc considère que tous les symboles (macros, fonctions) commençant par « _ » sont privés. Ils sont traités comme des fonctions statiques.</para>
- <para>
- <!-- FIXME: we should ideally link/describe the gobject introspection
- annotation tag -->
- Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags:
- http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations
- </para>
-
<example><title>Bloc de commentaires pour les fonctions</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
- in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
+ checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
+ add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
</para>
</sect1>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Un type est absent dans la hiérarchie de classe.</seg>
- <seg>Si le type est listé dans <filename><module>.hierarchy</filename> mais pas dans <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> alors contrôlez deux-fois que le type est correctement placé dans <filename><module>-sections.txt</filename>. Si l'instance du type (par ex. <type>GtkWidget</type>) n'est pas listée ou marquée par accident comme privée, elle ne sera pas affichée.</seg>
+ <seg>
+ If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename>
+ but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check
+ that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
+ If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed or
+ incidentally marked private it will not be shown.
+ </seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>J'obtiens des liens foldoc pour toutes les annotations gobject.</seg>
<title>6. REGROUPEMENTS DE DOCUMENTS</title>
<para>Vous pouvez créer un regroupement de documents comprenant le <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> et d'autres documents soumis à cette Licence, et remplacer les copies individuelles de cette Licence des différents documents par une unique copie incluse dans le regroupement de documents, à condition de respecter pour chacun de ces documents l'ensemble des règles de cette Licence concernant les copies conformes.</para>
- <para>Vous pouvez extraire un document d'un tel regroupement et le distribuer individuellement sous couvert de cette Licence, à condition d'y inclure une copie de cette Licence et d'en respecter l'ensemble des règles concernant les copies conformes.</para>
+ <para>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!--
+ The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook
+ Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais@okstate.edu>
+ Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
+ http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp
+ Version: 1.0.1
+ Last Modified: Nov 16, 2000
+-->
+<appendix id="fdl">
+ <appendixinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ Version 1.1, March 2000
+ </releaseinfo>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <legalnotice id="fdl-legalnotice">
+ <para>
+ <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street,
+ Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state>
+ <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country></address>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </appendixinfo>
+ <title>GNU Free Documentation License</title>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-preamble">
+ <title>0. PREAMBLE</title>
+ <para>
+ The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or
+ other written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of
+ freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and
+ redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either
+ commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License
+ preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for
+ their work, while not being considered responsible for
+ modifications made by others.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means
+ that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in
+ the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License,
+ which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
+ free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
+ free program should come with manuals providing the same
+ freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited
+ to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work,
+ regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
+ printed book. We recommend this License principally for works
+ whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section1">
+ <title>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title>
+ <para id="fdl-document">
+ This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+ notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+ distributed under the terms of this License. The
+ <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any such manual or
+ work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed
+ as <quote>you</quote>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-modified">
+ A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work
+ containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied
+ verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
+ language.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-secondary">
+ A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a
+ front-matter section of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> that deals exclusively
+ with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the
+ Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related
+ matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within
+ that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
+ textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+ mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+ connection with the subject or with related matters, or of
+ legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
+ regarding them.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-invariant">
+ The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles
+ are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
+ notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this
+ License.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-cover-texts">
+ The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of
+ text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts,
+ in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this
+ License.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-transparent">
+ A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link> means a machine-readable
+ copy, represented in a format whose specification is available
+ to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited
+ directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for
+ images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for
+ drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is
+ suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic
+ translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text
+ formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format
+ whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+ subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy
+ that is not <quote>Transparent</quote> is called
+ <quote>Opaque</quote>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include
+ plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
+ format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
+ standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human
+ modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF,
+ proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+ proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD
+ and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
+ machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for
+ output purposes only.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-title-page">
+ The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the
+ title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to
+ hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in
+ the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title
+ page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> means the text near the
+ most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the
+ beginning of the body of the text.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section2">
+ <title>2. VERBATIM COPYING</title>
+ <para>
+ You may copy and distribute the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> in any medium, either
+ commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+ copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
+ applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that
+ you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
+ License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or
+ control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or
+ distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for
+ copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you
+ must also follow the conditions in <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated
+ above, and you may publicly display copies.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section3">
+ <title>3. COPIANDO EN CANTIDADE</title>
+ <para>
+ If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100,
+ and the Document's license notice requires <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose
+ the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these
+ Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
+ Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also
+ clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these
+ copies. The front cover must present the full title with all
+ words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add
+ other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes
+ limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the
+ <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these
+ conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
+ respects.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+ legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+ reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
+ adjacent pages.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If you publish or distribute <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100,
+ you must either include a machine-readable <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy along with
+ each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a
+ publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a
+ complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added
+ material, which the general network-using public has access to
+ download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network
+ protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take
+ reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
+ copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
+ remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
+ year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly
+ or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
+ public.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors
+ of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> well before
+ redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance
+ to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section4">
+ <title>4. MODIFICACIÓNS</title>
+ <para>
+ You may copy and distribute a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the conditions of
+ sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release
+ the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+ Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
+ licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version
+ to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do
+ these things in the Modified Version:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist mark="opencircle">
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>A</title>
+ <para>
+ Use in the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</link> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+ from that of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, and from those of
+ previous versions (which should, if there were any, be
+ listed in the History section of the Document). You may
+ use the same title as a previous version if the original
+ publisher of that version gives permission.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>B</title>
+ <para>
+ List on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</link>, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+ responsible for authorship of the modifications in the
+ <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>,
+ together with at least five of the principal authors of
+ the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> (all of
+ its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>C</title>
+ <para>
+ State on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</link> the name of the publisher of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, as the
+ publisher.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>D</title>
+ <para>
+ Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>E</title>
+ <para>
+ Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>F</title>
+ <para>
+ Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a
+ license notice giving the public permission to use the
+ <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under
+ the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
+ Addendum below.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>G</title>
+ <para>
+ Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and
+ required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover
+ Texts</link> given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document's</link> license notice.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>H</title>
+ <para>
+ Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>I</title>
+ <para>
+ Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and
+ its title, and add to it an item stating at least the
+ title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> as given on
+ the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>. If
+ there is no section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the
+ <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, create one
+ stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the
+ Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
+ describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous
+ sentence.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>J</title>
+ <para>
+ Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> for public access
+ to a <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link>
+ copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations
+ given in the Document for previous versions it was based
+ on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote>
+ section. You may omit a network location for a work that
+ was published at least four years before the Document
+ itself, or if the original publisher of the version it
+ refers to gives permission.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>K</title>
+ <para>
+ In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or
+ <quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title,
+ and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of
+ each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
+ dedications given therein.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>L</title>
+ <para>
+ Preserve all the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, unaltered in their
+ text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
+ equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>M</title>
+ <para>
+ Delete any section entitled
+ <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may not be
+ included in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified
+ Version</link>.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>N</title>
+ <para>
+ Do not retitle any existing section as
+ <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to conflict in title with
+ any <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Section</link>.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>
+ includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as
+ <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and
+ contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your
+ option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To
+ do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the
+ Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be
+ distinct from any other section titles.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>,
+ provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various
+ parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
+ has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
+ definition of a standard.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage
+ of up to 25 words as a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of
+ the list of <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>
+ in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>.
+ Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text
+ may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one
+ entity. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
+ already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously
+ added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are
+ acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
+ replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
+ publisher that added the old one.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> do not by this License
+ give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
+ assert or imply endorsement of any <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section5">
+ <title>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title>
+ <para>
+ You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
+ with other documents released under this License, under the
+ terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>
+ above for modified versions, provided that you include in the
+ combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified,
+ and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in
+ its license notice.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The combined work need only contain one copy of this License,
+ and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are
+ multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different
+ contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding
+ at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+ author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
+ number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the
+ list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined
+ work.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled
+ <quote>History</quote> in the various original documents,
+ forming one section entitled <quote>History</quote>; likewise
+ combine any sections entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote>,
+ and any sections entitled <quote>Dedications</quote>. You must
+ delete all sections entitled <quote>Endorsements.</quote>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section6">
+ <title>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title>
+ <para>
+ You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and other documents
+ released under this License, and replace the individual copies
+ of this License in the various documents with a single copy that
+ is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
+ rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
+ documents in all other respects.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section7">
+ <title>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title>
+ <para>
+ A compilation of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with
+ other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a
+ volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole
+ count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>
+ of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed
+ for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an
+ <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not apply to the
+ other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on
+ account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves
+ derivative works of the Document. If the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these
+ copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one
+ quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may
+ be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the
+ aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole
+ aggregate.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section8">
+ <title>8. TRANSLATION</title>
+ <para>
+ Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+ distribute translations of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with
+ translations requires special permission from their copyright
+ holders, but you may include translations of some or all
+ Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these
+ Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this
+ License provided that you also include the original English
+ version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the
+ translation and the original English version of this License,
+ the original English version will prevail.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section9">
+ <title>9. TERMINATION</title>
+ <para>
+ You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> except as expressly
+ provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy,
+ modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+ automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+ parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+ License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+ parties remain in full compliance.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section10">
+ <title>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title>
+ <para>
+ The <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software
+ Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU
+ Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions
+ will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ
+ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
+ number. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
+ specifies that a particular numbered version of this License
+ <quote>or any later version</quote> applies to it, you have the
+ option of following the terms and conditions either of that
+ specified version or of any later version that has been
+ published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If
+ the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
+ you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by
+ the Free Software Foundation.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-using">
+ <title>Addendum</title>
+ <para>
+ To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+ the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+ license notices just after the title page:
+ </para>
+
+ <blockquote>
+ <para>
+ Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
+ License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the
+ Free Software Foundation; with the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST
+ THEIR TITLES, with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST,
+ and with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover
+ Texts</link> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in
+ the section entitled <quote>GNU Free Documentation
+ License</quote>.
+ </para>
+ </blockquote>
+
+ <para>
+ If you have no <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</link>, write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote>
+ instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
+ <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link>, write
+ <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of
+ <quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code,
+ we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your
+ choice of free software license, such as the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html"> GNU General Public
+ License</ulink>, to permit their use in free software.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+</appendix>
--- /dev/null
+# Galician translation for gtk-doc.
+# Copyright (C) 2014 gtk-doc's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk-doc package.
+# Fran Dieguez <frandieguez@gnome.org>, 2014.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc master\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-22 21:18+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-23 02:11+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fran Dieguez <frandieguez@gnome.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: gnome-l10n-gl@gnome.org\n"
+"Language: gl\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr "Fran Diéguez <frandieguez@gnome.org>, 2014."
+
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title
+#: C/index.docbook:12
+msgid "GTK-Doc Manual"
+msgstr "Manual de GTK-Doc"
+
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/edition
+#: C/index.docbook:13
+msgid "1.20"
+msgstr "1.20"
+
+#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
+#: C/index.docbook:14
+msgid "User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage."
+msgstr ""
+"Manual de usuarios para desenvolvedores con instrucións do uso de GTK-Doc."
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:16
+msgid ""
+"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:25
+msgid ""
+"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> "
+"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> "
+"<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
+#: C/index.docbook:34
+msgid ""
+"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> "
+"<address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: publisher/publishername
+#: C/index.docbook:45
+msgid "GTK-Doc project"
+msgstr "Proxecto GTK-Doc"
+
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/publisher
+#: C/index.docbook:44
+msgid ""
+"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>"
+msgstr ""
+"<_:publishername-1/> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:48
+msgid "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>"
+msgstr "<year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:52
+msgid "<year>2007-2014</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
+msgstr "<year>2007-2014</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:65
+msgid ""
+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
+"the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation License</citetitle>, "
+"Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation "
+"with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A "
+"copy of the license is <link linkend=\"fdl\">included</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pode copiar, distribuír e modificar este documento baixo os termos da "
+"<citetitle>Licenza de Documentación Libre GNU</citetitle>, na súa versión "
+"1.1 ou posterior, publicada pola Free Software Foundation, sen seccións "
+"invariantes e sen textos de portada ou de contraportada. <link linkend=\""
+"fdl\">Inclúese</link> unha cópida da licenza."
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:73
+msgid ""
+"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "
+"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME "
+"documentation, and those trademarks are made aware to the members of the "
+"GNOME Documentation Project, the names have been printed in caps or initial "
+"caps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:83
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber> <date>18 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>development version</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber> <date>18 de Xullo de 2014</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>versión de "
+"desenvolvemento</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:89
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 de Xullo de 2014</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>arranxos de erros, retirado "
+"de características obsoletas</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:95
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 de Febreiro de 2014</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>arranxos de erros, "
+"compatibilidade de markdown, melloras de estilo</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:101
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 de Xuño de 2013</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>arranxos de erros</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:107
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 de Setembro de 2011</date> "
+"<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>arranxos de erros, melloras "
+"de velocidade, compatibilidade de markdown</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:113
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:119
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:125
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:131
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:137
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
+"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:143
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
+"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and "
+"bugfixes</revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:149
+msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> "
+"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:162
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:164
+msgid ""
+"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how "
+"it is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:170
+msgid "What is GTK-Doc?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:172
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the "
+"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can "
+"also be used to document application code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:180
+msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:182
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source "
+"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the "
+"template files which GTK-Doc uses (though note that GTK-Doc will only "
+"document functions that are declared in header files; it won't produce "
+"output for static functions)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:189
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different "
+"step in the process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:194
+msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:201
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the "
+"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In "
+"the past information was entered in generated template files, which is not "
+"recommended anymore)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:211
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> "
+"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code "
+"looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. "
+"It creates the file <filename><module>-decl-list.txt</filename> "
+"containing a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according "
+"to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to "
+"<filename><module>-sections.txt</filename>. The author can rearrange "
+"the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the "
+"final desired order. The second file it generates is <filename><"
+"module>-decl.txt</filename>. This file contains the full declarations "
+"found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show "
+"up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or "
+"the declaration should appear differently, one can place entities similar to "
+"the ones in <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> into <filename><"
+"module>-overrides.txt</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:228
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically "
+"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves "
+"information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about "
+"any GObject properties and signals it provides."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:234
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was "
+"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:241
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Generating the \"template\" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
+"mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="
+"\"directory\">tmpl/</filename> subdirectory, using the information gathered "
+"in the first step. (Note that this can be run repeatedly. It will try to "
+"ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:250
+msgid ""
+"Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep "
+"documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now "
+"a <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that "
+"skips tmpl usage totally. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand, "
+"please remove the directory (e.g. from version control system)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:262
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or "
+"XML files in the <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename "
+"class=\"directory\">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code "
+"contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it "
+"gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from "
+"sources and introspection data. We recommend to use Docbook XML."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:273
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML "
+"files in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. "
+"Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files "
+"into a PDF document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:279
+msgid ""
+"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="
+"\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"
+"filename> directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them "
+"directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:287
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After "
+"installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be "
+"run to fix up any cross-references between separate documents. For example, "
+"the GTK+ documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in "
+"the GLib manual. When creating the source tarball for distribution, "
+"<application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> turns all external links into web-"
+"links. When installing distributed (pregenerated) docs the same application "
+"will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:305
+msgid "Getting GTK-Doc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:308
+msgid "Requirements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:309
+msgid "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:312
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt <ulink url="
+"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:316
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url="
+"\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http"
+"\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:320
+msgid "<guilabel>Python</guilabel> - optional - for gtkdoc-depscan"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:323
+msgid ""
+"One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> "
+"or <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of "
+"examples"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:331
+msgid "About GTK-Doc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:333 C/index.docbook:347
+msgid "(FIXME)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:337
+msgid ""
+"(History, authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans, "
+"comparison with other similar systems.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:345
+msgid "About this Manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:351
+msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:360
+msgid "Setting up your project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:362
+msgid ""
+"The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into "
+"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. "
+"This project contains a library called 'libmeep' and an end-user app called "
+"'meeper'. We also assume you will be using autoconf and automake. In "
+"addition section <link linkend=\"plain_makefiles\">plain makefiles or other "
+"build systems</link> will describe the basics needed to work in a different "
+"build setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:373
+msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:375
+msgid ""
+"Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference "
+"(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is "
+"recommended to create another subdirectory with the name of the doc-package. "
+"For packages with just one library this step is not necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:384
+msgid "Example directory structure"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:385
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"meep/\n"
+" docs/\n"
+" reference/\n"
+" libmeep/\n"
+" meeper/\n"
+" src/\n"
+" libmeep/\n"
+" meeper/\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:382
+msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:400 C/index.docbook:407
+msgid "Integration with autoconf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:402
+msgid ""
+"Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> "
+"script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:408
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"# check for gtk-doc\n"
+"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:420
+msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:421
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"# check for gtk-doc\n"
+"m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [\n"
+"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
+"],[\n"
+"AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)\n"
+"])\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:415
+msgid ""
+"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay "
+"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as "
+"below. Keep it as is, as gtkdocize is looking for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</"
+"function> at the start of a line. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:432
+msgid ""
+"The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. "
+"The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</application>. "
+"The <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro also adds several configure "
+"switches:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:438
+msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:439
+msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:440
+msgid ""
+"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:441
+msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: C/index.docbook:445
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--"
+"enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. "
+"Otherwise pregenerated documentation is installed (which makes sense for "
+"users but not for developers)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:453
+msgid ""
+"Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you "
+"<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows "
+"<application>gtkdocize</application> to automatically copy the macro "
+"definition for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:461
+msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:462
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:467
+msgid ""
+"After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update the "
+"<filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running "
+"<code>autoreconf -i</code> or <code>autogen.sh</code>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:475
+msgid "Integration with automake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:477
+msgid ""
+"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class="
+"\"directory\">examples</filename> sub directory of the <ulink url=\"https://"
+"git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am\">gtkdoc-sources</"
+"ulink> to your project's API documentation directory ( <filename class="
+"\"directory\">./docs/reference/<package></filename>). A local copy "
+"should be available under e.g. <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/"
+"examples/Makefile.am</filename>. If you have multiple doc-packages repeat "
+"this for each one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:488
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</"
+"filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their "
+"purpose. Most settings are extra flags passed to the respective tools. Every "
+"tool has a variable of the form <option><TOOLNAME>_OPTIONS</option>. "
+"All the tools support <option>--help</option> to list the supported "
+"parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:502
+msgid "Integration with autogen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:504
+msgid ""
+"Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup "
+"the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such "
+"as cvs/svn/git). GTK-Doc comes with a tool called <application>gtkdocize</"
+"application> which can be used in such a script. It should be run before "
+"autoheader, automake or autoconf."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:513
+msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:514
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"gtkdocize || exit 1\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:520
+msgid ""
+"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-"
+"doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the "
+"<option>--docdir</option> option). It also checks you configure script for "
+"the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> invocation. This macro can be used to "
+"pass extra parameters to <application>gtkdocize</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:529
+msgid ""
+"Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered "
+"the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having "
+"generated files under version control). Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the tools can get "
+"all the information from source comments and thus the templates can be "
+"avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. "
+"<application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a <option>--flavour no-"
+"tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. "
+"Besides adding the option directly to the command invocation, they can be "
+"added also to an environment variable called <symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</"
+"symbol> or set as a 2nd parameter in <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro in "
+"the configure script. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand and "
+"migrating from older gtkdoc versions, please remove the directory (e.g. from "
+"version control system)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:546 C/index.docbook:563
+msgid "Running the doc build"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:548
+msgid ""
+"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun "
+"<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then "
+"give it the <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> option. Otherwise manually run "
+"<filename>configure</filename> with this option afterwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:555
+msgid ""
+"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-"
+"directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</"
+"filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past ."
+"sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:564
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc\n"
+"make\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:570
+msgid ""
+"Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/"
+"index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, "
+"during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages with life."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:578
+msgid "Integration with version control systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:580
+msgid ""
+"As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under "
+"version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><"
+"package>.types</filename>, <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> "
+"(in the past .sgml), <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>, "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:591
+msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:593
+msgid ""
+"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-"
+"doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order "
+"in own makefiles (or other build tools)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:600
+msgid "Documentation build steps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:601
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"DOC_MODULE=meep\n"
+"// sources have changed\n"
+"gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...\n"
+"gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)\n"
+"gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml\n"
+"// xml files have changed\n"
+"mkdir html\n"
+"cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml\n"
+"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:615
+msgid ""
+"One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and "
+"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:624
+msgid "Documenting the code"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:626
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code "
+"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure "
+"from other sources. During the next section you will find all information "
+"about the syntax of the comments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: C/index.docbook:634
+msgid "Documentation placement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:635
+msgid ""
+"In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside "
+"the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the "
+"information is often not updated and also that the file tend to cause "
+"conflicts with version control systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: C/index.docbook:641
+msgid ""
+"The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation "
+"inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting "
+"code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:652 C/index.docbook:669
+msgid "GTK-Doc comment block"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:653
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__\n"
+"/* unparseable code here */\n"
+"#endif\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:648
+msgid ""
+"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of "
+"receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can "
+"hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:664
+msgid "Documentation comments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:670
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * identifier:\n"
+" * documentation ...\n"
+" */\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:666
+msgid ""
+"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation "
+"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:679
+msgid ""
+"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is "
+"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add "
+"table showing identifiers)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:685
+msgid ""
+"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol "
+"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter "
+"description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards follows "
+"the detailed description. All lines (outside program listings and CDATA "
+"sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph "
+"breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * ' (blank-"
+"asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted text (code listings)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:702
+msgid ""
+"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for "
+"people coming from a different background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:708
+msgid ""
+"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:698
+msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:723
+msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:728
+msgid ""
+"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to "
+"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:734
+msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:739
+msgid ""
+"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and "
+"macros which don't take arguments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:745
+msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:750
+msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:755
+msgid ""
+"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass."
+"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:717
+msgid ""
+"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in "
+"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. "
+"GTK-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations. <_:"
+"itemizedlist-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:764
+msgid ""
+"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or "
+"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML "
+"entities \"&lt;\", \"&gt;\", \"&lpar;\", \"&rpar;\", \"&"
+"commat;\", \"&percnt;\" and \"&num;\" respectively or escape them "
+"with a backslash '\\'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:773
+msgid ""
+"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, "
+"headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a "
+"subset of the basic text formatting syntax called <ulink url=\"http://"
+"daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/\">Markdown</ulink>. On older GTK-Doc "
+"versions any documentation that includes Markdown will be rendered as is. "
+"For example, list items will appear as lines starting with a dash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:784
+msgid ""
+"In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, "
+"you would need to enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-"
+"comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or <option>--sgml-mode</"
+"option> in the variable <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:794
+msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:795
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * identifier:\n"
+" *\n"
+" * documentation paragraph ...\n"
+" *\n"
+" * # Sub Heading #\n"
+" *\n"
+" * ## Second Sub Heading\n"
+" *\n"
+" * # Sub Heading With a Link Anchor # {#heading-two}\n"
+" *\n"
+" * more documentation:\n"
+" *\n"
+" * - list item 1\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Paragraph inside a list item.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * - list item 2\n"
+" *\n"
+" * 1. numbered list item\n"
+" *\n"
+" * 2. another numbered list item\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Another paragraph. [A Link to the GNOME Website](http://www.gnome.org/)\n"
+" *\n"
+" * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]\n"
+" *\n"
+" * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]\n"
+" *\n"
+" * A C-language example:\n"
+" * |[<!-- language=\"C\" -->\n"
+" * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (\"Gorgeous!\");\n"
+" * ]|\n"
+" */\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:834
+msgid ""
+"More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink "
+"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown"
+"\">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:840
+msgid ""
+"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one "
+"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to "
+"comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code. "
+"Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the "
+"2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, "
+"all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and insert "
+"the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:854
+msgid "Documenting sections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:856
+msgid ""
+"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or "
+"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short "
+"description is also used inside the table of contents. All the @fields are "
+"optional."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:864
+msgid "Section comment block"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:865
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * SECTION:meepapp\n"
+" * @short_description: the application class\n"
+" * @title: Meep application\n"
+" * @section_id:\n"
+" * @see_also: #MeepSettings\n"
+" * @stability: Stable\n"
+" * @include: meep/app.h\n"
+" * @image: application.png\n"
+" *\n"
+" * The application class handles ...\n"
+" */\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:884
+msgid "SECTION:<name>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:886
+msgid ""
+"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the "
+"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name give here "
+"should match the <FILE> tag in the <filename><package>-sections."
+"txt</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:895
+msgid "@short_description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:897
+msgid ""
+"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the "
+"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:904
+msgid "@title"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:906
+msgid ""
+"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It "
+"can be overridden with the @title field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:913
+msgid "@section_id"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:915
+msgid ""
+"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <"
+"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <"
+"MODULE>-<title>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:923
+msgid "@see_also"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:925
+msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:931
+msgid "@stability"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:938
+msgid ""
+"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third "
+"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have "
+"confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after "
+"the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major "
+"release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be "
+"rare, and to have strong justifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:950
+msgid ""
+"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are "
+"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly "
+"changing technology, or to provide an interim solution to a problem where a "
+"more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source "
+"or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:962
+msgid ""
+"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but "
+"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in "
+"specified and documented ways."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:971
+msgid ""
+"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require "
+"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be "
+"Internal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:933
+msgid ""
+"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend "
+"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:983
+msgid "@include"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:985
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a "
+"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="
+"\"metafiles_sections\">section file</link> or command line. This item is "
+"optional."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:994
+msgid "@image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:996
+msgid ""
+"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This "
+"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of "
+"a class or a diagram of its relationship to other classes. This item is "
+"optional."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1007
+msgid ""
+"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs "
+"into the c-source where possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1016
+msgid "Documenting symbols"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1018
+msgid ""
+"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is "
+"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the "
+"definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in sync. Thus "
+"functions are usually documented in the c-source and macros, structs and "
+"enums in the header file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1026 C/index.docbook:1055
+msgid "General tags"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1028
+msgid ""
+"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell "
+"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1033
+msgid "Versioning Tags"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1034
+msgid "Since:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1036
+msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1041
+msgid "Deprecated:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1043
+msgid ""
+"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The "
+"description should point the reader to the new API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1051
+msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1056
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * foo_get_bar:\n"
+" * @foo: some foo\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Retrieves @foo's bar.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: @foo's bar\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Since: 2.6\n"
+" * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.\n"
+" */\n"
+"Bar *\n"
+"foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)\n"
+"{\n"
+"...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1076 C/index.docbook:1112
+msgid "Function comment block"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1082
+msgid ""
+"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/"
+"unrefed/released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1088
+msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1093
+msgid ""
+"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1078 C/index.docbook:1171
+msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1100
+msgid ""
+"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are "
+"private. They are treated like static functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1105
+msgid ""
+"Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
+"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1113
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * function_name:\n"
+" * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than\n"
+" * one line.\n"
+" * @par2: description of parameter 2\n"
+" * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars\n"
+" *\n"
+" * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters\n"
+" * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant\n"
+" * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to\n"
+" * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Returns: an integer.\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Since: 2.2\n"
+" * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.\n"
+" */\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1134
+msgid "Function tags"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1135
+msgid "Returns:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1137
+msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: C/index.docbook:1142
+msgid "@...:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1144
+msgid ""
+"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag "
+"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1154 C/index.docbook:1156
+msgid "Property comment block"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1157
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * SomeWidget:some-property:\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Here you can document a property.\n"
+" */\n"
+"g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1169 C/index.docbook:1188
+msgid "Signal comment block"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1175
+msgid ""
+"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or "
+"after other signals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1181
+msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1189
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * FooWidget::foobarized:\n"
+" * @widget: the widget that received the signal\n"
+" * @foo: some foo\n"
+" * @bar: some bar\n"
+" *\n"
+" * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.\n"
+" */\n"
+"foo_signals[FOOBARIZE] =\n"
+" g_signal_new (\"foobarize\",\n"
+" ...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1206 C/index.docbook:1207
+msgid "Struct comment block"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1208
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * FooWidget:\n"
+" * @bar: some #gboolean\n"
+" *\n"
+" * This is the best widget, ever.\n"
+" */\n"
+"typedef struct _FooWidget {\n"
+" /*< private >*/\n"
+" GtkWidget parent;\n"
+"\n"
+" /*< public >*/\n"
+" gboolean bar;\n"
+"} FooWidget;\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1225
+msgid ""
+"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you "
+"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
+"behaviour."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1231
+msgid ""
+"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It "
+"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has "
+"vmethods (as this is how they can be documented). For the GObject itself one "
+"can use the related section docs, having a separate block for the instance "
+"struct would be useful if the instance has public fields. One disadvantage "
+"here is that this creates two index entries of the same name (the structure "
+"and the section)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1243 C/index.docbook:1244
+msgid "Enum comment block"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1245
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"/**\n"
+" * Something:\n"
+" * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo\n"
+" * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar\n"
+" *\n"
+" * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.\n"
+" */\n"
+"typedef enum {\n"
+" SOMETHING_FOO,\n"
+" SOMETHING_BAR,\n"
+" /*< private >*/\n"
+" SOMETHING_COUNT\n"
+"} Something;\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1262
+msgid ""
+"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you "
+"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
+"behaviour."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1272
+msgid "Useful DocBook tags"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1274
+msgid ""
+"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1283
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Hash Tables</link>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1279
+msgid ""
+"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The "
+"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. "
+"For most pages this is currently the part (\"gtk\", \"gdk\", \"glib\") and "
+"then the page title (\"Hash Tables\"). For widgets it is just the class "
+"name. Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML/XML."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1296
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<function>...</function>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1293
+msgid ""
+"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:"
+"informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1305
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<example>\n"
+" <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>\n"
+" <programlisting>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </programlisting>\n"
+"</example>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1316
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<informalexample>\n"
+" <programlisting>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </programlisting>\n"
+"</informalexample>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1302
+msgid ""
+"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very "
+"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For "
+"the latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: |[ ... ]|"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1335
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<itemizedlist>\n"
+" <listitem>\n"
+" <para>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </para>\n"
+" </listitem>\n"
+" <listitem>\n"
+" <para>\n"
+" ...\n"
+" </para>\n"
+" </listitem>\n"
+"</itemizedlist>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1332
+msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1355
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<note>\n"
+" <para>\n"
+" Make sure you free the data after use.\n"
+" </para>\n"
+"</note>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1352
+msgid ""
+"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1368
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1365
+msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1377
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1374
+msgid ""
+"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:"
+"informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1386
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<structfield>len</structfield>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1383
+msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1395
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1392
+msgid ""
+"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but "
+"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link "
+"to the GtkWidget page - see <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">the "
+"abbreviations</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1406
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1403
+msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1415
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1412
+msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1424
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1421
+msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1434
+msgid "Filling the extra files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1436
+msgid ""
+"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the "
+"inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, "
+"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml), "
+"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1445
+msgid "Editing the types file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1447
+msgid ""
+"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, "
+"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the "
+"documentation. All you need to do, is to list the <function>xxx_get_type</"
+"function> functions together with their include inside the <filename><"
+"package>.types</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1456
+msgid "Example types file snippet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1457
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"#include <gtk/gtk.h>\n"
+"\n"
+"gtk_accel_label_get_type\n"
+"gtk_adjustment_get_type\n"
+"gtk_alignment_get_type\n"
+"gtk_arrow_get_type\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1468
+msgid ""
+"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this "
+"list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. If you use this approach you should not "
+"dist the types file nor have it under version control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1477
+msgid "Editing the master document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1479
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the "
+"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page "
+"per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them "
+"and place them in an order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1486
+msgid ""
+"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not "
+"touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. "
+"That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc has now a test "
+"suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch. Its a good "
+"idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies "
+"introduced there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1496
+msgid ""
+"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The "
+"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API "
+"documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to symbol "
+"documentation. Apart chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along "
+"with the library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1505
+msgid ""
+"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is "
+"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there "
+"which you should take care of."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1512
+msgid "Master document header"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1513
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<bookinfo>\n"
+" <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>\n"
+" <releaseinfo>\n"
+" for MODULENAME [VERSION]\n"
+" The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at\n"
+" <ulink role=\"online-location\" url=\"http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/index.html\">http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/</ulink>.\n"
+" </releaseinfo>\n"
+"</bookinfo>\n"
+"\n"
+"<chapter>\n"
+" <title>[Insert title here]</title>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1532
+msgid "Editing the section file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1534
+msgid ""
+"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. "
+"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control "
+"the visibility (public or private)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1540
+msgid ""
+"The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). "
+"Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment "
+"lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1546
+msgid ""
+"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
+"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
+"FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the "
+"template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be "
+"converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</"
+"filename> or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. "
+"(The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section "
+"title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted to "
+"lower case)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1558
+msgid ""
+"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the "
+"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially "
+"created, since the title set in the template file overrides this. Also if "
+"one uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1565
+msgid ""
+"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. "
+"Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis "
+"section. You can also use <SUBSECTION Standard> for standard GObject "
+"declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and macros like "
+"G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out of the "
+"documentation. You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for private "
+"declarations which will not be output (it is a handy way to avoid warning "
+"messages about unused declarations). If your library contains private types "
+"which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of "
+"implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection. "
+"Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs in public or "
+"Standard section depends if they have public entries (variables, vmethods)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1584
+msgid ""
+"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the "
+"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-"
+"separate list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it "
+"outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. "
+"If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1598
+msgid "Controlling the result"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1600
+msgid ""
+"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The "
+"generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</"
+"filename>, <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> and "
+"<filename><package>-unused.txt</filename>. All those are plain text "
+"files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1609
+msgid ""
+"The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with "
+"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank "
+"lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The "
+"second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, "
+"which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1618
+msgid ""
+"The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols "
+"given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found "
+"in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1625
+msgid ""
+"The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, "
+"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where "
+"to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the "
+"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1633
+msgid ""
+"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile."
+"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during "
+"<command>make check</command> run."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1640
+msgid ""
+"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: "
+"<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><"
+"package>-decl.txt</filename>. The first one can be compared with the "
+"section file if that is manually maintained. The second lists all "
+"declarations from the headers. If a symbol is missing one could check if "
+"this file contains it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1649
+msgid ""
+"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced "
+"by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, "
+"<filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>, <filename><"
+"package>.interfaces.txt</filename>, <filename><package>."
+"prerequisites.txt</filename> and <filename><package>.signals.txt</"
+"filename>. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc "
+"to keep the intermediate scanner file for further analysis, by running it as "
+"<command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1664
+msgid "Modernizing the documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1666
+msgid ""
+"GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new "
+"features together with the version since when it is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1672
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1674
+msgid ""
+"When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document "
+"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1679
+msgid ""
+"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
+"package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from "
+"the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that have a very regular "
+"structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new section). If one organize a "
+"project close to that updating a manually maintained section file can be as "
+"simple as running <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-"
+"sections.txt</code>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1690
+msgid ""
+"Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the "
+"sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory"
+"\">tmpl</filename>. This version adds options to switch the whole doc module "
+"to not use the extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-"
+"tmpl</option> in <filename>configure.ac</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1700
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1702
+msgid ""
+"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in "
+"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
+"package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be removed from the "
+"vcs. When using this feature it is important to also setup the "
+"<varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for "
+"code that is build conditionally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1713
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1719
+msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1720
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
+"TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n"
+" DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n"
+" SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n"
+"TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n"
+"endif\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
+"TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \\\n"
+" DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \\\n"
+" SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)\n"
+"TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)\n"
+"endif\n"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1715
+msgid ""
+"This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a "
+"set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these "
+"lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. <_:example-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1733
+msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20"
+msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1735
+msgid ""
+"Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc "
+"comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a "
+"lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that explains the <link "
+"linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">comment syntax</link> has all the details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1746
+msgid "Documenting other interfaces"
+msgstr "Documentando outras interfaces"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1748
+msgid ""
+"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next "
+"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other "
+"interfaces too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1755
+msgid "Command line options and man pages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1757
+msgid ""
+"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like "
+"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of "
+"the reference and one gets the man-page for free."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1764
+msgid "Document the tool"
+msgstr "Documente a ferramenta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1766
+msgid ""
+"Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend="
+"\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/"
+"docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml</filename>. For the xml tags that should be "
+"used and can look at generated file in the xml subdirectory as well as "
+"examples e.g. in glib."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1776
+msgid "Adding the extra configure check"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1779 C/index.docbook:1797
+msgid "Extra configure checks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1780
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,\n"
+" [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],\n"
+" [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,\n"
+" enable_man=no)\n"
+"\n"
+"AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])\n"
+"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1794
+msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: C/index.docbook:1798
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"man_MANS = \\\n"
+" meeper.1\n"
+"\n"
+"if ENABLE_GTK_DOC\n"
+"if ENABLE_MAN\n"
+"\n"
+"%.1 : %.xml\n"
+" @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<\n"
+"\n"
+"endif\n"
+"endif\n"
+"\n"
+"BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)\n"
+"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1820
+msgid "DBus interfaces"
+msgstr "Intefaces de DBus"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1822
+msgid ""
+"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
+"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1831
+msgid "Frequently asked questions"
+msgstr "Preguntas frecuentes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
+#: C/index.docbook:1835
+msgid "Question"
+msgstr "Pregunta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
+#: C/index.docbook:1836
+msgid "Answer"
+msgstr "Resposta"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1838
+msgid "No class hierarchy."
+msgstr "Non hai herdanza de clases."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1839
+msgid ""
+"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been "
+"entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1845
+msgid "Still no class hierarchy."
+msgstr "Aínda non hai herdanza de clases."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1846
+msgid ""
+"Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> "
+"file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-"
+"October/msg00006.html\">explanation</ulink>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1852
+msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy."
+msgstr "Redemo, aínda non hai herdanza de clase."
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1853
+msgid ""
+"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</"
+"type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private "
+"subsections)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1860
+msgid "No symbol index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1861
+msgid ""
+"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a "
+"index that xi:includes the generated index?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1867
+msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1868
+msgid ""
+"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the "
+"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1874
+msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1875
+msgid ""
+"Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</"
+"filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1881
+msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1882
+msgid ""
+"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the "
+"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable "
+"xrefs. Check if the symbol is correctly listed in the <filename><"
+"package>-sections.txt</filename> in a public subsection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1890
+msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1891
+msgid ""
+"If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but "
+"not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the "
+"type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
+"filename>. If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed "
+"or incidentialy makred private it will not be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1900
+msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1901
+msgid ""
+"Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included "
+"from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1909
+msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1910
+msgid ""
+"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the "
+"source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1915
+msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1916
+msgid ""
+"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
+"filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: C/index.docbook:1919
+msgid ""
+"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template "
+"matches."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: C/index.docbook:1926
+msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1928
+msgid ""
+"GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac "
+"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and "
+"integrates with the trac search."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: C/index.docbook:1933
+msgid ""
+"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since "
+"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/releaseinfo
+#: C/index.docbook:12 C/fdl-appendix.xml:12
+msgid "Version 1.1, March 2000"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: appendixinfo/copyright
+#: C/index.docbook:15
+msgid "<year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/address
+#: C/index.docbook:20
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, \n"
+" Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> \n"
+" <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: C/index.docbook:19 C/fdl-appendix.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<_:address-1/> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies "
+"of this license document, but changing it is not allowed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/index.docbook:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:28 C/fdl-appendix.xml:642
+msgid "GNU Free Documentation License"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:31 C/fdl-appendix.xml:31
+msgid "0. PREAMBLE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:32
+msgid ""
+"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written "
+"document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the "
+"effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, "
+"either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves "
+"for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not "
+"being considered responsible for modifications made by others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:43
+msgid ""
+"This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means that "
+"derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. "
+"It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license "
+"designed for free software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:50 C/fdl-appendix.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free "
+"software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program "
+"should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. "
+"But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any "
+"textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a "
+"printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose "
+"is instruction or reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:62 C/fdl-appendix.xml:62
+msgid "1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:63
+msgid ""
+"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice "
+"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms "
+"of this License. The <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any such "
+"manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "
+"<quote>you</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:72
+msgid ""
+"A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work containing "
+"the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with "
+"modifications and/or translated into another language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:79
+msgid ""
+"A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a front-matter "
+"section of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> that deals "
+"exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the "
+"Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and "
+"contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For "
+"example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary "
+"Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter "
+"of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of "
+"legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:94
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"secondary\"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being "
+"those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-document\">Document</link> is released under this License."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:103
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are "
+"listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says "
+"that the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> is released under "
+"this License."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:111
+msgid ""
+"A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\"> "
+"Document</link> means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose "
+"specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be "
+"viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors "
+"or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) "
+"some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text "
+"formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for "
+"input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file "
+"format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent "
+"modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not "
+"<quote>Transparent</quote> is called <quote>Opaque</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:128 C/fdl-appendix.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII "
+"without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using "
+"a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for "
+"human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary "
+"formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, "
+"SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally "
+"available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors "
+"for output purposes only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:141
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the title page "
+"itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the "
+"material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in "
+"formats which do not have any title page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> "
+"means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, "
+"preceding the beginning of the body of the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:153 C/fdl-appendix.xml:153
+msgid "2. VERBATIM COPYING"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:154
+msgid ""
+"You may copy and distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</"
+"link> in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that "
+"this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this "
+"License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you "
+"add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use "
+"technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of "
+"the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in "
+"exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you "
+"must also follow the conditions in <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">section 3</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:169 C/fdl-appendix.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you "
+"may publicly display copies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:176 C/fdl-appendix.xml:176
+msgid "3. COPYING IN QUANTITY"
+msgstr "3. COPIANDO EN CANTIDADE"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:177
+msgid ""
+"If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document's license "
+"notice requires <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link>, you "
+"must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these "
+"Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on "
+"the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as "
+"the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title "
+"with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other "
+"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the "
+"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Document</link> and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as "
+"verbatim copying in other respects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:195 C/fdl-appendix.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, "
+"you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the "
+"actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:202
+msgid ""
+"If you publish or distribute <link linkend=\"fdl-transparent\">Opaque</link> "
+"copies of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> numbering more "
+"than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"transparent\">Transparent</link> copy along with each Opaque copy, or state "
+"in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location "
+"containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added "
+"material, which the general network-using public has access to download "
+"anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use "
+"the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin "
+"distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent "
+"copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one "
+"year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through "
+"your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:222
+msgid ""
+"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> well before redistributing any "
+"large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated "
+"version of the Document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:231 C/fdl-appendix.xml:231
+msgid "4. MODIFICATIONS"
+msgstr "4. MODIFICACIÓNS"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:232
+msgid ""
+"You may copy and distribute a <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified "
+"Version</link> of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under "
+"the conditions of sections <link linkend=\"fdl-section2\">2</link> and <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-section3\">3</link> above, provided that you release the "
+"Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version "
+"filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and "
+"modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In "
+"addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:248 C/fdl-appendix.xml:248
+msgid "A"
+msgstr "A"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:249
+msgid ""
+"Use in the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> (and on the "
+"covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Document</link>, and from those of previous versions (which "
+"should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the "
+"Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original "
+"publisher of that version gives permission."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:264 C/fdl-appendix.xml:264
+msgid "B"
+msgstr "B"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:265
+msgid ""
+"List on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>, as authors, "
+"one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the "
+"modifications in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>, "
+"together with at least five of the principal authors of the <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-document\">Document</link> (all of its principal authors, if it has "
+"less than five)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:279 C/fdl-appendix.xml:279
+msgid "C"
+msgstr "C"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:280
+msgid ""
+"State on the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link> the name of "
+"the publisher of the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>, "
+"as the publisher."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:291 C/fdl-appendix.xml:291
+msgid "D"
+msgstr "D"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:292
+msgid ""
+"Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:301 C/fdl-appendix.xml:301
+msgid "E"
+msgstr "E"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:302 C/fdl-appendix.xml:302
+msgid ""
+"Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the "
+"other copyright notices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:311 C/fdl-appendix.xml:311
+msgid "F"
+msgstr "F"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:312
+msgid ""
+"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "
+"the public permission to use the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified "
+"Version</link> under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the "
+"Addendum below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:324 C/fdl-appendix.xml:324
+msgid "G"
+msgstr "G"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:325
+msgid ""
+"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link> given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document's</link> license notice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:337 C/fdl-appendix.xml:337
+msgid "H"
+msgstr "H"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:338 C/fdl-appendix.xml:338
+msgid "Include an unaltered copy of this License."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:346 C/fdl-appendix.xml:346
+msgid "I"
+msgstr "I"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:347
+msgid ""
+"Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and its title, and add "
+"to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher "
+"of the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> as given on "
+"the <link linkend=\"fdl-title-page\">Title Page</link>. If there is no "
+"section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link>, create one stating the title, year, authors, and "
+"publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item "
+"describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:365 C/fdl-appendix.xml:365
+msgid "J"
+msgstr "J"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:366
+msgid ""
+"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Document</link> for public access to a <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"transparent\">Transparent</link> copy of the Document, and likewise the "
+"network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based "
+"on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote> section. You may omit "
+"a network location for a work that was published at least four years before "
+"the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers "
+"to gives permission."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:383 C/fdl-appendix.xml:383
+msgid "K"
+msgstr "K"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:384
+msgid ""
+"In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or "
+"<quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title, and preserve in "
+"the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor "
+"acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:396 C/fdl-appendix.xml:396
+msgid "L"
+msgstr "L"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:397
+msgid ""
+"Preserve all the <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> "
+"of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link>, unaltered in their "
+"text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not "
+"considered part of the section titles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:409 C/fdl-appendix.xml:409
+msgid "M"
+msgstr "M"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:410
+msgid ""
+"Delete any section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may "
+"not be included in the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/title
+#: C/index.docbook:421 C/fdl-appendix.xml:421
+msgid "N"
+msgstr "N"
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/index.docbook:422
+msgid ""
+"Do not retitle any existing section as <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to "
+"conflict in title with any <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant "
+"Section</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:432
+msgid ""
+"If the <link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> includes new "
+"front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"secondary\">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no material copied from "
+"the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections "
+"as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> in the Modified Version's "
+"license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:444
+msgid ""
+"You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it "
+"contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend=\"fdl-modified"
+"\">Modified Version</link> by various parties--for example, statements of "
+"peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the "
+"authoritative definition of a standard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:453
+msgid ""
+"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-"
+"texts\">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up to 25 words as a <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of the list "
+"of <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Texts</link> in the <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link>. Only one passage of Front-Cover "
+"Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements "
+"made by) any one entity. If the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</"
+"link> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by "
+"you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, "
+"you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit "
+"permission from the previous publisher that added the old one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:470
+msgid ""
+"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link> do not by this License give permission to use their names "
+"for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version </link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:480 C/fdl-appendix.xml:480
+msgid "5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:481
+msgid ""
+"You may combine the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> with "
+"other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">section 4</link> above for modified versions, "
+"provided that you include in the combination all of the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> of all of the original documents, "
+"unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in "
+"its license notice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:492
+msgid ""
+"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple "
+"identical <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> may be "
+"replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with "
+"the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section "
+"unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original "
+"author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make "
+"the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections "
+"in the license notice of the combined work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:505
+msgid ""
+"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <quote>History</"
+"quote> in the various original documents, forming one section entitled "
+"<quote>History</quote>; likewise combine any sections entitled "
+"<quote>Acknowledgements</quote>, and any sections entitled "
+"<quote>Dedications</quote>. You must delete all sections entitled "
+"<quote>Endorsements.</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:516 C/fdl-appendix.xml:516
+msgid "6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:517
+msgid ""
+"You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document"
+"\">Document</link> and other documents released under this License, and "
+"replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with "
+"a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow "
+"the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in "
+"all other respects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:527 C/fdl-appendix.xml:527
+msgid ""
+"You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it "
+"individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License "
+"into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects "
+"regarding verbatim copying of that document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:537 C/fdl-appendix.xml:537
+msgid "7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:538
+msgid ""
+"A compilation of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> or its "
+"derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on "
+"a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-modified\">Modified Version</link> of the Document, "
+"provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a "
+"compilation is called an <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not "
+"apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on "
+"account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative "
+"works of the Document. If the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Cover Text</"
+"link> requirement of <link linkend=\"fdl-section3\">section 3</link> is "
+"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less "
+"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be "
+"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. "
+"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:561 C/fdl-appendix.xml:561
+msgid "8. TRANSLATION"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:562
+msgid ""
+"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute "
+"translations of the <link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> under the "
+"terms of <link linkend=\"fdl-section4\">section 4</link>. Replacing <link "
+"linkend=\"fdl-invariant\"> Invariant Sections</link> with translations "
+"requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may "
+"include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the "
+"original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation "
+"of this License provided that you also include the original English version "
+"of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the "
+"original English version of this License, the original English version will "
+"prevail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:580 C/fdl-appendix.xml:580
+msgid "9. TERMINATION"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:581
+msgid ""
+"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend=\"fdl-"
+"document\">Document</link> except as expressly provided for under this "
+"License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the "
+"Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this "
+"License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you "
+"under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such "
+"parties remain in full compliance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:594 C/fdl-appendix.xml:594
+msgid "10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:595
+msgid ""
+"The <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html\">Free "
+"Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU "
+"Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be "
+"similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to "
+"address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www."
+"gnu.org/copyleft\">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:606
+msgid ""
+"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the "
+"<link linkend=\"fdl-document\">Document</link> specifies that a particular "
+"numbered version of this License <quote>or any later version</quote> applies "
+"to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of "
+"that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not "
+"as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not "
+"specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever "
+"published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: C/index.docbook:621 C/fdl-appendix.xml:621
+msgid "Addendum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:622 C/fdl-appendix.xml:622
+msgid ""
+"To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the "
+"License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices "
+"just after the title page:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/index.docbook:629 C/fdl-appendix.xml:629
+msgid "Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/index.docbook:632
+msgid ""
+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "
+"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST THEIR TITLES, with "
+"the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST, "
+"and with the <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Texts</link> being "
+"LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled <quote>GNU "
+"Free Documentation License</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:647
+msgid ""
+"If you have no <link linkend=\"fdl-invariant\">Invariant Sections</link>, "
+"write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote> instead of saying which ones "
+"are invariant. If you have no <link linkend=\"fdl-cover-texts\">Front-Cover "
+"Texts</link>, write <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of "
+"<quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link linkend="
+"\"fdl-cover-texts\">Back-Cover Texts</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/index.docbook:657
+msgid ""
+"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend "
+"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software "
+"license, such as the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"
+"gpl.html\"> GNU General Public License</ulink>, to permit their use in free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: copyright/year
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16
+msgid "2000"
+msgstr "2000"
+
+#. (itstool) path: copyright/holder
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:16
+msgid "Free Software Foundation, Inc."
+msgstr "Free Software Foundation, Inc."
+
+#. (itstool) path: address/street
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20
+msgid "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330"
+msgstr "51 Franklin Street, Suite 330"
+
+#. (itstool) path: address/city
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21
+msgid "Boston"
+msgstr "Boston"
+
+#. (itstool) path: address/state
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:21
+msgid "MA"
+msgstr "MA"
+
+#. (itstool) path: address/postcode
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22
+msgid "02110-1301"
+msgstr "02110-1301"
+
+#. (itstool) path: address/country
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:22
+msgid "USA"
+msgstr "USA"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/address
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> <_:"
+"postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Free Software Foundation, Inc. <_:street-1/>, <_:city-2/>, <_:state-3/> "
+"<_:postcode-4/> <_:country-5/>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:34
+msgid "free"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written "
+"document <_:quote-1/> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the "
+"effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, "
+"either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves "
+"for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not "
+"being considered responsible for modifications made by others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:44
+msgid "copyleft"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"This License is a kind of <_:quote-1/>, which means that derivative works of "
+"the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the "
+"GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:67 C/fdl-appendix.xml:82 C/fdl-appendix.xml:99
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:107 C/fdl-appendix.xml:113 C/fdl-appendix.xml:156
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:179 C/fdl-appendix.xml:190 C/fdl-appendix.xml:205
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:224 C/fdl-appendix.xml:235 C/fdl-appendix.xml:253
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:271 C/fdl-appendix.xml:294 C/fdl-appendix.xml:354
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:368 C/fdl-appendix.xml:400 C/fdl-appendix.xml:462
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:472 C/fdl-appendix.xml:482 C/fdl-appendix.xml:519
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:540 C/fdl-appendix.xml:565 C/fdl-appendix.xml:583
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:608
+msgid "Document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:69
+msgid "you"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice "
+"placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms "
+"of this License. The <_:quote-1/>, below, refers to any such manual or work. "
+"Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as <_:quote-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:73 C/fdl-appendix.xml:234 C/fdl-appendix.xml:269
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:283 C/fdl-appendix.xml:315 C/fdl-appendix.xml:351
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:413 C/fdl-appendix.xml:433 C/fdl-appendix.xml:447
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:459 C/fdl-appendix.xml:475 C/fdl-appendix.xml:543
+msgid "Modified Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"A <_:quote-1/> of the Document means any work containing the Document or a "
+"portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or "
+"translated into another language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:80
+msgid "Secondary Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"A <_:quote-1/> is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the <_:"
+"link-2/> that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or "
+"authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related "
+"matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall "
+"subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, "
+"a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could "
+"be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related "
+"matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political "
+"position regarding them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:95 C/fdl-appendix.xml:327 C/fdl-appendix.xml:398
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:439 C/fdl-appendix.xml:486 C/fdl-appendix.xml:494
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:567 C/fdl-appendix.xml:637 C/fdl-appendix.xml:648
+msgid "Invariant Sections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:96 C/fdl-appendix.xml:435
+msgid "Secondary Sections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"The <_:quote-1/> are certain <_:link-2/> whose titles are designated, as "
+"being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <_:"
+"link-3/> is released under this License."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:104 C/fdl-appendix.xml:181 C/fdl-appendix.xml:328
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:458
+msgid "Cover Texts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"The <_:quote-1/> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as "
+"Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <_:"
+"link-2/> is released under this License."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:112 C/fdl-appendix.xml:124 C/fdl-appendix.xml:207
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:369
+msgid "Transparent"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:125 C/fdl-appendix.xml:204
+msgid "Opaque"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"A <_:quote-1/> copy of the <_:link-2/> means a machine-readable copy, "
+"represented in a format whose specification is available to the general "
+"public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and "
+"straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of "
+"pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available "
+"drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for "
+"automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text "
+"formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup "
+"has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers "
+"is not Transparent. A copy that is not <_:quote-3/> is called <_:quote-4/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:142 C/fdl-appendix.xml:146 C/fdl-appendix.xml:250
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:266 C/fdl-appendix.xml:281 C/fdl-appendix.xml:352
+msgid "Title Page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"The <_:quote-1/> means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such "
+"following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License "
+"requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have "
+"any title page as such, <_:quote-2/> means the text near the most prominent "
+"appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the "
+"text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:166 C/fdl-appendix.xml:551
+msgid "section 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"You may copy and distribute the <_:link-1/> in any medium, either "
+"commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright "
+"notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document "
+"are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions "
+"whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to "
+"obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or "
+"distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If "
+"you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the "
+"conditions in <_:link-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:177
+msgid ""
+"If you publish printed copies of the <_:link-1/> numbering more than 100, "
+"and the Document's license notice requires <_:link-2/>, you must enclose the "
+"copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: "
+"Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back "
+"cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the "
+"publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with "
+"all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other "
+"material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the "
+"covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <_:link-3/> and satisfy "
+"these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:202
+msgid ""
+"If you publish or distribute <_:link-1/> copies of the <_:link-2/> numbering "
+"more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable <_:link-3/> copy "
+"along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-"
+"accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy "
+"of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using "
+"public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard "
+"network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably "
+"prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to "
+"ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated "
+"location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an "
+"Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition "
+"to the public."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:222
+msgid ""
+"It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the <_:"
+"link-1/> well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them "
+"a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:236
+msgid "2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:237
+msgid "3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:232
+msgid ""
+"You may copy and distribute a <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/> under the "
+"conditions of sections <_:link-3/> and <_:link-4/> above, provided that you "
+"release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified "
+"Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and "
+"modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In "
+"addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"Use in the <_:link-1/> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from "
+"that of the <_:link-2/>, and from those of previous versions (which should, "
+"if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You "
+"may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of "
+"that version gives permission."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:265
+msgid ""
+"List on the <_:link-1/>, as authors, one or more persons or entities "
+"responsible for authorship of the modifications in the <_:link-2/>, together "
+"with at least five of the principal authors of the <_:link-3/> (all of its "
+"principal authors, if it has less than five)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"State on the <_:link-1/> the name of the publisher of the <_:link-2/>, as "
+"the publisher."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:292
+msgid "Preserve all the copyright notices of the <_:link-1/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:312
+msgid ""
+"Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving "
+"the public permission to use the <_:link-1/> under the terms of this "
+"License, in the form shown in the Addendum below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:330
+msgid "Document's"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:325
+msgid ""
+"Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <_:link-1/> and required "
+"<_:link-2/> given in the <_:link-3/> license notice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:348 C/fdl-appendix.xml:353 C/fdl-appendix.xml:372
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:507 C/fdl-appendix.xml:508
+msgid "History"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:347
+msgid ""
+"Preserve the section entitled <_:quote-1/>, and its title, and add to it an "
+"item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <_:"
+"link-2/> as given on the <_:link-3/>. If there is no section entitled <_:"
+"quote-4/> in the <_:link-5/>, create one stating the title, year, authors, "
+"and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item "
+"describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:366
+msgid ""
+"Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <_:link-1/> for public "
+"access to a <_:link-2/> copy of the Document, and likewise the network "
+"locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These "
+"may be placed in the <_:quote-3/> section. You may omit a network location "
+"for a work that was published at least four years before the Document "
+"itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives "
+"permission."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:385 C/fdl-appendix.xml:509
+msgid "Acknowledgements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:386 C/fdl-appendix.xml:510
+msgid "Dedications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:384
+msgid ""
+"In any section entitled <_:quote-1/> or <_:quote-2/>, preserve the section's "
+"title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the "
+"contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:397
+msgid ""
+"Preserve all the <_:link-1/> of the <_:link-2/>, unaltered in their text and "
+"in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part "
+"of the section titles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:412 C/fdl-appendix.xml:424 C/fdl-appendix.xml:445
+msgid "Endorsements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:410
+msgid ""
+"Delete any section entitled <_:quote-1/>. Such a section may not be included "
+"in the <_:link-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:425
+msgid "Invariant Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: formalpara/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:422
+msgid ""
+"Do not retitle any existing section as <_:quote-1/> or to conflict in title "
+"with any <_:link-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:432
+msgid ""
+"If the <_:link-1/> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that "
+"qualify as <_:link-2/> and contain no material copied from the Document, you "
+"may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To "
+"do this, add their titles to the list of <_:link-3/> in the Modified "
+"Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other "
+"section titles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:444
+msgid ""
+"You may add a section entitled <_:quote-1/>, provided it contains nothing "
+"but endorsements of your <_:link-2/> by various parties--for example, "
+"statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an "
+"organization as the authoritative definition of a standard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:455
+msgid "Front-Cover Text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:457
+msgid "Back-Cover Text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:453
+msgid ""
+"You may add a passage of up to five words as a <_:link-1/>, and a passage of "
+"up to 25 words as a <_:link-2/>, to the end of the list of <_:link-3/> in "
+"the <_:link-4/>. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover "
+"Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If "
+"the <_:link-5/> already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously "
+"added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on "
+"behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on "
+"explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:470
+msgid ""
+"The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <_:link-1/> do not by this License "
+"give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply "
+"endorsement of any <_:link-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:484 C/fdl-appendix.xml:566
+msgid "section 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:481
+msgid ""
+"You may combine the <_:link-1/> with other documents released under this "
+"License, under the terms defined in <_:link-2/> above for modified versions, "
+"provided that you include in the combination all of the <_:link-3/> of all "
+"of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant "
+"Sections of your combined work in its license notice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:492
+msgid ""
+"The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple "
+"identical <_:link-1/> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are "
+"multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make "
+"the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in "
+"parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if "
+"known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section "
+"titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the "
+"combined work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:511
+msgid "Endorsements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:505
+msgid ""
+"In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled <_:quote-1/> in "
+"the various original documents, forming one section entitled <_:quote-2/>; "
+"likewise combine any sections entitled <_:quote-3/>, and any sections "
+"entitled <_:quote-4/>. You must delete all sections entitled <_:quote-5/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:517
+msgid ""
+"You may make a collection consisting of the <_:link-1/> and other documents "
+"released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this "
+"License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the "
+"collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim "
+"copying of each of the documents in all other respects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:546
+msgid "aggregate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:550
+msgid "Cover Text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:538
+msgid ""
+"A compilation of the <_:link-1/> or its derivatives with other separate and "
+"independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or "
+"distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <_:link-2/> of the "
+"Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. "
+"Such a compilation is called an <_:quote-3/>, and this License does not "
+"apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on "
+"account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative "
+"works of the Document. If the <_:link-4/> requirement of <_:link-5/> is "
+"applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less "
+"than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be "
+"placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. "
+"Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:562
+msgid ""
+"Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute "
+"translations of the <_:link-1/> under the terms of <_:link-2/>. Replacing <_:"
+"link-3/> with translations requires special permission from their copyright "
+"holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections "
+"in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may "
+"include a translation of this License provided that you also include the "
+"original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between "
+"the translation and the original English version of this License, the "
+"original English version will prevail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:581
+msgid ""
+"You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <_:link-1/> except "
+"as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, "
+"modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will "
+"automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who "
+"have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have "
+"their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:597
+msgid "Free Software Foundation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:603
+msgid "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:595
+msgid ""
+"The <_:ulink-1/> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free "
+"Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar "
+"in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new "
+"problems or concerns. See <_:ulink-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:610
+msgid "or any later version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:606
+msgid ""
+"Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the "
+"<_:link-1/> specifies that a particular numbered version of this License <_:"
+"quote-2/> applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and "
+"conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has "
+"been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the "
+"Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose "
+"any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:639 C/fdl-appendix.xml:651
+msgid "Front-Cover Texts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/link
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:640 C/fdl-appendix.xml:654
+msgid "Back-Cover Texts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:632
+msgid ""
+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later "
+"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the <_:link-1/> "
+"being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the <_:link-2/> being LIST, and with the <_:"
+"link-3/> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section "
+"entitled <_:quote-4/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:649
+msgid "with no Invariant Sections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:652
+msgid "no Front-Cover Texts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/quote
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:653
+msgid "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:647
+msgid ""
+"If you have no <_:link-1/>, write <_:quote-2/> instead of saying which ones "
+"are invariant. If you have no <_:link-3/>, write <_:quote-4/> instead of <_:"
+"quote-5/>; likewise for <_:link-6/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/ulink
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:661
+msgid "GNU General Public License"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: C/fdl-appendix.xml:657
+msgid ""
+"If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend "
+"releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software "
+"license, such as the <_:ulink-1/>, to permit their use in free software."
+msgstr ""
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" standalone="no"?>
+<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xml" href="params.xsl"?>
+<!-- vim: set ai tw=80 ts=3 sw=3: -->
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN" "
+ http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
+<!ENTITY FDL SYSTEM "fdl-appendix.xml">
+<!ENTITY FDLlink "<link linkend='fdl'>included</link>">
+]>
+<!-- =============Document Header ============================= -->
+<book id="index" lang="gl">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Manual de GTK-Doc</title>
+ <edition>1.20</edition>
+ <abstract role="description"><para>Manual de usuarios para desenvolvedores con instrucións do uso de GTK-Doc.</para></abstract>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author><firstname>Chris</firstname> <surname>Lyttle</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>chris@wilddev.net</email> </address> </affiliation></author>
+ <author><firstname>Dan</firstname> <surname>Mueth</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email> </address> </affiliation></author>
+ <author><firstname>Stefan</firstname> <surname>Sauer (Kost)</surname> <affiliation> <address> <email>ensonic@users.sf.net</email> </address> </affiliation></author>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <publisher role="maintainer"><publishername>Proxecto GTK-Doc</publishername> <address><email>gtk-doc-list@gnome.org</email></address></publisher>
+ <copyright><year>2000, 2005</year> <holder>Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle</holder></copyright>
+ <copyright><year>2007-2014</year> <holder>Stefan Sauer (Kost)</holder></copyright>
+
+ <!-- translators: uncomment this:
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2000</year>
+ <holder>ME-THE-TRANSLATOR (Latin translation)</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ -->
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>Pode copiar, distribuír e modificar este documento baixo os termos da <citetitle>Licenza de Documentación Libre GNU</citetitle>, na súa versión 1.1 ou posterior, publicada pola Free Software Foundation, sen seccións invariantes e sen textos de portada ou de contraportada. <link linkend="fdl">Inclúese</link> unha cópida da licenza.</para>
+ <para>
+ Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and
+ services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any
+ GNOME documentation, and those trademarks are made aware to the members
+ of the GNOME Documentation Project, the names have been printed in caps
+ or initial caps.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+
+ <revhistory>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber> <date>18 de Xullo de 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>versión de desenvolvemento</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 de Xullo de 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>arranxos de erros, retirado de características obsoletas</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 de Febreiro de 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>arranxos de erros, compatibilidade de markdown, melloras de estilo</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 de Xuño de 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>arranxos de erros</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 de Setembro de 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>arranxos de erros, melloras de velocidade, compatibilidade de markdown</revremark></revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.17</revnumber>
+ <date>26 Feb 2011</date>
+ <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.16</revnumber>
+ <date>14 Jan 2011</date>
+ <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.15</revnumber>
+ <date>21 May 2010</date>
+ <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.14</revnumber>
+ <date>28 March 2010</date>
+ <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.13</revnumber>
+ <date>18 December 2009</date>
+ <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>broken tarball update</revremark>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.12</revnumber>
+ <date>18 December 2009</date>
+ <authorinitials>sk</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>new tool features and bugfixes</revremark>
+ </revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.11</revnumber>
+ <date>16 November 2008</date>
+ <authorinitials>mal</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</revremark>
+ </revision>
+ </revhistory>
+
+
+ <othercredit class="translator">
+ <personname>
+ <firstname>Fran Diéguez</firstname>
+ </personname>
+ <email>frandieguez@gnome.org</email>
+ </othercredit>
+ <copyright>
+
+ <year>2014.</year>
+
+ <holder>Fran Diéguez</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+ <!-- ======== Chapter 1: Introduction ======================== -->
+
+ <chapter id="introduction">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and
+ how it is used.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="whatisgtkdoc">
+ <title>What is GTK-Doc?</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the public
+ API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can also be
+ used to document application code.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="howdoesgtkdocwork">
+ <title>How Does GTK-Doc Work?</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source files in
+ specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the template files
+ which GTK-Doc uses (though note that GTK-Doc will only document functions that
+ are declared in header files; it won't produce output for static functions).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different step
+ in the process.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ There are 5 main steps in the process:
+ </para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel>
+
+ The author fills in the source files with the documentation for each
+ function, macro, union etc. (In the past information was entered in
+ generated template files, which is not recommended anymore).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel>
+
+ <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the
+ code looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions.
+ It creates the file <filename><module>-decl-list.txt</filename> containing a list of the
+ declarations, placing them into sections according to which header file they
+ are in. On the first run this file is copied to <filename><module>-sections.txt</filename>.
+ The author can rearrange the sections, and the order of the
+ declarations within them, to produce the final desired order.
+ The second file it generates is <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename>.
+ This file contains the full declarations found by the scanner. If for
+ some reason one would like some symbols to show up in the docs, where
+ the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or the declaration
+ should appear differently, one can place entities similar to the ones in
+ <filename><module>-decl.txt</filename> into <filename><module>-overrides.txt</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically query a library about
+ any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves information about each
+ object's position in the class hierarchy and about any GObject properties
+ and signals it provides.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore.
+ It was needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel>Generating the "template" files.</guilabel>
+
+ <application>gtkdoc-mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in
+ the <filename class="directory">tmpl/</filename> subdirectory, using the
+ information gathered in the first step. (Note that this can be run
+ repeatedly. It will try to ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)
+ </para>
+ <note>
+ <para>
+ Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep
+ documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now
+ a <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that
+ skips tmpl usage totally.
+ If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand, please remove the directory
+ (e.g. from version control system).
+ </para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel>
+
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into
+ SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename>
+ or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory.
+ If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the
+ special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used
+ it only reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend
+ to use Docbook XML.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML
+ files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory.
+ Likewise <application>gtkdoc-mkpdf</application> turns the SGML/XML files into a PDF
+ document called <filename><package>.pdf</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or
+ <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and <filename class="directory">html/</filename>
+ directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel>
+
+ After installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be run to fix up any
+ cross-references between separate documents. For example, the GTK+
+ documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in the GLib manual.
+
+ When creating the source tarball for distribution, <application>gtkdoc-rebase</application>
+ turns all external links into web-links. When installing distributed (pregenerated) docs
+ the same application will try to turn links back to local links
+ (where those docs are installed).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="gettinggtkdoc">
+ <title>Getting GTK-Doc</title>
+
+ <sect2 id="requirements">
+ <title>Requirements</title>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt
+ <ulink url="http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/" type="http">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets
+ <ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/" type="http">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <guilabel>Python</guilabel> - optional - for gtkdoc-depscan
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> or
+ <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of examples
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="aboutgtkdoc">
+ <title>About GTK-Doc</title>
+
+ <para>
+ (FIXME)
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ (History, authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans,
+ comparison with other similar systems.)
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="aboutthismanual">
+ <title>About this Manual</title>
+
+ <para>
+ (FIXME)
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ (who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="settingup">
+ <title>Setting up your project</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into
+ your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'.
+ This project contains a library called 'libmeep' and
+ an end-user app called 'meeper'. We also assume you will be using autoconf
+ and automake. In addition section <link linkend="plain_makefiles">plain
+ makefiles or other build systems</link> will describe the basics needed to
+ work in a different build setup.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="settingup_docfiles">
+ <title>Setting up a skeleton documentation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference
+ (this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation).
+ It is recommended to create another subdirectory with the name of the doc-package.
+ For packages with just one library this step is not necessary.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This can then look as shown below:
+ <example><title>Example directory structure</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+meep/
+ docs/
+ reference/
+ libmeep/
+ meeper/
+ src/
+ libmeep/
+ meeper/
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="settingup_autoconf">
+ <title>Integration with autoconf</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> script.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Integration with autoconf</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+# check for gtk-doc
+GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is
+ okay for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can
+ solve this as below. Keep it as is, as gtkdocize is looking for
+ <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> at the start of a line.
+ <example><title>Keep gtk-doc optional</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+# check for gtk-doc
+m4_ifdef([GTK_DOC_CHECK], [
+GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])
+],[
+AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GTK_DOC], false)
+])
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time.
+ The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</application>.
+ The <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro also adds several configure switches:
+ </para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]</para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <important>
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option
+ <option>'--enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next
+ <filename>configure</filename> run. Otherwise pregenerated documentation is installed
+ (which makes sense for users but not for developers).
+ </para>
+ </important>
+
+ <para>
+ Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside
+ you <filename>configure.ac</filename> script.
+ This allows <application>gtkdocize</application> to automatically copy the
+ macro definition for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Preparation for gtkdocize</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update
+ the <filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running
+ <code>autoreconf -i</code> or <code>autogen.sh</code>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="settingup_automake">
+ <title>Integration with automake</title>
+
+ <para>
+ First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the
+ <filename class="directory">examples</filename> sub directory of the
+ <ulink url="https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk-doc/tree/examples/Makefile.am">gtkdoc-sources</ulink>
+ to your project's API documentation directory (
+ <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<package></filename>).
+ A local copy should be available under e.g.
+ <filename>/usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am</filename>.
+ If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ All the settings have a comment above that describes their purpose.
+ Most settings are extra flags passed to the respective tools. Every tool
+ has a variable of the form <option><TOOLNAME>_OPTIONS</option>.
+ All the tools support <option>--help</option> to list the supported
+ parameters.
+ </para>
+
+ <!-- FIXME: explain options ? -->
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="settingup_autogen">
+ <title>Integration with autogen</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to
+ setup the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control
+ system (such as cvs/svn/git). GTK-Doc comes with a tool called
+ <application>gtkdocize</application> which can be used in such a script.
+ It should be run before autoheader, automake or autoconf.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+gtkdocize || exit 1
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies
+ <filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory
+ specified by the <option>--docdir</option> option).
+ It also checks you configure script for the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function>
+ invocation. This macro can be used to pass extra parameters to
+ <application>gtkdocize</application>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered the docs.
+ This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having generated
+ files under version control).
+ Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the tools can get all the information from source comments
+ and thus the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep
+ documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now
+ a <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that skips
+ tmpl usage totally. Besides adding the option directly to the command
+ invocation, they can be added also to an environment variable called <symbol>GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS</symbol>
+ or set as a 2nd parameter in <symbol>GTK_DOC_CHECK</symbol> macro in the configure script.
+ If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand and migrating from older gtkdoc versions,
+ please remove the directory (e.g. from version control system).
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="settingup_firstrun">
+ <title>Running the doc build</title>
+
+ <para>
+ After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to
+ rerun <filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for
+ you, then give it the <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> option.
+ Otherwise manually run <filename>configure</filename> with this option
+ afterwards.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-directories.
+ The important ones are:
+ <filename><package>.types</filename>,
+ <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Running the doc build</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+./autogen.sh --enable-gtk-doc
+make
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/index.html</filename>.
+ Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, during the next chapter we
+ tell you how to fill the pages with life.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="settingup_vcs">
+ <title>Integration with version control systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under
+ version control. For typical projects it's these files:
+ <filename><package>.types</filename>,
+ <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>,
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>
+ directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of
+ the <filename>.stamp</filename> files.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="plain_makefiles">
+ <title>Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems</title>
+
+ <para>
+ In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore
+ <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools
+ in the right order in own makefiles (or other build tools).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Documentation build steps</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+DOC_MODULE=meep
+// sources have changed
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
+gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
+// xml files have changed
+mkdir html
+cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
+gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and
+ <filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="documenting">
+ <title>Documenting the code</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code documentation.
+ Further it retrieves information about your project structure from other
+ sources. During the next section you will find all information about the
+ syntax of the comments.
+ </para>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Documentation placement</title>
+ <para>
+ In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing
+ inside the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the
+ disadvantages that the information is often not updated and also that
+ the file tend to cause conflicts with version control systems.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the
+ documentation inside the sources. This manual will only describe this
+ way of documenting code.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>
+ The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of
+ receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can
+ hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
+/* unparseable code here */
+#endif
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
+ <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
+ <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
+ <!-- -->
+
+ <sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
+ <title>Documentation comments</title>
+
+ <para>
+ A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a
+ documentation block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools.
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * identifier:
+ * documentation ...
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is
+ related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item.
+ (TODO add table showing identifiers)
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol
+ types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter
+ description first followed by a blank line (just a '*').
+ Afterwards follows the detailed description. All lines (outside program
+ listings and CDATA sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are
+ converted to paragraph breaks.
+ If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * '
+ (blank-asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted text (code
+ listings).
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>
+ When documenting code, describe two aspects:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes
+ be misleading for people coming from a different background.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation
+ with the other API.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>
+ One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links
+ in the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious
+ though. GTK-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations.
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to
+ parameters of other functions, related to the one being described.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and
+ enums and macros which don't take arguments.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and
+ #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>
+ If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@',
+ '%', or '#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you
+ can use the XML entities "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;",
+ "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" and "&num;"
+ respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>
+ DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists,
+ examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the
+ preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting
+ syntax called
+ <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>.
+ On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes
+ Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will
+ appear as lines starting with a dash.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
+ that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
+ docbook xml is not supported.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
+ formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown</title>
+ <programlisting><
+ *
+ * ![an inline image][plot-result.png]
+ *
+ * [A link to the heading anchor above][heading-two]
+ *
+ * A C-language example:
+ * |[<!-- language="C" -->
+ * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!");
+ * ]|
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the
+ <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>
+ As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
+ one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good
+ to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code.
+ Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the
+ 2nd '*' in the first line).
+ If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to
+ add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the
+ right place inside the sections file.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="documenting_sections">
+ <title>Documenting sections</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Each section of the documentation contains information about one class
+ or module. To introduce the component one can write a section block.
+ The short description is also used inside the table of contents.
+ All the @fields are optional.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Section comment block</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * SECTION:meepapp
+ * @short_description: the application class
+ * @title: Meep application
+ * @section_id:
+ * @see_also: #MeepSettings
+ * @stability: Stable
+ * @include: meep/app.h
+ * @image: application.png
+ *
+ * The application class handles ...
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>SECTION:<name></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ The name links the section documentation to the respective part in
+ the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The
+ name give here should match the <FILE> tag in the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>@short_description</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ A one line description of the section, that later will appear after
+ the links in the TOC and at the top of the section page.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>@title</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION
+ declaration. It can be overridden with the @title field.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>@section_id</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects
+ the <title> is used as a section_id and for other sections
+ it is <MODULE>-<title>.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>@see_also</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ A list of symbols that are related to this section.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>@stability</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ An informal description of the stability level this API has.
+ We recommend the use of one of these terms:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Stable
+ - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary
+ third parties to develop applications to these interfaces,
+ release them, and have confidence that they will run on all
+ minor releases of the product (after the one in which the
+ interface was introduced, and within the same major release).
+ Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected
+ to be rare, and to have strong justifications.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Unstable
+ - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional.
+ They are typically used to give outside developers early
+ access to new or rapidly changing technology, or to provide
+ an interim solution to a problem where a more general
+ solution is anticipated.
+ No claims are made about either source or binary
+ compatibility from one minor release to the next.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Private
+ - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack
+ itself, but that is not documented for end-users. Such
+ functions should only be used in specified and documented
+ ways.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Internal
+ - An interface that is internal to a module and does not
+ require end-user documentation. Functions that are
+ undocumented are assumed to be Internal.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>@include</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section
+ synopsis (a comma separated list), overriding the global
+ value from the <link linkend="metafiles_sections">section
+ file</link> or command line. This item is optional.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>@image</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ The image to display at the top of the reference page for this
+ section. This will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate
+ the visual appearance of a class or a diagram of its relationship
+ to other classes. This item is optional.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>
+ To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section
+ docs into the c-source where possible.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="documenting_symbols">
+ <title>Documenting symbols</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is
+ documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the
+ definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in sync.
+ Thus functions are usually documented in the c-source and macros,
+ structs and enums in the header file.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect2><title>General tags</title>
+
+ <para>
+ You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell
+ when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated.
+ </para>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Versioning Tags</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Since:</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Description since which version of the code the API is available.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>Deprecated:</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore.
+ The description should point the reader to the new API.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <para>
+ (FIXME : Stability information)
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>General tags</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar:
+ * @foo: some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: @foo's bar
+ *
+ * Since: 2.6
+ * Deprecated: 2.12: Use foo_baz_get_bar() instead.
+ */
+Bar *
+foo_get_bar(Foo *foo)
+{
+...
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
+ rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by
+ gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list
+ of the supported tags can be found on
+ <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Annotations</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ */
+...
+/**
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
+ * (and another annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Sets bar on @foo.
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Function comment block</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Please remember to:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be
+ freed/unrefed/released.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are
+ private. They are treated like static functions.
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Function comment block</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * function_name:
+ * @par1: description of parameter 1. These can extend over more than
+ * one line.
+ * @par2: description of parameter 2
+ * @...: a %NULL-terminated list of bars
+ *
+ * The function description goes here. You can use @par1 to refer to parameters
+ * so that they are highlighted in the output. You can also use %constant
+ * for constants, function_name2() for functions and #GtkWidget for links to
+ * other declarations (which may be documented elsewhere).
+ *
+ * Returns: an integer.
+ *
+ * Since: 2.2
+ * Deprecated: 2.18: Use other_function() instead.
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <variablelist><title>Function tags</title>
+ <varlistentry><term>Returns:</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Paragraph describing the returned result.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry><term>@...:</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this
+ tag (@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons).
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Property comment block</title>
+
+ <example><title>Property comment block</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * SomeWidget:some-property:
+ *
+ * Here you can document a property.
+ */
+g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SOME_PROPERTY, ...);
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Signal comment block</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Please remember to:
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before
+ or after other signals.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ Document what an application might do in the signal handler.
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Signal comment block</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * FooWidget::foobarized:
+ * @widget: the widget that received the signal
+ * @foo: some foo
+ * @bar: some bar
+ *
+ * The ::foobarized signal is emitted each time someone tries to foobarize @widget.
+ */
+foo_signals[FOOBARIZE] =
+ g_signal_new ("foobarize",
+ ...
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Struct comment block</title>
+ <example><title>Struct comment block</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * FooWidget:
+ * @bar: some #gboolean
+ *
+ * This is the best widget, ever.
+ */
+typedef struct _FooWidget {
+ /*< private >*/
+ GtkWidget parent;
+
+ /*< public >*/
+ gboolean bar;
+} FooWidget;
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>
+ Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields
+ you want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse
+ behaviour.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses.
+ It is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has
+ vmethods (as this is how they can be documented). For the GObject
+ itself one can use the related section docs, having a separate block
+ for the instance struct would be useful if the instance has public
+ fields. One disadvantage here is that this creates two index entries
+ of the same name (the structure and the section).
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2><title>Enum comment block</title>
+ <example><title>Enum comment block</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * Something:
+ * @SOMETHING_FOO: something foo
+ * @SOMETHING_BAR: something bar
+ *
+ * Enum values used for the thing, to specify the thing.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ SOMETHING_FOO,
+ SOMETHING_BAR,
+ /*< private >*/
+ SOMETHING_COUNT
+} Something;
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>
+ Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values
+ you want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse
+ behaviour.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="documenting_docbook">
+ <title>Useful DocBook tags</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the
+ code.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ To link to another section in the GTK docs:
+
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<link linkend="glib-Hash-Tables">Hash Tables</link>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ The linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to.
+ For most pages this is currently the part ("gtk", "gdk", "glib") and then
+ the page title ("Hash Tables"). For widgets it is just the class name.
+ Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML/XML.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function:
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<function>...</function>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ To include example code:
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<example>
+ <title>Using a GHashTable.</title>
+ <programlisting>
+ ...
+ </programlisting>
+</example>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ or possibly this, for very short code fragments which don't need a title:
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<informalexample>
+ <programlisting>
+ ...
+ </programlisting>
+</informalexample>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ For the latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation:
+<![CDATA[
+|[
+ ...
+]|
+]]>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ To include bulleted lists:
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ ...
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ ...
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ To include a note which stands out from the text:
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<note>
+ <para>
+ Make sure you free the data after use.
+ </para>
+</note>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ To refer to a type:
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<type>unsigned char</type>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs):
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<structname>XFontStruct</structname>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ To refer to a field of a structure:
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<structfield>len</structfield>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ To refer to a class name, we could possibly use:
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<classname>GtkWidget</classname>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ but you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create
+ a link to the GtkWidget page - see <link linkend="documenting_syntax">the abbreviations</link>).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ To emphasize text:
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<emphasis>This is important</emphasis>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ For filenames use:
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<filename>/home/user/documents</filename>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ To refer to keys use:
+ <informalexample>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </informalexample>
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="metafiles">
+ <title>Filling the extra files</title>
+
+ <para>
+ There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with
+ the inline source code comments:
+ <filename><package>.types</filename>,
+ <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="metafiles_types">
+ <title>Editing the types file</title>
+
+ <para>
+ If your library or application includes GObjects, you want
+ their signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be
+ shown in the documentation. All you need to do, is to list the
+ <function>xxx_get_type</function> functions together with their include
+ inside the <filename><package>.types</filename> file.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Example types file snippet</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+gtk_accel_label_get_type
+gtk_adjustment_get_type
+gtk_alignment_get_type
+gtk_arrow_get_type
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this list for you.
+ Just add "--rebuild-types" to SCAN_OPTIONS in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. If you
+ use this approach you should not dist the types file nor have it under version control.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="metafiles_master">
+ <title>Editing the master document</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the
+ inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation
+ page per class or module as a separate file. The master document
+ includes them and place them in an order.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will
+ not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the
+ documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages.
+ GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch.
+ Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies
+ introduced there.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>
+ Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters.
+ The benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into
+ the API documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to
+ symbol documentation. Apart chances are higher that the tutorial gets
+ updates along with the library.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>
+ So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start
+ is only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets)
+ there which you should take care of.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Master document header</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+<bookinfo>
+ <title>MODULENAME Reference Manual</title>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ for MODULENAME [VERSION]
+ The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
+ <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/index.html">http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/</ulink>.
+ </releaseinfo>
+</bookinfo>
+
+<chapter>
+ <title>[Insert title here]</title>
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="metafiles_sections">
+ <title>Editing the section file</title>
+
+ <para>
+ The section file is used to organise the documentation output by
+ GTK-Doc. Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or
+ class and control the visibility (public or private).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags).
+ Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as
+ comment lines.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name,
+ without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>'
+ will result in the section declarations being output in the template
+ file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be
+ converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename>
+ or the DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>.
+ (The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section
+ title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted
+ to lower case).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of
+ the section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are
+ initially created, since the title set in the template file overrides
+ this. Also if one uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag.
+ Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis
+ section.
+ You can also use <SUBSECTION Standard> for standard GObject
+ declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and macros like
+ G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.).
+ Currently these are left out of the documentation.
+ You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for private declarations
+ which will not be output (it is a handy way to avoid warning messages
+ about unused declarations).
+ If your library contains private types which you don't want to appear in
+ the object hierarchy and the list of implemented or required interfaces,
+ add them to a Private subsection.
+ Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs in public
+ or Standard section depends if they have public entries (variables,
+ vmethods).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the
+ #include files which are shown in the synopsis sections.
+ It contains a comma-separate list of #include files, without the angle
+ brackets. If you set it outside of any sections, it acts for all
+ sections until the end of the file. If you set it within a section, it
+ only applies to that section.
+ </para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="reports">
+ <title>Controlling the result</title>
+
+ <para>
+ A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory.
+ The generated files are named:
+ <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename>,
+ <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> and
+ <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename>.
+ All those are plain text files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with
+ the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by
+ blank lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols.
+ The second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are
+ those, which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been
+ added.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols
+ given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not
+ found in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are
+ misspelled.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol
+ names, where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not
+ know where to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to
+ the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>
+ Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile.am.
+ If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during
+ <command>make check</command> run.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>
+ One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner:
+ <filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and
+ <filename><package>-decl.txt</filename>. The first one can be
+ compared with the section file if that is manually maintained. The second
+ lists all declarations from the headers. If a symbol is missing one could
+ check if this file contains it.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced
+ by the object scanner:
+ <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>,
+ <filename><package>.hierarchy.txt</filename>,
+ <filename><package>.interfaces.txt</filename>,
+ <filename><package>.prerequisites.txt</filename> and
+ <filename><package>.signals.txt</filename>. If there are missing
+ symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate
+ scanner file for further analysis, by running it as
+ <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>.
+ </para>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="modernizing">
+ <title>Modernizing the documentation</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new
+ features together with the version since when it is available.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-9">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.9</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master
+ document <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option>
+ in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> is autogenerated and
+ can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that
+ have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new
+ section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually
+ maintained section file can be as simple as running
+ <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
+ checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
+ add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.10</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the
+ <filename><package>.types</filename> is autogenerated and can be
+ removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also
+ setup the <varname>IGNORE_HFILES</varname> in
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename> for code that is build conditionally.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-16">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.16</title>
+
+ <para>
+ This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run
+ a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding
+ these lines to the end of <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ <example><title>Enable gtkdoc-check</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
+ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
+ SRCDIR=$(abs_srcdir) BUILDDIR=$(abs_builddir)
+TESTS = $(GTKDOC_CHECK)
+endif
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-20">
+ <title>GTK-Doc 1.20</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in
+ doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version
+ improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that
+ explains the <link linkend="documenting_syntax">comment syntax</link>
+ has all the details.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="documenting-others">
+ <title>Documentando outras interfaces</title>
+
+ <para>
+ So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next
+ sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other
+ interfaces too.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect1 id="commandline-interfaces">
+ <title>Command line options and man pages</title>
+
+ <para>
+ As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds
+ like a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is
+ part of the reference and one gets the man-page for free.
+ </para>
+
+ <sect2 id="commandline-interfaces-file">
+ <title>Documente a ferramenta</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Create one refentry file per tool. Following
+ <link linkend="settingup_docfiles">our example</link> we would call it
+ <filename>meep/docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml</filename>. For the xml
+ tags that should be used and can look at generated file in the xml
+ subdirectory as well as examples e.g. in glib.
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="commandline-interfaces-configure">
+ <title>Adding the extra configure check</title>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Extra configure checks</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,
+ [AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],
+ [regenerate man pages from Docbook [default=no]])],enable_man=yes,
+ enable_man=no)
+
+AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 id="commandline-interfaces-make">
+ <title>Adding the extra makefile rules</title>
+
+ <para>
+ <example><title>Extra configure checks</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+man_MANS = \
+ meeper.1
+
+if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
+if ENABLE_MAN
+
+%.1 : %.xml
+ @XSLTPROC@ -nonet http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl $<
+
+endif
+endif
+
+BUILT_EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)
+EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="dbus-interfaces">
+ <title>Intefaces de DBus</title>
+
+ <para>
+ (FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html,
+http://cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="faq">
+ <title>Preguntas frecuentes</title>
+
+ <segmentedlist>
+ <?dbhtml list-presentation="list"?>
+ <segtitle>Pregunta</segtitle>
+ <segtitle>Resposta</segtitle>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Non hai herdanza de clases.</seg>
+ <seg>
+ The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been
+ entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file.
+ </seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Aínda non hai herdanza de clases.</seg>
+ <seg>
+ Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>
+ file (see <ulink url="http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html">explanation</ulink>).
+ </seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Redemo, aínda non hai herdanza de clase.</seg>
+ <seg>
+ Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>)
+ part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private
+ subsections).
+ </seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>No symbol index.</seg>
+ <seg>
+ Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a
+ index that xi:includes the generated index?
+ </seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Symbols are not linked to their doc-section.</seg>
+ <seg>
+ Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())?
+ Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs.
+ </seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>A new class does not appear in the docs.</seg>
+ <seg>
+ Is the new page xi:included from
+ <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>.
+ </seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>A new symbol does not appear in the docs.</seg>
+ <seg>
+ Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in
+ the begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about
+ unresolvable xrefs. Check if the symbol is correctly listed in the
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> in a public subsection.
+ </seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>A type is missing from the class hierarchy.</seg>
+ <seg>
+ If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename>
+ but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check
+ that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
+ If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed or
+ incidentally marked private it will not be shown.
+ </seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations.</seg>
+ <seg>
+ Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is
+ xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>.
+ </seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+
+ <!-- gtk-doc warnings: -->
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist</seg>
+ <seg>Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the source.</seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+
+ <!-- docbook warnings: -->
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>multiple "IDs" for constraint linkend: XYZ</seg>
+ <seg>Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file.</seg>
+ </seglistitem>
+ <seglistitem>
+ <seg>Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template matches.</seg>
+ <seg/>
+ </seglistitem>
+ </segmentedlist>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="contrib">
+ <title>Tools related to gtk-doc</title>
+
+ <para>
+ GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url="http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin">Trac GTK-Doc</ulink>
+ integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and integrates with
+ the trac search.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since
+ tags in the API to determine the minimum required version.
+ </para>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+ <!-- ======== Appendix: FDL ================================== -->
+ <!--
+ The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook
+ Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais@okstate.edu>
+ Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
+ http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp
+ Version: 1.0.1
+ Last Modified: Nov 16, 2000
+-->
+
+<appendix id="fdl">
+ <appendixinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>
+ Version 1.1, March 2000
+ </releaseinfo>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <legalnotice id="fdl-legalnotice">
+ <para>
+ <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street,
+ Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state>
+ <postcode>02110-1301</postcode> <country>USA</country></address>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ </appendixinfo>
+ <title>GNU Free Documentation License</title>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-preamble">
+ <title>0. PREAMBLE</title>
+ <para>
+ The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or
+ other written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of
+ freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and
+ redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either
+ commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License
+ preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for
+ their work, while not being considered responsible for
+ modifications made by others.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means
+ that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in
+ the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License,
+ which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
+ free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
+ free program should come with manuals providing the same
+ freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited
+ to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work,
+ regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
+ printed book. We recommend this License principally for works
+ whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section1">
+ <title>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title>
+ <para id="fdl-document">
+ This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+ notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+ distributed under the terms of this License. The
+ <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any such manual or
+ work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed
+ as <quote>you</quote>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-modified">
+ A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work
+ containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied
+ verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
+ language.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-secondary">
+ A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a
+ front-matter section of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> that deals exclusively
+ with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the
+ Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related
+ matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within
+ that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
+ textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+ mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+ connection with the subject or with related matters, or of
+ legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
+ regarding them.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-invariant">
+ The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles
+ are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
+ notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this
+ License.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-cover-texts">
+ The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of
+ text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts,
+ in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this
+ License.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-transparent">
+ A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link> means a machine-readable
+ copy, represented in a format whose specification is available
+ to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited
+ directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for
+ images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for
+ drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is
+ suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic
+ translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text
+ formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format
+ whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+ subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy
+ that is not <quote>Transparent</quote> is called
+ <quote>Opaque</quote>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include
+ plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
+ format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
+ standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human
+ modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF,
+ proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+ proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD
+ and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
+ machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for
+ output purposes only.
+ </para>
+
+ <para id="fdl-title-page">
+ The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the
+ title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to
+ hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in
+ the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title
+ page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> means the text near the
+ most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the
+ beginning of the body of the text.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section2">
+ <title>2. VERBATIM COPYING</title>
+ <para>
+ You may copy and distribute the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> in any medium, either
+ commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+ copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
+ applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that
+ you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
+ License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or
+ control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or
+ distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for
+ copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you
+ must also follow the conditions in <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated
+ above, and you may publicly display copies.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section3">
+ <title>3. COPIANDO EN CANTIDADE</title>
+ <para>
+ If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100,
+ and the Document's license notice requires <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose
+ the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these
+ Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
+ Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also
+ clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these
+ copies. The front cover must present the full title with all
+ words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add
+ other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes
+ limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the
+ <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these
+ conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
+ respects.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+ legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+ reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
+ adjacent pages.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If you publish or distribute <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100,
+ you must either include a machine-readable <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy along with
+ each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a
+ publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a
+ complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added
+ material, which the general network-using public has access to
+ download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network
+ protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take
+ reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
+ copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
+ remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
+ year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly
+ or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
+ public.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors
+ of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> well before
+ redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance
+ to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section4">
+ <title>4. MODIFICACIÓNS</title>
+ <para>
+ You may copy and distribute a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the conditions of
+ sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release
+ the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+ Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
+ licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version
+ to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do
+ these things in the Modified Version:
+ </para>
+
+ <itemizedlist mark="opencircle">
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>A</title>
+ <para>
+ Use in the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</link> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+ from that of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, and from those of
+ previous versions (which should, if there were any, be
+ listed in the History section of the Document). You may
+ use the same title as a previous version if the original
+ publisher of that version gives permission.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>B</title>
+ <para>
+ List on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</link>, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+ responsible for authorship of the modifications in the
+ <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>,
+ together with at least five of the principal authors of
+ the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> (all of
+ its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>C</title>
+ <para>
+ State on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
+ Page</link> the name of the publisher of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, as the
+ publisher.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>D</title>
+ <para>
+ Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>E</title>
+ <para>
+ Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>F</title>
+ <para>
+ Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a
+ license notice giving the public permission to use the
+ <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under
+ the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
+ Addendum below.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>G</title>
+ <para>
+ Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and
+ required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover
+ Texts</link> given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document's</link> license notice.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>H</title>
+ <para>
+ Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>I</title>
+ <para>
+ Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and
+ its title, and add to it an item stating at least the
+ title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> as given on
+ the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>. If
+ there is no section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the
+ <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, create one
+ stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the
+ Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
+ describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous
+ sentence.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>J</title>
+ <para>
+ Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> for public access
+ to a <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link>
+ copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations
+ given in the Document for previous versions it was based
+ on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote>
+ section. You may omit a network location for a work that
+ was published at least four years before the Document
+ itself, or if the original publisher of the version it
+ refers to gives permission.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>K</title>
+ <para>
+ In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or
+ <quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title,
+ and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of
+ each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
+ dedications given therein.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>L</title>
+ <para>
+ Preserve all the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, unaltered in their
+ text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
+ equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>M</title>
+ <para>
+ Delete any section entitled
+ <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may not be
+ included in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified
+ Version</link>.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>N</title>
+ <para>
+ Do not retitle any existing section as
+ <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to conflict in title with
+ any <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Section</link>.
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>
+ If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>
+ includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as
+ <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and
+ contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your
+ option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To
+ do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the
+ Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be
+ distinct from any other section titles.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>,
+ provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various
+ parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
+ has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
+ definition of a standard.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage
+ of up to 25 words as a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of
+ the list of <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>
+ in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>.
+ Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text
+ may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one
+ entity. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
+ already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously
+ added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are
+ acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
+ replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
+ publisher that added the old one.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> do not by this License
+ give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
+ assert or imply endorsement of any <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section5">
+ <title>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title>
+ <para>
+ You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
+ with other documents released under this License, under the
+ terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>
+ above for modified versions, provided that you include in the
+ combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified,
+ and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in
+ its license notice.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ The combined work need only contain one copy of this License,
+ and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are
+ multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different
+ contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding
+ at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+ author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
+ number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the
+ list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined
+ work.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled
+ <quote>History</quote> in the various original documents,
+ forming one section entitled <quote>History</quote>; likewise
+ combine any sections entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote>,
+ and any sections entitled <quote>Dedications</quote>. You must
+ delete all sections entitled <quote>Endorsements.</quote>
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section6">
+ <title>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title>
+ <para>
+ You may make a collection consisting of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and other documents
+ released under this License, and replace the individual copies
+ of this License in the various documents with a single copy that
+ is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
+ rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
+ documents in all other respects.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section7">
+ <title>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title>
+ <para>
+ A compilation of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with
+ other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a
+ volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole
+ count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>
+ of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed
+ for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an
+ <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not apply to the
+ other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on
+ account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves
+ derivative works of the Document. If the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these
+ copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one
+ quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may
+ be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the
+ aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole
+ aggregate.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section8">
+ <title>8. TRANSLATION</title>
+ <para>
+ Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+ distribute translations of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with
+ translations requires special permission from their copyright
+ holders, but you may include translations of some or all
+ Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these
+ Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this
+ License provided that you also include the original English
+ version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the
+ translation and the original English version of this License,
+ the original English version will prevail.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section9">
+ <title>9. TERMINATION</title>
+ <para>
+ You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> except as expressly
+ provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy,
+ modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+ automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+ parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+ License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+ parties remain in full compliance.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-section10">
+ <title>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title>
+ <para>
+ The <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software
+ Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU
+ Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions
+ will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ
+ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
+ number. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
+ specifies that a particular numbered version of this License
+ <quote>or any later version</quote> applies to it, you have the
+ option of following the terms and conditions either of that
+ specified version or of any later version that has been
+ published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If
+ the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
+ you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by
+ the Free Software Foundation.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 id="fdl-using">
+ <title>Addendum</title>
+ <para>
+ To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+ the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+ license notices just after the title page:
+ </para>
+
+ <blockquote>
+ <para>
+ Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
+ License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the
+ Free Software Foundation; with the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST
+ THEIR TITLES, with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST,
+ and with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover
+ Texts</link> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in
+ the section entitled <quote>GNU Free Documentation
+ License</quote>.
+ </para>
+ </blockquote>
+
+ <para>
+ If you have no <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
+ Sections</link>, write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote>
+ instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
+ <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link>, write
+ <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of
+ <quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link>.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code,
+ we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your
+ choice of free software license, such as the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html"> GNU General Public
+ License</ulink>, to permit their use in free software.
+ </para>
+ </sect1>
+</appendix>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</book>
<para>
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
copying of that document.
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.20.1</revnumber>
- <date>16 Feb 2014</date>
+ <revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber>
+ <date>18 Jul 2014</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.21</revnumber>
+ <date>17 Jul 2014</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.20</revnumber>
<date>16 Feb 2014</date>
<title>આવૃત્તિ નિયંત્રણ સિસ્ટમો સાથે એકત્રિકરણ</title>
<para>
- As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under
+ As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under
version control. For typical projects it's these files:
<filename><package>.types</filename>,
<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>,
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>
+ directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of
+ the <filename>.stamp</filename> files.
</para>
</sect1>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
DOC_MODULE=meep
// sources have changed
-gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
// xml files have changed
mkdir html
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
<para>
The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of
receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can
- hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
+ hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
<example><title>GTK-Doc comment block</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
</example>
</para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
+ <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
+ <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
<!-- -->
<sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
appear as lines starting with a dash.
</para>
+ <para>
+ While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
+ that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
+ docbook xml is not supported.
+ </para>
+
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
- putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
- <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
</para>
<tip>
- <para>પહેલાનાં GTK-Doc માં પહેલેથી જણાવેલ પ્રમાણે સાર્વજનિક API દસ્તાવેજીકરણ માટે છે. છતાં એક એ સ્થિર સંકેતો માટે દસ્તાવેજીકરણ ને લખી શકતુ નથી. તેમ છતાં તે પેલાં સંકેતો પર ટિપ્પણી કરવા માટે સારુ છે. આ તમારાં કોડને સમજવા માટે બીજાને મદદ કરે છે. માટે આપણે સામાન્ય ટિપ્પણીઓની મદદથી આ ટિપ્પણી એ અગ્રહણીય કરેલ છે (પહેલાં વાક્યમાં બીજા '*' વગર). જો પછી વિધેયને સાર્વજનિક બનાવવાની જરૂર છે, ટિપ્પણી બ્લોકમાં બીજા '*' ઉમેરવા માટે બધાને કરવાની જરૂર છે અને ફાઇલ વિભાગોની અંદર જમણી જગ્યા પર સંકેત નામને દાખલ કરો.</para>
+
<para>પહેલાનાં GTK-Doc માં પહેલેથી જણાવેલ પ્રમાણે સાર્વજનિક API દસ્તાવેજીકરણ માટે છે. છતાં એક એ સ્થિર સંકેતો માટે દસ્તાવેજીકરણ ને લખી શકતુ નથી. તેમ છતાં તે પેલાં સંકેતો પર ટિપ્પણી કરવા માટે સારુ છે. આ તમારાં કોડને સમજવા માટે બીજાને મદદ કરે છે. માટે આપણે સામાન્ય ટિપ્પણીઓની મદદથી આ ટિપ્પણી એ અગ્રહણીય કરેલ છે (પહેલાં વાક્યમાં બીજા '*' વગર). જો પછી વિધેયને સાર્વજનિક બનાવવાની જરૂર છે, ટિપ્પણી બ્લોકમાં બીજા '*' ઉમેરવા માટે બધાને કરવાની જરૂર છે અને ફાઇલ વિભાગોની અંદર જમણી જગ્યા પર સંકેત નામને દાખલ કરો.</para>
</tip>
</sect1>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
<para>(FIXME : સ્થિરતા જાણકારી)</para>
-
+ <para>(FIXME : સ્થિરતા જાણકારી)</para>
+
<example><title>સામાન્ય ટેગ</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
</example>
</sect2>
+ <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
+ rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by
+ gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list
+ of the supported tags can be found on
+ <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Annotations</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ */
+...
+/**
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
+ * (and another annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Sets bar on @foo.
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
<sect2><title>વિધેય ટિપ્પણી બ્લોક</title>
<para>
<para>Gtk-doc એ '_' સાથે શરૂ થતા બધા સંકેતો (મેક્રો, વિધેયો) ને ખાનગી ધારે છે. તેઓ સ્થિર વિધેયો જેવું વર્ણતૂક કરે છે.</para>
- <para>
- <!-- FIXME: we should ideally link/describe the gobject introspection
- annotation tag -->
- Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags:
- http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations
- </para>
-
<example><title>વિધેય ટિપ્પણી બ્લોક</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
- in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
+ checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
+ add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
</para>
</sect1>
but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check
that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed or
- incidentialy makred private it will not be shown.
+ incidentally marked private it will not be shown.
</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<para>
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
copying of that document.
<title>6. COLEÇÕES DE DOCUMENTOS</title>
<para>Você pode fazer uma coleção que consiste do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> e outros documentos publicados sob esta Licença, e substituir as cópias individuais desta Licença, nos vários documentos, por uma única cópia a ser incluída na coleção, desde que você siga as regras desta Licença para cópias literais de cada documento em todos os outros aspectos.</para>
- <para>Você pode extrair um único documento desta coleção, e distribuí-lo individualmente sob esta Licença, desde que você insira uma cópia desta Licença no documento extraído, e siga esta Licença em todos os outros aspectos com relação à cópia literal do documento.</para>
+ <para>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
</legalnotice>
<revhistory>
- <revision><revnumber>1.20.1</revnumber> <date>16 Fev 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>versão de desenvolvimento</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber> <date>18 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>versão de desenvolvimento</revremark></revision>
+ <revision><revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros, desativadas funcionalidades obsoletas</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>14 Fev 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros, suporte a markdown, melhorias no estilo</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros</revremark></revision>
<revision><revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Set 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros, aceleração, suporte a markdown</revremark></revision>
<sect1 id="settingup_vcs">
<title>Integração com sistemas de controle de versão</title>
- <para>Como uma regra de ouro, são aqueles arquivos que você edita que deveriam entrar no controle de versão. Para projetos normais, esses são os arquivos: <filename><pacote>.types</filename>, <filename><pacote>-docs.xml</filename> (no passado, .sgml), <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename></para>
+ <para>
+ As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under
+ version control. For typical projects it's these files:
+ <filename><package>.types</filename>,
+ <filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
+ <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>,
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>
+ directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of
+ the <filename>.stamp</filename> files.
+ </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="plain_makefiles">
<para>
<example><title>Etapas de compilação da documentação</title>
- <programlisting>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
DOC_MODULE=meep
-// fontes foram alterados
-gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...
+// sources have changed
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml
-// arquivos xml foram alterados
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
+// xml files have changed
mkdir html
-cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
+cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html
-</programlisting>
+]]></programlisting>
</example>
</para>
</programlisting>
</example></para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
+ <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
+ <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
<!-- -->
<sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
<para>DocBook pode fazer mais do que apenas links. Ele também pode ter listas, exemplos, títulos e imagens. A partir da versão 1.20, a forma preferível é usar um subconjunto de sintaxe de formatação de texto básica chamada <ulink url="http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/">Markdown</ulink>. Em versões mais antigas do GTK-Doc, qualquer documentação que inclui Markdown será renderizada como está. Por exemplo, itens de lista aparecerão como linhas começando com um traço.</para>
+ <para>
+ While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
+ that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
+ docbook xml is not supported.
+ </para>
+
<para>Em versões mais antigas do GTK-Doc, se você precisasse de suporte para formatação adicional, você precisaria de habilitar o uso de tags de SGML/XML de docbook dentro de comentários de documentação colocando <option>--xml-mode</option> ou <option>--sgml-mode</option> na variável <symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> dentro de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.</para>
<para>
<para>Mais exemplos do quais tags de markdown tags tem suporte pode ser encontrado na <ulink url="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown">Referência de sintaxe de markdown de documentação</ulink>.</para>
<tip>
- <para>Como já mencionado anteriormente, GTK-Doc serve para documentar API pública. Portanto, não é possível escrever documentação para símbolos estáticos. Não obstante, é bom comentar estes símbolos também. Isso ajuda outros a entender seu código. Portanto, é recomendado comentá-los usando comentários normais (sem o segundo "*" na primeira linha). Se, posteriormente, a função precisar ser publicada, tudo que precisa ser feito é adicionar outro "*" no bloco de comentário e inserir o nome do símbolo no lugar correto do arquivo e seções.</para>
+
<para>Como já mencionado anteriormente, GTK-Doc serve para documentar API pública. Portanto, não é possível escrever documentação para símbolos estáticos. Não obstante, é bom comentar estes símbolos também. Isso ajuda outros a entender seu código. Portanto, é recomendado comentá-los usando comentários normais (sem o segundo "*" na primeira linha). Se, posteriormente, a função precisar ser publicada, tudo que precisa ser feito é adicionar outro "*" no bloco de comentário e inserir o nome do símbolo no lugar correto do arquivo e seções.</para>
</tip>
</sect1>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
<para>(CORRIJA-ME : Informação sobre estabilidade)</para>
-
+ <para>(CORRIJA-ME : Informação sobre estabilidade)</para>
+
<example><title>Tags gerais</title>
<programlisting>
/**
</example>
</sect2>
+ <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
+ rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by
+ gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list
+ of the supported tags can be found on
+ <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Annotations</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ */
+...
+/**
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
+ * (and another annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Sets bar on @foo.
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
<sect2><title>Bloco de comentário de função</title>
<para>Por favor, lembre-se de: <itemizedlist>
<para>Gtk-doc presume que todos os símbolos (macros, funções) começando com "_" são privadas. Elas são tratadas como funções estáticas.</para>
- <para>Também, dê uma olhada nas tags de anotação do GObject Introspection: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations</para>
-
<example><title>Bloco de comentário de função</title>
<programlisting>
/**
<para>Essa versão provê suporte <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> em <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. Quando esta opção está habilitada, o <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> é auto-gerado e pode ser removido a partir do VCS. Isso só funciona corretamente para projetos que têm uma estrutura muito regular (ex.: cada par .{c,h} vai criar uma nova seção). Se uma pessoa organiza um projeto próximo a isso atualizando um arquivo de seção mantido manualmente pode ser tão simples quanto executando <code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>.</para>
- <para>A versão 1.8 já introduziu a sintaxe para documentação seções nos fontes em vez dos arquivos separados sob <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>. Essa versão adiciona opções para alternar todo o módulo de documentação para não usar a etapa de compilação extra do tmpl, usando <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> no <filename>configure.ac</filename>.</para>
+ <para>
+ Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in
+ the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
+ This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
+ extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
+ checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
+ add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
+ </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="modernizing-gtk-doc-1-10">
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Um tipo está faltando da hierarquia de classe.</seg>
- <seg>Se o tipo está listado no <filename><pacote>.hierarchy</filename>, mas não em <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename>, então certifique-se de que o tipo está colocado corretamente no <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>. Se a instância do tipo (ex.: <type>GtkWidget</type>) não está listada ou incidentalmente marcada como privada, ela não será mostrada.</seg>
+ <seg>
+ If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename>
+ but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check
+ that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
+ If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed or
+ incidentally marked private it will not be shown.
+ </seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<seg>Obtenho links de seguimento de documentos para todas as anotações gobject.</seg>
<title>6. COLEÇÕES DE DOCUMENTOS</title>
<para>Você pode fazer uma coleção que consiste do <link linkend="fdl-document">Documento</link> e outros documentos publicados sob esta Licença, e substituir as cópias individuais desta Licença, nos vários documentos, por uma única cópia a ser incluída na coleção, desde que você siga as regras desta Licença para cópias literais de cada documento em todos os outros aspectos.</para>
- <para>Você pode extrair um único documento desta coleção, e distribuí-lo individualmente sob esta Licença, desde que você insira uma cópia desta Licença no documento extraído, e siga esta Licença em todos os outros aspectos com relação à cópia literal do documento.</para>
+ <para>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtk-doc help\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?"
-"product=gtk-doc&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-10 09:36+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-11 02:48-0300\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk-"
+"doc&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-18 07:42+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 15:02-0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Rafael Ferreira <rafael.f.f1@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <gnome-pt_br-list@gnome.org>\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.4\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.5\n"
#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
#: C/index.docbook:83
msgid ""
-"<revnumber>1.2
0.1</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.2
1.1</revnumber> <date>18 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>development version</revremark>"
msgstr ""
-"<revnumber>1.2
0.1</revnumber> <date>16 Fev 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"<revnumber>1.2
1.1</revnumber> <date>18 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>versão de desenvolvimento</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
#: C/index.docbook:89
msgid ""
+"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</"
+"revremark>"
+msgstr ""
+"<revnumber>1.21</revnumber> <date>17 Jul 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
+"authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros, desativadas funcionalidades "
+"obsoletas</revremark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
+#: C/index.docbook:95
+msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.20</revnumber> <date>16 Feb 2014</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements</"
"revremark>"
"no estilo</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:95
+#: C/index.docbook:101
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.19</revnumber> <date>05 Jun 2013</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes</revremark>"
"authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:101
+#: C/index.docbook:107
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.18</revnumber> <date>14 Sep 2011</date> <authorinitials>ss</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug fixes, speedups, markdown support</revremark>"
"markdown</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:107
+#: C/index.docbook:113
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.17</revnumber> <date>26 Feb 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>urgent bug fix update</revremark>"
"revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:113
+#: C/index.docbook:119
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.16</revnumber> <date>14 Jan 2011</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes, layout improvements</revremark>"
"authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros, melhorias no layout</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:119
+#: C/index.docbook:125
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.15</revnumber> <date>21 May 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bug and regression fixes</revremark>"
"authorinitials> <revremark>correção de erros e regressões</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:125
+#: C/index.docbook:131
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.14</revnumber> <date>28 March 2010</date> <authorinitials>sk</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>bugfixes and performance improvements</revremark>"
"revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:131
+#: C/index.docbook:137
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.13</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>broken tarball update</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>atualização de tarball defeituoso</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:137
+#: C/index.docbook:143
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.12</revnumber> <date>18 December 2009</date> "
"<authorinitials>sk</authorinitials> <revremark>new tool features and "
"erros</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
-#: C/index.docbook:143
+#: C/index.docbook:149
msgid ""
"<revnumber>1.11</revnumber> <date>16 November 2008</date> "
"<authorinitials>mal</authorinitials> <revremark>GNOME doc-utils migration</"
"authorinitials> <revremark>Migração do GNOME doc-utils</revremark>"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:156
+#: C/index.docbook:162
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introdução"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:158
+#: C/index.docbook:164
msgid ""
"This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how "
"it is used."
"usado."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:164
+#: C/index.docbook:170
msgid "What is GTK-Doc?"
msgstr "O que é GTK-Doc?"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:166
+#: C/index.docbook:172
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the "
"public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can "
"GNOME. Mas ele também pode ser usado para documentar código de aplicativos."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:174
+#: C/index.docbook:180
msgid "How Does GTK-Doc Work?"
msgstr "Como o GTK-Doc funciona?"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:176
+#: C/index.docbook:182
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source "
"files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the "
"arquivos de cabeçalho; ele não irá produzir saída para funções estáticas)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:183
+#: C/index.docbook:189
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different "
"step in the process."
"diferente no processo."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:188
+#: C/index.docbook:194
msgid "There are 5 main steps in the process:"
msgstr "Há 5 etapas principais no processo:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:195
+#: C/index.docbook:201
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the "
"source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In "
"que não é mais recomendado)."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:205
+#: C/index.docbook:211
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code "
"txt</filename> no <filename><módulo>-overrides.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:222
+#: C/index.docbook:228
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scangobj</application> can also be used to dynamically "
"query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves "
"fornece."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:228
+#: C/index.docbook:234
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> should not be used anymore. It was "
"needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+."
"era necessário no passado, quando GObject ainda era GtkObject dentro do gtk+."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:235
+#: C/index.docbook:241
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Generating the \"template\" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-"
"mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="
"tentar garantir que nenhuma documentação será perdida, jamais.)"
#. (itstool) path: note/para
-#: C/index.docbook:244
+#: C/index.docbook:250
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep "
"documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now "
"remova o diretório (ex.: do sistema de controle de versão)."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:256
+#: C/index.docbook:262
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF.</guilabel> "
"<application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or "
"introspecção e dos fontes. Nós recomendamos usar o Docbook XML."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:267
+#: C/index.docbook:273
msgid ""
"<application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML/XML files into HTML "
"files in the <filename class=\"directory\">html/</filename> subdirectory. "
"pacote>.pdf</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:273
+#: C/index.docbook:279
msgid ""
"Files in <filename class=\"directory\">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="
"\"directory\">xml/</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">html/</"
"manualmente."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:281
+#: C/index.docbook:287
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After "
"installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be "
"volta para links locais (onde aquelas documentações estão instaladas)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:299
+#: C/index.docbook:305
msgid "Getting GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Obtendo GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:302
+#: C/index.docbook:308
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Requisitos"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:303
+#: C/index.docbook:309
msgid "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl."
msgstr "<guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - os scripts principais são Perl."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:306
+#: C/index.docbook:312
msgid ""
"<guilabel>xsltproc</guilabel> - the xslt processor from libxslt <ulink url="
"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"
"\"http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/\" type=\"http\">xmlsoft.org/XSLT/</ulink>"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:310
+#: C/index.docbook:316
msgid ""
"<guilabel>docbook-xsl</guilabel> - the docbook xsl stylesheets <ulink url="
"\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl/\" type=\"http"
"\"http\">sourceforge.net/projects/docbook/files/docbook-xsl</ulink>"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:314
+#: C/index.docbook:320
msgid "<guilabel>Python</guilabel> - optional - for gtkdoc-depscan"
msgstr "<guilabel>Python</guilabel> - opcional - para gtkdoc-depscan"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:317
+#: C/index.docbook:323
msgid ""
"One of <guilabel>source-highlight</guilabel>, <guilabel>highlight</guilabel> "
"or <guilabel>vim</guilabel> - optional - used for syntax highlighting of "
"sintaxe de exemplos"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:325
+#: C/index.docbook:331
msgid "About GTK-Doc"
msgstr "Sobre GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:327 C/index.docbook:341
+#: C/index.docbook:333 C/index.docbook:347
msgid "(FIXME)"
msgstr "(CORRIJA-ME)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:331
+#: C/index.docbook:337
msgid ""
"(History, authors, web pages, mailing list, license, future plans, "
"comparison with other similar systems.)"
"futuros, comparação com outros sistemas similares.)"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:339
+#: C/index.docbook:345
msgid "About this Manual"
msgstr "Sobre este manual"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:345
+#: C/index.docbook:351
msgid "(who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)"
msgstr "(pra quem ele serve, onde você pode obtê-lo, licença)"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:354
+#: C/index.docbook:360
msgid "Setting up your project"
msgstr "Preparando seu projeto"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:356
+#: C/index.docbook:362
msgid ""
"The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into "
"your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. "
"trabalhar em uma configuração de compilação diferente."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:367
+#: C/index.docbook:373
msgid "Setting up a skeleton documentation"
msgstr "Preparando o esqueleto de uma documentação"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:369
+#: C/index.docbook:375
msgid ""
"Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference "
"(this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is "
"obrigatória."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:378
+#: C/index.docbook:384
msgid "Example directory structure"
msgstr "Exemplo de estrutura de diretórios"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:379
+#: C/index.docbook:385
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" meeper/\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:376
+#: C/index.docbook:382
msgid "This can then look as shown below: <_:example-1/>"
msgstr "Isto pode, então, parecer como exibido abaixo: <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:394 C/index.docbook:401
+#: C/index.docbook:400 C/index.docbook:407
msgid "Integration with autoconf"
msgstr "Integração com autoconf"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:396
+#: C/index.docbook:402
msgid ""
"Very easy! Just add one line to your <filename>configure.ac</filename> "
"script."
"filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:402
+#: C/index.docbook:408
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"GTK_DOC_CHECK([1.14],[--flavour no-tmpl])\n"
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:414
+#: C/index.docbook:420
msgid "Keep gtk-doc optional"
msgstr "Mantenha o gtk-doc como opcional"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:415
+#: C/index.docbook:421
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"])\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:409
+#: C/index.docbook:415
msgid ""
"This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay "
"for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as "
"<function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> no começo de uma linha. <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:426
+#: C/index.docbook:432
msgid ""
"The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. "
"The 2nd, optional argument is used by <application>gtkdocize</application>. "
"também adiciona várias opções de configuração:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:432
+#: C/index.docbook:438
msgid "--with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs"
msgstr "--with-html-dir=CAMINHO : caminho para as documentações instaladas"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:433
+#: C/index.docbook:439
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no]"
msgstr "--enable-gtk-doc : usa gtk-doc para compilar documentação [padrão=no]"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:434
+#: C/index.docbook:440
msgid ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-html : compila documentação em formato html [padrão=sim]"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:435
+#: C/index.docbook:441
msgid "--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no]"
msgstr ""
"--enable-gtk-doc-pdf : compila documentação em formato pdf [padrão=não]"
#. (itstool) path: important/para
-#: C/index.docbook:439
+#: C/index.docbook:445
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--"
"enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. "
"que faz sentido para usuários, mas não para desenvolvedores)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:447
+#: C/index.docbook:453
msgid ""
"Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you "
"<filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows "
"macro para <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> para o seu projeto."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:455
+#: C/index.docbook:461
msgid "Preparation for gtkdocize"
msgstr "Preparação para gtkdocize"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:456
+#: C/index.docbook:462
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:461
+#: C/index.docbook:467
msgid ""
"After all changes to <filename>configure.ac</filename> are made, update the "
"<filename>configure</filename> file. This can be done by re-running "
"executando novamente <code>autoreconf -i</code> ou <code>autogen.sh</code>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:469
+#: C/index.docbook:475
msgid "Integration with automake"
msgstr "Integração com automake"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:471
+#: C/index.docbook:477
msgid ""
"First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class="
"\"directory\">examples</filename> sub directory of the <ulink url=\"https://"
"documentação, repita isso para cada um."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:482
+#: C/index.docbook:488
msgid ""
"The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</"
"filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their "
"suporte a <option>--help</option> pra listar os parâmetros disponíveis."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:496
+#: C/index.docbook:502
msgid "Integration with autogen"
msgstr "Integração com autogen"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:498
+#: C/index.docbook:504
msgid ""
"Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup "
"the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such "
"O gtkdocize deveria ser executado antes de autoheader, automake ou autoconf."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:507
+#: C/index.docbook:513
msgid "Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh"
msgstr "Executando gtkdocize no autogen.sh"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:508
+#: C/index.docbook:514
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"gtkdocize || exit 1\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:514
+#: C/index.docbook:520
msgid ""
"When running <application>gtkdocize</application> it copies <filename>gtk-"
"doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the "
"<application>gtkdocize</application>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:523
+#: C/index.docbook:529
msgid ""
"Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered "
"the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having "
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:540 C/index.docbook:557
+#: C/index.docbook:546 C/index.docbook:563
msgid "Running the doc build"
msgstr "Executando a compilação da documentação"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:542
+#: C/index.docbook:548
msgid ""
"After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun "
"<filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then "
"<filename>configure</filename> com esta opção em seguida."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:549
+#: C/index.docbook:555
msgid ""
"The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-"
"directories. The important ones are: <filename><package>.types</"
"<filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:558
+#: C/index.docbook:564
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"make\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:564
+#: C/index.docbook:570
msgid ""
"Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<package>/"
"index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, "
"páginas com vida."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:572
+#: C/index.docbook:578
msgid "Integration with version control systems"
msgstr "Integração com sistemas de controle de versão"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:574
+#: C/index.docbook:580
msgid ""
"As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under "
"version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><"
"filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:585
+#: C/index.docbook:591
msgid "Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems"
msgstr "Integração com makefiles simples ou outros sistemas de compilação"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:587
+#: C/index.docbook:593
msgid ""
"In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore <filename>gtk-"
"doc.mak</filename> one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order "
"correta nos makefiles devidos (ou outras ferramentas de compilação)."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:594
+#: C/index.docbook:600
msgid "Documentation build steps"
msgstr "Etapas de compilação da documentação"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:595
+#: C/index.docbook:601
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:609
+#: C/index.docbook:615
msgid ""
"One will need to look at the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> and "
"<filename>gtk-doc.mak</filename> to pick the extra options needed."
"doc.mak</filename> para obter as opções extras necessárias."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:618
+#: C/index.docbook:624
msgid "Documenting the code"
msgstr "Documentando o código"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:620
+#: C/index.docbook:626
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code "
"documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure "
"descobrir todas as informações sobre a sintaxe dos comentários."
#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/index.docbook:628
+#: C/index.docbook:634
msgid "Documentation placement"
msgstr "Localização da documentação"
#. (itstool) path: note/para
-#: C/index.docbook:629
+#: C/index.docbook:635
msgid ""
"In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside "
"the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the "
"versão."
#. (itstool) path: note/para
-#: C/index.docbook:635
+#: C/index.docbook:641
msgid ""
"The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation "
"inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting "
"descrever esta forma de documentar código."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:646 C/index.docbook:663
+#: C/index.docbook:652 C/index.docbook:669
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário do GTK-Doc"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:647
+#: C/index.docbook:653
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#endif\n"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:642
+#: C/index.docbook:648
msgid ""
"The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of "
"receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can "
"pode-se informar ao GTK-Doc para ignorá-los. <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:658
+#: C/index.docbook:664
msgid "Documentation comments"
msgstr "Comentários de documentação"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:664
+#: C/index.docbook:670
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:660
+#: C/index.docbook:666
msgid ""
"A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation "
"block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <_:example-1/>"
# Ocultei o TODO da tradução. Para que server? :/
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:673
+#: C/index.docbook:679
msgid ""
"The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is "
"related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add "
"relacionado. A sintaxe difere um pouco dependendo do item."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:679
+#: C/index.docbook:685
msgid ""
"The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol "
"types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter "
"espaço e espaço). Isso é útil em textos pré-formatados (listagens de código)."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:696
+#: C/index.docbook:702
msgid ""
"What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for "
"people coming from a different background."
"entendimento equivocado pessoas com experiências diferentes."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:702
+#: C/index.docbook:708
msgid ""
"What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API."
msgstr ""
"O que isso faz: Fale sobre usos comuns. Coloque em relação com a outra API."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:692
+#: C/index.docbook:698
msgid "When documenting code, describe two aspects: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Ao documentar um código, descreva dois aspectos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:717
+#: C/index.docbook:723
msgid "Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments."
msgstr "Use function() para referir às funções ou macros que levam argumentos."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:722
+#: C/index.docbook:728
msgid ""
"Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to "
"parameters of other functions, related to the one being described."
"parâmetros de outras funções, relacionadas àquele sendo descrito."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:728
+#: C/index.docbook:734
msgid "Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
msgstr "Use %constant para se referir a uma constante, ex.: %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:733
+#: C/index.docbook:739
msgid ""
"Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and "
"macros which don't take arguments."
"e macros que não levam argumentos."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:739
+#: C/index.docbook:745
msgid "Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal."
msgstr "Use #Object::signal para se referir a um sinal de GObject."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:744
+#: C/index.docbook:750
msgid "Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property."
msgstr "Use #Object:property para se referir a uma propriedade de GObject."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:749
+#: C/index.docbook:755
msgid ""
"Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass."
"foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod."
"#GObjectClass.foo_bar() para se referir a um vmethod."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:711
+#: C/index.docbook:717
msgid ""
"One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in "
"the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. "
"itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:758
+#: C/index.docbook:764
msgid ""
"If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or "
"'#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML "
"respectivamente, ou escapá-los com uma contrabarra \"\\\"."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:767
+#: C/index.docbook:773
msgid ""
"DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, "
"headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a "
"linhas começando com um traço."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:778
+#: C/index.docbook:784
msgid ""
"In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, "
"you would need to enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-"
"<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> dentro de <filename>Makefile.am</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:788
+#: C/index.docbook:794
msgid "GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário do GTK-Doc usando Markdown"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:789
+#: C/index.docbook:795
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:828
+#: C/index.docbook:834
msgid ""
"More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the <ulink "
"url=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GTK%2B/DocumentationSyntax/Markdown"
"Markdown\">Referência de sintaxe de markdown de documentação</ulink>."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:834
+#: C/index.docbook:840
msgid ""
"As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one "
"cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to "
"arquivo e seções."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:848
+#: C/index.docbook:854
msgid "Documenting sections"
msgstr "Documentando seções"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:850
+#: C/index.docbook:856
msgid ""
"Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or "
"module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short "
"os @fields são opcionais."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:858
+#: C/index.docbook:864
msgid "Section comment block"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário de sessão"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:859
+#: C/index.docbook:865
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:878
+#: C/index.docbook:884
msgid "SECTION:<name>"
msgstr "SECTION:<nome>"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:880
+#: C/index.docbook:886
msgid ""
"The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the "
"<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> file. The name give here "
"txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:889
+#: C/index.docbook:895
msgid "@short_description"
msgstr "@short_description"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:891
+#: C/index.docbook:897
msgid ""
"A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the "
"links in the TOC and at the top of the section page."
"no TOC (sumário) no topo da página da sessão."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:898
+#: C/index.docbook:904
msgid "@title"
msgstr "@title"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:900
+#: C/index.docbook:906
msgid ""
"The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It "
"can be overridden with the @title field."
"pode ser sobrescrito com o campo @title."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:907
+#: C/index.docbook:913
msgid "@section_id"
msgstr "@section_id"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:909
+#: C/index.docbook:915
msgid ""
"Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <"
"title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <"
"MÓDULO>-<title>."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:917
+#: C/index.docbook:923
msgid "@see_also"
msgstr "@see_also"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:919
+#: C/index.docbook:925
msgid "A list of symbols that are related to this section."
msgstr "Uma lista de símbolos que estão relacionados a esta sessão."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:925
+#: C/index.docbook:931
msgid "@stability"
msgstr "@stability"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:932
+#: C/index.docbook:938
msgid ""
"Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third "
"parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have "
"alterações incompatíveis sejam raras e que tenham fortes justificativas."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:944
+#: C/index.docbook:950
msgid ""
"Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are "
"typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly "
"fontes de uma versão menor para a próxima."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:956
+#: C/index.docbook:962
msgid ""
"Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but "
"that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in "
"usadas nas formas especificadas e documentadas."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:965
+#: C/index.docbook:971
msgid ""
"Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require "
"end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be "
"sendo \"Interna\"."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:927
+#: C/index.docbook:933
msgid ""
"An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend "
"the use of one of these terms: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
"recomendamos o uso de um desses termos: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:977
+#: C/index.docbook:983
msgid "@include"
msgstr "@include"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:979
+#: C/index.docbook:985
msgid ""
"The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a "
"comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="
"Este item é opcional."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:988
+#: C/index.docbook:994
msgid "@image"
msgstr "@image"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:990
+#: C/index.docbook:996
msgid ""
"The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This "
"will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of "
"opcional."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1001
+#: C/index.docbook:1007
msgid ""
"To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs "
"into the c-source where possible."
"inseridas nas documentações de seção no fonte em C onde possível."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1010
+#: C/index.docbook:1016
msgid "Documenting symbols"
msgstr "Documentando símbolos"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1012
+#: C/index.docbook:1018
msgid ""
"Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is "
"documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the "
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1020 C/index.docbook:1049
+#: C/index.docbook:1026 C/index.docbook:1055
msgid "General tags"
msgstr "Tags gerais"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1022
+#: C/index.docbook:1028
msgid ""
"You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell "
"when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated."
"tornou obsoleta."
#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1027
+#: C/index.docbook:1033
msgid "Versioning Tags"
msgstr "Tags de versionamento"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1028
+#: C/index.docbook:1034
msgid "Since:"
msgstr "Since:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1030
+#: C/index.docbook:1036
msgid "Description since which version of the code the API is available."
msgstr "Descrição de desde qual versão do código a API está disponível."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1035
+#: C/index.docbook:1041
msgid "Deprecated:"
msgstr "Deprecated:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1037
+#: C/index.docbook:1043
msgid ""
"Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The "
"description should point the reader to the new API."
"deveria apontar o leitor para a nova API."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1045
+#: C/index.docbook:1051
msgid "(FIXME : Stability information)"
msgstr "(CORRIJA-ME : Informação sobre estabilidade)"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1050
+#: C/index.docbook:1056
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1070 C/index.docbook:1106
+#: C/index.docbook:1076 C/index.docbook:1112
msgid "Function comment block"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário de função"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1076
+#: C/index.docbook:1082
msgid ""
"Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/"
"unrefed/released."
"não referenciados/liberada."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1082
+#: C/index.docbook:1088
msgid "Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are."
msgstr ""
"Documente se parâmetros pode ser NULL e o que acontece se eles o forem."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1087
+#: C/index.docbook:1093
msgid ""
"Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate."
msgstr ""
"Mencione pré-condições e pós-condições interessantes onde for apropriado."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1072 C/index.docbook:1165
+#: C/index.docbook:1078 C/index.docbook:1171
msgid "Please remember to: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr "Por favor, lembre-se de: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1094
+#: C/index.docbook:1100
msgid ""
"Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are "
"private. They are treated like static functions."
"são privadas. Elas são tratadas como funções estáticas."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1099
+#: C/index.docbook:1105
msgid ""
"Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live."
"gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
"live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1107
+#: C/index.docbook:1113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" */\n"
#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1128
+#: C/index.docbook:1134
msgid "Function tags"
msgstr "Tags de função"
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1129
+#: C/index.docbook:1135
msgid "Returns:"
msgstr "Returns:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1131
+#: C/index.docbook:1137
msgid "Paragraph describing the returned result."
msgstr "Parágrafo descrevendo o resultado retornado."
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
-#: C/index.docbook:1136
+#: C/index.docbook:1142
msgid "@...:"
msgstr "@...:"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1138
+#: C/index.docbook:1144
msgid ""
"In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag "
"(@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons)."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1148 C/index.docbook:1150
+#: C/index.docbook:1154 C/index.docbook:1156
msgid "Property comment block"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário de propriedade"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1151
+#: C/index.docbook:1157
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1163 C/index.docbook:1182
+#: C/index.docbook:1169 C/index.docbook:1188
msgid "Signal comment block"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário de sinal"
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1169
+#: C/index.docbook:1175
msgid ""
"Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or "
"after other signals."
"sinais."
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1175
+#: C/index.docbook:1181
msgid "Document what an application might do in the signal handler."
msgstr "Documente o que um aplicativo pode fazer no manipulador do sinal."
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1183
+#: C/index.docbook:1189
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1200 C/index.docbook:1201
+#: C/index.docbook:1206 C/index.docbook:1207
msgid "Struct comment block"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário de struct"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1202
+#: C/index.docbook:1208
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"} FooWidget;\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1219
+#: C/index.docbook:1225
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private struct fields you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
"comportamento inverso."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1225
+#: C/index.docbook:1231
msgid ""
"Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It "
"is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has "
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1237 C/index.docbook:1238
+#: C/index.docbook:1243 C/index.docbook:1244
msgid "Enum comment block"
msgstr "Bloco de comentário de enum"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1239
+#: C/index.docbook:1245
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"} Alguma coisa;\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1256
+#: C/index.docbook:1262
msgid ""
"Use <code>/*< private >*/</code> before the private enum values you "
"want to hide. Use <code>/*< public >*/</code> for the reverse "
"comportamento inverso."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1266
+#: C/index.docbook:1272
msgid "Useful DocBook tags"
msgstr "Tags úteis do DocBook"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1268
+#: C/index.docbook:1274
msgid ""
"Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code."
msgstr ""
"documentado o código."
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1277
+#: C/index.docbook:1283
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<link linkend=\"glib-Hash-Tables\">Tabela de hashes</link>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1273
+#: C/index.docbook:1279
msgid ""
"To link to another section in the GTK docs: <_:informalexample-1/> The "
"linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. "
"convertidos em '-' para estar em conformidade com SGML/XML."
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1290
+#: C/index.docbook:1296
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<function>...</function>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1287
+#: C/index.docbook:1293
msgid ""
"To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"do C: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1299
+#: C/index.docbook:1305
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"</example>\n"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1310
+#: C/index.docbook:1316
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"</informalexample>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1296
+#: C/index.docbook:1302
msgid ""
"To include example code: <_:informalexample-1/> or possibly this, for very "
"short code fragments which don't need a title: <_:informalexample-2/> For "
"abreviação: |[ ... ]|"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1329
+#: C/index.docbook:1335
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"</itemizedlist>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1326
+#: C/index.docbook:1332
msgid "To include bulleted lists: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para incluir listas com marcadores: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1349
+#: C/index.docbook:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"</note>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1346
+#: C/index.docbook:1352
msgid ""
"To include a note which stands out from the text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para incluir uma nota que fique fora do texto: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1362
+#: C/index.docbook:1368
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<type>unsigned char</type>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1359
+#: C/index.docbook:1365
msgid "To refer to a type: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para se referir a um tipo: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1371
+#: C/index.docbook:1377
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<structname>XFontStruct</structname>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1368
+#: C/index.docbook:1374
msgid ""
"To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): <_:"
"informalexample-1/>"
"GTK): <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1380
+#: C/index.docbook:1386
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<structfield>len</structfield>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1377
+#: C/index.docbook:1383
msgid "To refer to a field of a structure: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para se referir a um campo de uma estrutura: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1389
+#: C/index.docbook:1395
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<classname>GtkWidget</classname>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1386
+#: C/index.docbook:1392
msgid ""
"To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <_:informalexample-1/> but "
"you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link "
"veja <link linkend=\"documenting_syntax\">as abreviações</link>)."
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1400
+#: C/index.docbook:1406
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<emphasis>Isso é importante</emphasis>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1397
+#: C/index.docbook:1403
msgid "To emphasize text: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para enfatizar um texto: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1409
+#: C/index.docbook:1415
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<filename>/home/usuario/documentos</filename>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1406
+#: C/index.docbook:1412
msgid "For filenames use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para nome de arquivos use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1418
+#: C/index.docbook:1424
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1415
+#: C/index.docbook:1421
msgid "To refer to keys use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
msgstr "Para se referir a chaves use: <_:informalexample-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1428
+#: C/index.docbook:1434
msgid "Filling the extra files"
msgstr "Preenchendo os arquivos extras"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1430
+#: C/index.docbook:1436
msgid ""
"There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the "
"inline source code comments: <filename><package>.types</filename>, "
"<filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1439
+#: C/index.docbook:1445
msgid "Editing the types file"
msgstr "Editando o arquivo de tipos"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1441
+#: C/index.docbook:1447
msgid ""
"If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, "
"arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the "
"<filename><pacote>.types</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1450
+#: C/index.docbook:1456
msgid "Example types file snippet"
msgstr "Trecho de exemplo de arquivo de tipos"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1451
+#: C/index.docbook:1457
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"gtk_arrow_get_type\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1462
+#: C/index.docbook:1468
msgid ""
"Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this "
"list for you. Just add \"--rebuild-types\" to SCAN_OPTIONS in "
"deveria distribuir o arquivo de tipos nem tê-lo sob um controle de versão."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1471
+#: C/index.docbook:1477
msgid "Editing the master document"
msgstr "Editando o documento mestre"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1473
+#: C/index.docbook:1479
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the "
"inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page "
"mestre os inclui e os coloca em uma ordem."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1480
+#: C/index.docbook:1486
msgid ""
"While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not "
"touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. "
"em tempo para ver se há itens a serem introduzidos lá."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1490
+#: C/index.docbook:1496
msgid ""
"Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The "
"benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API "
"atualizações junto com a biblioteca."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1499
+#: C/index.docbook:1505
msgid ""
"So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is "
"only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there "
"colchetes) que você deve cuidar."
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1506
+#: C/index.docbook:1512
msgid "Master document header"
msgstr "Cabeçalho do documento mestre"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1507
+#: C/index.docbook:1513
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" <title>[Insira o título aqui]</title>\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1526
+#: C/index.docbook:1532
msgid "Editing the section file"
msgstr "Editando o arquivo de seção"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1528
+#: C/index.docbook:1534
msgid ""
"The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. "
"Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control "
"e controla a visibilidade (pública ou privada)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1534
+#: C/index.docbook:1540
msgid ""
"The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). "
"Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment "
"\" são tratadas como linhas de comentários."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1540
+#: C/index.docbook:1546
msgid ""
"The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, "
"without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</"
"os caracteres para minúsculos)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1552
+#: C/index.docbook:1558
msgid ""
"The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the "
"section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially "
"obsoleto."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1559
+#: C/index.docbook:1565
msgid ""
"You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. "
"Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis "
"padrão ou pública depende se há entradas públicas (variáveis, vmethods)."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1578
+#: C/index.docbook:1584
msgid ""
"You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the "
"#include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-"
"aplicar àquela seção."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1592
+#: C/index.docbook:1598
msgid "Controlling the result"
msgstr "Controlando o resultado"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1594
+#: C/index.docbook:1600
msgid ""
"A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The "
"generated files are named: <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</"
"processados."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1603
+#: C/index.docbook:1609
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with "
"the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank "
"exemplo, um novo parâmetro foi adicionado."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1612
+#: C/index.docbook:1618
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols "
"given in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> but not found "
"escritos incorretamente."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1619
+#: C/index.docbook:1625
msgid ""
"The <filename><package>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, "
"where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where "
"ainda ao arquivo <filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: tip/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1627
+#: C/index.docbook:1633
msgid ""
"Enable or add the <option>TESTS=$(GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile."
"am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during "
"verificações de sanidade durante a execução de <command>make check</command>."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1634
+#: C/index.docbook:1640
msgid ""
"One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: "
"<filename><package>-decl-list.txt</filename> and <filename><"
"este arquivo o contém."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1643
+#: C/index.docbook:1649
msgid ""
"If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced "
"by the object scanner: <filename><package>.args.txt</filename>, "
"executando <command>GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make</command>."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1658
+#: C/index.docbook:1664
msgid "Modernizing the documentation"
msgstr "Modernizando a documentação"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1660
+#: C/index.docbook:1666
msgid ""
"GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new "
"features together with the version since when it is available."
"funcionalidades juntamente da versão desde a qual está disponível."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1666
+#: C/index.docbook:1672
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.9"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.9"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1668
+#: C/index.docbook:1674
msgid ""
"When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document "
"<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename>."
"<filename><pacote>-docs.xml</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1673
+#: C/index.docbook:1679
msgid ""
"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-sections</option> in "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
"<code>meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt</code>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1684
+#: C/index.docbook:1690
msgid ""
"Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the "
"sources instead of the separate files under <filename class=\"directory"
"<option>--flavour no-tmpl</option> no <filename>configure.ac</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1694
+#: C/index.docbook:1700
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.10"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.10"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1696
+#: C/index.docbook:1702
msgid ""
"This version supports <option>SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types</option> in "
"<filename>Makefile.am</filename>. When this is enabled, the <filename><"
"código que é compilado condicionalmente."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1707
+#: C/index.docbook:1713
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.16"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.16"
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1713
+#: C/index.docbook:1719
msgid "Enable gtkdoc-check"
msgstr "Habilitar gtkdoc-check"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1714
+#: C/index.docbook:1720
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"endif\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1709
+#: C/index.docbook:1715
msgid ""
"This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a "
"set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these "
"filename>. <_:example-1/>"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1727
+#: C/index.docbook:1733
msgid "GTK-Doc 1.20"
msgstr "GTK-Doc 1.20"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1729
+#: C/index.docbook:1735
msgid ""
"Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc "
"comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a "
"comentário</link> tem todos os detalhes."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1740
+#: C/index.docbook:1746
msgid "Documenting other interfaces"
msgstr "Documentando outras interfaces"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1742
+#: C/index.docbook:1748
msgid ""
"So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next "
"sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other "
"para documentar outras interfaces, também."
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1749
+#: C/index.docbook:1755
msgid "Command line options and man pages"
msgstr "Opções de linha de comando e de páginas man"
# RefEntry é uma página de referência do DocBook (http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html)
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1751
+#: C/index.docbook:1757
msgid ""
"As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like "
"a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of "
"parte da referência e é possível obter a página man de graça."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1758
+#: C/index.docbook:1764
msgid "Document the tool"
msgstr "Documentar a ferramenta"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1760
+#: C/index.docbook:1766
msgid ""
"Create one refentry file per tool. Following <link linkend="
"\"settingup_docfiles\">our example</link> we would call it <filename>meep/"
"assim como exemplos, por exemplo, em glib."
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1770
+#: C/index.docbook:1776
msgid "Adding the extra configure check"
msgstr "Adicionando a verificação extra ao configure"
#. (itstool) path: example/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1773 C/index.docbook:1791
+#: C/index.docbook:1779 C/index.docbook:1797
msgid "Extra configure checks"
msgstr "Verificações extra no configure"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1774
+#: C/index.docbook:1780
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1788
+#: C/index.docbook:1794
msgid "Adding the extra makefile rules"
msgstr "Adicionando as regras extras ao makefile"
#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
-#: C/index.docbook:1792
+#: C/index.docbook:1798
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"EXTRA_DIST += meep.xml\n"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1814
+#: C/index.docbook:1820
msgid "DBus interfaces"
msgstr "Interfaces DBus"
#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1816
+#: C/index.docbook:1822
msgid ""
"(FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://"
"cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
"http://cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus)"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1825
+#: C/index.docbook:1831
msgid "Frequently asked questions"
msgstr "Perguntas frequentes"
#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
-#: C/index.docbook:1829
+#: C/index.docbook:1835
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Questão"
#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
-#: C/index.docbook:1830
+#: C/index.docbook:1836
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Resposta"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1832
+#: C/index.docbook:1838
msgid "No class hierarchy."
msgstr "Sem hierarquia de classe."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1833
+#: C/index.docbook:1839
msgid ""
"The objects <function>xxx_get_type()</function> function has not been "
"entered into the <filename><package>.types</filename> file."
"arquivo <filename><pacote>.types</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1839
+#: C/index.docbook:1845
msgid "Still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Ainda sem hierarquia."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1840
+#: C/index.docbook:1846
msgid ""
"Missing or wrong naming in <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename> "
"file (see <ulink url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gtk-doc-list/2003-"
"gtk-doc-list/2003-October/msg00006.html\">explicação</ulink>)."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1846
+#: C/index.docbook:1852
msgid "Damn, I have still no class hierarchy."
msgstr "Droga. Eu ainda não tenho hierarquia de classes."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1847
+#: C/index.docbook:1853
msgid ""
"Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. <type>GtkWidget</"
"type>) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private "
"subsções Standard ou Private)?"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1854
+#: C/index.docbook:1860
msgid "No symbol index."
msgstr "Nenhum símbolo de índice."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1855
+#: C/index.docbook:1861
msgid ""
"Does the <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename> contain a "
"index that xi:includes the generated index?"
"\"xi:inclui\" o índice gerado?"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1861
+#: C/index.docbook:1867
msgid "Symbols are not linked to their doc-section."
msgstr "Símbolos não estão vinculados ao seus doc-section."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1862
+#: C/index.docbook:1868
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the "
"gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs."
"Verifique se o gtkdoc-fixxref avisa sobre xrefs não resolvidos."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1868
+#: C/index.docbook:1874
msgid "A new class does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Uma nova classe não aparece nos documentos."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1869
+#: C/index.docbook:1875
msgid ""
"Is the new page xi:included from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</"
"filename>."
"</filename>?"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1875
+#: C/index.docbook:1881
msgid "A new symbol does not appear in the docs."
msgstr "Um novo símbolo não aparece nos documentos."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1876
+#: C/index.docbook:1882
msgid ""
"Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the "
"begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable "
"<filename><pacote>-sections.txt</filename> em uma subseção pública."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1884
+#: C/index.docbook:1890
msgid "A type is missing from the class hierarchy."
msgstr "Um tipo está faltando da hierarquia de classe."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1885
+#: C/index.docbook:1891
msgid ""
"If the type is listed in <filename><package>.hierarchy</filename> but "
"not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check that the "
"listada ou incidentalmente marcada como privada, ela não será mostrada."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1894
+#: C/index.docbook:1900
msgid "I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations."
msgstr ""
"Obtenho links de seguimento de documentos para todas as anotações gobject."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1895
+#: C/index.docbook:1901
msgid ""
"Check that <filename>xml/annotation-glossary.xml</filename> is xi:included "
"from <filename><package>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
"incluído\" de <filename><pacote>-docs.{xml,sgml}</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1903
+#: C/index.docbook:1909
msgid "Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist"
msgstr "Parâmetro descrito no bloco de comentário do código fonte não existe"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1904
+#: C/index.docbook:1910
msgid ""
"Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the "
"source."
"fonte."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1909
+#: C/index.docbook:1915
msgid "multiple \"IDs\" for constraint linkend: XYZ"
msgstr "Múltiplos \"IDs\" para restrições do fim do link XYZ"
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1910
+#: C/index.docbook:1916
msgid ""
"Symbol XYZ appears twice in <filename><package>-sections.txt</"
"filename> file."
"sections.txt</filename>."
#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
-#: C/index.docbook:1913
+#: C/index.docbook:1919
msgid ""
"Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template "
"matches."
"correspondeu."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
-#: C/index.docbook:1920
+#: C/index.docbook:1926
msgid "Tools related to gtk-doc"
msgstr "Ferramentas relacionadas ao gtk-doc"
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1922
+#: C/index.docbook:1928
msgid ""
"GtkDocPlugin - a <ulink url=\"http://trac-hacks.org/wiki/GtkDocPlugin\">Trac "
"GTK-Doc</ulink> integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and "
"a um site trac e integra com a pesquisa do trac."
#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
-#: C/index.docbook:1927
+#: C/index.docbook:1933
msgid ""
"Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since "
"tags in the API to determine the minimum required version."
<para>
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
copying of that document.
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.20.1</revnumber>
- <date>16 Feb 2014</date>
+ <revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber>
+ <date>18 Jul 2014</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.21</revnumber>
+ <date>17 Jul 2014</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.20</revnumber>
<date>16 Feb 2014</date>
<title>Integration with version control systems</title>
<para>
- As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under
+ As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under
version control. For typical projects it's these files:
<filename><package>.types</filename>,
<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>,
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>
+ directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of
+ the <filename>.stamp</filename> files.
</para>
</sect1>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
DOC_MODULE=meep
// sources have changed
-gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
// xml files have changed
mkdir html
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
<para>
The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of
receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can
- hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
+ hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
<example><title>GTK-Doc comment block</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
</example>
</para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
+ <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
+ <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
<!-- -->
<sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
appear as lines starting with a dash.
</para>
+ <para>
+ While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
+ that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
+ docbook xml is not supported.
+ </para>
+
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
- putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
- <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
</para>
<tip>
- <para>
- As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
- one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good
- to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code.
- Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the
- 2nd '*' in the first line).
- If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to
- add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the
- right place inside the sections file.
- </para>
+ As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
+ one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good
+ to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code.
+ Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the
+ 2nd '*' in the first line).
+ If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to
+ add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the
+ right place inside the sections file.
+ </para>
</tip>
</sect1>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
- (FIXME : Stability information)
- </para>
-
+ <para>
+ (FIXME : Stability information)
+ </para>
+
<example><title>General tags</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
</example>
</sect2>
+ <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
+ rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by
+ gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list
+ of the supported tags can be found on
+ <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Annotations</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ */
+...
+/**
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
+ * (and another annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Sets bar on @foo.
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
<sect2><title>Function comment block</title>
<para>
private. They are treated like static functions.
</para>
- <para>
- <!-- FIXME: we should ideally link/describe the gobject introspection
- annotation tag -->
- Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags:
- http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations
- </para>
-
<example><title>Function comment block</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
- in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
+ checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
+ add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
</para>
</sect1>
but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check
that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed or
- incidentialy makred private it will not be shown.
+ incidentally marked private it will not be shown.
</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<para>
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
copying of that document.
documents in all other respects.
</para>
- <para>Du äger lyfta ut ett dokument från en sådan samling, och sprida det enskilt under GNU Free Documentation License, förutsatt att du lägger till en kopia av denna licens [den engelska originalversionen] i det utlyfta dokumentet, och följer villkoren för ordagrann kopiering i denna licens för det utlyfta dokumentet i alla andra avseenden.</para>
+ <para>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.20.1</revnumber>
- <date>16 Feb 2014</date>
+ <revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber>
+ <date>18 Jul 2014</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.21</revnumber>
+ <date>17 Jul 2014</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.20</revnumber>
<date>16 Feb 2014</date>
<title>Integration with version control systems</title>
<para>
- As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under
+ As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under
version control. For typical projects it's these files:
<filename><package>.types</filename>,
<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>,
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>
+ directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of
+ the <filename>.stamp</filename> files.
</para>
</sect1>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
DOC_MODULE=meep
// sources have changed
-gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
// xml files have changed
mkdir html
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
<para>
The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of
receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can
- hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
+ hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
<example><title>GTK-Doc comment block</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
</example>
</para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
+ <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
+ <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
<!-- -->
<sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
appear as lines starting with a dash.
</para>
+ <para>
+ While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
+ that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
+ docbook xml is not supported.
+ </para>
+
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
- putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
- <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
</para>
<tip>
- <para>
- As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
- one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good
- to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code.
- Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the
- 2nd '*' in the first line).
- If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to
- add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the
- right place inside the sections file.
- </para>
+ As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus
+ one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good
+ to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code.
+ Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the
+ 2nd '*' in the first line).
+ If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to
+ add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the
+ right place inside the sections file.
+ </para>
</tip>
</sect1>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
- (FIXME : Stability information)
- </para>
-
+ <para>
+ (FIXME : Stability information)
+ </para>
+
<example><title>General tags</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
</example>
</sect2>
+ <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
+ rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by
+ gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list
+ of the supported tags can be found on
+ <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Annotations</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ */
+...
+/**
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
+ * (and another annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Sets bar on @foo.
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
<sect2><title>Function comment block</title>
<para>
private. They are treated like static functions.
</para>
- <para>
- <!-- FIXME: we should ideally link/describe the gobject introspection
- annotation tag -->
- Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags:
- http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations
- </para>
-
<example><title>Function comment block</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
- in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
+ checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
+ add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
</para>
</sect1>
but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check
that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed or
- incidentialy makred private it will not be shown.
+ incidentally marked private it will not be shown.
</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<title>6. SAMLINGAR AV DOKUMENT</title>
<para>Du äger skapa en samling bestående av <link linkend="fdl-document">dokumentet</link> och andra dokument som är släppta under GNU Free Documentation License, och ersätta individuella kopior i dokumenten av denna licens med en enda kopia [av den engelska originalversionen] som inkluderas i samlingen, förutsatt att du följer villkoren för ordagrann kopiering i denna licens för varje inkluderat dokument i alla andra avseenden.</para>
- <para>Du äger lyfta ut ett dokument från en sådan samling, och sprida det enskilt under GNU Free Documentation License, förutsatt att du lägger till en kopia av denna licens [den engelska originalversionen] i det utlyfta dokumentet, och följer villkoren för ordagrann kopiering i denna licens för det utlyfta dokumentet i alla andra avseenden.</para>
+ <para>
+ You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
+ insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
+ follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
+ copying of that document.
+ </para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="fdl-section7">
<para>
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
copying of that document.
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.20.1</revnumber>
- <date>16 Feb 2014</date>
+ <revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber>
+ <date>18 Jul 2014</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.21</revnumber>
+ <date>17 Jul 2014</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.20</revnumber>
<date>16 Feb 2014</date>
<title>வெர்ஷன் கன்ட்ரோல் அமைப்புகளுடன் ஒருங்கிணைத்தல்</title>
<para>
- As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under
+ As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under
version control. For typical projects it's these files:
<filename><package>.types</filename>,
<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>,
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>
+ directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of
+ the <filename>.stamp</filename> files.
</para>
</sect1>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
DOC_MODULE=meep
// sources have changed
-gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
// xml files have changed
mkdir html
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
<para>
The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of
receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can
- hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
+ hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
<example><title>GTK-Doc comment block</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
</example>
</para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
+ <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
+ <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
<!-- -->
<sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
appear as lines starting with a dash.
</para>
+ <para>
+ While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
+ that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
+ docbook xml is not supported.
+ </para>
+
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
- putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
- <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
</para>
<tip>
- <para>ஜிடிகே டாக் </para>
+
<para>ஜிடிகே டாக் </para>
</tip>
</sect1>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
<para>FIXME : Stability information)</para>
-
+ <para>FIXME : Stability information)</para>
+
<example><title>பொது டேக் ஒட்டுகள்</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
</example>
</sect2>
+ <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
+ rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by
+ gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list
+ of the supported tags can be found on
+ <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Annotations</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ */
+...
+/**
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
+ * (and another annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Sets bar on @foo.
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
<sect2><title>பங்ஷன் விமரிசன தொகுதி</title>
<para>
private. They are treated like static functions.
</para>
- <para>
- <!-- FIXME: we should ideally link/describe the gobject introspection
- annotation tag -->
- Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags:
- http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations
- </para>
-
<example><title>பங்ஷன் விமரிசன தொகுதி</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
- in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
+ checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
+ add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
</para>
</sect1>
but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check
that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed or
- incidentialy makred private it will not be shown.
+ incidentally marked private it will not be shown.
</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<para>
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
copying of that document.
<para>
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
copying of that document.
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.20.1</revnumber>
- <date>16 Feb 2014</date>
+ <revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber>
+ <date>18 Jul 2014</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.21</revnumber>
+ <date>17 Jul 2014</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.20</revnumber>
<date>16 Feb 2014</date>
<title>వర్షన్ కంట్రోల్ సిస్టమ్తో విలీనం</title>
<para>
- As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under
+ As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under
version control. For typical projects it's these files:
<filename><package>.types</filename>,
<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>,
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>
+ directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of
+ the <filename>.stamp</filename> files.
</para>
</sect1>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
DOC_MODULE=meep
// sources have changed
-gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
// xml files have changed
mkdir html
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
<para>
The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of
receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can
- hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
+ hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
<example><title>GTK-Doc comment block</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
</example>
</para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
+ <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
+ <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
<!-- -->
<sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
appear as lines starting with a dash.
</para>
+ <para>
+ While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
+ that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
+ docbook xml is not supported.
+ </para>
+
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
- putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
- <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
</para>
<tip>
- <para>ముందుగా చెప్పినట్లుగా GTK-Doc అనునది పబ్లిక్ API పత్రికీకరణ కొరకు. స్థిర చిహ్నములకు వొక్కరే పత్రికీకరణ వ్రాయలేరు. ఆ చిహ్నములను కూడా వ్యాఖ్యానించుట మంచిది. ఇది యితరులు కూడా మీ కోడ్ను అర్ధము చేసుకొనుటకు సహాయపడును. అందుకని వీటిని సాదారణ వ్యాఖ్యలు (మొదటి వరుసనందు 2వ '*' లేకుండా) వుపయోగించి వ్యాఖ్యానించమని సూచించడమైంది. తరువాత ఆ ఫంక్షన్ పబ్లిక్గా మార్చవలసివుంటే, చేయవలసినదల్లా వేరొక '*'ను వ్యాఖ్య బ్లాక్ నందు చేర్చి మరియు చిహ్నపు నామాన్నివిభగాముల ఫైలునందు సరైన స్థానములో వుంచడమే.</para>
+
<para>ముందుగా చెప్పినట్లుగా GTK-Doc అనునది పబ్లిక్ API పత్రికీకరణ కొరకు. స్థిర చిహ్నములకు వొక్కరే పత్రికీకరణ వ్రాయలేరు. ఆ చిహ్నములను కూడా వ్యాఖ్యానించుట మంచిది. ఇది యితరులు కూడా మీ కోడ్ను అర్ధము చేసుకొనుటకు సహాయపడును. అందుకని వీటిని సాదారణ వ్యాఖ్యలు (మొదటి వరుసనందు 2వ '*' లేకుండా) వుపయోగించి వ్యాఖ్యానించమని సూచించడమైంది. తరువాత ఆ ఫంక్షన్ పబ్లిక్గా మార్చవలసివుంటే, చేయవలసినదల్లా వేరొక '*'ను వ్యాఖ్య బ్లాక్ నందు చేర్చి మరియు చిహ్నపు నామాన్నివిభగాముల ఫైలునందు సరైన స్థానములో వుంచడమే.</para>
</tip>
</sect1>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
<para>(FIXME : స్థిరత్వ సమాచారము)</para>
-
+ <para>(FIXME : స్థిరత్వ సమాచారము)</para>
+
<example><title>సాధారణ టాగ్లు</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
</example>
</sect2>
+ <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
+ rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by
+ gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list
+ of the supported tags can be found on
+ <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Annotations</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ */
+...
+/**
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
+ * (and another annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Sets bar on @foo.
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
<sect2><title>ఫంక్షన్ వ్యాఖ్యానపు బ్లాక్</title>
<para>
<para>Gtk-doc అన్ని చిహ్నములు (macros, functions) '_'తో ప్రారంభమగునవి వ్యక్తిగతమైనవని పరిగణించును. అవి స్టాటిక్ ఫంక్షన్సు వలె పరిగణించబడును.</para>
- <para>
- <!-- FIXME: we should ideally link/describe the gobject introspection
- annotation tag -->
- Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags:
- http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations
- </para>
-
<example><title>ఫంక్షన్ వ్యాఖ్యానపు బ్లాక్</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
- in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
+ checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
+ add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
</para>
</sect1>
but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check
that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed or
- incidentialy makred private it will not be shown.
+ incidentally marked private it will not be shown.
</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<para>
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
copying of that document.
<para>
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
copying of that document.
<revhistory>
<revision>
- <revnumber>1.20.1</revnumber>
- <date>16 Feb 2014</date>
+ <revnumber>1.21.1</revnumber>
+ <date>18 Jul 2014</date>
<authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
<revremark>development version</revremark>
</revision>
+ <revision>
+ <revnumber>1.21</revnumber>
+ <date>17 Jul 2014</date>
+ <authorinitials>ss</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>bug fixes, dropping deprecated features</revremark>
+ </revision>
<revision>
<revnumber>1.20</revnumber>
<date>16 Feb 2014</date>
<title>与版本控制系统集成</title>
<para>
- As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under
+ As a rule of thumb, it's the files you edit which should go under
version control. For typical projects it's these files:
<filename><package>.types</filename>,
<filename><package>-docs.xml</filename> (in the past .sgml),
<filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>,
- <filename>Makefile.am</filename>
+ <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Files in the <filename>xml/</filename> and <filename>html/</filename>
+ directories should not go under version control. Neither should any of
+ the <filename>.stamp</filename> files.
</para>
</sect1>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
DOC_MODULE=meep
// sources have changed
-gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=...
+gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) <source-dir>
gtkdoc-scangobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml
+gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --source-dir=<source-dir>
// xml files have changed
mkdir html
cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../meep-docs.xml
<para>
The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of
receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can
- hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
+ hint GTK-Doc to skip over them.
<example><title>GTK-Doc comment block</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
#ifndef __GTK_DOC_IGNORE__
</example>
</para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Limitations</title>
+ <para>
+ Note, that GTK-Doc's supports
+ <code>#ifndef(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> but not
+ <code>#if !defined(__GTK_DOC_IGNORE__)</code> or other combinations.
+ </para>
+ </note>
+
<!-- -->
<sect1 id="documenting_syntax">
appear as lines starting with a dash.
</para>
+ <para>
+ While markdown is now preferred one can mix both. One limitation here is
+ that one can use docbook xml within markdown, but markdown within
+ docbook xml is not supported.
+ </para>
+
<para>
In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional
formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook
- SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by
- putting <option>--xml-mode</option> or
- <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
+ SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting <option>--xml-mode</option>
+ or <option>--sgml-mode</option> in the variable
<symbol>MKDB_OPTIONS</symbol> inside <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.
</para>
</para>
<tip>
- <para>如早先所述，GTK-Doc是为编写公共的API而作的。所以你不能够为静态符号编写文档。尽管如此，它也可以很好地为那些符号作注释。这有助于他人理解你的代码。因此我们建议你用普通的注释来注释它们（不使用第一行的第二个'*'号）。如果以后函数须要作为public，你须做的只是在注释块中加入另一个 '*'号并且在区段文件里插入正确的标识符名称。</para>
+
<para>如早先所述，GTK-Doc是为编写公共的API而作的。所以你不能够为静态符号编写文档。尽管如此，它也可以很好地为那些符号作注释。这有助于他人理解你的代码。因此我们建议你用普通的注释来注释它们（不使用第一行的第二个'*'号）。如果以后函数须要作为public，你须做的只是在注释块中加入另一个 '*'号并且在区段文件里插入正确的标识符名称。</para>
</tip>
</sect1>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-
<para>(FIXME : 稳定性信息)</para>
-
+ <para>(FIXME : 稳定性信息)</para>
+
<example><title>一般标记</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
</example>
</sect2>
+ <sect2><title>Annotations</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Documentation blocks can contain annotation-tags. These tags will be
+ rendered with tooltips describing their meaning. The tags are used by
+ gobject-introspection to generate language bindings. A detailed list
+ of the supported tags can be found on
+ <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations" type="http">the wiki</ulink>.
+ </para>
+
+ <example><title>Annotations</title>
+ <programlisting><![CDATA[
+/**
+ * foo_get_bar: (annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Retrieves @foo's bar.
+ *
+ * Returns: (annotation): @foo's bar
+ */
+...
+/**
+ * foo_set_bar_using_the_frobnicator: (annotation) (another annotation)
+ * (and another annotation)
+ * @foo: (annotation) (another annotation): some foo
+ *
+ * Sets bar on @foo.
+ */
+]]></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
<sect2><title>函数注释块</title>
<para>请记得：<itemizedlist>
<para>Gtk-doc 假定所有以'_'符开头的符号（宏，函数）是私有的并视它们为静态函数。</para>
- <para>
- <!-- FIXME: we should ideally link/describe the gobject introspection
- annotation tag -->
- Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags:
- http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations
- </para>
-
<example><title>函数注释块</title>
<programlisting><![CDATA[
/**
the sources instead of the separate files under <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>.
This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the
extra tmpl build step at all, by using <option>--flavour no-tmpl</option>
- in <filename>configure.ac</filename>.
+ in <filename>configure.ac</filename>. If you don't have a <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename>
+ checked into you source control system and haven't yet switched, just
+ add the flag to <filename>configure.ac</filename> and you are done.
</para>
</sect1>
but not in <filename>xml/tree_index.sgml</filename> then double check
that the type is correctly placed in the <filename><package>-sections.txt</filename>.
If the type instance (e.g. <type>GtkWidget</type>) is not listed or
- incidentialy makred private it will not be shown.
+ incidentally marked private it will not be shown.
</seg>
</seglistitem>
<seglistitem>
<para>
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
+ distribute it individually under this License, provided you
insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
copying of that document.
rm -rf conftest*
;;
-x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \
+x86_64-*kfreebsd*-gnu|x86_64-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*| \
s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*|sparc*-*linux*)
# Find out which ABI we are using.
echo 'int i;' > conftest.$ac_ext
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386_fbsd"
;;
x86_64-*linux*)
- LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386"
+ case `/usr/bin/file conftest.o` in
+ *x86-64*)
+ LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32_x86_64"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_i386"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ powerpc64le-*)
+ LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32lppclinux"
;;
- ppc64-*linux*|powerpc64-*linux*)
+ powerpc64-*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf32ppclinux"
;;
s390x-*linux*)
x86_64-*linux*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf_x86_64"
;;
- ppc*-*linux*|powerpc*-*linux*)
+ powerpcle-*)
+ LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64lppc"
+ ;;
+ powerpc-*)
LD="${LD-ld} -m elf64ppc"
;;
s390*-*linux*|s390*-*tpf*)
;;
*)
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`(getconf ARG_MAX) 2> /dev/null`
- if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then
+ if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len" && \
+ test undefined != "$lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len"; then
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \/ 4`
lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len=`expr $lt_cv_sys_max_cmd_len \* 3`
else
esac
;;
-gnu*)
- version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
- need_lib_prefix=no
- need_version=no
- library_names_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$versuffix ${libname}${release}${shared_ext}${major} ${libname}${shared_ext}'
- soname_spec='${libname}${release}${shared_ext}$major'
- shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
- shlibpath_overrides_runpath=no
- hardcode_into_libs=yes
- ;;
-
haiku*)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
need_lib_prefix=no
;;
# This must be glibc/ELF.
-linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
+linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
version_type=linux # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
need_lib_prefix=no
need_version=no
fi
;;
-gnu*)
- lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
- ;;
-
haiku*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
;;
# This must be glibc/ELF.
-linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
+linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
lt_cv_deplibs_check_method=pass_all
;;
;;
esac
;;
- linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
+ linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
case $cc_basename in
KCC*)
# KAI C++ Compiler
_LT_TAGVAR(lt_prog_compiler_static, $1)='-non_shared'
;;
- linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
+ linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
case $cc_basename in
# old Intel for x86_64 which still supported -KPIC.
ecc*)
_LT_TAGVAR(ld_shlibs, $1)=yes
;;
- gnu*)
- ;;
-
haiku*)
_LT_TAGVAR(archive_cmds, $1)='$CC -shared $libobjs $deplibs $compiler_flags ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib'
_LT_TAGVAR(link_all_deplibs, $1)=yes
_LT_TAGVAR(inherit_rpath, $1)=yes
;;
- linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
+ linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu | gnu*)
case $cc_basename in
KCC*)
# Kuck and Associates, Inc. (KAI) C++ Compiler
div.informaltable table
{
border-collapse: separate;
- border-spacing: 1em 0.5em;
+ border-spacing: 1em 0.3em;
border: none;
}
h4
{
color: #555753;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
}
hr
padding-bottom: 0.25em;
}
-dl.toc > dd > dl > dt
+dl.toc > dt
{
padding-top: 0.25em;
padding-bottom: 0.25em;
+ font-weight: bold;
}
-dl.toc > dt
+dl.toc > dl
{
- padding-top: 1em;
padding-bottom: 0.5em;
- font-weight: bold;
}
.parameter
}
@media screen {
- sup a.footnote
+ /* these have a <sup> as a first child, but since there are no parent selectors
+ * we can't use that. */
+ a.footnote
{
position: relative;
top: 0em ! important;
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = tests
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
- $(srcdir)/tools.sh.in
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+ $(srcdir)/tools.sh.in $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/test-driver
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = tools.sh
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
-RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
- html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
- install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
- install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
- install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
- installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
- ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \
+ ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \
+ install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \
+ install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \
+ install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \
+ install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \
+ installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \
+ tags-recursive uninstall-recursive
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \
distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
-AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
- $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \
- distdir
+am__recursive_targets = \
+ $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \
+ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \
+ $(am__extra_recursive_targets)
+AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \
+ check recheck distdir
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
+# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
+# *not* preserved.
+am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
+ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
+ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
+'
+# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
+# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
+# for different programs/libraries.
+am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
-am__tty_colors = \
-red=; grn=; lgn=; blu=; std=
+am__tty_colors_dummy = \
+ mgn= red= grn= lgn= blu= brg= std=; \
+ am__color_tests=no
+am__tty_colors = { \
+ $(am__tty_colors_dummy); \
+ if test "X$(AM_COLOR_TESTS)" = Xno; then \
+ am__color_tests=no; \
+ elif test "X$(AM_COLOR_TESTS)" = Xalways; then \
+ am__color_tests=yes; \
+ elif test "X$$TERM" != Xdumb && { test -t 1; } 2>/dev/null; then \
+ am__color_tests=yes; \
+ fi; \
+ if test $$am__color_tests = yes; then \
+ red='\e[0;31m'; \
+ grn='\e[0;32m'; \
+ lgn='\e[1;32m'; \
+ blu='\e[1;34m'; \
+ mgn='\e[0;35m'; \
+ brg='\e[1m'; \
+ std='\e[m'; \
+ fi; \
+}
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ *) f=$$p;; \
+ esac;
+am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__install_max = 40
+am__nobase_strip_setup = \
+ srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
+am__nobase_strip = \
+ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
+am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
+ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+ sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
+ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
+ if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
+ { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
+ END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
+am__base_list = \
+ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
+ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
+am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
+ test -z "$$files" \
+ || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
+ || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+ $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
+ }
+am__recheck_rx = ^[ ]*:recheck:[ ]*
+am__global_test_result_rx = ^[ ]*:global-test-result:[ ]*
+am__copy_in_global_log_rx = ^[ ]*:copy-in-global-log:[ ]*
+# A command that, given a newline-separated list of test names on the
+# standard input, print the name of the tests that are to be re-run
+# upon "make recheck".
+am__list_recheck_tests = $(AWK) '{ \
+ recheck = 1; \
+ while ((rc = (getline line < ($$0 ".trs"))) != 0) \
+ { \
+ if (rc < 0) \
+ { \
+ if ((getline line2 < ($$0 ".log")) < 0) \
+ recheck = 0; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ else if (line ~ /$(am__recheck_rx)[nN][Oo]/) \
+ { \
+ recheck = 0; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ else if (line ~ /$(am__recheck_rx)[yY][eE][sS]/) \
+ { \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ }; \
+ if (recheck) \
+ print $$0; \
+ close ($$0 ".trs"); \
+ close ($$0 ".log"); \
+}'
+# A command that, given a newline-separated list of test names on the
+# standard input, create the global log from their .trs and .log files.
+am__create_global_log = $(AWK) ' \
+function fatal(msg) \
+{ \
+ print "fatal: making $@: " msg | "cat >&2"; \
+ exit 1; \
+} \
+function rst_section(header) \
+{ \
+ print header; \
+ len = length(header); \
+ for (i = 1; i <= len; i = i + 1) \
+ printf "="; \
+ printf "\n\n"; \
+} \
+{ \
+ copy_in_global_log = 1; \
+ global_test_result = "RUN"; \
+ while ((rc = (getline line < ($$0 ".trs"))) != 0) \
+ { \
+ if (rc < 0) \
+ fatal("failed to read from " $$0 ".trs"); \
+ if (line ~ /$(am__global_test_result_rx)/) \
+ { \
+ sub("$(am__global_test_result_rx)", "", line); \
+ sub("[ ]*$$", "", line); \
+ global_test_result = line; \
+ } \
+ else if (line ~ /$(am__copy_in_global_log_rx)[nN][oO]/) \
+ copy_in_global_log = 0; \
+ }; \
+ if (copy_in_global_log) \
+ { \
+ rst_section(global_test_result ": " $$0); \
+ while ((rc = (getline line < ($$0 ".log"))) != 0) \
+ { \
+ if (rc < 0) \
+ fatal("failed to read from " $$0 ".log"); \
+ print line; \
+ }; \
+ printf "\n"; \
+ }; \
+ close ($$0 ".trs"); \
+ close ($$0 ".log"); \
+}'
+# Restructured Text title.
+am__rst_title = { sed 's/.*/ & /;h;s/./=/g;p;x;s/ *$$//;p;g' && echo; }
+# Solaris 10 'make', and several other traditional 'make' implementations,
+# pass "-e" to $(SHELL), and POSIX 2008 even requires this. Work around it
+# by disabling -e (using the XSI extension "set +e") if it's set.
+am__sh_e_setup = case $$- in *e*) set +e;; esac
+# Default flags passed to test drivers.
+am__common_driver_flags = \
+ --color-tests "$$am__color_tests" \
+ --enable-hard-errors "$$am__enable_hard_errors" \
+ --expect-failure "$$am__expect_failure"
+# To be inserted before the command running the test. Creates the
+# directory for the log if needed. Stores in $dir the directory
+# containing $f, in $tst the test, in $log the log. Executes the
+# developer- defined test setup AM_TESTS_ENVIRONMENT (if any), and
+# passes TESTS_ENVIRONMENT. Set up options for the wrapper that
+# will run the test scripts (or their associated LOG_COMPILER, if
+# thy have one).
+am__check_pre = \
+$(am__sh_e_setup); \
+$(am__vpath_adj_setup) $(am__vpath_adj) \
+$(am__tty_colors); \
+srcdir=$(srcdir); export srcdir; \
+case "$@" in \
+ */*) am__odir=`echo "./$@" | sed 's|/[^/]*$$||'`;; \
+ *) am__odir=.;; \
+esac; \
+test "x$$am__odir" = x"." || test -d "$$am__odir" \
+ || $(MKDIR_P) "$$am__odir" || exit $$?; \
+if test -f "./$$f"; then dir=./; \
+elif test -f "$$f"; then dir=; \
+else dir="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+tst=$$dir$$f; log='$@'; \
+if test -n '$(DISABLE_HARD_ERRORS)'; then \
+ am__enable_hard_errors=no; \
+else \
+ am__enable_hard_errors=yes; \
+fi; \
+case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \
+ *[\ \ ]$$f[\ \ ]* | *[\ \ ]$$dir$$f[\ \ ]*) \
+ am__expect_failure=yes;; \
+ *) \
+ am__expect_failure=no;; \
+esac; \
+$(AM_TESTS_ENVIRONMENT) $(TESTS_ENVIRONMENT)
+# A shell command to get the names of the tests scripts with any registered
+# extension removed (i.e., equivalently, the names of the test logs, with
+# the '.log' extension removed). The result is saved in the shell variable
+# '$bases'. This honors runtime overriding of TESTS and TEST_LOGS. Sadly,
+# we cannot use something simpler, involving e.g., "$(TEST_LOGS:.log=)",
+# since that might cause problem with VPATH rewrites for suffix-less tests.
+# See also 'test-harness-vpath-rewrite.sh' and 'test-trs-basic.sh'.
+am__set_TESTS_bases = \
+ bases='$(TEST_LOGS)'; \
+ bases=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i; done | sed 's/\.log$$//'`; \
+ bases=`echo $$bases`
+RECHECK_LOGS = $(TEST_LOGS)
+TEST_SUITE_LOG = test-suite.log
+TEST_EXTENSIONS = @EXEEXT@ .test
+LOG_DRIVER = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/test-driver
+LOG_COMPILE = $(LOG_COMPILER) $(AM_LOG_FLAGS) $(LOG_FLAGS)
+am__set_b = \
+ case '$@' in \
+ */*) \
+ case '$*' in \
+ */*) b='$*';; \
+ *) b=`echo '$@' | sed 's/\.log$$//'`; \
+ esac;; \
+ *) \
+ b='$*';; \
+ esac
+am__test_logs1 = $(TESTS:=.log)
+am__test_logs2 = $(am__test_logs1:@EXEEXT@.log=.log)
+TEST_LOGS = $(am__test_logs2:.test.log=.log)
+TEST_LOG_DRIVER = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/test-driver
+TEST_LOG_COMPILE = $(TEST_LOG_COMPILER) $(AM_TEST_LOG_FLAGS) \
+ $(TEST_LOG_FLAGS)
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
am__relativize = \
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
all: all-recursive
.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .log .test .test$(EXEEXT) .trs
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
-rm -rf .libs _libs
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
-# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
-# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
-# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
-# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
-# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
-$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
+# into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status'
+# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line.
+$(am__recursive_targets):
+ @fail=; \
+ if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \
+ failcom='fail=yes'; \
+ else \
+ failcom='exit 1'; \
+ fi; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ case "$@" in \
+ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
-$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
- dot_seen=no; \
- case "$@" in \
- distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- esac; \
- rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
- rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
- fi; \
- done; \
- rev="$$rev ."; \
- target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- for subdir in $$rev; do \
- echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
- local_target="$$target-am"; \
- else \
- local_target="$$target"; \
- fi; \
- ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
- || eval $$failcom; \
- done && test -z "$$fail"
-tags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
- done
-ctags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
- done
+ID: $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: tags-recursive
+TAGS: tags
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
- mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ctags: ctags-recursive
+
+CTAGS: ctags
+ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive
+
+cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ case "$(srcdir)" in \
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
+ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then \
+ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
+ else \
+ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
-check-TESTS: $(TESTS)
- @failed=0; all=0; xfail=0; xpass=0; skip=0; \
- srcdir=$(srcdir); export srcdir; \
- list=' $(TESTS) '; \
- $(am__tty_colors); \
- if test -n "$$list"; then \
- for tst in $$list; do \
- if test -f ./$$tst; then dir=./; \
- elif test -f $$tst; then dir=; \
- else dir="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
- if $(TESTS_ENVIRONMENT) $${dir}$$tst; then \
- all=`expr $$all + 1`; \
- case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \
- *[\ \ ]$$tst[\ \ ]*) \
- xpass=`expr $$xpass + 1`; \
- failed=`expr $$failed + 1`; \
- col=$$red; res=XPASS; \
- ;; \
- *) \
- col=$$grn; res=PASS; \
- ;; \
- esac; \
- elif test $$? -ne 77; then \
- all=`expr $$all + 1`; \
- case " $(XFAIL_TESTS) " in \
- *[\ \ ]$$tst[\ \ ]*) \
- xfail=`expr $$xfail + 1`; \
- col=$$lgn; res=XFAIL; \
- ;; \
- *) \
- failed=`expr $$failed + 1`; \
- col=$$red; res=FAIL; \
- ;; \
- esac; \
- else \
- skip=`expr $$skip + 1`; \
- col=$$blu; res=SKIP; \
- fi; \
- echo "$${col}$$res$${std}: $$tst"; \
- done; \
- if test "$$all" -eq 1; then \
- tests="test"; \
- All=""; \
- else \
- tests="tests"; \
- All="All "; \
+# Recover from deleted '.trs' file; this should ensure that
+# "rm -f foo.log; make foo.trs" re-run 'foo.test', and re-create
+# both 'foo.log' and 'foo.trs'. Break the recipe in two subshells
+# to avoid problems with "make -n".
+.log.trs:
+ rm -f $< $@
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $<
+
+# Leading 'am--fnord' is there to ensure the list of targets does not
+# expand to empty, as could happen e.g. with make check TESTS=''.
+am--fnord $(TEST_LOGS) $(TEST_LOGS:.log=.trs): $(am__force_recheck)
+am--force-recheck:
+ @:
+
+$(TEST_SUITE_LOG): $(TEST_LOGS)
+ @$(am__set_TESTS_bases); \
+ am__f_ok () { test -f "$$1" && test -r "$$1"; }; \
+ redo_bases=`for i in $$bases; do \
+ am__f_ok $$i.trs && am__f_ok $$i.log || echo $$i; \
+ done`; \
+ if test -n "$$redo_bases"; then \
+ redo_logs=`for i in $$redo_bases; do echo $$i.log; done`; \
+ redo_results=`for i in $$redo_bases; do echo $$i.trs; done`; \
+ if $(am__make_dryrun); then :; else \
+ rm -f $$redo_logs && rm -f $$redo_results || exit 1; \
fi; \
- if test "$$failed" -eq 0; then \
- if test "$$xfail" -eq 0; then \
- banner="$$All$$all $$tests passed"; \
- else \
- if test "$$xfail" -eq 1; then failures=failure; else failures=failures; fi; \
- banner="$$All$$all $$tests behaved as expected ($$xfail expected $$failures)"; \
- fi; \
- else \
- if test "$$xpass" -eq 0; then \
- banner="$$failed of $$all $$tests failed"; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -n "$$am__remaking_logs"; then \
+ echo "fatal: making $(TEST_SUITE_LOG): possible infinite" \
+ "recursion detected" >&2; \
+ else \
+ am__remaking_logs=yes $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$redo_logs; \
+ fi; \
+ if $(am__make_dryrun); then :; else \
+ st=0; \
+ errmsg="fatal: making $(TEST_SUITE_LOG): failed to create"; \
+ for i in $$redo_bases; do \
+ test -f $$i.trs && test -r $$i.trs \
+ || { echo "$$errmsg $$i.trs" >&2; st=1; }; \
+ test -f $$i.log && test -r $$i.log \
+ || { echo "$$errmsg $$i.log" >&2; st=1; }; \
+ done; \
+ test $$st -eq 0 || exit 1; \
+ fi
+ @$(am__sh_e_setup); $(am__tty_colors); $(am__set_TESTS_bases); \
+ ws='[ ]'; \
+ results=`for b in $$bases; do echo $$b.trs; done`; \
+ test -n "$$results" || results=/dev/null; \
+ all=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:" $$results | wc -l`; \
+ pass=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*PASS" $$results | wc -l`; \
+ fail=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*FAIL" $$results | wc -l`; \
+ skip=` grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*SKIP" $$results | wc -l`; \
+ xfail=`grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*XFAIL" $$results | wc -l`; \
+ xpass=`grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*XPASS" $$results | wc -l`; \
+ error=`grep "^$$ws*:test-result:$$ws*ERROR" $$results | wc -l`; \
+ if test `expr $$fail + $$xpass + $$error` -eq 0; then \
+ success=true; \
+ else \
+ success=false; \
+ fi; \
+ br='==================='; br=$$br$$br$$br$$br; \
+ result_count () \
+ { \
+ if test x"$$1" = x"--maybe-color"; then \
+ maybe_colorize=yes; \
+ elif test x"$$1" = x"--no-color"; then \
+ maybe_colorize=no; \
else \
- if test "$$xpass" -eq 1; then passes=pass; else passes=passes; fi; \
- banner="$$failed of $$all $$tests did not behave as expected ($$xpass unexpected $$passes)"; \
+ echo "$@: invalid 'result_count' usage" >&2; exit 4; \
fi; \
- fi; \
- dashes="$$banner"; \
- skipped=""; \
- if test "$$skip" -ne 0; then \
- if test "$$skip" -eq 1; then \
- skipped="($$skip test was not run)"; \
+ shift; \
+ desc=$$1 count=$$2; \
+ if test $$maybe_colorize = yes && test $$count -gt 0; then \
+ color_start=$$3 color_end=$$std; \
else \
- skipped="($$skip tests were not run)"; \
+ color_start= color_end=; \
fi; \
- test `echo "$$skipped" | wc -c` -le `echo "$$banner" | wc -c` || \
- dashes="$$skipped"; \
- fi; \
- report=""; \
- if test "$$failed" -ne 0 && test -n "$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)"; then \
- report="Please report to $(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)"; \
- test `echo "$$report" | wc -c` -le `echo "$$banner" | wc -c` || \
- dashes="$$report"; \
- fi; \
- dashes=`echo "$$dashes" | sed s/./=/g`; \
- if test "$$failed" -eq 0; then \
- col="$$grn"; \
- else \
- col="$$red"; \
- fi; \
- echo "$${col}$$dashes$${std}"; \
- echo "$${col}$$banner$${std}"; \
- test -z "$$skipped" || echo "$${col}$$skipped$${std}"; \
- test -z "$$report" || echo "$${col}$$report$${std}"; \
- echo "$${col}$$dashes$${std}"; \
- test "$$failed" -eq 0; \
- else :; fi
+ echo "$${color_start}# $$desc $$count$${color_end}"; \
+ }; \
+ create_testsuite_report () \
+ { \
+ result_count $$1 "TOTAL:" $$all "$$brg"; \
+ result_count $$1 "PASS: " $$pass "$$grn"; \
+ result_count $$1 "SKIP: " $$skip "$$blu"; \
+ result_count $$1 "XFAIL:" $$xfail "$$lgn"; \
+ result_count $$1 "FAIL: " $$fail "$$red"; \
+ result_count $$1 "XPASS:" $$xpass "$$red"; \
+ result_count $$1 "ERROR:" $$error "$$mgn"; \
+ }; \
+ { \
+ echo "$(PACKAGE_STRING): $(subdir)/$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" | \
+ $(am__rst_title); \
+ create_testsuite_report --no-color; \
+ echo; \
+ echo ".. contents:: :depth: 2"; \
+ echo; \
+ for b in $$bases; do echo $$b; done \
+ | $(am__create_global_log); \
+ } >$(TEST_SUITE_LOG).tmp || exit 1; \
+ mv $(TEST_SUITE_LOG).tmp $(TEST_SUITE_LOG); \
+ if $$success; then \
+ col="$$grn"; \
+ else \
+ col="$$red"; \
+ test x"$$VERBOSE" = x || cat $(TEST_SUITE_LOG); \
+ fi; \
+ echo "$${col}$$br$${std}"; \
+ echo "$${col}Testsuite summary for $(PACKAGE_STRING)$${std}"; \
+ echo "$${col}$$br$${std}"; \
+ create_testsuite_report --maybe-color; \
+ echo "$$col$$br$$std"; \
+ if $$success; then :; else \
+ echo "$${col}See $(subdir)/$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)$${std}"; \
+ if test -n "$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)"; then \
+ echo "$${col}Please report to $(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)$${std}"; \
+ fi; \
+ echo "$$col$$br$$std"; \
+ fi; \
+ $$success || exit 1
+
+check-TESTS:
+ @list='$(RECHECK_LOGS)'; test -z "$$list" || rm -f $$list
+ @list='$(RECHECK_LOGS:.log=.trs)'; test -z "$$list" || rm -f $$list
+ @test -z "$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" || rm -f $(TEST_SUITE_LOG)
+ @set +e; $(am__set_TESTS_bases); \
+ log_list=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i.log; done`; \
+ trs_list=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i.trs; done`; \
+ log_list=`echo $$log_list`; trs_list=`echo $$trs_list`; \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) TEST_LOGS="$$log_list"; \
+ exit $$?;
+recheck: all
+ @test -z "$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" || rm -f $(TEST_SUITE_LOG)
+ @set +e; $(am__set_TESTS_bases); \
+ bases=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i; done \
+ | $(am__list_recheck_tests)` || exit 1; \
+ log_list=`for i in $$bases; do echo $$i.log; done`; \
+ log_list=`echo $$log_list`; \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $(TEST_SUITE_LOG) \
+ am__force_recheck=am--force-recheck \
+ TEST_LOGS="$$log_list"; \
+ exit $$?
+tools.sh.log: tools.sh
+ @p='tools.sh'; \
+ b='tools.sh'; \
+ $(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
+ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
+ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \
+ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
+gobject.sh.log: gobject.sh
+ @p='gobject.sh'; \
+ b='gobject.sh'; \
+ $(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
+ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
+ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \
+ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
+bugs.sh.log: bugs.sh
+ @p='bugs.sh'; \
+ b='bugs.sh'; \
+ $(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
+ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
+ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \
+ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
+annotations.sh.log: annotations.sh
+ @p='annotations.sh'; \
+ b='annotations.sh'; \
+ $(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
+ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
+ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \
+ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
+fail.sh.log: fail.sh
+ @p='fail.sh'; \
+ b='fail.sh'; \
+ $(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
+ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
+ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \
+ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
+empty.sh.log: empty.sh
+ @p='empty.sh'; \
+ b='empty.sh'; \
+ $(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
+ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
+ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \
+ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
+sanity.sh.log: sanity.sh
+ @p='sanity.sh'; \
+ b='sanity.sh'; \
+ $(am__check_pre) $(LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
+ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
+ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(LOG_COMPILE) \
+ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
+.test.log:
+ @p='$<'; \
+ $(am__set_b); \
+ $(am__check_pre) $(TEST_LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
+ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
+ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_TEST_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(TEST_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(TEST_LOG_COMPILE) \
+ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
+@am__EXEEXT_TRUE@.test$(EXEEXT).log:
+@am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ @p='$<'; \
+@am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ $(am__set_b); \
+@am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ $(am__check_pre) $(TEST_LOG_DRIVER) --test-name "$$f" \
+@am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ --log-file $$b.log --trs-file $$b.trs \
+@am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ $(am__common_driver_flags) $(AM_TEST_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) $(TEST_LOG_DRIVER_FLAGS) -- $(TEST_LOG_COMPILE) \
+@am__EXEEXT_TRUE@ "$$tst" $(AM_TESTS_FD_REDIRECT)
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
done
@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
- test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || exit 1; \
- fi; \
- done
- @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ $(am__make_dryrun) \
+ || test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || exit 1; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_distdir=$$reldir; \
"INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
fi
mostlyclean-generic:
+ -test -z "$(TEST_LOGS)" || rm -f $(TEST_LOGS)
+ -test -z "$(TEST_LOGS:.log=.trs)" || rm -f $(TEST_LOGS:.log=.trs)
+ -test -z "$(TEST_SUITE_LOG)" || rm -f $(TEST_SUITE_LOG)
clean-generic:
uninstall-am:
-.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) check-am \
- ctags-recursive install-am install-strip tags-recursive
-
-.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
- all all-am check check-TESTS check-am clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool ctags ctags-recursive distclean \
- distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi \
- dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
- install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
- install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
- install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
- install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
- installcheck installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am \
- maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
- mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
- tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am
+.MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) check-am install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check \
+ check-TESTS check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
+ cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \
+ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
+ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
+ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
+ installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \
+ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
+ mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am recheck tags tags-am \
+ uninstall uninstall-am
# run any given test by running make <test>.check
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = tests/annotations
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
-RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
- html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
- install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
- install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
- install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
- installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
- ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \
+ ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \
+ install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \
+ install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \
+ install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \
+ install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \
+ installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \
+ tags-recursive uninstall-recursive
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \
distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
-AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
- $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \
+am__recursive_targets = \
+ $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \
+ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \
+ $(am__extra_recursive_targets)
+AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \
distdir
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
+# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
+# *not* preserved.
+am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
+ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
+ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
+'
+# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
+# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
+# for different programs/libraries.
+am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-rm -rf .libs _libs
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
-# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
-# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
-# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
-# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
-# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
-$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
+# into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status'
+# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line.
+$(am__recursive_targets):
+ @fail=; \
+ if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \
+ failcom='fail=yes'; \
+ else \
+ failcom='exit 1'; \
+ fi; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ case "$@" in \
+ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
-$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
- dot_seen=no; \
- case "$@" in \
- distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- esac; \
- rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
- rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
- fi; \
- done; \
- rev="$$rev ."; \
- target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- for subdir in $$rev; do \
- echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
- local_target="$$target-am"; \
- else \
- local_target="$$target"; \
- fi; \
- ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
- || eval $$failcom; \
- done && test -z "$$fail"
-tags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
- done
-ctags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
- done
+ID: $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: tags-recursive
+TAGS: tags
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
- mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ctags: ctags-recursive
+
+CTAGS: ctags
+ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive
+
+cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ case "$(srcdir)" in \
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
+ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then \
+ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
+ else \
+ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
done
@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
- test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || exit 1; \
- fi; \
- done
- @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ $(am__make_dryrun) \
+ || test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || exit 1; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_distdir=$$reldir; \
uninstall-am:
-.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) check-am \
- ctags-recursive install-am install-strip tags-recursive
-
-.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
- all all-am check check-am check-local clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool ctags ctags-recursive distclean \
- distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi \
- dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
- install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
- install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
- install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
- install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
- installcheck installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am \
- maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
- mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
- tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am
+.MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) check-am install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check \
+ check-am check-local clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
+ cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \
+ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
+ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
+ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
+ installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \
+ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
+ mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-am uninstall \
+ uninstall-am
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@check-local: clean
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# Everything below here is generic #
####################################
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
- $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make
+DIST_COMMON = $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make \
+ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am
subdir = tests/annotations/docs
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
-tags: TAGS
-TAGS:
+tags TAGS:
+
+ctags CTAGS:
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS:
+cscope cscopelist:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
.MAKE: check-am install-am install-strip
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am check-local clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool clean-local distclean distclean-generic \
- distclean-libtool distclean-local distdir dvi dvi-am html \
- html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
- install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
- install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
- install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
- install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
- installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+ clean-libtool clean-local cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean \
+ distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-local distdir \
+ dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
+ install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
+ install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
+ install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
+ install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
+ installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-local mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
- uninstall uninstall-am
+ tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
<xi:include href="xml/api-index-deprecated.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
</index>
- <glossary>
+ <glossary id="glossary">
<title>Glossary</title>
<glossdiv><title>X</title>
<glossentry>
annotation_scope
annotation_rename_to
stability_unstable
+annotation_multiline_on_function
+annotation_multiline_on_function2
<SUBSECTION Standard>
<SUBSECTION Private>
</SECTION>
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = tests/annotations/src
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/depcomp
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_@AM_V@)
am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_lt_0 = --silent
+am__v_lt_1 =
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@am_libtester_la_rpath =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@
depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/depcomp
am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
$(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_@AM_V@)
am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@;
-AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
-am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@;
+am__v_CC_1 =
CCLD = $(CC)
LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
$(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_V@)
am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@;
-AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
-am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@;
+am__v_CCLD_1 =
SOURCES = $(libtester_la_SOURCES)
DIST_SOURCES = $(am__libtester_la_SOURCES_DIST)
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
+# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
+# *not* preserved.
+am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
+ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
+ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
+'
+# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
+# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
+# for different programs/libraries.
+am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES:
-test -z "$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)
- @list='$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
- dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \
- test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \
- echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \
- rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \
- done
+ @list='$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)'; \
+ locs=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | \
+ sed 's|^[^/]*$$|.|; s|/[^/]*$$||; s|$$|/so_locations|' | \
+ sort -u`; \
+ test -z "$$locs" || { \
+ echo rm -f $${locs}; \
+ rm -f $${locs}; \
+ }
+
libtester.la: $(libtester_la_OBJECTS) $(libtester_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_libtester_la_DEPENDENCIES)
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(am_libtester_la_rpath) $(libtester_la_OBJECTS) $(libtester_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS)
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c $<
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
.c.obj:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
.c.lo:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
- mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ID: $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: tags-am
+TAGS: tags
+
+tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ctags: ctags-am
+
+CTAGS: ctags
+ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+cscopelist: cscopelist-am
+
+cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ case "$(srcdir)" in \
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
+ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then \
+ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
+ else \
+ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
.MAKE: install-am install-strip
-.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES ctags distclean \
- distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-libtool \
- distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
- install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
- install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
- install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
- install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
- install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
- maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
- mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool \
- pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall uninstall-am
+.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
+ clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES cscopelist-am ctags \
+ ctags-am distclean distclean-compile distclean-generic \
+ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
+ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
+ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
+ installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
+ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
+ tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
-include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk
{
}
+/**
+ * annotation_multiline_on_function: (rename-to annotation_scope)
+ * (skip)
+ *
+ * Documentation for this function.
+ */
+void annotation_multiline_on_function (void)
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ * annotation_multiline_on_function2:
+ * (rename-to annotation_scope)(skip)
+ *
+ * Documentation for this function.
+ */
+void annotation_multiline_on_function2 (void)
+{
+}
\ No newline at end of file
void stability_unstable(void);
+void annotation_multiline_on_function (void);
+void annotation_multiline_on_function2 (void);
+
#endif // GTKDOC_TESTER_H
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = tests/bugs
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
-RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
- html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
- install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
- install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
- install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
- installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
- ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \
+ ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \
+ install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \
+ install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \
+ install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \
+ install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \
+ installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \
+ tags-recursive uninstall-recursive
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \
distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
-AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
- $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \
+am__recursive_targets = \
+ $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \
+ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \
+ $(am__extra_recursive_targets)
+AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \
distdir
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
+# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
+# *not* preserved.
+am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
+ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
+ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
+'
+# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
+# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
+# for different programs/libraries.
+am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-rm -rf .libs _libs
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
-# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
-# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
-# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
-# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
-# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
-$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
+# into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status'
+# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line.
+$(am__recursive_targets):
+ @fail=; \
+ if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \
+ failcom='fail=yes'; \
+ else \
+ failcom='exit 1'; \
+ fi; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ case "$@" in \
+ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
-$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
- dot_seen=no; \
- case "$@" in \
- distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- esac; \
- rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
- rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
- fi; \
- done; \
- rev="$$rev ."; \
- target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- for subdir in $$rev; do \
- echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
- local_target="$$target-am"; \
- else \
- local_target="$$target"; \
- fi; \
- ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
- || eval $$failcom; \
- done && test -z "$$fail"
-tags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
- done
-ctags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
- done
+ID: $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: tags-recursive
+TAGS: tags
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
- mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ctags: ctags-recursive
+
+CTAGS: ctags
+ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive
+
+cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ case "$(srcdir)" in \
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
+ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then \
+ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
+ else \
+ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
done
@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
- test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || exit 1; \
- fi; \
- done
- @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ $(am__make_dryrun) \
+ || test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || exit 1; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_distdir=$$reldir; \
uninstall-am:
-.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) check-am \
- ctags-recursive install-am install-strip tags-recursive
-
-.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
- all all-am check check-am check-local clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool ctags ctags-recursive distclean \
- distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi \
- dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
- install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
- install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
- install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
- install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
- installcheck installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am \
- maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
- mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
- tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am
+.MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) check-am install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check \
+ check-am check-local clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
+ cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \
+ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
+ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
+ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
+ installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \
+ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
+ mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-am uninstall \
+ uninstall-am
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@check-local: clean
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# Everything below here is generic #
####################################
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
- $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make
+DIST_COMMON = $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make \
+ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am
subdir = tests/bugs/docs
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
-tags: TAGS
-TAGS:
+tags TAGS:
+
+ctags CTAGS:
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS:
+cscope cscopelist:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
.MAKE: check-am install-am install-strip
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am check-local clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool clean-local distclean distclean-generic \
- distclean-libtool distclean-local distdir dvi dvi-am html \
- html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
- install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
- install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
- install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
- install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
- installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+ clean-libtool clean-local cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean \
+ distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-local distdir \
+ dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
+ install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
+ install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
+ install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
+ install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
+ installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-local mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
- uninstall uninstall-am
+ tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
bug_624001e
bug_711598
deprecation_notice
+bug_741941
+bug_732689
gst_play_marshal_BUFFER__BOXED
<SUBSECTION Standard>
<SUBSECTION Private>
bug_554833_new
BUG_731417_DEPRECATED
Bug730658
+G_GNUC_NONNULL
</SECTION>
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = tests/bugs/src
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/depcomp
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_@AM_V@)
am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_lt_0 = --silent
+am__v_lt_1 =
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@am_libtester_la_rpath =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@
depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/depcomp
am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
$(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_@AM_V@)
am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@;
-AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
-am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@;
+am__v_CC_1 =
CCLD = $(CC)
LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
$(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_V@)
am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@;
-AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
-am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@;
+am__v_CCLD_1 =
SOURCES = $(libtester_la_SOURCES)
DIST_SOURCES = $(am__libtester_la_SOURCES_DIST)
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
+# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
+# *not* preserved.
+am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
+ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
+ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
+'
+# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
+# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
+# for different programs/libraries.
+am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES:
-test -z "$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)
- @list='$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
- dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \
- test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \
- echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \
- rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \
- done
+ @list='$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)'; \
+ locs=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | \
+ sed 's|^[^/]*$$|.|; s|/[^/]*$$||; s|$$|/so_locations|' | \
+ sort -u`; \
+ test -z "$$locs" || { \
+ echo rm -f $${locs}; \
+ rm -f $${locs}; \
+ }
+
libtester.la: $(libtester_la_OBJECTS) $(libtester_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_libtester_la_DEPENDENCIES)
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(am_libtester_la_rpath) $(libtester_la_OBJECTS) $(libtester_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS)
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c $<
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
.c.obj:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
.c.lo:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
- mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ID: $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: tags-am
+TAGS: tags
+
+tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ctags: ctags-am
+
+CTAGS: ctags
+ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+cscopelist: cscopelist-am
+
+cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ case "$(srcdir)" in \
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
+ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then \
+ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
+ else \
+ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
.MAKE: install-am install-strip
-.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES ctags distclean \
- distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-libtool \
- distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
- install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
- install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
- install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
- install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
- install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
- maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
- mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool \
- pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall uninstall-am
+.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
+ clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES cscopelist-am ctags \
+ ctags-am distclean distclean-compile distclean-generic \
+ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
+ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
+ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
+ installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
+ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
+ tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
-include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk
{
}
+/**
+ * bug_741941:
+ * @object: the object
+ * @par: parameter
+ *
+ * http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=741941
+ */
+void bug_741941(void *object, void *par)
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ * bug_732689:
+ * @spec: the string specifying the color.
+ *
+ * Parses a textual specification of a color and fill in the
+ * <structfield>red</structfield>, <structfield>green</structfield>,
+ * and <structfield>blue</structfield> fields of a color.
+ **/
+void
+bug_732689 (const gchar *spec)
+{
+}
\ No newline at end of file
void deprecation_notice(void);
#endif
+#ifndef G_GNUC_NONNULL
+#define G_GNUC_NONNULL(a)
+#endif
+void bug_741941(void *object, void *par) G_GNUC_NONNULL(1) G_GNUC_NONNULL(2);
+
+void bug_732689 (const gchar *spec);
+
/**
* BUG_731417_DEPRECATED:
*
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = tests/empty
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
-RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
- html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
- install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
- install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
- install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
- installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
- ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \
+ ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \
+ install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \
+ install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \
+ install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \
+ install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \
+ installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \
+ tags-recursive uninstall-recursive
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \
distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
-AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
- $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \
+am__recursive_targets = \
+ $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \
+ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \
+ $(am__extra_recursive_targets)
+AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \
distdir
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
+# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
+# *not* preserved.
+am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
+ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
+ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
+'
+# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
+# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
+# for different programs/libraries.
+am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-rm -rf .libs _libs
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
-# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
-# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
-# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
-# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
-# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
-$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
+# into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status'
+# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line.
+$(am__recursive_targets):
+ @fail=; \
+ if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \
+ failcom='fail=yes'; \
+ else \
+ failcom='exit 1'; \
+ fi; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ case "$@" in \
+ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
-$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
- dot_seen=no; \
- case "$@" in \
- distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- esac; \
- rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
- rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
- fi; \
- done; \
- rev="$$rev ."; \
- target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- for subdir in $$rev; do \
- echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
- local_target="$$target-am"; \
- else \
- local_target="$$target"; \
- fi; \
- ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
- || eval $$failcom; \
- done && test -z "$$fail"
-tags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
- done
-ctags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
- done
+ID: $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: tags-recursive
+TAGS: tags
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
- mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ctags: ctags-recursive
+
+CTAGS: ctags
+ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive
+
+cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ case "$(srcdir)" in \
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
+ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then \
+ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
+ else \
+ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
done
@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
- test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || exit 1; \
- fi; \
- done
- @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ $(am__make_dryrun) \
+ || test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || exit 1; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_distdir=$$reldir; \
uninstall-am:
-.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) check-am \
- ctags-recursive install-am install-strip tags-recursive
-
-.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
- all all-am check check-am check-local clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool ctags ctags-recursive distclean \
- distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi \
- dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
- install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
- install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
- install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
- install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
- installcheck installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am \
- maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
- mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
- tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am
+.MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) check-am install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check \
+ check-am check-local clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
+ cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \
+ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
+ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
+ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
+ installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \
+ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
+ mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-am uninstall \
+ uninstall-am
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@check-local: clean
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# Everything below here is generic #
####################################
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
- $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make
+DIST_COMMON = $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make \
+ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am
subdir = tests/empty/docs
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
-tags: TAGS
-TAGS:
+tags TAGS:
+
+ctags CTAGS:
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS:
+cscope cscopelist:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
.MAKE: check-am install-am install-strip
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am check-local clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool clean-local distclean distclean-generic \
- distclean-libtool distclean-local distdir dvi dvi-am html \
- html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
- install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
- install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
- install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
- install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
- installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+ clean-libtool clean-local cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean \
+ distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-local distdir \
+ dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
+ install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
+ install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
+ install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
+ install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
+ installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-local mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
- uninstall uninstall-am
+ tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
</chapter>
<chapter id="object-tree">
<title>Object Hierarchy</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/tree_index.sgml"/>
+ <xi:include href="xml/tree_index.sgml"/>
</chapter>
<index id="api-index-full">
<title>API Index</title>
<title>Index of deprecated API</title>
<xi:include href="xml/api-index-deprecated.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
</index>
-
+ <!-- enable this when you use gobject introspection annotations
<xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
+ -->
</book>
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = tests/empty/src
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/depcomp
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_@AM_V@)
am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_lt_0 = --silent
+am__v_lt_1 =
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@am_libtester_la_rpath =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@
depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/depcomp
am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
$(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_@AM_V@)
am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@;
-AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
-am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@;
+am__v_CC_1 =
CCLD = $(CC)
LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
$(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_V@)
am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@;
-AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
-am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@;
+am__v_CCLD_1 =
SOURCES = $(libtester_la_SOURCES)
DIST_SOURCES = $(am__libtester_la_SOURCES_DIST)
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
+# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
+# *not* preserved.
+am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
+ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
+ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
+'
+# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
+# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
+# for different programs/libraries.
+am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES:
-test -z "$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)
- @list='$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
- dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \
- test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \
- echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \
- rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \
- done
+ @list='$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)'; \
+ locs=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | \
+ sed 's|^[^/]*$$|.|; s|/[^/]*$$||; s|$$|/so_locations|' | \
+ sort -u`; \
+ test -z "$$locs" || { \
+ echo rm -f $${locs}; \
+ rm -f $${locs}; \
+ }
+
libtester.la: $(libtester_la_OBJECTS) $(libtester_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_libtester_la_DEPENDENCIES)
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(am_libtester_la_rpath) $(libtester_la_OBJECTS) $(libtester_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS)
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c $<
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
.c.obj:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
.c.lo:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
- mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ID: $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: tags-am
+TAGS: tags
+
+tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ctags: ctags-am
+
+CTAGS: ctags
+ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+cscopelist: cscopelist-am
+
+cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ case "$(srcdir)" in \
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
+ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then \
+ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
+ else \
+ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
.MAKE: install-am install-strip
-.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES ctags distclean \
- distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-libtool \
- distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
- install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
- install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
- install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
- install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
- install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
- maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
- mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool \
- pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall uninstall-am
+.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
+ clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES cscopelist-am ctags \
+ ctags-am distclean distclean-compile distclean-generic \
+ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
+ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
+ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
+ installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
+ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
+ tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
-include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = tests/fail
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
-RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
- html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
- install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
- install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
- install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
- installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
- ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \
+ ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \
+ install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \
+ install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \
+ install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \
+ install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \
+ installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \
+ tags-recursive uninstall-recursive
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \
distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
-AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
- $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \
+am__recursive_targets = \
+ $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \
+ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \
+ $(am__extra_recursive_targets)
+AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \
distdir
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
+# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
+# *not* preserved.
+am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
+ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
+ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
+'
+# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
+# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
+# for different programs/libraries.
+am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-rm -rf .libs _libs
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
-# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
-# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
-# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
-# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
-# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
-$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
+# into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status'
+# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line.
+$(am__recursive_targets):
+ @fail=; \
+ if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \
+ failcom='fail=yes'; \
+ else \
+ failcom='exit 1'; \
+ fi; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ case "$@" in \
+ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
-$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
- dot_seen=no; \
- case "$@" in \
- distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- esac; \
- rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
- rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
- fi; \
- done; \
- rev="$$rev ."; \
- target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- for subdir in $$rev; do \
- echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
- local_target="$$target-am"; \
- else \
- local_target="$$target"; \
- fi; \
- ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
- || eval $$failcom; \
- done && test -z "$$fail"
-tags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
- done
-ctags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
- done
+ID: $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: tags-recursive
+TAGS: tags
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
- mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ctags: ctags-recursive
+
+CTAGS: ctags
+ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive
+
+cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ case "$(srcdir)" in \
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
+ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then \
+ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
+ else \
+ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
done
@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
- test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || exit 1; \
- fi; \
- done
- @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ $(am__make_dryrun) \
+ || test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || exit 1; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_distdir=$$reldir; \
uninstall-am:
-.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) check-am \
- ctags-recursive install-am install-strip tags-recursive
-
-.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
- all all-am check check-am check-local clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool ctags ctags-recursive distclean \
- distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi \
- dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
- install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
- install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
- install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
- install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
- installcheck installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am \
- maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
- mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
- tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am
+.MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) check-am install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check \
+ check-am check-local clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
+ cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \
+ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
+ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
+ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
+ installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \
+ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
+ mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-am uninstall \
+ uninstall-am
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@check-local: clean
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# Everything below here is generic #
####################################
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
- $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make
+DIST_COMMON = $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make \
+ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am
subdir = tests/fail/docs
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
-tags: TAGS
-TAGS:
+tags TAGS:
+
+ctags CTAGS:
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS:
+cscope cscopelist:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
.MAKE: check-am install-am install-strip
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am check-local clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool clean-local distclean distclean-generic \
- distclean-libtool distclean-local distdir dvi dvi-am html \
- html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
- install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
- install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
- install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
- install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
- installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+ clean-libtool clean-local cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean \
+ distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-local distdir \
+ dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
+ install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
+ install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
+ install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
+ install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
+ installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-local mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
- uninstall uninstall-am
+ tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = tests/fail/src
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/depcomp
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_@AM_V@)
am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_lt_0 = --silent
+am__v_lt_1 =
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@am_libtester_la_rpath =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@
depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/depcomp
am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
$(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_@AM_V@)
am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@;
-AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
-am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@;
+am__v_CC_1 =
CCLD = $(CC)
LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
$(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_V@)
am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@;
-AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
-am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@;
+am__v_CCLD_1 =
SOURCES = $(libtester_la_SOURCES)
DIST_SOURCES = $(am__libtester_la_SOURCES_DIST)
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
+# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
+# *not* preserved.
+am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
+ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
+ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
+'
+# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
+# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
+# for different programs/libraries.
+am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES:
-test -z "$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)
- @list='$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
- dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \
- test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \
- echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \
- rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \
- done
+ @list='$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)'; \
+ locs=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | \
+ sed 's|^[^/]*$$|.|; s|/[^/]*$$||; s|$$|/so_locations|' | \
+ sort -u`; \
+ test -z "$$locs" || { \
+ echo rm -f $${locs}; \
+ rm -f $${locs}; \
+ }
+
libtester.la: $(libtester_la_OBJECTS) $(libtester_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_libtester_la_DEPENDENCIES)
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(am_libtester_la_rpath) $(libtester_la_OBJECTS) $(libtester_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS)
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c $<
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
.c.obj:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
.c.lo:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
- mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ID: $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: tags-am
+TAGS: tags
+
+tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ctags: ctags-am
+
+CTAGS: ctags
+ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+cscopelist: cscopelist-am
+
+cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ case "$(srcdir)" in \
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
+ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then \
+ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
+ else \
+ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
.MAKE: install-am install-strip
-.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES ctags distclean \
- distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-libtool \
- distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
- install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
- install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
- install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
- install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
- install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
- maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
- mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool \
- pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall uninstall-am
+.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
+ clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES cscopelist-am ctags \
+ ctags-am distclean distclean-compile distclean-generic \
+ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
+ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
+ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
+ installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
+ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
+ tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
-include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
-SUBDIRS = . src docs docs-tmpl
+SUBDIRS = . src docs
if BUILD_TESTS
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = tests/gobject
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
-RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
- html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
- install-dvi-recursive install-exec-recursive \
- install-html-recursive install-info-recursive \
- install-pdf-recursive install-ps-recursive install-recursive \
- installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive \
- ps-recursive uninstall-recursive
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \
+ ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \
+ install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \
+ install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \
+ install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \
+ install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \
+ installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \
+ tags-recursive uninstall-recursive
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \
distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
-AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
- $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) tags TAGS ctags CTAGS \
+am__recursive_targets = \
+ $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \
+ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \
+ $(am__extra_recursive_targets)
+AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \
distdir
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
+# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
+# *not* preserved.
+am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
+ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
+ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
+'
+# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
+# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
+# for different programs/libraries.
+am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-SUBDIRS = . src docs docs-tmpl
+SUBDIRS = . src docs
EXTRA_DIST = examples/gobject.c
all: all-recursive
-rm -rf .libs _libs
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
-# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
-# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
-# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
-# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
-# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
-$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
+# into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status'
+# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line.
+$(am__recursive_targets):
+ @fail=; \
+ if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \
+ failcom='fail=yes'; \
+ else \
+ failcom='exit 1'; \
+ fi; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+ case "$@" in \
+ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
-$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS):
- @fail= failcom='exit 1'; \
- for f in x $$MAKEFLAGS; do \
- case $$f in \
- *=* | --[!k]*);; \
- *k*) failcom='fail=yes';; \
- esac; \
- done; \
- dot_seen=no; \
- case "$@" in \
- distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
- esac; \
- rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
- rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
- fi; \
- done; \
- rev="$$rev ."; \
- target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
- for subdir in $$rev; do \
- echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
- if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
- local_target="$$target-am"; \
- else \
- local_target="$$target"; \
- fi; \
- ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
- || eval $$failcom; \
- done && test -z "$$fail"
-tags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
- done
-ctags-recursive:
- list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- test "$$subdir" = . || ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
- done
+ID: $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: tags-recursive
+TAGS: tags
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
- mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ctags: ctags-recursive
+
+CTAGS: ctags
+ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive
+
+cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ case "$(srcdir)" in \
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
+ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then \
+ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
+ else \
+ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
done
@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
- test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
- || exit 1; \
- fi; \
- done
- @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
- if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+ $(am__make_dryrun) \
+ || test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+ || exit 1; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_distdir=$$reldir; \
uninstall-am:
-.MAKE: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) check-am \
- ctags-recursive install-am install-strip tags-recursive
-
-.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS \
- all all-am check check-am check-local clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool ctags ctags-recursive distclean \
- distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi \
- dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
- install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
- install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
- install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
- install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
- installcheck installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am \
- maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
- mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
- tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am
+.MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) check-am install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check \
+ check-am check-local clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
+ cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \
+ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
+ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
+ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
+ installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \
+ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
+ mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-am uninstall \
+ uninstall-am
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@check-local: clean
+++ /dev/null
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
-
-# We require automake 1.6 at least.
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.6
-
-# The name of the module, e.g. 'glib'.
-DOC_MODULE=tester
-
-# The top-level SGML file. You can change this if you want to.
-DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MODULE)-docs.xml
-
-# The directory containing the source code. Relative to $(srcdir).
-# gtk-doc will search all .c & .h files beneath here for inline comments
-# documenting the functions and macros.
-DOC_SOURCE_DIR=$(top_srcdir)/tests/gobject/src
-
-# Extra options to pass to gtkdoc-scangobj. Not normally needed.
-SCANGOBJ_OPTIONS=
-
-# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scan.
-SCAN_OPTIONS=--deprecated-guards="GTKDOC_TESTER_DISABLE_DEPRECATED"
-
-# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb.
-MKDB_OPTIONS=--xml-mode
-
-# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mktmpl
-# e.g. MKTMPL_OPTIONS=--only-section-tmpl
-MKTMPL_OPTIONS=
-
-# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkhtml
-MKHTML_OPTIONS=
-
-# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-fixref. Not normally needed.
-# --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR)
-FIXXREF_OPTIONS=--extra-dir=$(glib_prefix)/share/gtk-doc/html
-
-# Used for dependencies. The docs will be rebuilt if any of these change.
-HFILE_GLOB=$(top_srcdir)/tests/gobject/src/*.h
-CFILE_GLOB=$(top_srcdir)/tests/gobject/src/*.c
-
-# Header files to ignore when scanning.
-IGNORE_HFILES=config.h
-
-# Images to copy into HTML directory.
-HTML_IMAGES = \
- $(srcdir)/images/object.png
-
-# Extra SGML files that are included by $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE).
-# e.g. content_files=running.sgml building.sgml changes-2.0.sgml
-content_files =
-
-# SGML files where gtk-doc abbrevations (#GtkWidget) are expanded
-# These files must be listed here *and* in content_files
-# e.g. expand_content_files=running.sgml
-expand_content_files=
-
-# CFLAGS and LDFLAGS for compiling gtkdoc-scangobj with your library.
-# Only needed if you are using gtkdoc-scangobj to dynamically query widget
-# signals and properties.
-GTKDOC_CFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/tests/gobject/src $(TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS)
-GTKDOC_LIBS = $(TEST_DEPS_LIBS) $(top_builddir)/tests/gobject/src/libtester.la
-
-# include generic part
-include $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.make
-
-# Other files to distribute
-# e.g. EXTRA_DIST += version.xml.in
-EXTRA_DIST += tester.types
-
-DISTCLEANFILES = \
- gtkdoc-scan.log \
- gtkdoc-scangobj.log \
- gtkdoc-mktmpl.log \
- gtkdoc-mkdb.log \
- gtkdoc-mkhtml.log \
- gtkdoc-fixxref.log
-
-if BUILD_TESTS
-TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
- DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
- PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(srcdir):$(PATH) \
- PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB)
-endif
-
-GITIGNOREFILES = \
- tmpl
-
--include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk
+++ /dev/null
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
-# @configure_input@
-
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
-# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-# -*- mode: makefile -*-
-
-####################################
-# Everything below here is generic #
-####################################
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
-am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
-install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
-install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
-install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
-INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
-transform = $(program_transform_name)
-NORMAL_INSTALL = :
-PRE_INSTALL = :
-POST_INSTALL = :
-NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
-PRE_UNINSTALL = :
-POST_UNINSTALL = :
-build_triplet = @build@
-host_triplet = @host@
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
- $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.make
-subdir = tests/gobject/docs-tmpl
-ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
-am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(ACLOCAL_M4)
-mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
-CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
-AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
-am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
-AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
-am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_at_0 = @
-SOURCES =
-DIST_SOURCES =
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
-AMTAR = @AMTAR@
-AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
-AR = @AR@
-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
-AWK = @AWK@
-CC = @CC@
-CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-CPP = @CPP@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
-DATE_FMT_CMD = @DATE_FMT_CMD@
-DBLATEX = @DBLATEX@
-DEFS = @DEFS@
-DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
-DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
-DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
-DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
-ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
-ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
-ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
-EGREP = @EGREP@
-ELAPSED_FMT = @ELAPSED_FMT@
-EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
-FGREP = @FGREP@
-FOP = @FOP@
-GREP = @GREP@
-HELP_DIR = @HELP_DIR@
-HIGHLIGHT = @HIGHLIGHT@
-HIGHLIGHT_OPTIONS = @HIGHLIGHT_OPTIONS@
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
-ITSTOOL = @ITSTOOL@
-JADE = @JADE@
-LD = @LD@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-LIBS = @LIBS@
-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
-LIPO = @LIPO@
-LN_S = @LN_S@
-LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
-MAINT = @MAINT@
-MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
-MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
-MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
-NM = @NM@
-NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
-OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
-OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
-OTOOL = @OTOOL@
-OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
-PACKAGE_DATA_DIR = @PACKAGE_DATA_DIR@
-PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
-PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
-PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
-PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
-PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
-PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
-PERL = @PERL@
-PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
-PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
-PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
-PYTHON = @PYTHON@
-PYTHON_EXEC_PREFIX = @PYTHON_EXEC_PREFIX@
-PYTHON_PLATFORM = @PYTHON_PLATFORM@
-PYTHON_PREFIX = @PYTHON_PREFIX@
-PYTHON_VERSION = @PYTHON_VERSION@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-SED = @SED@
-SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SGML_FORMAT_TYPE = @SGML_FORMAT_TYPE@
-SHELL = @SHELL@
-STRIP = @STRIP@
-TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS = @TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS@
-TEST_DEPS_LIBS = @TEST_DEPS_LIBS@
-TRACE = @TRACE@
-TS_FMT = @TS_FMT@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-XMLCATALOG = @XMLCATALOG@
-XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
-XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
-XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
-abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
-abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
-abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
-ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
-ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
-ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
-am__include = @am__include@
-am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
-am__quote = @am__quote@
-am__tar = @am__tar@
-am__untar = @am__untar@
-bindir = @bindir@
-build = @build@
-build_alias = @build_alias@
-build_cpu = @build_cpu@
-build_os = @build_os@
-build_vendor = @build_vendor@
-builddir = @builddir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-datarootdir = @datarootdir@
-docdir = @docdir@
-dvidir = @dvidir@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-glib_prefix = @glib_prefix@
-host = @host@
-host_alias = @host_alias@
-host_cpu = @host_cpu@
-host_os = @host_os@
-host_vendor = @host_vendor@
-htmldir = @htmldir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-infodir = @infodir@
-install_sh = @install_sh@
-libdir = @libdir@
-libexecdir = @libexecdir@
-localedir = @localedir@
-localstatedir = @localstatedir@
-mandir = @mandir@
-mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
-oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
-pdfdir = @pdfdir@
-pkgpyexecdir = @pkgpyexecdir@
-pkgpythondir = @pkgpythondir@
-prefix = @prefix@
-program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
-psdir = @psdir@
-pyexecdir = @pyexecdir@
-pythondir = @pythondir@
-sbindir = @sbindir@
-sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-target_alias = @target_alias@
-top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
-top_builddir = @top_builddir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-
-# We require automake 1.6 at least.
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.6
-
-# The name of the module, e.g. 'glib'.
-DOC_MODULE = tester
-
-# The top-level SGML file. You can change this if you want to.
-DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE = $(DOC_MODULE)-docs.xml
-
-# The directory containing the source code. Relative to $(srcdir).
-# gtk-doc will search all .c & .h files beneath here for inline comments
-# documenting the functions and macros.
-DOC_SOURCE_DIR = $(top_srcdir)/tests/gobject/src
-
-# Extra options to pass to gtkdoc-scangobj. Not normally needed.
-SCANGOBJ_OPTIONS =
-
-# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scan.
-SCAN_OPTIONS = --deprecated-guards="GTKDOC_TESTER_DISABLE_DEPRECATED"
-
-# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb.
-MKDB_OPTIONS = --xml-mode
-
-# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mktmpl
-# e.g. MKTMPL_OPTIONS=--only-section-tmpl
-MKTMPL_OPTIONS =
-
-# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkhtml
-MKHTML_OPTIONS =
-
-# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-fixref. Not normally needed.
-# --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR)
-FIXXREF_OPTIONS = --extra-dir=$(glib_prefix)/share/gtk-doc/html
-
-# Used for dependencies. The docs will be rebuilt if any of these change.
-HFILE_GLOB = $(top_srcdir)/tests/gobject/src/*.h
-CFILE_GLOB = $(top_srcdir)/tests/gobject/src/*.c
-
-# Header files to ignore when scanning.
-IGNORE_HFILES = config.h
-
-# Images to copy into HTML directory.
-HTML_IMAGES = \
- $(srcdir)/images/object.png
-
-
-# Extra SGML files that are included by $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE).
-# e.g. content_files=running.sgml building.sgml changes-2.0.sgml
-content_files =
-
-# SGML files where gtk-doc abbrevations (#GtkWidget) are expanded
-# These files must be listed here *and* in content_files
-# e.g. expand_content_files=running.sgml
-expand_content_files =
-
-# CFLAGS and LDFLAGS for compiling gtkdoc-scangobj with your library.
-# Only needed if you are using gtkdoc-scangobj to dynamically query widget
-# signals and properties.
-GTKDOC_CFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/tests/gobject/src $(TEST_DEPS_CFLAGS)
-GTKDOC_LIBS = $(TEST_DEPS_LIBS) $(top_builddir)/tests/gobject/src/libtester.la
-@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_FALSE@GTKDOC_CC = $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_TRUE@GTKDOC_CC = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_FALSE@GTKDOC_LD = $(CC) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)
-@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_TRUE@GTKDOC_LD = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC --mode=link $(CC) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)
-@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_FALSE@GTKDOC_RUN =
-@GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL_TRUE@GTKDOC_RUN = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=execute
-
-# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make
-# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to
-# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then
-# searched for in VPATH/GPATH.
-#
-GPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-# we don't install anything in tests
-#TARGET_DIR=$(HTML_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE)
-SETUP_FILES = \
- $(content_files) \
- $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
- $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \
- $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt
-
-
-# include generic part
-
-# Other files to distribute
-# e.g. EXTRA_DIST += version.xml.in
-EXTRA_DIST = $(HTML_IMAGES) $(SETUP_FILES) tester.types
-DOC_STAMPS = setup-build.stamp scan-build.stamp tmpl-build.stamp sgml-build.stamp \
- html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp \
- tmpl.stamp sgml.stamp html.stamp pdf.stamp
-
-SCANOBJ_FILES = \
- $(DOC_MODULE).args \
- $(DOC_MODULE).hierarchy \
- $(DOC_MODULE).interfaces \
- $(DOC_MODULE).prerequisites \
- $(DOC_MODULE).signals
-
-REPORT_FILES = \
- $(DOC_MODULE)-undocumented.txt \
- $(DOC_MODULE)-undeclared.txt \
- $(DOC_MODULE)-unused.txt
-
-CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS)
-DISTCLEANFILES = \
- gtkdoc-scan.log \
- gtkdoc-scangobj.log \
- gtkdoc-mktmpl.log \
- gtkdoc-mkdb.log \
- gtkdoc-mkhtml.log \
- gtkdoc-fixxref.log
-
-@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
-@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@ DOC_MODULE=$(DOC_MODULE) DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
-@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@ PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(srcdir):$(PATH) \
-@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@ PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB)
-
-GITIGNOREFILES = \
- tmpl
-
-all: all-am
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.make $(am__configure_deps)
- @for dep in $?; do \
- case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
- *$$dep*) \
- ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
- && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
- exit 1;; \
- esac; \
- done; \
- echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile'; \
- $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
- $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu tests/gobject/docs-tmpl/Makefile
-.PRECIOUS: Makefile
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
- @case '$?' in \
- *config.status*) \
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
- *) \
- echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
- esac;
-$(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.make:
-
-$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-
-$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
-
-mostlyclean-libtool:
- -rm -f *.lo
-
-clean-libtool:
- -rm -rf .libs _libs
-tags: TAGS
-TAGS:
-
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS:
-
-
-distdir: $(DISTFILES)
- @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
- topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
- list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
- dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
- sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
- -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
- case $$dist_files in \
- */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
- sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
- sort -u` ;; \
- esac; \
- for file in $$dist_files; do \
- if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
- if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
- dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
- if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
- find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
- fi; \
- if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
- cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
- find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
- fi; \
- cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
- else \
- test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
- || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
- || exit 1; \
- fi; \
- done
-check-am: all-am
- $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check-local
-check: check-am
-all-am: Makefile
-installdirs:
-install: install-am
-install-exec: install-exec-am
-install-data: install-data-am
-uninstall: uninstall-am
-
-install-am: all-am
- @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
-
-installcheck: installcheck-am
-install-strip:
- if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
- $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
- install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
- install; \
- else \
- $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
- install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
- "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
- fi
-mostlyclean-generic:
-
-clean-generic:
- -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
-
-distclean-generic:
- -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
- -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
- -test -z "$(DISTCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES)
-
-maintainer-clean-generic:
- @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
- @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-clean: clean-am
-
-clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool clean-local mostlyclean-am
-
-distclean: distclean-am
- -rm -f Makefile
-distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-local
-
-dvi: dvi-am
-
-dvi-am:
-
-html: html-am
-
-html-am:
-
-info: info-am
-
-info-am:
-
-install-data-am:
-
-install-dvi: install-dvi-am
-
-install-dvi-am:
-
-install-exec-am:
-
-install-html: install-html-am
-
-install-html-am:
-
-install-info: install-info-am
-
-install-info-am:
-
-install-man:
-
-install-pdf: install-pdf-am
-
-install-pdf-am:
-
-install-ps: install-ps-am
-
-install-ps-am:
-
-installcheck-am:
-
-maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
- -rm -f Makefile
-maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic \
- maintainer-clean-local
-
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
-
-mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
-
-pdf: pdf-am
-
-pdf-am:
-
-ps: ps-am
-
-ps-am:
-
-uninstall-am:
-
-.MAKE: check-am install-am install-strip
-
-.PHONY: all all-am check check-am check-local clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool clean-local distclean distclean-generic \
- distclean-libtool distclean-local distdir dvi dvi-am html \
- html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
- install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
- install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
- install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
- install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
- installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
- maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-local mostlyclean \
- mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
- uninstall uninstall-am
-
-
-check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
-
-docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
-
-$(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp
-
-ts:
- @echo >ts `date $(TS_FMT)`;
-
-#### setup ####
-
-setup-build.stamp: ts
- -@if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
- echo ' DOC Preparing build'; \
- files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \
- if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
- for file in $$files ; do \
- test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \
- cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
- done; \
- fi; \
- test -d $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl && \
- { cp -pR $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl $(abs_builddir)/; \
- chmod -R u+w $(abs_builddir)/tmpl; } \
- fi
- @touch setup-build.stamp
-
-#### scan ####
-
-scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files"
- @_source_dir='' ; \
- for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
- _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
- done ; \
- echo "gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES)" >gtkdoc-scan.log; \
- PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
- gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log
- @if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
- ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
- scanobj_options=""; \
- if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
- scanobj_options="--verbose"; \
- fi; \
- echo "gtkdoc-scangobj $(SCANGOBJ_OPTIONS) --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $$scanobj_options" >gtkdoc-scangobj.log; \
- PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
- CC="$(GTKDOC_CC)" LD="$(GTKDOC_LD)" RUN="$(GTKDOC_RUN)" CFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)" LDFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_LIBS) $(LDFLAGS)" \
- gtkdoc-scangobj $(SCANGOBJ_OPTIONS) --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $$scanobj_options 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scangobj.log; \
- else \
- for i in $(SCANOBJ_FILES) ; do \
- test -f $$i || touch $$i ; \
- done \
- fi
- @touch scan-build.stamp
-
-$(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt: scan-build.stamp
- @true
-
-#### templates ####
-
-tmpl-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Rebuilding template files"
- @echo "gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-mktmpl.log; \
- PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
- gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-mktmpl.log
- @if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
- if test -w $(abs_srcdir) ; then \
- cp -pR $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \
- fi \
- fi
- @touch tmpl-build.stamp
-
-tmpl.stamp: tmpl-build.stamp
- @true
-
-$(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml:
- @true
-
-#### xml ####
-
-sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(expand_content_files)
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
- @_source_dir='' ; \
- for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
- _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
- done ; \
- echo "gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --expand-content-files="$(expand_content_files)" --main-sgml-file=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $${_source_dir} $(MKDB_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-mkdb.log; \
- PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
- gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --expand-content-files="$(expand_content_files)" --main-sgml-file=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $${_source_dir} $(MKDB_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-mkdb.log
- @touch sgml-build.stamp
-
-sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp
- @true
-
-#### html ####
-
-html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML"
- @rm -rf html
- @mkdir html
- @mkhtml_options=""; \
- if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
- mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --verbose"; \
- fi; \
- echo "gtkdoc-mkhtml --uninstalled --path="$(abs_srcdir)" $$mkhtml_options $(MKHTML_OPTIONS) $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)" >gtkdoc-mkhtml.log; \
- cd html && PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) ABS_TOP_SRCDIR=$(abs_top_srcdir) \
- gtkdoc-mkhtml --uninstalled --path="$(abs_srcdir)" $$mkhtml_options $(MKHTML_OPTIONS) $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) 2>&1 | tee -a ../gtkdoc-mkhtml.log
- -@test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" = "x" || \
- for file in $(HTML_IMAGES) ; do \
- if test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file ; then \
- cp $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/html; \
- fi; \
- if test -f $(abs_builddir)/$$file ; then \
- cp $(abs_builddir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/html; \
- fi; \
- done;
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references"
- @echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \
- PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
- gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log
- @touch html-build.stamp
-
-#### pdf ####
-
-pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF"
- @rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf
- @mkpdf_options=""; \
- if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
- mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --verbose"; \
- fi; \
- if test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" != "x"; then \
- for img in $(HTML_IMAGES); do \
- part=`dirname $$img`; \
- echo $$mkpdf_options | grep >/dev/null "\-\-imgdir=$$part "; \
- if test $$? != 0; then \
- mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --imgdir=$$part"; \
- fi; \
- done; \
- fi; \
- echo "gtkdoc-mkpdf --uninstalled --path="$(abs_srcdir)" $$mkpdf_options $(DOC_MODULE) $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(MKPDF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-mkpdf.log; \
- PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) ABS_TOP_SRCDIR=$(abs_top_srcdir) \
- gtkdoc-mkpdf --uninstalled --path="$(abs_srcdir)" $$mkpdf_options $(DOC_MODULE) $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(MKPDF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-mkpdf.log
- @touch pdf-build.stamp
-
-##############
-
-# we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests
-clean-local:
- @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log
- @rm -rf .libs
- @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
- rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
- fi
- $(MAKE) distclean-local
-
-distclean-local:
- @rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \
- $(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt
- @if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
- rm -f $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
- rm -rf tmpl; \
- fi
-
-maintainer-clean-local:
- @rm -rf xml html
-
-.PHONY : dist-hook-local docs
-
--include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
+++ /dev/null
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
- "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
-[
- <!ENTITY % local.common.attrib "xmlns:xi CDATA #FIXED 'http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude'">
-]>
-<book id="index" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude">
- <bookinfo>
- <title>tester Reference Manual</title>
- <releaseinfo>
- for tester [VERSION].
- The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
- <ulink role="online-location" url="http://[SERVER]/tester/index.html">http://[SERVER]/tester/</ulink>.
- </releaseinfo>
- </bookinfo>
-
- <preface id="intro">
- <title>Introduction</title>
- <para>
- This document is for testing purpose only.
- It is generated from Docbook-<acronym>XML</acronym>.
- </para>
- </preface>
-
- <part label="I" id="part.i">
- <title>Overview</title>
- <chapter id="Overview-building">
- <title>How to build the library</title>
- <para></para>
- </chapter>
- </part>
-
- <reference label="II" id="part.ii">
- <title>API Reference</title>
- <chapter id="main-api">
- <title>Tests</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/object.xml"/>
- <xi:include href="xml/object2.xml"/>
- <xi:include href="xml/object3.xml"/>
- <xi:include href="xml/iface.xml"/>
- <xi:include href="xml/iface2.xml"/>
- <xi:include href="xml/types.xml"/>
- </chapter>
- </reference>
-
- <part label="III" id="part.iii">
- <title>Appendix</title>
-
- <chapter id="object-tree">
- <title>Object Hierarchy</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/tree_index.sgml" />
- </chapter>
-
- <chapter id="object-index">
- <title>Object Index</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/object_index.sgml"/>
- </chapter>
-
- <index id="api-index-full">
- <title>API Index</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-full.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-deprecated" role="deprecated">
- <title>Index of deprecated API</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-deprecated.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-0-1" role="0.1">
- <title>Index of new API in 0.1</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-0.1.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-0-5" role="0.5">
- <title>Index of new API in 0.5</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-0.5.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
-
- <glossary id="glossary">
- <title>Glossary</title>
- <glossdiv><title>A</title>
- <glossentry>
- <glossterm><anchor id="glossterm-API"/>API</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>Application Programming Interface</para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- </glossdiv>
- <glossdiv><title>X</title>
- <glossentry>
- <glossterm><anchor id="glossterm-XML"/>XML</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>Extensible Markup Language</para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry>
- <glossterm><anchor id="glossterm-XSL"/>XSL</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>XML Stylesheet Language</para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- </glossdiv>
- </glossary>
- </part>
-</book>
+++ /dev/null
-<SECTION>
-<FILE>object</FILE>
-GtkdocObject
-GtkdocObjectClass
-gtkdoc_object_new
-gtkdoc_object_set_otest
-gtkdoc_object_frobnicate
-gtkdoc_object_fooify
-gtkdoc_object_do_not_use
-GTKDOC_OBJECT_MACRO_DUMMY
-GTKDOC_OBJECT_MACRO_SUM
-<SUBSECTION Standard>
-GTKDOC_OBJECT
-GTKDOC_IS_OBJECT
-GTKDOC_TYPE_OBJECT
-gtkdoc_object_get_type
-GTKDOC_OBJECT_CLASS
-GTKDOC_IS_OBJECT_CLASS
-GTKDOC_OBJECT_GET_CLASS
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<FILE>object2</FILE>
-GtkdocObject2
-GtkdocObject2Class
-<SUBSECTION Standard>
-GTKDOC_TYPE_OBJECT2
-gtkdoc_object2_get_type
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<FILE>object3</FILE>
-<SUBSECTION Standard>
-GtkdocObject3
-GtkdocObject3Class
-GTKDOC_TYPE_OBJECT3
-gtkdoc_object3_get_type
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<FILE>iface</FILE>
-GtkdocIface
-GtkdocIfaceInterface
-gtkdoc_iface_configure
-GTKDOC_IFACE_MACRO_DUMMY
-GTKDOC_IFACE_MACRO_SUM
-<SUBSECTION Standard>
-GTKDOC_IFACE
-GTKDOC_IS_IFACE
-GTKDOC_TYPE_IFACE
-gtkdoc_iface_get_type
-GTKDOC_IFACE_GET_INTERFACE
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<FILE>iface2</FILE>
-GtkdocIface2
-<SUBSECTION Standard>
-GTKDOC_TYPE_IFACE2
-gtkdoc_iface2_get_type
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<FILE>types</FILE>
-GtkdocEnum
-GtkdocEnum2
-GtkdocPlainOldData
-GtkdocBoxedPlainOldData
-<SUBSECTION Standard>
-GTKDOC_TYPE_ENUM
-GTKDOC_TYPE_ENUM2
-GTKDOC_TYPE_BOXED
-gtkdoc_enum_get_type
-gtkdoc_enum2_get_type
-gtkdoc_boxed_get_type
-GTKDOC_TYPE_BOXED_PLAIN_OLD_DATA
-gtkdoc_boxed_plain_old_data_get_type
-</SECTION>
-
+++ /dev/null
-#include <tester.h>
-
-gtkdoc_object_get_type
-gtkdoc_object2_get_type
-gtkdoc_iface_get_type
-gtkdoc_iface2_get_type
-gtkdoc_enum_get_type
-gtkdoc_boxed_get_type
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# Everything below here is generic #
####################################
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
- $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make
+DIST_COMMON = $(top_srcdir)/tests/gtk-doc.notmpl.make \
+ $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am
subdir = tests/gobject/docs
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
-tags: TAGS
-TAGS:
+tags TAGS:
+
+ctags CTAGS:
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS:
+cscope cscopelist:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
.MAKE: check-am install-am install-strip
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am check-local clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool clean-local distclean distclean-generic \
- distclean-libtool distclean-local distdir dvi dvi-am html \
- html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
- install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
- install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
- install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
- install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
- installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+ clean-libtool clean-local cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean \
+ distclean-generic distclean-libtool distclean-local distdir \
+ dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
+ install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
+ install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
+ install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
+ install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
+ installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-local mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
- uninstall uninstall-am
+ tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
</glossentry>
</glossdiv>
</glossary>
+
+ <xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
</part>
</book>
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.3 from Makefile.am.
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = tests/gobject/src
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+ $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/depcomp
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_check_xml_catalog.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/gtkdoc_jh_path_xml_catalog.m4 \
AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_@AM_V@)
am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_lt_0 = --silent
+am__v_lt_1 =
@BUILD_TESTS_TRUE@am_libtester_la_rpath =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@
depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/depcomp
am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
$(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_@AM_V@)
am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@;
-AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
-am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@;
+am__v_CC_1 =
CCLD = $(CC)
LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
$(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_V@)
am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@;
-AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
-am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
-am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@;
+am__v_CCLD_1 =
SOURCES = $(libtester_la_SOURCES)
DIST_SOURCES = $(am__libtester_la_SOURCES_DIST)
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
+# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
+# *not* preserved.
+am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
+ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
+ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
+ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
+'
+# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
+# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
+# for different programs/libraries.
+am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+ done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
XMLLINT = @XMLLINT@
XML_CATALOG_FILE = @XML_CATALOG_FILE@
XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
+YELP_LC_DIST = @YELP_LC_DIST@
+YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS = @YELP_LC_MEDIA_LINKS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES:
-test -z "$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)
- @list='$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
- dir="`echo $$p | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$$||'`"; \
- test "$$dir" != "$$p" || dir=.; \
- echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \
- rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \
- done
+ @list='$(noinst_LTLIBRARIES)'; \
+ locs=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | \
+ sed 's|^[^/]*$$|.|; s|/[^/]*$$||; s|$$|/so_locations|' | \
+ sort -u`; \
+ test -z "$$locs" || { \
+ echo rm -f $${locs}; \
+ rm -f $${locs}; \
+ }
+
libtester.la: $(libtester_la_OBJECTS) $(libtester_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_libtester_la_DEPENDENCIES)
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(am_libtester_la_rpath) $(libtester_la_OBJECTS) $(libtester_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS)
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c $<
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
.c.obj:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
-@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
.c.lo:
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
- mkid -fID $$unique
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+ID: $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: tags-am
+TAGS: tags
+
+tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
- list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
- unique=`for i in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
- done | \
- $(AWK) '{ files[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
- END { if (nonempty) { for (i in files) print i; }; }'`; \
+ctags: ctags-am
+
+CTAGS: ctags
+ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
+ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
+cscopelist: cscopelist-am
+
+cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
+ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
+ case "$(srcdir)" in \
+ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
+ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for i in $$list; do \
+ if test -f "$$i"; then \
+ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
+ else \
+ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
.MAKE: install-am install-strip
-.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
- clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES ctags distclean \
- distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-libtool \
- distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
- install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \
- install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
- install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
- install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
- install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
- maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
- mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool \
- pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags uninstall uninstall-am
+.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
+ clean-libtool clean-noinstLTLIBRARIES cscopelist-am ctags \
+ ctags-am distclean distclean-compile distclean-generic \
+ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
+ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
+ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
+ installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
+ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
+ tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
-include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk
*
* - A list
*
- * - Inside markup
+ * - that is not recognised as markdown
*
* </refsect3>
*
/**
* SECTION:object3
* @title: GtkdocObject3
- * @short_description: class that is mostly undocuemnted
+ * @short_description: class that is mostly undocumented
*
* This file contains non-sense code for the sole purpose of testing the docs.
*/
#endif
/**
- * GtkdocObject:otest:
+ * GtkdocObject:otest: (type GList(GtkdocObject2))
*
* Since: 0.1
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,GTKDOC_OBJECT_TEST,
- g_param_spec_string ("otest",
+ g_param_spec_pointer ("otest",
"otest prop",
"dummy property for object",
- "dummy", /* default value */
G_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkdocEnum:
* @GTKDOC_ENUM_V1: first
* @GTKDOC_ENUM_V2: second
- * Since: 0.10
+ * Since: 0.5
*
* Enum values for the #GtkdocEnum type.
*/
+++ /dev/null
-# -*- mode: makefile -*-
-
-####################################
-# Everything below here is generic #
-####################################
-
-if GTK_DOC_USE_LIBTOOL
-GTKDOC_CC = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC --mode=compile $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-GTKDOC_LD = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC --mode=link $(CC) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)
-GTKDOC_RUN = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=execute
-else
-GTKDOC_CC = $(CC) $(INCLUDES) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_CFLAGS) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-GTKDOC_LD = $(CC) $(GTKDOC_DEPS_LIBS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)
-GTKDOC_RUN =
-endif
-
-# We set GPATH here; this gives us semantics for GNU make
-# which are more like other make's VPATH, when it comes to
-# whether a source that is a target of one rule is then
-# searched for in VPATH/GPATH.
-#
-GPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-# we don't install anything in tests
-#TARGET_DIR=$(HTML_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE)
-
-SETUP_FILES = \
- $(content_files) \
- $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
- $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \
- $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt
-
-EXTRA_DIST = \
- $(HTML_IMAGES) \
- $(SETUP_FILES)
-
-DOC_STAMPS=setup-build.stamp scan-build.stamp tmpl-build.stamp sgml-build.stamp \
- html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp \
- tmpl.stamp sgml.stamp html.stamp pdf.stamp
-
-SCANOBJ_FILES = \
- $(DOC_MODULE).args \
- $(DOC_MODULE).hierarchy \
- $(DOC_MODULE).interfaces \
- $(DOC_MODULE).prerequisites \
- $(DOC_MODULE).signals
-
-REPORT_FILES = \
- $(DOC_MODULE)-undocumented.txt \
- $(DOC_MODULE)-undeclared.txt \
- $(DOC_MODULE)-unused.txt
-
-CLEANFILES = $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_STAMPS)
-
-check-local: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
-
-docs: html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: All done"
-
-$(REPORT_FILES): sgml-build.stamp
-
-ts:
- @echo >ts `date $(TS_FMT)`;
-
-#### setup ####
-
-setup-build.stamp: ts
- -@if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
- echo ' DOC Preparing build'; \
- files=`echo $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types`; \
- if test "x$$files" != "x" ; then \
- for file in $$files ; do \
- test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file && \
- cp -pf $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/ || true; \
- done; \
- fi; \
- test -d $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl && \
- { cp -pR $(abs_srcdir)/tmpl $(abs_builddir)/; \
- chmod -R u+w $(abs_builddir)/tmpl; } \
- fi
- @touch setup-build.stamp
-
-#### scan ####
-
-scan-build.stamp: ts setup-build.stamp $(HFILE_GLOB) $(CFILE_GLOB)
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Scanning header files"
- @_source_dir='' ; \
- for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
- _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
- done ; \
- echo "gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES)" >gtkdoc-scan.log; \
- PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
- gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers="$(IGNORE_HFILES)" $${_source_dir} $(SCAN_OPTIONS) $(EXTRA_HFILES) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scan.log
- @if grep -l '^..*$$' $(DOC_MODULE).types > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then \
- ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Introspecting gobjects"; \
- scanobj_options=""; \
- if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
- scanobj_options="--verbose"; \
- fi; \
- echo "gtkdoc-scangobj $(SCANGOBJ_OPTIONS) --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $$scanobj_options" >gtkdoc-scangobj.log; \
- PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
- CC="$(GTKDOC_CC)" LD="$(GTKDOC_LD)" RUN="$(GTKDOC_RUN)" CFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)" LDFLAGS="$(GTKDOC_LIBS) $(LDFLAGS)" \
- gtkdoc-scangobj $(SCANGOBJ_OPTIONS) --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $$scanobj_options 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-scangobj.log; \
- else \
- for i in $(SCANOBJ_FILES) ; do \
- test -f $$i || touch $$i ; \
- done \
- fi
- @touch scan-build.stamp
-
-$(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt: scan-build.stamp
- @true
-
-#### templates ####
-
-tmpl-build.stamp: setup-build.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt $(SCANOBJ_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-overrides.txt
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Rebuilding template files"
- @echo "gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-mktmpl.log; \
- PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
- gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(MKTMPL_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-mktmpl.log
- @if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
- if test -w $(abs_srcdir) ; then \
- cp -pR $(abs_builddir)/tmpl $(abs_srcdir)/; \
- fi \
- fi
- @touch tmpl-build.stamp
-
-tmpl.stamp: tmpl-build.stamp
- @true
-
-$(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml:
- @true
-
-#### xml ####
-
-sgml-build.stamp: tmpl.stamp $(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(expand_content_files)
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building XML"
- @_source_dir='' ; \
- for i in $(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) ; do \
- _source_dir="$${_source_dir} --source-dir=$$i" ; \
- done ; \
- echo "gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --expand-content-files="$(expand_content_files)" --main-sgml-file=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $${_source_dir} $(MKDB_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-mkdb.log; \
- PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
- gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --output-format=xml --expand-content-files="$(expand_content_files)" --main-sgml-file=$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $${_source_dir} $(MKDB_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-mkdb.log
- @touch sgml-build.stamp
-
-sgml.stamp: sgml-build.stamp
- @true
-
-#### html ####
-
-html-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building HTML"
- @rm -rf html
- @mkdir html
- @mkhtml_options=""; \
- if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
- mkhtml_options="$$mkhtml_options --verbose"; \
- fi; \
- echo "gtkdoc-mkhtml --uninstalled --path="$(abs_srcdir)" $$mkhtml_options $(MKHTML_OPTIONS) $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)" >gtkdoc-mkhtml.log; \
- cd html && PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) ABS_TOP_SRCDIR=$(abs_top_srcdir) \
- gtkdoc-mkhtml --uninstalled --path="$(abs_srcdir)" $$mkhtml_options $(MKHTML_OPTIONS) $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) 2>&1 | tee -a ../gtkdoc-mkhtml.log
- -@test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" = "x" || \
- for file in $(HTML_IMAGES) ; do \
- if test -f $(abs_srcdir)/$$file ; then \
- cp $(abs_srcdir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/html; \
- fi; \
- if test -f $(abs_builddir)/$$file ; then \
- cp $(abs_builddir)/$$file $(abs_builddir)/html; \
- fi; \
- done;
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Fixing cross-references"
- @echo "gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-fixxref.log; \
- PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) \
- gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --module-dir=html --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR) $(FIXXREF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-fixxref.log
- @touch html-build.stamp
-
-#### pdf ####
-
-pdf-build.stamp: sgml.stamp $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(content_files)
- @ts1=`cat ts`;ts2=`date $(TS_FMT)`;tsd=`echo $$ts2-$$ts1 | bc`; \
- echo " DOC `$(DATE_FMT_CMD)$$tsd`: Building PDF"
- @rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).pdf
- @mkpdf_options=""; \
- if test "x$(V)" = "x1"; then \
- mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --verbose"; \
- fi; \
- if test "x$(HTML_IMAGES)" != "x"; then \
- for img in $(HTML_IMAGES); do \
- part=`dirname $$img`; \
- echo $$mkpdf_options | grep >/dev/null "\-\-imgdir=$$part "; \
- if test $$? != 0; then \
- mkpdf_options="$$mkpdf_options --imgdir=$$part"; \
- fi; \
- done; \
- fi; \
- echo "gtkdoc-mkpdf --uninstalled --path="$(abs_srcdir)" $$mkpdf_options $(DOC_MODULE) $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(MKPDF_OPTIONS)" >gtkdoc-mkpdf.log; \
- PATH=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PATH) PERL5LIB=$(abs_top_builddir):$(PERL5LIB) ABS_TOP_SRCDIR=$(abs_top_srcdir) \
- gtkdoc-mkpdf --uninstalled --path="$(abs_srcdir)" $$mkpdf_options $(DOC_MODULE) $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) $(MKPDF_OPTIONS) 2>&1 | tee -a gtkdoc-mkpdf.log
- @touch pdf-build.stamp
-
-##############
-
-# we need to enforce a rebuild for the tests
-clean-local:
- @rm -f *~ *.bak ts gtkdoc-*.log
- @rm -rf .libs
- @if echo $(SCAN_OPTIONS) | grep -q "\-\-rebuild-types" ; then \
- rm -f $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
- fi
- $(MAKE) distclean-local
-
-distclean-local:
- @rm -rf xml html $(REPORT_FILES) $(DOC_MODULE).pdf \
- $(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt
- @if test "$(abs_srcdir)" != "$(abs_builddir)" ; then \
- rm -f $(SETUP_FILES) $(expand_content_files) $(DOC_MODULE).types; \
- rm -rf tmpl; \
- fi
-
-maintainer-clean-local:
- @rm -rf xml html
-
-.PHONY : dist-hook-local docs
# we can use which here as we override the path in TEST_ENVIRONMENT
# test perl scripts
-for file in gtkdoc-check gtkdoc-fixxref gtkdoc-mkdb gtkdoc-mktmpl gtkdoc-rebase gtkdoc-scan gtkdoc-scangobj gtkdoc-scanobj ; do
+for file in gtkdoc-check gtkdoc-fixxref gtkdoc-mkdb gtkdoc-mktmpl gtkdoc-rebase gtkdoc-scan gtkdoc-scangobj ; do
/usr/bin/perl -cwT `which $file`
if test $? = 1 ; then failed=`expr $failed + 1`; fi
tested=`expr $tested + 1`
# we can use which here as we override the path in TEST_ENVIRONMENT
# test perl scripts
-for file in gtkdoc-check gtkdoc-fixxref gtkdoc-mkdb gtkdoc-mktmpl gtkdoc-rebase gtkdoc-scan gtkdoc-scangobj gtkdoc-scanobj ; do
+for file in gtkdoc-check gtkdoc-fixxref gtkdoc-mkdb gtkdoc-mktmpl gtkdoc-rebase gtkdoc-scan gtkdoc-scangobj ; do
@PERL@ -cwT `which $file`
if test $? = 1 ; then failed=`expr $failed + 1`; fi
tested=`expr $tested + 1`
projects / platform / upstream / gtk-doc.git / commitdiff
